Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Copyright
Copyright 2002-2012 Intergraph Corporation. All Rights Reserved.
Including software, file formats, and audiovisual displays; may be used pursuant to applicable software license agreement;
contains confidential and proprietary information of Intergraph and/or third parties which is protected by copyright law, trade
secret law, and international treaty, and may not be provided or otherwise made available without proper authorization from
Intergraph Corporation.
Portions of this software are owned by Spatial Corp. 1986-2010. All Rights Reserved.
Terms of Use
Use of this software product is subject to the End User License Agreement ("EULA") delivered with this software product unless
the licensee has a valid signed license for this software product with Intergraph Corporation. If the licensee has a valid signed
license for this software product with Intergraph Corporation, the valid signed license shall take precedence and govern the use
of this software product. Subject to the terms contained within the applicable license agreement, Intergraph Corporation gives
licensee permission to print a reasonable number of copies of the documentation as defined in the applicable license agreement
and delivered with the software product for licensee's internal, non-commercial use. The documentation may not be printed for
resale or redistribution.
Trademarks
Intergraph, the Intergraph logo, PDS, SmartPlant, FrameWorks, I-Convert, I-Export, I-Sketch, SmartMarine, IntelliShip, INtools,
ISOGEN, MARIAN, SmartSketch, SPOOLGEN, SupportManager, and SupportModeler are trademarks or registered trademarks
of Intergraph Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States and other countries. Microsoft and Windows are registered
trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. ACIS is a registered trademark of SPATIAL TECHNOLOGY, INC. Infragistics, Presentation
Layer Framework, ActiveTreeView Ctrl, ProtoViewCtl, ActiveThreed Ctrl, ActiveListBar Ctrl, ActiveSplitter, ActiveToolbars
Ctrl, ActiveToolbars Plus Ctrl, and ProtoView are trademarks of Infragistics, Inc. Incorporates portions of 2D DCM, 3D DCM, and
HLM by Siemens Product Lifecycle Management Software III (GB) Ltd. All rights reserved. Gigasoft is a registered trademark,
and ProEssentials a trademark of Gigasoft, Inc. VideoSoft and VXFlexGrid are either registered trademarks or trademarks of
ComponentOne LLC 1991-2009, All rights reserved. Oracle, JD Edwards, PeopleSoft, and Retek are registered trademarks of
Oracle Corporation and/or its affiliates. Tribon is a trademark of AVEVA Group plc. Alma and act/cut are trademarks of the Alma
company. Other brands and product names are trademarks of their respective owners.
Contents
Preface ........................................................................................................................................................ 13
SmartMarine 3D Documentation Set .................................................................................................... 15
Documentation Comments ................................................................................................................... 19
ISO Standards in Drawings................................................................................................................... 19
AWS Standards in Drawings................................................................................................................. 21
SmartMarine 3D and Oracle ................................................................................................................. 23
What's New in Drawings and Reports Reference Data.......................................................................... 25
The Management Console, Folders, and Components ......................................................................... 27
Locations of Drawings and Reports Data ............................................................................................. 30
3D Model By Query ............................................................................................................................... 32
3D Model Data ...................................................................................................................................... 32
Exporting 3D Model Graphics to MicroStation ...................................................................................... 34
Generic Module Folder ......................................................................................................................... 34
Composed Drawings ............................................................................................................................. 35
Drawings by Query Manager ................................................................................................................ 37
Orthographic Drawings by Query WRAP .............................................................................................. 38
Piping Isometric Drawings by Query ..................................................................................................... 39
Spreadsheet Reports ............................................................................................................................ 41
Search Folders ...................................................................................................................................... 41
Volume Drawings .................................................................................................................................. 43
Tools Menu ................................................................................................................................................. 45
Define View Style Command (Tools Menu) .......................................................................................... 45
Define View Style Dialog Box ......................................................................................................... 47
View Style Properties Dialog Box ................................................................................................... 48
Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box .............................................................................................. 108
Key Plan Style Dialog Box ............................................................................................................ 125
Define Layout Style Command ........................................................................................................... 128
Define Layout Style Dialog Box .................................................................................................... 129
Define a Layout Style ................................................................................................................... 130
Edit Border Template Command (Tools Menu) .................................................................................. 130
Select Template Dialog Box ......................................................................................................... 131
Import a Border File and Create a Drawing Area ......................................................................... 132
Edit Layout Template Command ........................................................................................................ 133
Select Layout Template Dialog Box ............................................................................................. 134
Select Border Family Dialog Box.................................................................................................. 135
Edit a Layout Template................................................................................................................. 135
Create Border and Layout Templates .......................................................................................... 137
Marine Structure Drawings Reference Data ......................................................................................... 139
Marine Structure Drawing Packages .................................................................................................. 140
Mfg Templateset (Full Scale) Package ........................................................................................ 141
Marine Structure Drawing View Styles ............................................................................................... 142
Hull Lines - Body Plan View ......................................................................................................... 144
Contents
Mfg PinJig SideView ..................................................................................................................... 149
Mfg Profile Sketch ........................................................................................................................ 151
Mfg TemplateSet - Full Scale ....................................................................................................... 152
Scantlings - Production - Major Views.......................................................................................... 154
Scantlings - Production - Shell Expansion ................................................................................... 155
Scantlings - Production - Shell Profiles ........................................................................................ 157
Shell Expansion ............................................................................................................................ 159
Steel Order (Reference Plane) View Style ................................................................................... 161
Steel Order - Detail Views ............................................................................................................ 163
Steel Order - Section Views ......................................................................................................... 165
Steel Order ................................................................................................................................... 166
Examples of Actions in Scantling Drawing View Styles ............................................................... 168
Marine Structure Drawing View Style Rule Sets................................................................................. 191
Assembly Drawing Rule Set ......................................................................................................... 192
Hull Lines Drawings Rule Set ....................................................................................................... 193
Manufacturing PinJig Drawing Rule Set ....................................................................................... 201
Manufacturing Profile Sketch Rule Set......................................................................................... 202
Manufacturing Sketch Rule Set .................................................................................................... 206
Manufacturing Template Drawing Rule Sets ................................................................................ 210
Manufacturing Templateset Full Scale Drawing Rule Set ............................................................ 213
Manufacturing PinJig Side View Rule Set .................................................................................... 216
Scantling Drawing Rule Sets ........................................................................................................ 219
Ruleset Custom Tests .................................................................................................................. 236
Add-on Ruleset View Styles................................................................................................................ 247
Grid Add-on Rulesets ................................................................................................................... 249
Rules in Marine Structure Drawings ................................................................................................... 251
Layout Style Rules in Marine Structure Drawings ........................................................................ 251
Collation Rules in Marine Structure Drawings .............................................................................. 255
Orientation Rules in Marine Structure Drawings .......................................................................... 259
Section View Orientation Rules in Marine Structure Drawings .................................................... 263
Line Styles in Marine Structure Drawings .................................................................................... 269
Document and Sheet Naming Rules in Marine Structure Drawings ............................................ 269
View Naming Rules in Marine Structure Drawings ...................................................................... 274
View Label Rules in Marine Structure Drawings .......................................................................... 276
Graphic Rules in Marine Structure Drawings ............................................................................... 277
Catalog Filters Used by Marine Structure Drawings and Reports ...................................................... 282
Catalog Drawing Filters ................................................................................................................ 282
Catalog Object Filters ................................................................................................................... 283
Catalog Report Filters................................................................................................................... 289
Bulkload Files ...................................................................................................................................... 289
Naming Rules Worksheet ............................................................................................................. 289
ShipDwgSymbolFiles Sheet ......................................................................................................... 289
Ruleset Sheet ............................................................................................................................... 291
OrientationRule Sheet .................................................................................................................. 291
CollationRule Sheet ...................................................................................................................... 292
Reports Sheet (Marine Structure Drawings) ................................................................................ 292
R-Hierarchy Sheet (Marine Structure Drawings) .......................................................................... 293
Marine Structure Drawing Reports...................................................................................................... 294
Orthographic Drawings Reference Data ............................................................................................... 297
Orthographic Drawing Packages ........................................................................................................ 298
Electrical Packages ...................................................................................................................... 299
Equipment Packages.................................................................................................................... 326
Contents
HVAC Packages ........................................................................................................................... 337
Instrument Packages .................................................................................................................... 347
Isometrics (by Query) Packages .................................................................................................. 357
Orthographic (by Query) Packages .............................................................................................. 358
Piping Packages ........................................................................................................................... 361
Structural Framing Packages ....................................................................................................... 371
Orthographic Drawing by Query Components .................................................................................... 379
Orthographic and Key Plan View Styles ............................................................................................. 380
Orthographic Drawings View Styles ............................................................................................. 380
Drawing View Style Creation Process .......................................................................................... 695
Key Plan View Styles.................................................................................................................... 698
Drawing Rules for View Styles ..................................................................................................... 699
Layout Style Rules in Orthographic Drawings .............................................................................. 701
Bulkload Files ...................................................................................................................................... 704
Drawing Volume Properties Sheet ............................................................................................... 704
Bulkload Drawings Scales to Codelists ........................................................................................ 705
Drawings-ExtendCustomAttributes Workbook ............................................................................. 707
DrawingIssueReason_Codelist Workbook ................................................................................... 708
Piping Isometric Drawings Reference Data .......................................................................................... 709
Customizable Piping Isometric Deliverables ................................................................................ 709
Piping Isometric Drawing by Query Packages.................................................................................... 711
Bulkload Files ...................................................................................................................................... 711
PipeMfgRules Sheet ..................................................................................................................... 712
PipeMfgSpoolRule Sheet ............................................................................................................. 712
PipeMfgMapSymbol Sheet ........................................................................................................... 713
Modify Default Isometric Paths ..................................................................................................... 714
Piping Isometric Drawings Surface-mounted Components ................................................................ 715
Place an Automatic Piping Isometric Drawings Surface-mounted Components
Label ............................................................................................................................................. 715
Modify an Existing Border File ............................................................................................................ 716
Create a New Isometric Style ............................................................................................................. 716
Import an Existing MicroStation DGN Border ..................................................................................... 718
Edit an Isometric Backing Sheet ......................................................................................................... 719
Reports Reference Data .......................................................................................................................... 721
Report Sheet ....................................................................................................................................... 722
R-Hierarchy Sheet .............................................................................................................................. 723
Add a Report Template ....................................................................................................................... 723
Create a filter-based report that uses the DrawingMAP table ............................................................ 724
Label Rules .............................................................................................................................................. 725
Label Editor ......................................................................................................................................... 727
Select Rule Dialog Box (Label Editor - Unit of Measure) ............................................................. 730
Create a Label .............................................................................................................................. 731
Modify Label Symbol File ............................................................................................................. 731
Modify Label XML File .................................................................................................................. 732
Create a New Label Rule ............................................................................................................. 733
Compound Labels ............................................................................................................................... 733
Create a Compound Label Using Label Rules ............................................................................. 734
Create a Compound Label with a Combined Symbol .................................................................. 735
Contents
Create a Compound Label Using the Content Module ................................................................ 738
Symbols in Orthographic Drawings..................................................................................................... 740
Create a Custom Symbol for Drawings ........................................................................................ 740
Create a Custom Cutting Plane Symbol....................................................................................... 741
Marine Structure Drawing Labels, Symbols, and Dimensions ............................................................ 743
Label Definition for Marine Structure Drawings ............................................................................ 745
Concatenated Labels for Marine Structure Drawings .................................................................. 748
Symbol Definition for Marine Structure Drawings ........................................................................ 749
Label Rules XML ................................................................................................................................. 751
North-East Coordinate Labels ...................................................................................................... 770
Label Templates XML ......................................................................................................................... 772
Label Templates XML Overview .................................................................................................. 772
Clipped Labels .............................................................................................................................. 790
Coordinate and Control Point Labels ........................................................................................... 792
Coordinate Labels ........................................................................................................................ 797
Generic Name Labels ................................................................................................................... 801
Grid Labels ................................................................................................................................... 806
Longest Segment Labels .............................................................................................................. 810
Miscellaneous Labels ................................................................................................................... 812
Name Labels (DrawingAbsolute).................................................................................................. 818
Name Labels (DwgLinearAbsPos) ............................................................................................... 820
Name Labels (Name-Elevation-Width) ......................................................................................... 822
Nozzle Orientation Labels ............................................................................................................ 823
Reference Labels ......................................................................................................................... 825
Section Size Labels ...................................................................................................................... 826
View Label Rules in Drawings ............................................................................................................ 827
DetailSimpleReference ................................................................................................................. 827
Hanger and Support Piping Properties......................................................................................... 827
PartOccTestCOMLabelFormat ..................................................................................................... 828
PartOccTestCOMLabelFormat ..................................................................................................... 828
SectionSimpleReference1 ............................................................................................................ 828
SectionSimpleReference2 ............................................................................................................ 828
Label Rules in Marine Structure Drawings ......................................................................................... 829
General Marine Label Rules ......................................................................................................... 829
Scantling Label Rules ................................................................................................................... 830
Hull Lines and Manufacturing Label Rules ................................................................................... 832
North Arrow Label Rules .............................................................................................................. 834
Label Templates in Marine Structure Drawings .................................................................................. 835
Label Templates: A - G................................................................................................................. 835
Label Templates: H - L ................................................................................................................. 839
Label Templates: Mfg - R ............................................................................................................. 840
Label Templates: Scantling .......................................................................................................... 842
Label Templates: Ship Structure Plate ......................................................................................... 847
Label Templates: StrMfg - W ........................................................................................................ 850
North Arrow Templates................................................................................................................. 855
View Templates ............................................................................................................................ 857
Steel Order Templates ................................................................................................................. 858
Label Rules in Offshore Drawings ................................................................................................ 862
Weld Labels .............................................................................................................................................. 865
Scantling Shell Profile Weld Label ...................................................................................................... 865
Scantling Profile Weld_IButt ......................................................................................................... 865
Scantling Profile Weld_IVButt ...................................................................................................... 866
Contents
Scantling Profile Weld_IXButt ...................................................................................................... 866
Scantling Profile Weld_VButt ....................................................................................................... 866
Scantling Profile Weld_XButt ....................................................................................................... 867
Scantling Profile Weld_XButtSM .................................................................................................. 867
Scantling Profile Weld_YButt ....................................................................................................... 867
Structure_Weld ................................................................................................................................... 868
WeldLabel ........................................................................................................................................... 875
Structure_Weld_Fillet ................................................................................................................... 875
Structure_Weld_IButt ................................................................................................................... 876
Structure_Weld_IVButt ................................................................................................................. 876
Structure_Weld_IXButt ................................................................................................................. 876
Structure_Weld_VButt .................................................................................................................. 877
Structure_Weld_XButt .................................................................................................................. 877
Structure_Weld_YButt .................................................................................................................. 877
Structure_Weld_Tee1................................................................................................................... 878
Structure_Weld_Tee2................................................................................................................... 878
Structure_Weld_Tee3................................................................................................................... 879
Structure_Weld_Tee4................................................................................................................... 879
Structure_Weld_Tee5................................................................................................................... 879
Structure_Weld_Tee6................................................................................................................... 880
Structure_Weld_Tee7................................................................................................................... 880
Structure_Weld_TeeK .................................................................................................................. 881
Structure_Weld_TeeV .................................................................................................................. 881
Structure_Weld_TeeX .................................................................................................................. 882
Structure_Weld_TeeY .................................................................................................................. 882
ViewTypeDirectionAndScale ........................................................................................................ 883
WeldSymbol ................................................................................................................................. 883
Dimension Rules ..................................................................................................................................... 885
Dimension Rules XML ........................................................................................................................ 885
Dimension Rules ................................................................................................................................. 897
Dimension Templates XML ................................................................................................................. 898
Dimension Templates XML Overview .......................................................................................... 898
Generic Horizontal Dimensions .................................................................................................... 904
Generic Vertical Dimensions ........................................................................................................ 906
Hangers and Supports Dimensions.............................................................................................. 907
Horizontal and Vertical Cable Trays ............................................................................................. 910
Horizontal Structure Dimensions .................................................................................................. 911
Miscellaneous Dimensions ........................................................................................................... 914
Structure Margin Dimensions ....................................................................................................... 918
Vertical Routable Dimensions ...................................................................................................... 919
Vertical Structure Dimensions ...................................................................................................... 921
Dimension Templates ......................................................................................................................... 928
SmartMarine 3D Custom Graphic Rules ............................................................................................... 931
Civil Elevation...................................................................................................................................... 932
Civil Overall Key Plan ......................................................................................................................... 932
Civil Plan ............................................................................................................................................. 932
Civil Section ........................................................................................................................................ 932
Electrical Above Ground Plan ............................................................................................................. 933
Electrical CableTray Elevation ............................................................................................................ 933
Electrical CableTray Layout Plan ........................................................................................................ 933
Contents
Electrical CableTray Overall Key Plan ................................................................................................ 933
Electrical CableTray Plan .................................................................................................................... 934
Electrical CableTray Section ............................................................................................................... 934
Electrical Equipment Elevation ........................................................................................................... 934
Electrical Equipment Key Plan ............................................................................................................ 934
Electrical Equipment Overall Key Plan ............................................................................................... 935
Electrical Equipment Section .............................................................................................................. 935
Eelctrical Raceway Plan ..................................................................................................................... 935
Equipment Elevation ........................................................................................................................... 935
Equipment Overall Key Plan ............................................................................................................... 935
Equipment Plan ................................................................................................................................... 936
Equipment Section .............................................................................................................................. 936
HngSup - CAD Detail .......................................................................................................................... 936
HngSup - End...................................................................................................................................... 936
HngSup - End Style2 .......................................................................................................................... 937
HngSup - Key Plan ............................................................................................................................. 937
HngSup - Side Style2 .......................................................................................................................... 937
HVAC Elevation .................................................................................................................................. 937
HVAC Isometric................................................................................................................................... 938
HVAC Overall Key Plan ...................................................................................................................... 938
HVAC Plan .......................................................................................................................................... 938
HVAC Section ..................................................................................................................................... 938
Instrument Elevation ........................................................................................................................... 939
Instrument Overall Key Plan ............................................................................................................... 939
Instrument Section .............................................................................................................................. 939
Pipe Supports...................................................................................................................................... 939
Piping Elevation .................................................................................................................................. 940
Piping Fire Protection Plan ................................................................................................................. 940
Piping Isometric Detail ........................................................................................................................ 940
Piping Overall Key Plan ...................................................................................................................... 940
Piping Safety Shower Plan ................................................................................................................. 940
Piping Section ..................................................................................................................................... 941
Piping Utility Station Plan .................................................................................................................... 941
SM_Electrical_Cable_Tray_Elevation ................................................................................................ 941
SM_Electrical_Cable_Tray_Plan ........................................................................................................ 941
SM_Electrical_Cable_Tray_Section ................................................................................................... 942
SM_Equipment_Plan .......................................................................................................................... 942
SM_Equipment_Section ..................................................................................................................... 942
SM_HVAC_Elevation .......................................................................................................................... 943
SM_HVAC_Plan.................................................................................................................................. 943
SM_HVAC_Section ............................................................................................................................. 943
SM_Lighting_Plan ............................................................................................................................... 944
SM_Piping_Elevation .......................................................................................................................... 944
SM_Piping_Plan.................................................................................................................................. 944
SM_Piping_Section ............................................................................................................................. 945
Structural Framing Elevation............................................................................................................... 945
Structural Framing Plan ...................................................................................................................... 945
Structural Framing Section ................................................................................................................. 946
Custom Graphic Modules ....................................................................................................................... 947
Using Custom Graphic Modules and Subfilters in Drawings .............................................................. 949
Create a View Style with Resymbolized Normal Pipes ................................................................ 950
Create a View Style with Single Line Pipes.................................................................................. 953
Contents
CappedNormalPipe ............................................................................................................................. 958
BeamPartDrawingWrapperEntity ........................................................................................................ 958
DesignEquipmentPartSeparator ......................................................................................................... 959
ElbowtoArc .......................................................................................................................................... 960
ElbowtoSingleArc ................................................................................................................................ 960
EnumerateEquipmentGraphicChildren ............................................................................................... 961
EnumerateHgrSupGraphicChildren .................................................................................................... 963
EquipmentNozzleSeparator ................................................................................................................ 964
Exclude ............................................................................................................................................... 965
Exclude with Not Drawn Rule ............................................................................................................. 967
GenericLineWrapperEntity .................................................................................................................. 969
GetActual3DGeometry ........................................................................................................................ 969
GridlinesDrawingWrapperEntity .......................................................................................................... 969
MakeDrawable .................................................................................................................................... 970
MemberCenterLineWrapperEntity ...................................................................................................... 971
MakeDrawableSimple ......................................................................................................................... 971
OpeningDrawingWrapperEntity .......................................................................................................... 972
PipeTurnFeattoArc .............................................................................................................................. 973
PlaneGeometryDrawingWrapperEntity ............................................................................................... 973
PlateContourDrawingWrapperEntity ................................................................................................... 974
ProfileKnuckleAsCurve ....................................................................................................................... 974
PlateOuterContourDrawingWrapperEntity .......................................................................................... 975
PlatePartDrawingWrapperEntity ......................................................................................................... 976
PlateSystemDrawingWrapperEntity .................................................................................................... 977
PortsSeparator .................................................................................................................................... 978
ProfileCSDrawingWrapperEntity ......................................................................................................... 979
ProfilePartDrawingWrapperEntity ....................................................................................................... 980
ProfileSystemCSDrawingWrapperEntity ............................................................................................. 981
ProfileSystemDrawingWrapperEntity .................................................................................................. 982
ReplaceSlopedPipeOnHgr .................................................................................................................. 982
ReplaceWPoint ................................................................................................................................... 984
RteComponentsCtrLine ...................................................................................................................... 985
SeamDrawingWrapperEntity............................................................................................................... 986
SimpleVolumeToX .............................................................................................................................. 987
SlopedPipeWArcSymbol ..................................................................................................................... 987
StructOpenToX ................................................................................................................................... 988
TrimPipeSurface ................................................................................................................................. 990
VolumeWireFrame .............................................................................................................................. 990
WeldToLine ......................................................................................................................................... 991
Embedded Symbol Rules ....................................................................................................................... 993
End Cut and Slot Embedded Symbol Rules ....................................................................................... 995
End Cut Embedded Symbols .............................................................................................................. 995
Slot Embedded Symbols................................................................................................................... 1002
Marking Line Embedded Symbols .................................................................................................... 1006
Feature Embedded Symbols ............................................................................................................ 1009
Catalog Symbols ............................................................................................................................... 1010
Annotation Modules .............................................................................................................................. 1011
Point Generators ............................................................................................................................... 1012
DefaultLabelPointGenerator ....................................................................................................... 1013
DrawingMatchlinePG .................................................................................................................. 1013
Contents
DrawingPGByNote ..................................................................................................................... 1015
DrawingPGControlPoint ............................................................................................................. 1016
DrawingPGCPThenNone ........................................................................................................... 1016
DrawingPGCuttingPlane............................................................................................................. 1017
DrawingPGKeyPlanControlPoint ................................................................................................ 1018
DrawingPGLinear ....................................................................................................................... 1019
DrawingPGLocalCS.................................................................................................................... 1020
DrawingPGNozzleandBrace ....................................................................................................... 1020
DrawingPGObjectCorners .......................................................................................................... 1021
DrawingPGPipeSegments .......................................................................................................... 1021
DrawingPGStructHoriz ............................................................................................................... 1021
DrawingPGStructVert ................................................................................................................. 1022
DrawingPGWelds ....................................................................................................................... 1023
DrawingPointGenerator .............................................................................................................. 1025
InsideOrAlongCurve2D............................................................................................................... 1025
ISAbsolutePointLabelPG ............................................................................................................ 1028
ISDwgPointsAlongCurve2D ....................................................................................................... 1028
ISDimensionBtwPointsPG .......................................................................................................... 1030
ISDwgPointsForView .................................................................................................................. 1033
ISMidPointLabelPG .................................................................................................................... 1033
ISPinJigPointsOnNearestPin ...................................................................................................... 1033
ISProfileSketchFeatureLinearDimPG ......................................................................................... 1034
ISProfileSketchFeatureRadialDimPG......................................................................................... 1036
ISRulesetPointGenerator............................................................................................................ 1038
PenPlatePointGenerator ............................................................................................................ 1039
SM3DDwgRemarkingGirthLengthPG ......................................................................................... 1039
SMDwgPinjigCornersDistancePG .............................................................................................. 1040
SMDwgPointsByType ................................................................................................................. 1040
SMDwgProfileWeldsPG.............................................................................................................. 1041
SMPointsByAssociateObjectsID ................................................................................................ 1041
SMProfileSketchBevelShapeLabelsPG...................................................................................... 1042
StrMfgTemplateOffsetPG ........................................................................................................... 1043
StrMfgTemplateSetOffsetPG ...................................................................................................... 1043
Geometric Analyzers ......................................................................................................................... 1044
DefaultLabelGeometricAnalyzer................................................................................................. 1044
DrawingGAByOppositePoints .................................................................................................... 1045
DrawingGAEndOfSegment ........................................................................................................ 1045
DrawingGALabelInline ................................................................................................................ 1047
DrawingGALongestSegment ...................................................................................................... 1048
DrawingGAMarginOnly ............................................................................................................... 1050
DrawingGAPipeSegments .......................................................................................................... 1051
DrawingGAWelds ....................................................................................................................... 1052
DrawingGeometricAnalyzer ........................................................................................................ 1053
DummyGeomAnalyzer ............................................................................................................... 1054
ISDimensionBetweenPointsGA .................................................................................................. 1054
ISGAEliminateMostCommonLabels ........................................................................................... 1055
ISGAEliminateOverlappingLabels .............................................................................................. 1056
ISRulesetLabelAnalyzer ............................................................................................................. 1056
SMDwgGroupByAxisGA ............................................................................................................. 1057
SMDwgConvertToCoordDimGA ................................................................................................. 1057
SMDGAEliminateLabelsWithMissingParents ............................................................................. 1058
Content Modules ............................................................................................................................... 1059
DrawingCuttingPlanesContent ................................................................................................... 1060
10
Contents
DrawingDimContAngNoReplace ................................................................................................ 1060
DrawingDimContentAngular ....................................................................................................... 1061
DrawingDimContentLinearH ....................................................................................................... 1061
DrawingDimContentLinearV ....................................................................................................... 1062
DrawingDimContentRadial ......................................................................................................... 1062
DrawingDimContLinHNoReplace ............................................................................................... 1062
DrawingDimContLinVNoReplace ............................................................................................... 1063
DrawingDimContRadNoReplace ................................................................................................ 1063
DrawingFlowDirectionContent .................................................................................................... 1063
DrawingLabelHelper ................................................................................................................... 1064
DrawingMatchlineContent .......................................................................................................... 1066
DrawingNArrowContent .............................................................................................................. 1066
DrawingNoContent ..................................................................................................................... 1067
DrawingOrientToY0Content ....................................................................................................... 1067
DrawingPipeSegsDimContent .................................................................................................... 1068
DrawingPipeSegsDimContNoReplace ....................................................................................... 1068
DrawingReferenceLabelContent ................................................................................................ 1068
DrawingWeldSymbols ................................................................................................................ 1069
DwgScantlingWeld ..................................................................................................................... 1070
ISDimensionContentOverride ..................................................................................................... 1071
ISDwgEndCutRuleServer ........................................................................................................... 1071
ISDwgProfileEndCutSymbol ....................................................................................................... 1072
ISDwgSlotRuleServer ................................................................................................................. 1074
ISKnuckleAngleSymbolContent ................................................................................................. 1074
ISKnucklePointSymbolContent .................................................................................................. 1075
ISKnuckleSlopingDirectionSymbolContent ................................................................................ 1075
ISMfgMarginSymbolContent ...................................................................................................... 1077
ISPlateAngleSymbolContent ...................................................................................................... 1077
ISPlateThicknessSymbolContent ............................................................................................... 1078
ISProfileAngleSymbolContent .................................................................................................... 1079
ISProfilePartThicknessSymbolContent ...................................................................................... 1080
ISProfileSketchFeatureLinearDimCM ........................................................................................ 1081
ISProfileSketchFeatureRadialDimCM ........................................................................................ 1082
ISProfileSysThicknessSymbolContent ....................................................................................... 1082
ISRulesetLabelContent............................................................................................................... 1083
ISSeamSymbolContent .............................................................................................................. 1083
ISShipDirectionSymbolContent .................................................................................................. 1084
ProfileSketchMarkingLineSymbol............................................................................................... 1086
SM3D ProfileSketchFeatureSymbol ........................................................................................... 1086
SlotSymbols ................................................................................................................................ 1087
SM3DDwgRemarkingGirthLengthCM ........................................................................................ 1089
SMDrawingDimContentLinear .................................................................................................... 1089
SMProfileSketchBevelShapeLabelsCM ..................................................................................... 1089
SMProfileSketchBevelSymbolCM .............................................................................................. 1090
SMDwgMfgPinHeightLabelContent ............................................................................................ 1091
SMDwgMfgProfileMarginSymContent ........................................................................................ 1091
SMDwgPlateGridNameLabelContent ......................................................................................... 1092
SMDwgScantlingNSorFSContent............................................................................................... 1092
SMDwgScantlingNSorFSDirectionContent ................................................................................ 1093
SMRulerAxisSymbolContent ...................................................................................................... 1093
SMTemplatesetFullScaleDirSymbolContent .............................................................................. 1094
SP3DDrawingLabelQuery .......................................................................................................... 1095
StructuralWidgetLabelContent ................................................................................................... 1095
11
Contents
SMProfileSeamSymbolContent .................................................................................................. 1096
ThicknessSymContent................................................................................................................ 1096
SMPSWebThicknessContent ..................................................................................................... 1098
Control Generators ........................................................................................................................... 1099
DefaultLabelControlGenerator ................................................................................................... 1100
DrawingDimGenerator ................................................................................................................ 1100
DrawingPipeSegmentsCG ......................................................................................................... 1100
Positioning Modules .......................................................................................................................... 1101
posModulesSet ........................................................................................................................... 1102
DrawingAbsolute ........................................................................................................................ 1103
DrawingCenterThenAbove ......................................................................................................... 1103
DrawingCenterThenAboveCL .................................................................................................... 1104
DrawingCenterThenRotate ......................................................................................................... 1104
DrawingCentroid ......................................................................................................................... 1105
DrawingCoordLblPosMod .......................................................................................................... 1105
DrawingDimAbsolutePos ............................................................................................................ 1106
DrawingDimHorizBottomCS ....................................................................................................... 1106
DrawingDimHorizTopCS ............................................................................................................ 1106
DrawingDimMarginPos ............................................................................................................... 1107
DrawingDimPipeSegPos ............................................................................................................ 1107
DrawingDimVertLeftCS .............................................................................................................. 1107
DrawingDimVertRightCS ............................................................................................................ 1108
DrawingGridLblHoriz .................................................................................................................. 1108
DrawingGridLblMarginOnly ........................................................................................................ 1109
DrawingGridLblMgnAbsPos ....................................................................................................... 1109
DrawingGridLblVert .................................................................................................................... 1110
DrawingMatchlinePositioning ..................................................................................................... 1110
DrawingQuadFour ...................................................................................................................... 1111
DrawingQuadOne ....................................................................................................................... 1111
DrawingQuadThree .................................................................................................................... 1112
DrawingQuadTwo ....................................................................................................................... 1112
DrawingVectorAbsolute .............................................................................................................. 1113
DwgClippedPositioning............................................................................................................... 1113
DwgLblEndOfSegmentPos ......................................................................................................... 1113
DwgLinearAbsPos ...................................................................................................................... 1114
DwgLinearPositioning ................................................................................................................. 1114
DwgMatchlineWithDim ............................................................................................................... 1115
ISDwgPositionByCurve2D .......................................................................................................... 1115
ISDwgAbsolutePositionByCurve2D............................................................................................ 1118
ISDwgPositionByCurve2DAtMargin ........................................................................................... 1120
SMDwgPositionAxis ................................................................................................................... 1122
SMDwgPositionByCurve2DAtAxis ............................................................................................. 1122
SMDwgPositionGridLblMarginOnly ............................................................................................ 1125
Leader Modules ................................................................................................................................ 1126
DrawingCoordLeaderControl ...................................................................................................... 1126
DrawingLinearLeader ................................................................................................................. 1127
DwgLeaderControl...................................................................................................................... 1127
DwgMarginLeaderControl .......................................................................................................... 1128
ISDwgMarginLeader ................................................................................................................... 1130
DwgStackLabelLeader ............................................................................................................... 1131
Index ....................................................................................................................................................... 1133
12
Preface
This document is a reference data guide for the SmartMarine 3D Drawings and Reports task.
The purpose of this document is to describe the reference data delivered with the software for
this task.
Reference data includes both catalog data and specification data. Catalog data includes the
parts that you place in the model, such as piping components and equipment. Specification data
includes the rules that govern how those parts are placed and connected.
For more information, refer to the Drawings and Reports task user documentation:
Orthographic Drawings User's Guide
Piping Isometric Drawings User's Guide
Reports User's Guide
13
Preface
14
Administrative Guides
SmartMarine 3D Installation Guide - Provides instructions on installing and configuring the
software.
Project Management User's Guide - Provides instructions for setting up the databases, creating
permission groups, backing up and restoring project data, assigning access permissions to the
model, defining and managing locations for Global Workshare, and version migration.
SmartMarine 3D Global Workshare Guide - Provides instructions for setting up the software and
the databases to work in a workshare environment.
SmartMarine 3D Interference Checking Guide - Provides information on installing, configuring,
and using the interference detection service.
SmartMarine 3D Integration Reference Guide - Provides information about installing,
configuring, and using SmartMarine 3D in an integrated environment.
SmartMarine 3D Interpreting Human Piping Specifications - Provides information about how to
interpret human piping specifications so that you can create the corresponding piping
specification in the software.
SmartMarine 3D Export to PDMS - Provides information about how to export model data from
SmartMarine 3D to PDMS. Specific guidelines relating to best practices and known limitations of
the export functionality are also included.
SmartMarine 3D Point Cloud Reference - Provides information for referencing point cloud files
provided by point cloud vendors in SmartMarine 3D.
SmartMarine 3D Troubleshooting Guide - Provides information on how to resolve errors that you
may encounter in the software by documenting troubleshooting tips, error messages, and To Do
List messages.
SmartMarine 3D Plant Design System (PDS) Guide - Provides all information needed to use
PDS with SmartMarine 3D. Topics include referencing active PDS projects in SmartMarine 3D,
exporting PDS data and importing that data into SmartMarine 3D, and converting PDS reference
data to SmartMarine 3D reference data.
SmartPlant 3D/SmartMarine 3D Programmer's Guide - Provides information about custom
commands, naming rules, and symbol programming. This document is delivered, if you install
the Programming Resources, to the [Product Folder]\3D\Programming\Help folder.
User's Guides
Catalog User's Guide - Provides information about viewing, editing, and creating reference data
and select lists (codelists).
15
Preface
Common User's Guide - Provides information about defining workspaces, manipulating views,
and running reports.
Compartmentation User's Guide - Provides instruction for placing volume objects such as
compartments and zones in the model.
Electrical User's Guide - Provides information about routing electrical cable, cableway, cable
tray, and conduit.
Equipment and Furnishings User's Guide - Provides information about placing equipment.
Geometry Analysis and Repair User's Guide - Provides instructions for importing and exporting
model data, checking the data against a defined set of requirements, and repairing the data.
Grids User's Guide - Provides instructions for creating coordinate systems, elevation grid
planes, vertical grid planes, radial cylinders, radial planes, grid arcs, and grid lines.
Hangers and Supports User's Guide - Provides instructions on placing piping, duct, and
cableway supports in the model.
Hole Management User's Guide - Provides instructions for placing, reviewing, and approving
holes in a structure.
HVAC User's Guide - Provides instructions for routing HVAC duct.
Molded Forms User's Guide - Provides instructions for placing hull, bulkheads, major openings,
stiffeners, and other major components of a ship's frame in the model.
Orthographic Drawings User's Guide - Provides information about creating and managing
orthographic drawings.
Piping Isometric Drawings User's Guide - Provides information about creating and managing
piping isometric drawings.
Piping User's Guide - Provides instructions for routing pipe and placing valves, taps, and pipe
joints.
Planning User's Guide - Provides instructions about defining the assembly hierarchy (production
bill of material) by creating blocks, assemblies, and by specifying the assembly sequence.
Reports User's Guide - Provides information about creating and managing spreadsheet reports.
Space Management User's Guide - Provides instructions for placing space objects such as
areas, zones, interference volumes, and drawing volumes in the model.
Structural Analysis User's Guide - Provides instructions for defining loads, load cases, load
combinations, and the importing and exporting of analytical data.
Structural Detailing User's Guide - Provides instructions for creating, detailing, and maintaining
the structural members of a marine structure.
Structural Manufacturing User's Guide - Provides instructions for creating and maintaining
manufacturing objects such as templates, jigs, and margins.
Structure User's Guide - Provides instructions for placing structural members such as: beams,
columns, slabs, openings, stairs, ladders, equipment foundations, and handrails.
Systems and Specifications User's Guide - Provides instructions for creating systems and
selecting which specifications are available for each system type.
16
Preface
Compartmentation Reference Data Guide - Provides information about compartmentation
reference data.
Drawings and Reports Reference Data Guide - Provides information about reports reference
data.
Electrical Reference Data Guide - Provides information about electrical cable, cableway, cable
tray, and conduit reference data.
Electrical 3D Symbols Reference - Provides information about the cable tray and conduit 3D
symbols that are available.
Equipment and Furnishings Reference Data Guide - Provides information about equipment
reference data.
Equipment 3D Symbols Reference - Provides information about the equipment, equipment
component, design shapes, and design aides 3D symbols that are available.
Hangers and Supports Reference Data Guide - Provides information about hangers and
supports reference data.
Hangers and Supports 3D Symbols Reference - Provides information about the hanger and
support 3D symbols that are available.
Hangers and Supports SmartPart Symbols Reference - Provides information about the hanger
and support SmartPart symbols that are available.
Hole Management Reference Data Guide - Provides information about hole reference data.
HVAC Reference Data Guide - Provides information about HVAC reference data.
HVAC 3D Symbols Reference - Provides information about the HVAC 3D symbols that are
available.
SmartMarine 3D Reference Data Guide - Provides instructions about the Bulkload utility,
codelists, and the reference data common to several disciplines.
Piping Reference Data Guide - Provides information about piping reference data including piping
specifications, piping specification rules, piping parts, and piping symbols.
Piping 3D Symbols Reference - Provides information about the piping 3D symbols that are
available.
Space Management Reference Data Guide - Provides information about space management
reference data.
Structure Reference Data Guide - Provides information about structural reference data.
Structure 3D Symbols Reference - Provides information about the stair, ladder, footings, and
equipment foundation 3D symbols that are available.
SmartMarine 3D Structural Reference Data Overview - Provides an overview of the
SmartMarine 3D structural reference data library.
ISOGEN Guides
Symbol Keys Reference Guide - Provides information about the symbol keys for isometric
drawings. This guide is from Alias, the makers of ISOGEN.
17
Preface
18
Documentation Comments
We welcome comments or suggestions about this documentation. You can send us an email at:
PPMdoc@intergraph.com.
Documentation updates for supported software versions are available from eCustomer
https://crmweb.intergraph.com.
ISO 128-21:1997(E)
ISO 128-22:1999(E)
ISO 128-23:1999(E)
ISO 128-24:1999(E)
ISO 128-25:1999(E)
ISO 128-30:2001(E)
ISO 128-40:2001(E)
ISO 128-50:2001(E)
ISO 5457:1999(E)
ISO 7200:2400(E)
ISO 5261:1995(E)
ISO 2553:1992(E)
ISO 5572:1987(E)
ISO 7462:1985(E)
ISO 8193:1984(E)
19
Preface
ISO 9203-1:1989(E)
ISO 9203-2:1989(E)
ISO 9203-3:1989(E)
ISO 129-1:2004(E)
ISO 6428:1982(E)
ISO 3898:1997(E)
ISO 3098-0:1997(E)
ISO 3098-2:2000(E)
ISO 3098-5:1997(E)
By default, the following metric drawing templates are delivered in the ISO format.
LARGE
Paper Format (ISO 5457)
A0 (valid for A1 and enlarged formats)
Title-block (ISO 7200)
Lines (ISO 128 Part.25, ISO 6428)
Wide 0.7 mm
Narrow 0.35 mm
Characters (ISO 3098-5, ISO 6428)
Titles 7 mm (ISO 3098 BVL 7)
Labels 3.5, bold or 5 (ISO 128 Part.22)
Dimensions 3.5, values rounded to 1 mm (ISO 129)
Symbols to match above lines and characters for
relative positions of structural elements (BL, CL,...)
sections and details (Section plane, Section and Detail Titles)
profile cross sections (ISO 5261)
profile end-cuts re-symbolization
section and plates butt joints
welds (ISO 2553)
20
21
Preface
22
23
Preface
24
25
26
SECTION 1
You add components to the Management Console by right-clicking the top level or an existing
folder and selecting New on the shortcut menu. This displays the Add Component dialog box
for you to add folders, components, and packages to the console. For more information on the
New command, see any of the Drawings and Reports user's guides:
Orthographic Drawings User's Guide
Piping Isometric Drawings User's Guide
Reports User's Guide
You can also manage documents, components, and packages in the 3D modeling tasks
using the Tools > Drawings Console command. For more information, see the Common User's
Guide.
Description
Creates a 3D Model By Query component in the
Console. You can use the 3D Model By Query
component to export 3D model data in bulk as CAD
27
MicroStation 3D DGN
Folder
Composed Drawing
28
Spreadsheet Reports
Search Folder
Volume Drawings
Drawings by Rule
29
Delivered Packages
Delivered packages contain components that have already been defined or setup to create
particular types of drawings, usually per discipline such as Electrical or Structural. For more
information on the delivered packages, see:
Orthographic Drawing Packages (on page 298)
Orthographic Drawing by Query Components (on page 379)
Piping Isometric Drawing by Query Packages (on page 711)
Marine Structure Drawing Packages (on page 140)
See Also
Locations of Drawings and Reports Data (on page 30)
Orthographic Drawings Reference Data (on page 297)
Reports Reference Data (on page 721)
Marine Structure Drawings Reference Data (on page 139)
Drawing Documents
Drawing documents, sheets and views are not included in the Catalog database. Generated
drawings are maintained within the Model database. You can use drawing objects to create
filters for use in view styles and in creating search folders:
30
The Catalog templates also reside in the SharedContent share. You can copy a Catalog
Label from the SharedContent share \Labels\Types of Labels folder to the
\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates folder to use them as Drawing Labels in a drawing view
style. For more information, see the Orthographic Drawings User's Guide.
Report and Label occurrences reside in the Model database. When you are creating or applying
filters, the Report Templates node is included in the Object Type hierarchy:
Drawing Volumes
Drawing volumes are included as space definitions in the Catalog task hierarchy within the
Space folder:
Drawing volume occurrences are available in the model for creating filters for drawings:
For additional information on drawing volumes, see Drawing Volume Properties Sheet (on page
704) and the Space Management User's Guide.
See Also
The Management Console, Folders, and Components (on page 27)
31
3D Model By Query
You can create a 3D Model by Query component and base it on a specific filter that
determines what objects to document. You can use the 3D Model by Query component to output
CAD (SAT) files. The software uses a filter-based query to collect the objects and document
them automatically. For more information on setting up the 3D Model by Query component, see
Set up a 3D Model by Query component in the SmartMarine 3D Orthographic Drawings User's
Guide, available from Help > Printable Guides.
3D Model Data
You can create a 3D Model Data component and base it on a specific filter. The filter defines
the contents of the component documents when they are created. You can use the 3D Model
Data component to output SmartPlant Review files or CAD (SAT) files. For more information on
setting up the 3D Model Data component, see Setup a 3D Model Data component in the
SmartMarine 3D Integration Reference Guide, available from Help > Printable Guides.
32
Create the 3D Model Data document (one document per 3D Model Data component).
SPR shows the objects from the VUE file using global coordinates. If you plan to
save the 3D Model Data component documents to a VUE file using the Save as SmartPlant
Review File command, right-click the component and select Properties to check the Style
tab Coordinate System property setting. You want to make sure the Plant Monument
Coordinate Offset is passed correctly to SPR when creating the VUE file. The offset value
allows you to see the original coordinates relative to the new SPR coordinate system.
Revise the documents if publishing to SmartPlant Foundation.
Set properties Surface Styles and Aspects properties as needed on the 3D Model Data
documents. For more information, see Set surface styles and aspects for 3D model data
documents in any of the SmartMarine 3D Drawings user's guides, available from Help >
Printable Guides.
Update the documents using Update Now or Batch > Update on the 3D Model Data
component shortcut menu.
If SmartPlant Foundation requires a password, you are prompted to enter it when updating
drawings.
Save the documents to a predefined location for viewing in SmartPlant Review or publish
the documents to the registered SmartPlant Foundation plant.
For a more comprehensive list of tasks associated with the 3D Model Data Components, see 3D
Model Data Component Common Tasks in the SmartMarine 3D Integration Reference Guide,
available from Help > Printable Guides.
The number of objects generated by a 3D Model Data component and exported successfully
to a SmartPlant Review file depends largely on the type of objects and your hardware
resources. We recommend that you limit each 3D Model Data component filter to
approximately 50,000 objects.
Monitor the error logs regularly for resource issues, even if the specified filter worked
initially. Users could add more objects to the model meeting the filter criteria.
SmartPlant Review (SPR) version 6.1.0.15 (or higher) allows you to open multiple VUE files
simultaneously. Refer to your SmartPlant Review documentation for more information. When
you open VUE and XML files in SPR for the first time, SPR builds a database containing the
tag information for the files. This process may take a significant amount of time.
SmartPlant Review (SPR) version 6.2.0.29 (or higher) supports turning SmartMarine 3D
aspects on and off. All aspects are turned on by default in SPR. The SPRSchema.txt file can
be customized to add any user-defined aspects.
The 3D View Control used for viewing the published graphics in SmartPlant Markup
Plus does not currently support turning aspects on and off.
33
Custom VB Module
The behavior of the component depends entirely on how the VB module is developed.
Everything is controlled by the VB module. When you right click the component, the VB module
determines which menu items are available. If the module has a command that creates
documents, you see the Create Documents command. If, for whatever reason, the module
does not need documents, the document-related commands do not appear on the shortcut
menu. Other commands the VB module might include are Rename, Delete, Refresh, and Print.
For more information on general commands available, see Shortcut Menus in any of the
SmartMarine 3D Drawings user's guides, available from Help > Printable Guides.
If the module supports publishing, the right-click menu includes the Publish command. This
command is available only if your model has been registered using the SmartPlant Registration
Wizard. For more information, see Publishing Documents in the SmartMarine 3D Integration
Reference Guide, or in any of the SmartMarine 3D Drawings user's guides, available from Help
> Printable Guides.
For information on the interfaces used to create a custom VB drawing module, see the
Programmer's Guide. Contact your administrator or Intergraph Support if you need the
Programmer's Guide. You can find support information on our web site
http://support.intergraph.com (http://support.intergraph.com/).
34
Composed Drawings
Composed drawings are orthographic drawings created in a 3D task, such as Common,
through the Drawing Console. The composed drawing component manages the composed
drawings you create. Composed drawings are flexible, allowing you to have views that are
managed by a drawing region and associate the views to volumes and other views.
In 3D modeling tasks such as Common, you can use the Tools > Drawing Console command
to create a composed drawing component and the drawings associated with it. In the Drawings
and Reports task, you can create the composed drawing component, but you must use the 3D
modeling tasks to associate the drawing to objects in the model.
1. In the Drawings and Reports task, use the Tools > Define Layout Style command to create
layout styles you need for your composed drawing regions, then use the layout styles when
you create your layout templates with the Tools > Edit Layout Template command.
2. Create a folder for the drawing component either in the Management Console, or go to a
3D task and use Tools > Drawing Console to create the component.
3. In the 3D modeling task, use the Drawing Console to create new composed drawings.
Right-click the component and select New Drawing. For more information, see New
Drawing in the SmartMarine 3D Orthographic Drawings User's Guide, available from Help >
Printable Guides. You can also use Edit on the shortcut menu to view or modify existing
composed drawings. You can select Tools > Snapshot View to add snapshots of the
model to composed drawings. For additional information, see the Common User's Guide
available from Help > Printable Guides.
4. When the composed drawing is open in the SmartSketch Drawing Editor, you can add
views, associate views to volumes or other views, remove view associations, add dependent
report views, and modify the layout of the drawing sheet. For more information, see Create a
New Composed Drawing in the SmartMarine 3D Orthographic Drawings User's Guide,
available from Help > Printable Guides. For information on the Drawings Compose
Toolbar, see Working with SmartMarine 3D Drawings in the SmartSketch Drawing Editor
Help.
5. After saving the drawing in SmartSketch Drawing Editor, return to the Drawing Console to
do additional editing, update the drawing, and revise and publish the drawing. After the
composed drawing is created, it is just like any other drawing document and can be
managed in the Drawings and Reports task. For information on the 2D commands available
for editing, see the SmartSketch Drawing Editor Help.
If the drawing document you are looking at in the Detail View has a yellow icon (for
example:
), the drawing document is a version 6.1 legacy Snapshot drawing. You should use
the Tools > Convert Legacy Snapshots command to convert this document to a Composed
Drawing for use in the current version of the software. If you do not convert the legacy snapshot
drawing, you cannot perform edit operations on the drawing, including update, revise, and
publish. For more information, see Convert Legacy Snapshots in the SmartMarine 3D
Orthographic Drawings User's Guide, available from Help > Printable Guides.
35
36
37
Administrator Setup
Your administrator sets up appropriate templates to use with the Orthographic Drawings by
Query component. The administrator is also responsible for creating filters that define "what"
and filters that specify "where" in the model to look for the objects. The template and the "what"
filter information within the component are saved as a package.
Navigator Rules
The navigator rules for Orthographic Drawings by Query tell the software how to traverse
elements to be included in the range for the drawing view objects. The navigation rule can also
optionally return separate object collections, whose range is included in the 3D object range. If
no navigation rule is specified for a drawing view, the drawing object collection includes
everything in the 3D object range. The delivered rules are:
HngSupSimpleNavigator.dll - Specific to Hanger and Support objects. Returns the Hanger
and Support objects, support components, supporting objects, supported objects, and the
design children (recursively). It also returns the control points on the Hanger and Support
objects and support components.
HngSupRangeNavigator.dll - Same as HngSupSimpleNavigator.dll with design children
collection to extent of the Hanger and Support range.
DrawingSpoolNavigator.dll - Specific to Spools. Returns the Spool, its connected parts,
and their features.
38
39
The application creates a piping component file (PCF), which is used along with the isometric
style information to create an intermediate data file (IDF). The ISOGEN engine then reads the
IDF and creates the isometric drawings.
Administrator Setup
Your administrator should setup appropriate isometric styles to use with the Piping Isometric
Drawings by Query component. The administrator is also responsible for creating filters that
define "what" and filters that specify "where" in the model to look for the objects. The template
and the "what" filter information within the component are saved as a package.
40
Spreadsheet Reports
The Spreadsheet Report component allows you to define report templates and create report
deliverables.
The software features a tabbed editor called the Report Template Editor that allows you to
create and modify report templates. Most of the delivered reports use a combination of filters
and SQL. The Report Template Editor includes an interface for entering database query
syntax and testing the results of a query as part of the report. The editor also features an Excel
component in which you can drag and drop attributes onto a worksheet. The default format of all
reports is Microsoft Excel format.
After you make changes to a template, you can test the template by using the Update
Document(s) or Update Now command. For more information on updating documents, see
Updating Documents.
There are several types of spreadsheet reports delivered with the software. They are defined
and described in the Reports.xls workbook. For more information on the workbook, see the
Drawings and Reports Reference Data Guide.
Microsoft Excel 2003 is the minimum supported version for the Drawings and Reports task.
Excel 2007 uses a new file format and extension (.xlsx). However, the delivered report
templates still use the old .xls extension. If you create a report template with the .xlsx
extension, only machines with Excel 2007 will be able to handle (edit, update, or open) the
report. If you attempt to open a .xlsx file with an older version of Excel, an error message
appears stating that the file is not compatible with the version of Excel.
For users of Office 2003, in Microsoft Excel under Tools > Macro > Security > Trusted
Publishers tab, check the Trust Access to Visual Basic Project option.
For users of Office 2007 and Office 2010, click the Microsoft Office button to access Excel
Option. Go to the Trust Center category and select the Trust Center Settings button.
Select the Macro Settings category and check Trust access to the VBA project object
model.
For more information about Microsoft Office and service packs, refer to the Microsoft web
site (http://www.microsoft.com/) (http://www.microsoft.com/).
Search Folders
Search Folder allows you to search for documents based on common properties such as
out-of-date status, approval, or documents that have been published to a certain contract in
integrated environment. You can create a Search Folder component in any folder in the
Console. After running the query defined for a Search Folder, you can perform such tasks as
Update or Publish as if you were working from the actual owning component location for the
documents.
The documents found by the Search Folder query are listed in the Detail View as if they existed
under the Search Folder component. You are able to interact with the Search Folder documents
just as if you were dealing with the "real" components that own the documents. Search folders
can also be used for reports.
The Search Folder Component is available by running the New command from the shortcut
menu of a folder in the Console hierarchy. Generally, you can create a Search Folder
component under any component in the Console that allows you to run New command.
41
42
After the search folder is placed in the console, it will follow the same localized naming
convention as a normal folder. For example: "New Search Folder", "New Search Folder (2)",
and so forth.
Unlike normal folders, you cannot create components beneath a Search Folder. This
includes Paste; however, you can Copy the Search Folder and paste it somewhere else in
the hierarchy.
The Search Folder does not participate in any commands executed from a higher node (for
example, Update, Refresh, and Publish). This prevents multiple actions being run on the
same documents.
Volume Drawings
The Volume Drawing component uses a template to create drawings. You can place a view
on the template and associate the view with a view style to control the output. To define the
contents of the view, you create a drawing volume in the model. Before you create these types
of drawings, an administrator should create or edit drawing view styles and templates for use
with the drawings. For example, you can place title block labels and reports on the templates to
reflect your project or company standards.
After you have your view styles and templates in place, you are ready to start creating drawings.
The volume drawings require that the changes occur within the drawing template.
The software allows you to place several views on a template each with independent scale. In
the Space Management task, you can place a volume, which is associated to a single or
multiple views. The volume you create in Space Management is associated with all the views
you create within a volume drawing template. Therefore, in a multiple view volume drawing, you
can have multiple views of the same volume, and each view specifies the style, scale, and
orientation for the volume associated with the view. If the volume you create is too big for a
particular view at its scale, the volume is clipped.
For example, if you place two views in a drawing template with the following property settings:
DrawingView1 - Size 6" x 6", Scale 1" = 1', and Orientation = Plan
DrawingView2 - Size 6" x 6", Scale 1" = 1', and Orientation = North.
You use the Place Volume By 2-Points command in the Space Management task from
coordinates (0,0,0) to (6,6,6). In this case, the volume is exactly the right size based on scale
and orientation. The generated drawing contains the complete contents of the volume.
However, if your volume was placed from (0,0,0) to (8,6,6), the volume is too big for the drawing
view on the template. The maximum volume size the view can accommodate is no more than 6
inches on each side. The software centers the volume in the drawing view, effectively giving you
the information from (1,0,0) to <7,6,6 in the output drawing.
The overall processing for volume drawings is:
Identify a drawing volume. This is a query of all the objects that have been created in the
database which reside inside the volume borders. The objects do not have to be visible or
even in the current workspace to be included.
When the drawing is created, the software checks the objects from the volume query
against the list of filters in the specified view style.
If an object in the volume matches one of the specified view style filters, the software applies
the rules set for the object filter. If the object does not match a filter, it is not included in the
drawing view.
43
The software applies the view styles in a top-down manner. If an object finds its match in several
filters, the last one applied (the bottom-most style) overrides any preceding style rules.
When a drawing is updated, it can be published by right-clicking the document and selecting
Publish on the right- click menu. The document is published as a viewable graphic file; no
physical data is published. For more information, see Publishing Documents in any of the
SmartMarine 3D Drawings user's guides, available from Help > Printable Guides.
44
SECTION 2
Tools Menu
Several tools are provided within the Drawings and Reports task. These tools appear on the
Tools menu in the Drawings and Reports task.
Other Tools
You can use Custom Command tool to set up special macro commands you use in your
documents. Convert Legacy Snapshots converts legacy version 6.1 Snapshot drawings to
Composed drawings.
45
Tools Menu
Defining Filters for View Styles
You can set up the filters for styles by using the File > Define Workspace or Tools > Select by
Filter commands in any 3D task. One way to organize the drawing filters is by discipline, such
as Piping, Equipment, or Structure. The following example shows Equipment filters. You can
also define filters within the View Style Properties dialog box by selecting More in the Filter
dropdown.
46
Tools Menu
See Also
Create a Ruleset View Style (on page 124)
View Style Type - Specifies a type of view style. The selected view style filters the hierarchy
with the available styles found in the SharedContent share in the [Reference Data Product
Folder]\Drawings\Catalog\Rules folder. The following view styles types are delivered:
Key Plan - For more information, see Key Plan View Styles (on page 697).
Orthographic - Orthographic and isometric view styles. For more information, see
Orthographic Drawings View Styles (on page 380).
Ruleset Styles - Drawings by Rule styles for marine structure drawings. For more
information, see Marine Structure Drawing View Styles (on page 142).
Spatial - Orthographic view styles specific to SmartMarine 3D drawings. For more
information, see Orthographic Drawings View Styles (on page 380).
New Style - Adds a new view style to the selected folder.
Delete - Deletes the selected style from the hierarchy and removes it from the folder.
Rename - Renames the selected view style.
Properties - Displays the properties for the selected View Style Type for editing:
For Key Plan properties, see Key Plan Style Dialog Box (on page 125).
For Orthographic properties, see View Style Properties Dialog Box (on page 48).
For Ruleset Styles, see Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box (on page 108).
Close - Dismisses the dialog box.
See Also
Define View Style Command (Tools Menu) (on page 45)
47
Tools Menu
View Style Name - Specifies the name of the view style. The view style name can have up to
128 characters. If you are creating a new view style, you need to type a new name.
We do not support special characters in the view style name (such as, $, #, =, /, or \).
Description - Describes the view style.
48
Tools Menu
Intersection Edges - Creates lines where surfaces intersect each other. At High Resolution,
more detail is shown in the drawing by creating lines between all intersecting surfaces. At Low
Resolution, less detail is shown by omitting the bspline properties. For example, changing from
Off to High Resolution would produce the following effect for your graphics:
Filter Name - Specifies a filter in the current model. You can choose existing filters or define
new filters by selecting More in the dropdown. You can use CTRL+C to copy and CTRL+V to
paste filters from one cell to another.
Asking or parameterized filters are only supported when they are asking for a WBS
Project.
These custom tests are used with orthographic view styles for outfitting drawings, and
marine structure view styles for scantling drawings.
Primary Orientation - Orientation of the primary linear axis of an object with respect to the
drawing view. The primary linear axis is along the x-axis of the local coordinate system.
Secondary Orientation - Orientation of the secondary linear axis of an object with respect to
the drawing view. The secondary linear axis is along the y-axis of the local coordinate system.
For members, this corresponds to the web orientation.
49
Tools Menu
Primary Orientation and Secondary Orientation use the same options:
Not shown Normal
1
Parallel, pointing up
Parallel, horizontal
10
Parallel, sloped
The Sloped, projects horizontal and Sloped, projects vertical options provide special
orientations for situations where the drawing needs to distinguish between a sloped pipe or
member that projects orthogonally on the sheet and those that project non-orthogonally on the
50
Tools Menu
sheet. You may, for example, prefer orthogonally-projected pipe be dimensioned in the drawing
with the pipes that are parallel and orthogonal to the sheet. The following graphic shows
examples of a 3D model with pipe for both cases:
1
For dimensioning purposes in the drawing view, the Parallel, horizontal and Sloped, projects
horizontal pipes are part of the same dimensioning chain. The Sloped pipe is not included in
the dimensioning.
You can resymbolize the model graphics based on special orientation cases. For
example, you might want to represent piping items that are parallel to the sheet plane as single
lines while representing the items coming straight out of the sheet as special symbols.
Clipping - Lists the various clipping options. For example, you might want to put a cap on a pipe
that is clipped to the right of the sheet.
Use the Clipped option when testing for objects that are clipped by one of the sides (Top,
Bottom, Right, or Left) of the volume. Dimensioning pipe that is clipped by the volume can take
advantage of this option setting.
Use the Not Clipped option to test for objects that are not clipped at all.
The Clipped and Not Clipped options ignore front and back clipping.
51
Tools Menu
The following picture illustrates the various clipping options - Left, Right, Front, Back, Top, and
Bottom.
Graphic Rule - Determines how objects passing the tests will display. Objects can be displayed
as Vector Hidden Line (VHL) or resymbolized. If you click More, you can define a new graphic
rule. For more information on graphic rules, see Graphic Rules (on page 88).
Label Rule - Determines the labeling to be applied to objects that pass the tests. Click More in
the field to select a label rule. For more information, see Label Rules (on page 102). For
information on using bubble labels in your drawings, see Use Bubble Labels in Drawings (on
page 84).
Dimension Rule - Controls the placement of dimensions on objects that pass the tests. Click
More in the field to select a dimension rule. For more information, see Dimensions in the
SmartMarine 3D Orthographic Drawings User's Guide, available from Help > Printable Guides.
View Frame
This section provides additional view frame properties you can set within the view style.
52
Tools Menu
View Rule - Identifies the view frame rule to use for detail and section views within the drawing.
Click More in the dropdown to select a view rule, modify an existing rule, or create a new rule.
For more information, see View Rules (on page 105).
Matchline Label - Provides a selectable list of delivered matchline labels. Click More in the field
to select a matchline rule. For more information, see Matchline Rules (on page 107).
North Arrow Label - Provides a selectable list of delivered north arrow labels. Click More in the
field to select a north arrow label. For more information, see North Arrow Rules (on page 108).
Clear All - Removes all data in the grid, but not the name or description of the view style.
You can change the order of the rows on the View Style Properties dialog box by selecting
a row and then clicking the up and down arrows at the left side of the dialog box. If an object
finds its match in several different filters, the last graphic rule applied (bottom most row)
wins.
To delete a row from the table, select the row and press DELETE on the keyboard.
If any text string is longer than the width of its box on the grid, a ToolTip provides the entire
string.
See Also
Create an Orthographic Drawing View Style (on page 56)
Define View Style Command (Tools Menu) (on page 45)
53
Tools Menu
When you create a new custom rule or edit the properties for an existing rule, the Custom
Graphic Rule dialog box displays. For more information, see Custom Graphic Rule Dialog Box
(on page 54).
See Also
Create or Edit a Graphic Preparation Rule (on page 59)
View Style Properties Dialog Box (on page 48)
See Also
Create or Edit a Graphic Preparation Rule (on page 59)
View Style Properties Dialog Box (on page 48)
Select Graphic Preparation Rule Dialog Box (on page 53)
54
Tools Menu
See Also
View Style Properties Dialog Box (on page 48)
See Also
View Style Properties Dialog Box (on page 48)
Label Rules (on page 102)
55
Tools Menu
to change
56
Test your view style by creating drawings. You can edit the view style with the Tools >
Define View Style command.
The rules and associated files are saved in the SharedContent share in the
\Drawings\Catalog folder.
You can change the order of the rows on the View Style Properties dialog box by selecting
a row and then clicking the up and down arrows at the left side of the dialog box. If an object
finds its match in several different filters, the last graphic rule applied (bottom most row)
wins.
To delete a row in the view style properties table, select it and press DELETE on the
keyboard.
Tools Menu
See Also
Define View Style Command (Tools Menu) (on page 45)
to change the
13.
14.
15.
16.
To apply a style to the volume of the current drawing in the key plan, use the term
KEY PLAN FOCUS ELEMENT in the Filter column of the key plan view style and then
assign a graphic rule. You must use uppercase letters for the term.
In the Graphic Rule column, select an existing graphic rule or create a new graphic rule by
clicking More.
In the Label Rule column, select a labeling rule, if applicable.
In the Dimension Rule column, select a dimension rule, if applicable.
Select a north arrow label, if applicable.
A single drawing view can have multiple key plans.
To delete a key plan style, select it and click Delete.
Test your view style by creating drawings. You can edit the view style with the Tools >
Define View Style command.
The rules and associated files are saved in the SharedContent share in the
\Drawings\Catalog folder.
You can change the order of the rows on the View Style Properties dialog box by selecting
a row and then clicking the up and down arrows at the left side of the dialog box. If an object
finds its match in several different filters, the last graphic rule applied (bottom most row)
wins.
To delete a row in the view style properties table, select it and press DELETE on the
keyboard.
57
Tools Menu
See Also
Define View Style Command (Tools Menu) (on page 45)
58
Tools Menu
graphic rule, or you can change the name in the Rule name field to save the changes to a
new graphic rule name. If you change the name, a confirmation dialog appears so you can
verify the graphic rule action.
5. Use the modified or new graphic rule in the view style definition and click OK to close the
dialog boxes. You can save the changes to the existing view style or change the name of
the view style. A confirmation dialog box appears so you can verify the view style action.
6. Use the modified or new view style to create drawings and verify the appearance of the new
line style.
See Also
View Style Properties Dialog Box (on page 48)
Key Plan Style Dialog Box (on page 125)
Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box (on page 108)
Define View Style Command (Tools Menu) (on page 45)
59
Tools Menu
6. Click New to create a new graphic rule, or select an existing rule and click Properties to edit
the properties. The Custom Graphic Rule dialog box displays.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
See Also
Create an Orthographic Drawing View Style (on page 56)
Apply Grid Labels to Elevation and Section Views (on page 60)
60
Tools Menu
Check the Catalog for the filters. If you are using the delivered default filters in version
6.1 or later, these two filters are delivered under Catalog Filters > SP3D Object Filters > Grid
Systems.
61
Tools Menu
3. Go to the Properties tab to further restrict the filter. For example, select Grid Planes and
restrict to Axis = X for the Elevation filter and Axis = Y for the Sections filter. Select More in
the Property dropdown. The Select Properties dialog box displays so you can specify the
property definition for the Grid Plane object. Click OK to return to the Properties tab to set
the value for the selected property. Refer to the graphic below for more information.
62
Tools Menu
3. Click New Style
to create a new view style in the current folder. If you want to create a
new folder for the view style, click New Folder
first, then create the new style in the new
folder. For example, you could create a view style called Elevation Grid Bubbles.
You can use Rename
63
Tools Menu
13. After defining the drawing view style, click OK to save the settings. The view style is now
ready to use with drawings.
64
Tools Menu
The example workflow above uses columns and beams to give the results of the view style
application and meaning. The row referencing Grid Plane Elevations is the only required row. In
a drawing using the new view style, the Grid Planes are blue based on the settings from the
view style:
Some modeling situations have intersections that cause unwanted Grid Planes to appear
and be labeled. You may need to edit the drawing document and delete unwanted labels. Be
sure to save changes to make to the drawing document so that subsequent updates are
remembered.
Use the procedure above to create separate view styles for Elevation and Section views. You
can then create Elevation and Section view drawing type packages using the appropriate view
styles. For more information, see Save Package Command, found in any of the SmartMarine 3D
Drawings user's guides available from Help > Printable Guides.
See Also
Create an Orthographic Drawing View Style (on page 56)
Define View Style Command (Tools Menu) (on page 45)
Create or Edit a Graphic Preparation Rule (on page 59)
65
Tools Menu
Without using the Visible Fill Style VHL graphic rule option, the drawings of this model would
appear as follows:
66
Tools Menu
3. On the View Style Properties dialog box, create a filter for the view style. In the Filter
Name dropdown, select Create New Filter. The Filter Properties dialog appears. First, you
go to the Object Type tab and the structure slab objects only:
Then go to the Properties tab and specify the property definition to select only the slabs
that are higher than 2 feet in elevation.
4. On the View Style Properties dialog box, click More in the Graphic Rule dropdown to
display the Select Graphic Rule dialog box. Select Visible/Hidden Edges (VHL) as the
Graphic View Type, then click New to create a new graphic rule.
67
Tools Menu
5. On the Graphic Rule - VHL dialog box, give your new graphic rule a name and description.
Set the Visible Fill Style with one of the dropdown options. For example, you would select
Grate as the fill style for the top-most slab definition.
For more information, see Graphic Rule - VHL Dialog Box (on page 91).
6. Click OK on all the view style dialog boxes to save the changes to the new graphic rule and
the view style. You can now use this view style to create fill style drawings.
See Also
Create an Orthographic Drawing View Style (on page 56)
Define View Style Command (Tools Menu) (on page 45)
Create or Edit a Graphic Preparation Rule (on page 59)
68
Tools Menu
The following graphic shows the result of the clipping. The intersection of the drawing volume
and the wall are outlined in red. This is the area in the drawing which needs to be filled.
Although the wall appears to be a hollow sheet body, it is a solid. Therefore, the red outlines
represent planar surfaces capping the intersected wall.
69
Tools Menu
Create a View Style Using a Clipped Solid Fill Style
The steps below show how you can use the Clipped Solid Fill Style on the VHL graphic rule for
the view style to achieve output showing Walls with a Blue Hatch fill style.
1. In the Drawings and Reports task, select Tools > Define View Style. The Define View
Style dialog box appears.
. Give
2. Select Orthographic View Styles as the View Style Type, then click New Style
the new style a name and click Properties
to display the View Style Properties dialog
box.
In order for a fill style to work properly in a drawing, Intersection Edges must
be set to Low Resolution or High Resolution. The default setting for an Orthographic View
Style is Low Resolution. For more information on Intersection Edges, see View Style
Properties Dialog Box (on page 48).
3. On the View Style Properties dialog box, specify a filter for wall objects.
4. On the View Style Properties dialog box, click More in the Graphic Rule dropdown to
display the Select Graphic Rule dialog box. Select Visible/Hidden Edges (VHL) as the
Graphic View Type, and then click New to create a new graphic rule.
70
Tools Menu
5. On the Graphic Rule - VHL dialog box, give your new graphic rule a name and description.
Set the Visible Fill Style with one of the dropdown options. For example, you would select
Hatch as the fill style for the wall definition. You could also specify Normal Blue as the
Visible Line Style value to outline the walls in blue.
For more information, see Graphic Rule - VHL Dialog Box (on page 91).
6. Click OK on all the view style dialog boxes to save the changes to the new graphic rule and
the view style. You can now use this view style to create fill style drawings.
See Also
Create an Orthographic Drawing View Style (on page 56)
Define View Style Command (Tools Menu) (on page 45)
Create or Edit a Graphic Preparation Rule (on page 59)
71
Tools Menu
For more information, see Graphic Rule - VHL Dialog Box (on page 91).
72
Tools Menu
4. Your filter setting to collect your pipeline objects should use a standard graphic rule.
5. Click OK on all the view style dialog boxes to save the changes to the new graphic rule and
the view style. You can now use this view style to create fill style drawings.
See Also
Create an Orthographic Drawing View Style (on page 56)
Define View Style Command (Tools Menu) (on page 45)
Create or Edit a Graphic Preparation Rule (on page 59)
Apply Symbology to Graphic Object Aspects (on page 75)
73
Tools Menu
2. Select Orthographic as the View Style Type, then click New Style
. Give the new style
a name and click Properties
to display the View Style Properties dialog box. For more
information, see View Style Properties Dialog Box (on page 48).
3. On the View Style Properties dialog box, create a filter for the view style. In the Filter
Name dropdown, select two filters that look for grid lines.
4. In the Primary Orientation dropdown, select Parallel, vertical for the first grid line row, and
Parallel, horizontal for the second grid line row.
5. Create a new graphic rule that sets the Visible Line Style and Hidden Line Style options
to Invisible for both grid line rows.
6. In the Label Rule dropdown, select a grid line rule for each grid line row. For example,
select Equipment Plan_Grid Line_X Name and Equipment Plan_Grid Line_Y Name.
Assign the X Name graphic rule to the Parallel, vertical grid line row and the Y
Name graphic rule to the Parallel, horizontal grid line row.
For more information, see Graphic Rule - VHL Dialog Box (on page 91).
7. Add rows to the view style to document other objects in the model.
74
Tools Menu
8. Click OK on all the view style dialog boxes to save the changes to the new graphic rule and
the view style. You can now use this view style to create a drawing that does not include a
graphic representation of grid lines, but labels them.
75
Tools Menu
In marine structure rule set view styles, the Graphic Style dialog box is used to assign
VHL aspects, The dialog box looks different, but the procedure is similar to the above
description. For more information, see Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page 115)
See Also
Create an Orthographic Drawing View Style (on page 56)
Define View Style Command (Tools Menu) (on page 45)
Graphic Rule - VHL Dialog Box (on page 91)
Apply Transparency to an Orthographic View Style (on page 72)
76
Tools Menu
Pipes that have no flow direction defined will not have flow arrows applied in the drawing.
You can place NO FLOW arrows manually when you edit the drawing document.
See Also
Create an Orthographic Drawing View Style (on page 56)
Define View Style Command (Tools Menu) (on page 45)
View Style Properties Dialog Box (on page 48)
77
Tools Menu
78
Tools Menu
</label>
</labels>
4. Save the NorthArrowManual.xml file and exit.
79
Tools Menu
Place a North Arrow View in the Drawing
1. Open an existing drawing, or create a new drawing, in the Drawings Console.
2. Place a new view in the drawing that uses your new NorthArrow view style. For more
information on placing views in drawings, see the SmartSketch Drawing Editor User's
Guide.
3. Select Fit to Scale in the Scale Family dropdown menu.
4. Select the Look Direction for the north arrow.
5. On the Format tab of the Drawing View Properties dialog box, clear the Show Border
option.
6. Click OK.
7. Associate the view to a volume in the model and update the drawing.
The north arrow appears in the view you placed and indicates the north direction.
See Also
View Style Rules (on page 87)
80
Tools Menu
You can also place a drawing volume that clips the east side of the wall and slab in the example
model:
You have a drawing view style that defines the graphic rule for Structure objects. The graphic
rule applies a Normal Blue for visible edges, a LightGray non-transparent fill style for clipped
surfaces. By default, the Make Clipped Solid Monolithic option is set to No. For more
information on creating view styles, see Create an Orthographic Drawing View Style (on page
56).
81
Tools Menu
The resulting drawing resembles the following graphic. You can see the line between the wall
and the slab because they are separate objects. For more information on creating view styles,
see Create an Orthographic Drawing View Style (on page 56).
82
Tools Menu
Edit a View Style to Use the Make Clipped Solid Monolithic Volume Option
1. In the Drawings and Reports task, select Tools > Define View Style. The Define View
Style dialog box appears.
to edit the style
2. Select your Structure orthographic view style and click Properties
properties.
3. Modify the graphic rule applied to Structure objects and set Make Clipped Solid Monolithic
to Yes. For more information on the VHL properties, see Graphic Rule - VHL Dialog Box (on
page 91).
4. Click OK on all the view style dialog boxes to save the changes to the new graphic rule and
the view style.
5. Update the drawings that use the updated view style to incorporate the changes to the
drawing style. The wall and slab appear as one monolithic body. The line between the wall
and slab is no longer displayed.
You should always use a non-transparent clipped solid fill style when creating
drawings that use this graphic rule functionality. When the drawing is open in SmartSketch
83
Tools Menu
Drawing Editor and you drag the "clipped surface" aside, you will notice that the original wall
and slab graphics are still there under it. The non-transparent style allows the masking to
work properly in the drawing.
See Also
Create an Orthographic Drawing View Style (on page 56)
Define View Style Command (Tools Menu) (on page 45)
Graphic Rule - VHL Dialog Box (on page 91)
The drawing document must have a drawing view that is associated to a report view. The bubble
label looks for the Item Number field in the report to label the objects in the associated drawing
view. For example, you can use the delivered HgrSup3View package to create drawings that
use a bubble label to identify the part of a support object. The Item Numbers for each support
part are listed in the report shown on the drawing.
84
Tools Menu
The bubble labels applied to the drawing view are generated from the Item Number values in
the report.
You can also place bubble labels manually using the Manual Place Label command when a
drawing is open in SmartSketch Drawing Editor. You must still have a drawing view associated
to a report before using the bubble label. For more information on placing manual labels, see
Place a Manual Label on a Drawing in the SmartMarine 3D Orthographic Drawings User's
Guide, available from Help > Printable Guides.
Label XML definition is discussed further in the SmartPlant 3D/SmartMarine 3D
Programmer's Guide under Label Templates and Rules (XML) > XML Tag Reference. When
creating new bubble labels, see <content> XML tag definitions to find the value of the
DrawingReferenceLabelContent attribute. Contact your administrator or Intergraph Support if
you require the Programmer's Guide. You can find support information on our web site
http://support.intergraph.com (http://support.intergraph.com/).
See Also
View Style Properties Dialog Box (on page 48)
Label Rules (on page 102)
Define View Style Command (Tools Menu) (on page 45)
85
Tools Menu
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
This workflow must be repeated for every dimension template that you want included in a
pre-defined layer.
86
Tools Menu
Modify the Label Template Layer
In this example, Equipment Plan_Equipment_Name.xml, Piping Plan_Piping
Parts_RunName.xml, and Structural Framing Plan_Beams_Section Size.xml will be used to
demonstrate the functionality of associating label templates to view layers.
1. Open Equipment Plan_Equipment_Name.xml. This file is located on the SharedContent
share at [Reference Data Product
Folder]\SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates\Equipment
Plan_Equipment_Name.xml
2. Add the following text to the XML file directly above the </label> tag:
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
This workflow must be repeated for every label template that you want included in a
pre-defined layer.
Graphic Rules
Graphic rules control the representation of the model graphics on drawings. For example, you
can represent pipe runs as single lines while representing equipment as control point symbols.
You can also resymbolize structural members as single lines with detailed widgets placed along
the lines. To specify the resymbolization, you create a custom symbol and incorporate the
symbol into a graphic rule for a view style. For more information, see Graphic Rules (on page
88).
Label Rules
Label rules control automatic label placement on drawings. For more information, see Label
Rules (on page 102).
Before creating a new label rule, you must first create the label query using the Define Label
command in the Catalog task.
87
Tools Menu
Dimension Rules
Dimension rules control the placement of dimensions while dimension styles control the
appearance, including the units, of dimensions on orthographic drawings. You can specify the
granularity, offsets, style, text size, and object types for the dimensions. For more information on
working with dimensions, see Dimensions in the SmartMarine 3D Orthographic Drawings User's
Guide, available from Help > Printable Guides.
View Rules
The view rules use properties to define how objects are associated to a drawing view. For more
information, see View Rules (on page 105).
Matchline Rules
The matchline rule uses labels to specify the drawing extents and the names of adjoining
drawings. For more information, see Matchline Rules (on page 107).
See Also
Define View Style Command (Tools Menu) (on page 45)
Create an Orthographic Drawing View Style (on page 56)
Graphic Rules
Graphic rules control the representation of the model graphics on drawings. Each filter in the
view style can have its own graphic rule. For example, you can represent pipe runs as single
lines while representing equipment as control point symbols. You can also resymbolize
structural members as single lines with detailed widgets placed along the lines.
You specify graphic rules when you edit an existing view style or create a new view style with
the Tools > Define View Style command. In the Graphic Rule dropdown on the View Style
Properties dialog box, select More to display the Select Graphic Rule dialog box.
Select Graphic Rule Dialog Box (on page 89)
88
Tools Menu
You have several types of rules available. The following graphic shows examples for each type.
If an object is filtered in more than one row of the view style, the graphic rule in the
bottom-most row applies to the object.
For more information on the delivered graphic rules, see Custom Graphic Modules (on page
947).
See Also
View Style Rules (on page 87)
Select Graphic Rule Dialog Box
Lists the available graphic rules. You can open this dialog box by clicking More in the Graphic
Rule box on the View Style Properties dialog box.
89
Tools Menu
Graphic Rule Type - Specifies a type of graphic rule. The rule types available include:
90
Replace Objects with Line - Replaces objects, such as pipes, with lines.
Tools Menu
Replace Objects with Line and Widget - Replaces objects, such as structural members,
with a line plus widget combination.
Views - Switches the view from List to Details. When you choose List mode, descriptions of
each rule to not appear.
Rule Name - Lists the names of the graphic rules.
Description - Lists the descriptions of the graphic rules.
New - Creates a new graphic rule of the selected type.
Rename - Renames the selected graphic rule.
Delete - Deletes the selected graphic rule.
Properties - Displays the properties for the selected graphic rule for editing.
When creating a new graphic rule or editing the properties of an existing graphic rule, see the
following for more information:
Graphic Rule - VHL Dialog Box (on page 91)
Graphic Rule - Line Dialog Box (on page 95)
Graphic Rule - Line with Widget Dialog Box (on page 96)
Graphic Rule - Symbol Dialog Box (on page 99)
See Also
View Style Properties Dialog Box (on page 48)
Graphic Rules (on page 88)
91
Tools Menu
Graphic Rule - VHL Dialog Box
Sets options for a specific Visible/Hidden Lines (VHL) graphic rule. The VHL graphic rules
create a "wireframe" representation of objects, where just the outline of the object is drawn.
Rule Name - Specifies the name of the graphic rule. The rule name can be up to 128 characters
long.
Description - Describes the rule.
Aspect - Provides a dropdown list of available aspects so they can be resymbolized
independently. For example, you may have pipes that use an insulation aspect, and you want
both the pipe and its insulation symbolized uniquely on the drawing. You can use this property
on the VHL graphics to resymbolize both the pipe and its insulation. For more information, see
Apply Symbology to Graphic Object Aspects (on page 75).
Show aspect - Specifies that you want to show the aspect symbology for the selected objects
within the drawing. Only the aspects for which this checkbox is checked are shown in the
generated drawings.
Graphic Module - Specifies a module (.dll file) that allows you to customize the graphics
included in your graphic rule. For more information, see Custom Graphic Modules (on page
947).
For orthographic drawings, this module affects only those items that meet the criteria of
the filter on the selected row of the table in the View Style Properties dialog box. To apply a
module to all items in the view style, choose a Graphic Preparation Rule on the View Style
Properties dialog box.
Visible Line Style - Specifies the line style for visible edges of objects and for centerlines in the
Centerline aspect.
Hidden Line Style - Specifies the line style for edges of an object hidden by the surface of other
objects and for centerlines in the Centerline aspect. The line style is shown as dashed red in the
example below.
92
Tools Menu
Hidden By Self Line Style - Specifies the line style for edges of an object that are hidden by
the surface of the same object and for centerlines in the Centerline aspect. The line style is
shown as dashed red in the example below.
Occluded Line Style - Specifies a line style for edges of an object that are aligned with and
completely hidden by edges of the same or another object. For example, you may use this style
when you have two objects that are aligned but at different elevations. Occluded lines are
drawn, but are frequently not visible because the visible line style dominates. The line style is
shown as dashed red behind the solid black visible line in the example below.
Occluded lines are drawn, but are frequently not visible because the visible line style
dominates.
Layer - Specifies the drawing layer (or level, if saving to a MicroStation file) on which the
graphic is placed. For example, type LinesAndSymbols in the value field to place your VHL
graphics on the LinesAndSymbols layer of your drawing. If the layer does not already exist in the
template you are using to create drawings, the software creates the layer automatically.
For graphic rules used in the conversion to MicroStation files, the software only
recognizes whole numbers between 1 and 63, inclusive, in the Layer field. Other values are
ignored and the object is placed on level 1 in the DGN file.
Visible Fill Style - Specifies the fill style for visible surfaces of objects within the clipped area of
the view. Every face of every instance of the objects matching the applied filter in the view style
will have the selected fill style. For an example workflow showing how fill styles can be applied,
see Apply a Visible Fill Style to a Drawing (on page 66). In the following graphic, everything that
is a slab (everything except the two barrels and the wall piece) has a Hexagon fill style applied.
93
Tools Menu
For all objects in view - Full transparency. The aspect of the object is transparent for all
other objects and all aspects of the same object (that is, it does not hide other objects or
aspects of the same object).
For other aspects of same objects - Relative transparency between objects. The aspect
of the object is transparent only for other aspects of the same object (that is, the given
aspect does not hide other aspects for the same object, such as the flanges and web of a
built-up member, but hides other objects).
In orthographic view styles, the Make Transparent option is especially useful when you need to
show objects beneath another object. In marine structure rule set view styles, the Make
Transparent option is only available for members. For example workflows, see Apply
Transparency to an Orthographic View Style (on page 72).
All of the line styles in the pull down lists are found in the Styles.sha file, located in the
SharedContent share in the [Reference Data Product
Folder]\SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Templates folder. You can add new line styles to
this file.
Drawing view styles work in a top-to-bottom priority order. If an object finds its match in
several different filters, the last graphic rule applied (bottom most row) wins.
You can create new line styles to use with the properties on this dialog box. For more
information, see Create Line Styles to Use in Drawing View Styles (on page 58).
See Also
View Style Properties Dialog Box (on page 48)
Graphic Rules (on page 88)
Select Graphic Rule Dialog Box (on page 89)
Graphics Tab (Graphic Rule - Line with Widget Dialog Box) (on page 97)
Widget Tab (Graphic Rule - Line with Widget Dialog Box) (on page 98)
94
Tools Menu
Graphic Rule - Line Dialog Box
Sets options for a single line graphic rule. The single line graphic rules replace linear objects,
such as pipes and structural members, in the graphic view with single lines. If possible, the
centerline of the object is used. The graphic below shows pipes replaced with a blue line.
Rule Name - Specifies the name of the graphic rule. The rule name can be up to 128 characters
long.
Description - Describes the rule.
Graphic Module - Specifies a module (.dll file) that allows you to customize the graphics
included in your graphic rule. For more information, see Custom Graphic Modules (on page
947).
For orthographic drawings, this module affects only those items that meet the criteria of
the filter on the selected row of the table in the View Style Properties dialog box. To apply a
module to all items in the view style, choose a Graphic Preparation Rule on the View Style
Properties dialog box.
Visible Line Style - Specifies the line style for visible edges of objects and for centerlines in the
Centerline aspect.
Hidden Line Style - Specifies the line style for edges of an object hidden by the surface of other
objects and for centerlines in the Centerline aspect. The line style is shown as dashed red in the
example below.
Occluded Line Style - Specifies a line style for edges of an object that are aligned with and
completely hidden by edges of the same or another object. For example, you may use this style
when you have two objects that are aligned but at different elevations. Occluded lines are
drawn, but are frequently not visible because the visible line style dominates. The line style is
shown as dashed red behind the solid black visible line in the example below.
95
Tools Menu
Occluded lines are drawn, but are frequently not visible because the visible line style
dominates.
Layer - Specifies the drawing layer (or level, if saving to a MicroStation file) on which the
graphic is placed. For example, type LinesAndSymbols in the value field to place your line
graphics on the LinesAndSymbols layer of your drawing. If the layer does not already exist in the
template you are using to create drawings, the software creates the layer automatically.
For graphic rules used in the conversion to MicroStation files, the software only
recognizes whole numbers between 1 and 63, inclusive, in the Layer field. Other values are
ignored and the object is placed on level 1 in the DGN file.
Drawing view styles work in a top-to-bottom priority order. If an object finds its match in
several different filters, the last graphic rule applied (bottom most row) wins.
All of the line styles in the pull down lists are found in the Styles.sha file, located in the
SharedContent share in the \Drawings\Catalog\Templates folder. You can add new styles to
this file.
See Also
View Style Properties Dialog Box (on page 48)
Graphic Rules (on page 88)
Select Graphic Rule Dialog Box (on page 89)
Graphics Tab (Graphic Rule - Line with Widget Dialog Box) (on page 97)
Widget Tab (Graphic Rule - Line with Widget Dialog Box) (on page 98)
Graphic Rule - Line with Widget Dialog Box
Sets options for a line with widget graphic rule. The line with widget graphic rules replace
objects, such as pipes, in the graphic view with a line plus widget combination. A widget is a
symbol placed at a user-defined spacing along the line. The graphic below shows a line plus
widget combination of a black line with a red rectangle widget.
Rule Name - Specifies the name of the graphic rule. The rule name can be up to 128 characters
long.
Description - Describes the rule.
To set the line and fill style properties, go to the Graphics Tab (Graphic Rule - Line with Widget
Dialog Box) (on page 97).
To set the widget properties, go to the Widget Tab (Graphic Rule - Line with Widget Dialog Box)
(on page 98).
96
Tools Menu
See Also
View Style Properties Dialog Box (on page 48)
Graphic Rules (on page 88)
Select Graphic Rule Dialog Box (on page 89)
Graphics Tab (Graphic Rule - Line with Widget Dialog Box) (on page 97)
Widget Tab (Graphic Rule - Line with Widget Dialog Box) (on page 98)
Graphics Tab (Graphic Rule - Line with Widget Dialog Box)
Sets line and fill style properties for a line with widget combination graphic rule. To set the
widget properties, go to the Widget Tab (Graphic Rule - Line with Widget Dialog Box) (on page
98).
Graphic Module - Specifies a module (.dll file) that allows you to customize the graphics
included in your graphic rule.
This module affects only those items that meet the criteria of the filter on the selected row
of the table in the View Style Properties dialog box. To apply a module to all items in the view
style, choose a Graphic Preparation Rule on the View Style Properties dialog box.
Visible Line Style - Specifies the line style for visible edges of objects and for centerlines in the
Centerline aspect.
Hidden Line Style - Specifies the line style for edges of an object hidden by the surface of other
objects and for centerlines in the Centerline aspect. The line style is shown as dashed red in the
example below.
Occluded Line Style - Specifies a line style for edges of an object that are aligned with and
completely hidden by edges of the same or another object. For example, you may use this style
when you have two objects that are aligned but at different elevations. Occluded lines are
drawn, but are frequently not visible because the visible line style dominates. The line style is
shown as dashed red behind the solid black visible line in the example below.
Occluded lines are drawn, but are frequently not visible because the visible line style
dominates.
Layer - Indicates the drawing layer (or level, if saving to a MicroStation file) on which the graphic
is placed. For example, you would type LinesAndSymbols in the value field to place your
symbol graphics on the LinesAndSymbols layer of your drawing. If the layer does not already
exist in the template you are using to create drawings, the software creates the layer
automatically.
For graphic rules used in the conversion to MicroStation files, the software only
recognizes whole numbers between 1 and 63, inclusive, in the Layer field. Other values are
ignored and the object is placed on level 1 in the DGN file.
Drawing view styles work in a top-to-bottom priority order. If an object finds its match in
several different filters, the last graphic rule applied (bottom most row) wins.
97
Tools Menu
All of the line styles in the pull down lists are found in the Styles.sha file, located in the
SharedContent share in the \Drawings\Catalog\Templates folder. You can add new line
styles to this file.
See Also
View Style Properties Dialog Box (on page 48)
Graphic Rule - Line with Widget Dialog Box (on page 96)
Graphic Rules (on page 88)
Select Graphic Rule Dialog Box (on page 89)
Graphics Tab (Graphic Rule - Line with Widget Dialog Box) (on page 97)
Widget Tab (Graphic Rule - Line with Widget Dialog Box) (on page 98)
Widget Tab (Graphic Rule - Line with Widget Dialog Box)
Sets options for widgets (symbols) on a line for the line plus widget combination graphic rule. To
set the line and fill style properties, go to the Graphics Tab (Graphic Rule - Line with Widget
Dialog Box) (on page 97).
Widget Graphics - Specifies whether an aspect or symbol should be used as part of the
graphic rule.
Aspect Properties
Aspect (Multi-Select) - Specifies one or more envelopes to display around objects. You can
select multiple aspects by holding the CTRL or SHIFT keys.
Aspect Length (%) - Sets the length of the aspect as a percentage of the line on which it is
placed.
Aspect Height (%) - Sets the height of the aspect as a percentage of the height of the object.
Widget Position (% along object) - Sets the positioning of the widget as a percentage of total
length from the start of the line.
Visible Line Style - Specifies the line style for visible edges of the aspect.
Hidden By Self Line Style - Specifies the line style for edges of an aspect that are hidden by
itself.
Layer - Indicates the drawing layer (or level, if saving to a MicroStation file) on which the graphic
is placed. For example, you would type LinesAndSymbols in the value field to place your
symbol graphics on the LinesAndSymbols layer of your drawing. If the layer does not already
exist in the template you are using to create drawings, the software creates the layer
automatically.
For graphic rules used in the conversion to MicroStation files, the software only
recognizes whole numbers between 1 and 63, inclusive, in the Layer field. Other values are
ignored and the object is placed on level 1 in the DGN file.
Show Centerline - Specifies whether the centerline appears in addition to the 3D graphics. If
you reset this property to No, the Centerline Visible Line Style, Centerline Hidden Line Style,
and Centerline Extension boxes display <Not Drawn>.
Centerline Visible Line Style - Specifies the line style for a visible centerline.
Centerline Hidden Line Style - Specifies the line style for a hidden centerline.
Centerline Extension - Specifies the length of the extension at the ends of a centerline.
Symbol Properties
Symbol - Specifies a symbol file. You can click More to open the Choose Symbol dialog box.
Symbols are saved in the SharedContent share in the \Drawings\Catalog\Symbols folder. For
more information, see Choose Symbol Dialog Box (on page 101).
98
Tools Menu
Widget Position (% along object) - Sets the positioning of the widget as a percentage of the
total length from the start of the line.
Layer - Indicates the drawing layer (or level, if saving to a MicroStation file) on which the graphic
is placed. For example, you would type LinesAndSymbols in the value field to place your
symbol graphics on the LinesAndSymbols layer of your drawing. If the layer does not already
exist in the template you are using to create drawings, the software creates the layer
automatically.
For graphic rules used in the conversion to MicroStation files, the software only
recognizes whole numbers between 1 and 63, inclusive, in the Layer field. Other values are
ignored and the object is placed on level 1 in the DGN file.
Show Centerline - Specifies whether the centerline appears in addition to the 3D graphics. If
you reset this property to No, the Centerline Visible Line Style, Centerline Hidden Line Style,
and Centerline Extension boxes display <Not Drawn>.
Centerline Visible Line Style - Specifies the line style for a visible centerline.
Centerline Hidden Line Style - Specifies the line style for a hidden centerline.
Centerline Extension - Specifies the length of the extension at the ends of a centerline.
All of the line styles in the pull down lists are found in the Styles.sha file, located in the
SharedContent share in the \Drawings\Catalog\Templates folder. You can add new line
styles to this file.
Drawing view styles work in a top-to-bottom priority order. If an object finds its match in
several different filters, the last graphic rule applied (bottom most row) wins.
See Also
View Style Properties Dialog Box (on page 48)
Graphic Rule - Line with Widget Dialog Box (on page 96)
Graphic Rules (on page 88)
Select Graphic Rule Dialog Box (on page 89)
Graphics Tab (Graphic Rule - Line with Widget Dialog Box) (on page 97)
Widget Tab (Graphic Rule - Line with Widget Dialog Box) (on page 98)
Graphic Rule - Symbol Dialog Box
Specifies a symbol for a graphic rule. The symbol graphic rule replaces objects in the graphic
view with a symbol. The graphic below shows an object replaced by a symbol
The symbol files are saved in the SharedContent share in the \Drawings\Catalog\Symbols
folder.
Rule Name - Names of the graphic rule. The rule name can be up to 128 characters long.
99
Tools Menu
Description - Describes the rule.
Graphic Module - Specifies a module (.dll file) that allows you to customize the graphics
included in your graphic rule.
This module affects only those items that meet the criteria of the filter on the selected row
of the table in the View Style Properties dialog box. To apply a module to all items in the view
style, choose a Graphic Preparation Rule on the View Style Properties dialog box.
Symbol - Specifies a symbol for objects that are visible. You can click More to open the
Choose Symbol dialog box. For more information, see Choose Symbol Dialog Box (on page
101).
When selecting a symbol to replace an object, you can set the symbol as scalable. To achieve
this, open the symbol in SmartSketch Drawing Editor and define the variable in the symbol and
map the name of a label to the symbol so that the symbol received the scale variable from the
3D model. For example, the symbol FrontClipPipe1.sym specifies the OPD variable, which calls
the label OPD.rtp from the SharedContent share in the
\SharedContent\Reports\Templates\DrawingsReports\SymbolParameters) folder.
When the software replaces the objects with the FrontClipPipe1 symbol, it evaluates the OPD
label for the object being replaced, then takes the value returned and uses it to scale the 2D
symbol in the drawing view.
Hidden Object Symbol - Specifies a symbol for objects that are hidden.
Layer - Indicates the drawing layer (or level, if saving to a MicroStation file) on which the graphic
is placed. For example, you would type LinesAndSymbols in the value field to place your
symbol graphics on the LinesAndSymbols layer of your drawing. If the layer does not already
exist in the template you are using to create drawings, the software creates the layer
automatically.
100
Tools Menu
For graphic rules used in the conversion to MicroStation files, the software only
recognizes whole numbers between 1 and 63, inclusive, in the Layer field. Other values are
ignored and the object is placed on level 1 in the DGN file.
Orientation - Sets the orientation behavior for the symbol. Set the value to Fixed Orientation Upwards to always have the symbol orientation in the upward direction on the drawing. Set the
value to Orients as Replaced Object Did to set the symbol orientation to match the replaced
graphic object orientation.
Drawing view styles work in a top-to-bottom priority order. If an object finds its match in
several different filters, the last graphic rule applied (bottom most row) wins.
See Also
View Style Properties Dialog Box (on page 48)
Graphic Rule - Line with Widget Dialog Box (on page 96)
Graphic Rules (on page 88)
Select Graphic Rule Dialog Box (on page 89)
Graphics Tab (Graphic Rule - Line with Widget Dialog Box) (on page 97)
Widget Tab (Graphic Rule - Line with Widget Dialog Box) (on page 98)
Choose Symbol Dialog Box
Specifies a symbol for the replace with symbol and replace with line and widget graphic rule
types.
See Also
View Style Properties Dialog Box (on page 48)
Graphic Rule - Line with Widget Dialog Box (on page 96)
Graphic Rules (on page 88)
Select Graphic Rule Dialog Box (on page 89)
Graphics Tab (Graphic Rule - Line with Widget Dialog Box) (on page 97)
Widget Tab (Graphic Rule - Line with Widget Dialog Box) (on page 98)
101
Tools Menu
Label Rules
Label rules control the appearance of annotation labels as well as their automatic placement on
drawings. For example, you can create label rules that place labels with or without borders and
leader lines. You can even specify that the labels find "clear space" on the drawing, as shown in
the graphic.
You can use these rules for many purposes. The delivered sample rules include several types of
rules, such as control point labels, grid line labels, name labels, name and part labels, and
piping labels.
The label rules are saved in the SharedContent share in the
\Drawings\Catalog\Rules\LabelRules folder. The rules have corresponding templates and
symbols under \Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates. For more information on the delivered
label rules, see Label Rules (on page 725).
If you choose to relocate or reorganize the labels folder structure, you need to edit each
associated Label Rule XML file. The label rules are located in the SharedContent share in the
\Drawings\Catalog\Rules\LabelRules folder. After each <name> tag of the XML file, enter the
correct relative path and name for the template files, as in the example below.
Delivered path
Modified path
102
Tools Menu
Layering Labels
You can define the layer on which your annotation labels appear in the drawing by editing the
label rule template XML file. After the <posSettings> section of the XML file, add a
<labelLayerSettings> definition using the <labelLayer> tag, like the one shown in the example
below, that defines the layer on which you want the annotations placed:
If the layer does not already exist in the template you are using to create drawings, the software
creates the layer automatically.
Prioritizing Labels
In "Clearspace Labels", you can use the XML setting for Priority to dictate which label(s) in the
drawing have a higher chance of being placed at their preferred positions, as specified by the
Positioning module within the label XML template. When you create a drawing that uses a view
style with two or more "Clearspace Labels" defined, you can have multiple labels with different
Priority settings, and the level of Priority can impact which label is more likely to receive its
preferred position. For example, Label 1 and Label 2 have different Priority settings defined in
their respective XML templates. However, Label 1 takes its preferred position in the drawing
over Label 2 because the Priority is higher for Label 1. The lower numeric value for the
Priority means Label 1 is more likely to receive its preferred position.
Label 1
Label 2
Labels that have the same Priority setting in their XML templates will not collide in the drawing if
there is sufficient clear space, but neither label receives preferential treatment for placement.
See Also
View Style Rules (on page 87)
Use Bubble Labels in Drawings (on page 84)
103
Tools Menu
Select Label Rule Dialog Box
Lists the available label rules. You can open this dialog box by clicking More in the Label Rule
field on the View Style Properties dialog box. You can also open this dialog box from the
Matchline Label or North Arrow Label lists.
Views - Switches the view from List to Details. When you choose the List mode,
descriptions of each rule do not appear.
Rule Name - Lists the names of the rules.
Description - Lists the descriptions of the rules.
New - Creates a new rule. This button is not currently available.
Rename - Renames the selected rule. This button is not currently available.
Delete - Deletes the selected rule.
Properties - Allows you to edit the properties for the selected rule. This button is not currently
available.
See Also
View Style Properties Dialog Box (on page 48)
Label Rules (on page 102)
Dimension Rules
In general, dimension rules control the placement of dimensions while dimension styles control
the appearance, including the units, of dimensions in orthographic drawings. However,
dimension styles and dimension rules interact in complex ways. There are two methods you can
use to get dimensions to appear in drawings. Automatic dimensioning and manual dimensioning
place dimensions in native format drawings.
For automatic dimensioning, the view style controls whether or not dimensions are placed. For
manual dimensioning, you edit an existing drawing and place dimensions manually.
The Save As command saves drawings from the database to files and presents
additional considerations about dimensions. The files created by the Save As command can be
native format or a foreign format such as MicroStation or AutoCAD. With the Save As
command, the software attempts to replicate dimensions as they are shown within a drawing.
Assigning dimension units is different for each method. For more information, see:
Automatic Dimensioning
Manual Dimensioning
Save As MicroStation or AutoCAD Format
Isometric drawings use the isometric options settings within their style to determine the
dimension appearance, placement, and units.
See Also
Define View Style Command (Tools Menu) (on page 45)
View Style Rules (on page 87)
Isometric Drawing Styles
Working with SmartPlant 3D Drawings
104
Tools Menu
View Rules
View rules specify how view frames appear in the drawing document. You can use delivered
view rules or create and modify your own rules that enable you to incorporate custom symbols
and labels into your drawings.
The view rules are saved in the SharedContent share in the \Drawings\Catalog\Rules\ViewRules
folder. For more information, you can open the rule XML file to view the comments in the code.
Select View Rule Dialog Box (on page 105)
For more information on including detail and section views in your drawings, see Place a
Section or Detail View in the SmartMarine 3D Orthographic Drawings User's Guide, available
from Help > Printable Guides.
See Also
View Style Rules (on page 87)
Create a Custom Cutting Plane Symbol (on page 741)
Select View Rule Dialog Box
Lists the available view rules. You can open this dialog box by clicking More in the View Rule
field on the View Style Properties dialog box.
Views - Switches the view from List to Details. When you choose the List mode,
descriptions of each rule do not appear.
Rule Name - Lists the names of the rules.
Description - Lists the descriptions of the rules.
New - Opens the View Frame Rule dialog box so you can create a new view rule. For more
information, see View Frame Rule Dialog Box (on page 106).
Rename - Renames the selected rule.
Delete - Deletes the selected rule.
Properties - Opens the View Frame Rule dialog box so you can edit the properties for the
selected view rule.
See Also
View Style Properties Dialog Box (on page 48)
View Rules (on page 105)
105
Tools Menu
View Frame Rule Dialog Box
Sets options for a view rule.
Available Values
DetailSimpleReference
SectionBubbleArrow
SectionSimpleArrow
SectionSimpleReference1
SectionSimpleReference2
ViewTypeDirectionAndScale
Select from a list of line styles available for the cutting plane
or detail envelope frame.
See Also
Create or Edit a Graphic Preparation Rule (on page 59)
View Style Properties Dialog Box (on page 48)
Select Graphic Preparation Rule Dialog Box (on page 53)
106
Tools Menu
Matchline Rules
Matchline rules are used to label adjoining volumes on drawings.
The matchline rules (the standard rule delivered and any new rules you create) are saved in the
SharedContent share in the \Drawings\Catalog\Rules\MatchlineRules folder. The rules have
corresponding templates and symbols under \Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates\Matchline.
For more information, you can open the rule and template XML files to view the comments in the
code.
Use the following steps to add matchline labels to a specific layer:
1. In the directory [Reference Data Product
Folder]\SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates\Matchline, open the
Matchline_None_A.xml file.
2. Insert the following new lines of code just above the <!--Positioning Settings -->
line in the Matchline_None_A.xml file.
<labelLayerSettings>
<!--This option determines on which layer the label is placed-->
<labelLayer>MATCHLINE_LABELS</labelLayer>
</labelLayerSettings>
MATCHLINE_LABELS can be any name you want, including an existing layer. If the
layer name that you choose does not already exist, then it will be created.
107
Tools Menu
For example, in the following Management Console, the drawings produced by the three
separate components in the MatchlinesSeparate folder will not have matchline labels applied.
The three drawings created by the single MatchlinesTogether component will have matchline
labels placed on them.
See Also
View Style Rules (on page 87)
See Also
View Style Rules (on page 87)
See Also
Marine Structure Drawing View Styles (on page 142)
Create a Ruleset View Style (on page 124)
Define View Style Dialog Box (on page 47)
108
Tools Menu
See Also
Marine Structure Drawing View Styles (on page 142)
Marine Structure Drawing View Style Rule Sets (on page 190)
Define View Style Dialog Box (on page 47)
Define View Style Command (Tools Menu) (on page 45)
Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box (on page 108)
Create a Ruleset View Style (on page 124)
Select Ruleset - Provides a list of rule sets for this view style. Click the dropdown and select a
rule set from the list to populate the Action table.
Edit action description for selected row - Specifies the tooltip that is visible when the
cursor hovers over the number of an action row. Select a row and click Edit action description
to display the Edit Action Description dialog box. For more information,
for selected row
see Edit Action Description Dialog Box (on page 111).
Source - Specifies a named list of items that receive action once extracted by the rule set view
style query. This list is created by the selected rule set. Each row in the grid shows an action, or
operation, to be performed on the source. You can add a new row from the list of Source items.
You can add more than one row belonging to the same source item.
109
Tools Menu
How Actions are Applied to a View (on page 111)
Delete a source on the Actions tab (on page 114)
For more information about specific actions used in view styles, see Marine Structure
Drawing View Styles (on page 142).
For more information about the sources available in rule sets, see Marine Structure Drawing
View Style Rule Sets (on page 190).
Tests
There are two types of tests you can apply to specify the objects against which the actions run.
Filter - Specifies a filter to use in specifying objects. Select More in the Filter dropdown to
display the Select Filter dialog box. For more information, see "Select Filter Dialog Box" in any
of the SmartMarine 3D Drawings user's guides, available from Help > Printable Guides.
Custom - Specifies a list of custom tests available for the selected ruleset. Select Edit in the
Custom dropdown to display the Custom Tests dialog and make any changes necessary to the
test you need for the current action. For more information, see Custom Tests Dialog Box (on
page 113).
Rules
Graphic - Specifies the graphic rule used for the current action. For each object processed by
the ruleset view style, the software applies the first action that passes the specified Tests and
has a graphic rule specified. The software does not draw the graphic produced by the action
unless you select a Custom or From ruleset option from the Graphic dropdown. The From
ruleset option tells the software to use the graphic rule specified by the selected ruleset. The
Custom option tells the software to use a custom graphic rule you provide. You can also use
the Edit Custom option in the dropdown to display the Graphic Style dialog box and edit the
graphic definition as needed. For more information, see Graphic Style Dialog Box (on page
115).
Label - Specifies the label rule used for the current action. For each object processed by the
ruleset view style, the software applies the labels from all the actions that pass the applied tests.
More than one label can be added to an object. Select More in the Label dropdown to display
the Select Label dialog box. For more information, see Label Rules in Marine Structure
Drawings (on page 829).
Dimension - Specifies the dimension rule used for the current action. For each object
processed by the ruleset view style, the software applies the dimensions from all the actions that
pass the applied tests. More than one dimension can be added to an object. Select More in the
Dimension dropdown to display the Select Dimension dialog box.
See Also
Marine Structure Drawing View Styles (on page 142)
Define View Style Dialog Box (on page 47)
Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box (on page 108)
110
Tools Menu
Define View Style Command (Tools Menu) (on page 45)
Create a Ruleset View Style (on page 124)
See Also
Marine Structure Drawing View Styles (on page 142)
111
Tools Menu
This dialog box is also used by Drawings and Reports commands that require runtime filter
selection.
112
If this dialog box is activated from the Select by Filter command, you can select multiple
filters on this dialog box. Hold CTRL or SHIFT and click each filter. On OK, all objects that fit
the selected filters are selected.
If this dialog box is activated from the Select by Filter command, it clears the select set
before adding objects to the select set.
Tools Menu
For more information, see "Catalog Filters Used by Marine Structure Drawings and Reports"
in the Drawings and Reports Reference Data Guide.
Filter Method - Provides options to either Match All or Match Any objects found by the
selected test.
See Also
Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box (on page 108)
Create a Ruleset View Style (on page 124)
Ruleset Custom Tests (on page 236)
113
Tools Menu
Apply Transparency to Members in a Ruleset View Style
The following procedure describes how to apply the Make Transparent VHL graphic rule option
to ruleset marine structure view styles. It shows how you can use the Make Transparent option
to make a Member source transparent. For example, you may want to do this when a member
source uses the Insulation aspect, and you do not want the insulation to hide the member.
1. In the Drawings and Reports task, select Tools > Define View Style.
The Define View Style dialog box appears.
2. Select Ruleset Styles as the View Style Type,
.
3. Select a ruleset view style and click Properties
The Edit Ruleset View Style dialog box appears.
4. On the Actions tab, select a row with a Member source, or create a new action with a
Member source.
5. Click Edit Custom on the Graphic list for the row.
The Graphic Style dialog box appears.
6. On the Graphic tab:
Select Visible/Hidden Edges (VHL) as the Graphic Rule Type.
Select the Aspect (such as Insulation) that you want to make transparent.
Click Show Aspect.
Click For all objects in view or For other aspects of same objects from the Value list
for the Make Transparent property. For more information, see Visible/Hidden Edges
(VHL) Graphic Rule (on page 278).
7. Click OK on all the view style dialog boxes to save the changes to the new graphic rule and
the view style.
See Also
Define View Style Command (Tools Menu) (on page 45)
Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box (on page 108)
Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page 115)
114
Tools Menu
See Also
Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box (on page 108)
Create a Ruleset View Style (on page 124)
See Also
Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box (on page 108)
115
Tools Menu
Custom Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box)
Shows the current custom graphic properties for the ruleset graphic rule. The Graphic Style
dialog box appears when you select Edit Custom in the Graphic dropdown on the Actions tab
of Edit Ruleset View Style dialog box. You can make changes to the custom graphic properties
as needed on the Custom tab, such as defining embedded symbol rules for end cuts or slots.
The available properties are associated with The values for Select Ruleset and Source on the
Actions tab.
See Also
Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box (on page 108)
See Also
Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box (on page 108)
False is the default value when a new add-on is added to the view style in the AddOns tab
of the Edit Ruleset View Style dialog box. You must change the value to True in each
source in which you want to apply the add-on.
Add-ons that rely on global data shared across rule sets, such as ruler add-ons, do not need
to receive objects from the rule set of the primary view style. Always use False as the value
for Apply AddOn to Source for this type of add-on. If set to True, the add-on will ignore the
objects sent to it, but performance will be degraded.
See Also
Apply an Add-On to a Source Action (on page 117)
Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box (on page 108)
116
Tools Menu
Apply an Add-On to a Source Action
1. To add an add-on ruleset view style to a drawing view style, see Add an Add-on View Style
to an Existing Ruleset View Style (on page 120).
2. If the Edit Ruleset View Style dialog box is not already open:
Select Tools > Define View Style. The Define View Style dialog box opens.
Select Ruleset Styles as the View Style Type.
Select the needed view style.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
See Also
AddOns Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page 116)
Define View Style Command (Tools Menu) (on page 45)
Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box (on page 108)
Change the End Cut Embedded Symbol Rule for a Source Action
Some graphic actions used in the ruleset view style accept symbol rules that place symbols
along with (embedded with) the object graphics. In Steel Order Drawings, the target profiles or
beams in a drawing view need to show the end cut symbols at the end of the landing curve
graphic. The action for the graphic rule used to draw the profile or beam accepts an end cut
symbol rule. For more information, see End Cut Embedded Symbols (on page 995).
To change the selected end cut symbol rules:
.
1. In the Define View Style dialog box, select a view style and click Properties
2. In the Edit Ruleset View Style dialog box, select the Action tab.
3. For a value of Profile Part in the Source field of the grid, select Edit Custom... in the
Graphic field.
4. In the Graphic Style dialog box, select the Custom tab.
5. For the Property specified as EndCut, ProfilePartEndCut is specified as the Value. This is
the default set of endcut embedded symbol rules.
6. Double-click Browse
to open the EndCut dialog box and select a different set of rules.
117
Tools Menu
See Also
Marine Structure Drawing View Styles (on page 142)
Define View Style Dialog Box (on page 47)
Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box (on page 108)
Define View Style Command (Tools Menu) (on page 45)
Create a Ruleset View Style (on page 124)
118
Tools Menu
Boundary Overlap - Specifies the distance to extend the drawing view SmartFrame beyond the
computed area.
Overlap Fill Style - Specifies the fill style for the boundary overlap. You can set this value to
<Not Drawn> to have no fill style, or to standard fill styles such as Brick, Dash, or Mesh.
Frame Shape - Specifies the shape applied to the drawing view SmartFrame. You can set this
value to Rectangular or Elliptical to approximate the drawing area shape, or you can apply an
Exact Boundary to the frame shape.
Frame Border Style - Specifies the border style applied to the drawing view SmartFrame. You
can set this value to <Not Drawn> to have no border style, or to standard border styles such as
Dashed, Dotted, or Thick.
Frame Behavior - Determine the way the SmartFrame resizes when the view is placed. The
values are:
Frame size is fixed - Frame size is based on the initial size created with the Place View
command. For more information, see "Place View Command" in SmartSketch Drawing
Editor.
Frame resizes to drawing area - Resizes the frame to the geometry in the view, as
determined by the Area Computation property.
See Also
Marine Structure Drawing View Styles (on page 142)
Marine Structure Drawing View Style Rule Sets (on page 190)
Define View Style Dialog Box (on page 47)
Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box (on page 108)
Define View Style Command (Tools Menu) (on page 45)
Create a Ruleset View Style (on page 124)
119
Tools Menu
If an add-on needs to retrieve data from specific objects, instead of from the global data
shared across rule sets, then the rule set for the primary view style can pass specific objects to
the add-on. This is more efficient and provides better performance. You set this option as a
Graphic Rule in the Actions tab using the AddOns tab in the Graphic Style dialog box. For
more information, see AddOns Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page 116).
AddOns - Click the browse button in a table row to display the Select AddOn dialog box to
select from a list of ruleset view styles.
Delete AddOn - Right-click on an add-on in a table row and select this command to delete the
add-on.
See Also
Marine Structure Drawing View Styles (on page 142)
Marine Structure Drawing View Style Rule Sets (on page 190)
Add an Add-on View Style to an Existing Ruleset View Style (on page 120)
Add-on Ruleset View Styles (on page 246)
Define View Style Dialog Box (on page 47)
Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box (on page 108)
Define View Style Command (Tools Menu) (on page 45)
Create a Ruleset View Style (on page 124)
120
Tools Menu
Without AddOn - Grid Axis:
See Also
Define View Style Command (Tools Menu) (on page 45)
Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box (on page 108)
121
Tools Menu
See Also
Marine Structure Drawing View Styles (on page 142)
Marine Structure Drawing View Style Rule Sets (on page 190)
Define View Style Dialog Box (on page 47)
Define View Style Command (Tools Menu) (on page 45)
Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box (on page 108)
Create a Ruleset View Style (on page 124)
122
Tools Menu
Intersection Edges - Creates lines where surfaces intersect each other. Select Off to omit all
surface intersection lines. Select Low Resolution to draw all lines except b-splines between
intersecting surfaces. Select High Resolution to draw all lines including b-splines between
intersecting surfaces. For example, changing from Off to High Resolution would produce the
following effect for your graphics:
High Resolution draws the most detail, but increases view generation time.
Preserve Z Order - Maintains the three-dimensional order of resymbolized graphics. This
setting overrides the top-down ordering in the graphic rules of a view style. A cleaner-looking
drawing results if this option is selected. Select Yes to turn on the option. For example, pipe
gaps display according to their layering in the 3D model:
Projector - Defines the scaling method used for a manufacturing sketch. Select one of the
following:
Mfg Sketch - Not to Scale - Fits the sketch and all information into a fixed-size view. All
geometry, symbols, and annotations are clearly displayed, but the geometry is not to scale.
This is the typical selection for fixed-size manufacturing sketches.
Mfg Sketch - To Scale - Draws geometry to scale. Geometry, symbol, and annotation
display is similar to the Part Monitor in the Structural Manufacturing task.
See Also
Marine Structure Drawing View Styles (on page 142)
Marine Structure Drawing View Style Rule Sets (on page 190)
Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box (on page 108)
123
Tools Menu
to change the
8. For each row you create, you can set the Tests that the ruleset view style runs to identify
the objects included in the drawing.
9. In the Rules section of the table, you specify the Graphic, Label, and Dimension rules
applied to the drawing output.
10.
11.
12.
13.
124
You can use symbols as part of the ruleset view style for your Drawings by Rule
drawings. The symbols can appear as part of the drawing view, enhancing graphic objects.
You can also place symbols on a drawing as a label in paper space.
Go to the Query tab to set the query to use with the current ruleset view style. When you
select a query, the Value field updates. You can modify the value as needed for the current
ruleset view style.
On the Area tab, you specify how the drawing area is computed for the view that has this
ruleset view style.
Finally, if you want to include an AddOn ruleset view style as part of your primary view style,
go to the AddOn tab to import the AddOn style. For more information on AddOn view styles,
see Add-on Ruleset View Styles (on page 246).
Click OK on the Edit Ruleset View Style dialog box to save the changes to the new ruleset
view style.
Tools Menu
Test your view style by creating drawings. You can edit the view style with the Tools > Define
View Style command. The rules and associated files are saved in the SharedContent share in
the \Drawings\Catalog\Rules\RulesetStyles folder.
See Also
Define View Style Command (Tools Menu) (on page 45)
Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box (on page 108)
Normalized Volumes Only - This key plan type specifies that the key plan be arranged in a
normalized manner, meaning that each volume has exactly the same amount of space in
the key plan. The graphic below represents the layout of the Normalized Volumes Only key
plan type. The Default key plan that is delivered with the software is an example of this type
of key plan.
125
Tools Menu
Natural Volumes Only - The Natural Volumes Only type specifies that the key plan displays
the volumes by natural size. This means that the key plan layout is based on the size of
each volume, which may be irregular if the volumes are of different sizes. The graphic below
shows the layout of a Natural Volumes Only key plan type.
One Volume with Plant View - This key plan type shows the full plant view with a "you are
here" representation for the associated volume. The graphic below is a sample of the One
Volume with Plant View key plan type.
126
Coordinate System - Provides a dropdown list of all coordinate systems in the model. It
also includes the value Use the Coordinate System of Related View. Selecting this value
will cause the key plan to use the same coordinate system as the associated drawing view.
Range Filter - Specifies the range to display beyond the associated volume. The range filter
determines the range and what objects can be displayed in the key plan view. For example,
if you want to have equipment and grids shown in the key plan view, both must be included
within the range filter and not only in the filters that are used in the volume view style
associated with the key plan view style. Click More to display the Select Filter dialog box.
Orientation - Provides a list of orientations available for the key plan type.
View Style - Specifies the style used to display the key plan graphics. Click More to display
the Select Key Plan View Style dialog box and select the view style. You specify the type of
view style, such as Orthographic. The selected view style type filters the hierarchy with the
available styles found in the SharedContent share in the \Drawings\Catalog\Rules folder.
Tools Menu
Natural Volumes Only Properties
Coordinate System - Provides a dropdown list of all coordinate systems in the model. It
also includes the value Use the Coordinate System of Related View. Selecting this value
will cause the key plan to use the same coordinate system as the associated drawing view.
Search Range in X direction - Determines the horizontal extents the software uses to
locate another drawing volume with the same parent as the current drawing. The larger the
value, the larger the extents.
Search Range in Y direction - Determines the vertical extents the software uses to locate
another drawing volume with the same parent as the current drawing. The larger the value,
the larger the extents.
View Style - Specifies the style used to display the key plan graphics. Click More to display
the Select Key Plan View Style dialog box and select the view style. You specify the type of
view style, such as Orthographic. The selected view style type filters the hierarchy with the
available styles found in the SharedContent share in the \Drawings\Catalog\Rules folder.
Coordinate System - Provides a dropdown list of all coordinate systems in the model. It
also includes the value Use Coordinate System of Related View. Selecting this value will
cause the key plan to use the same coordinate system as the associated drawing view.
Search Range in X direction - Determines the horizontal extents the software uses to
locate another drawing volume with the same parent as the current drawing. The larger the
value, the larger the extents.
Search Range in Y direction - Determines the vertical extents the software uses to locate
another drawing volume with the same parent as the current drawing. The larger the value,
the larger the extents.
Alignment in X direction - Specifies a tolerance for the software to use when determining
whether to align the vertical sides of volumes within the key plan. The larger the tolerance,
the more likely the vertical sides will align.
Alignment in Y direction - Specifies a tolerance for the software to use when determining
whether to align the horizontal sides of volumes within the key plan. The larger the
tolerance, the more likely the horizontal sides will align.
Normalized in X direction - Specifies a tolerance for the software to use when determining
whether to represent volumes within the key plan with the same width as the volume of the
current drawing. The larger the tolerance, the more likely the volumes will be resized.
Normalized in Y direction - Specifies a tolerance for the software to use when determining
whether to represent volumes within the key plan with the same height as the volume of the
current drawing. The larger the tolerance, the more likely the volumes will be resized.
View Style - Specifies the style used to display the key plan graphics. Click More to display
the Select Key Plan View Style dialog box and select the view style. You specify the type of
view style, such as Orthographic. The selected view style type filters the hierarchy with the
available styles found in the SharedContent share in the \Drawings\Catalog\Rules folder.
To apply a style to the volume of the current drawing in the key plan, use the term KEY
PLAN FOCUS ELEMENT in the Filter column of the key plan view style and then assign a
graphic rule. You must use uppercase letters for the term.
Normalized key plan types do not support the use of graphic modules in their key plan view
styles.
One Volume With Plant View key plan types do support the use of graphic modules in their
key plan view styles. For example, you can use the VolumeWireFrame.dll graphic module
to prevent the volume of the current drawing from obscuring objects within it.
127
Tools Menu
See Also
Define View Style Command (Tools Menu) (on page 45)
Create a Key Plan View Style (on page 57)
Define View Style Dialog Box (on page 47)
See Also
Composed Drawings (on page 35)
Define a Layout Style (on page 129)
128
Tools Menu
See Also
Define Layout Style Command (on page 128)
See Also
Define Layout Style Command (on page 128)
129
Tools Menu
You could also select a folder on the Define Layout Style dialog box and click New
to
create a new layout style. The new style is created in the selected folder.
3. On the Define Layout Style dialog box, you can also select an existing layout style and use
the buttons at the top of the dialog box to Rename or Delete the style.
.
4. To create a new folder in the hierarchy, click New Folder
After you create your layout styles, use Edit Template on the shortcut menu of a Drawing by
Ruleset component to specify the layout styles used for the component drawings and place
regions using the layout styles. For more information, see Edit a Drawings by Rule Template in
the SmartMarine 3D Orthographic Drawings User's Guide, available from Help > Printable
Guides.
See Also
Define Layout Style Command (on page 128)
Layout Style Dialog Box (on page 129)
130
Tools Menu
When you place drawing property labels, the software automatically makes the DwgTemplate
layer active. The labels need to be on this layer so that they are preserved when you update the
drawing. You should not place manual markups on the DwgTemplate layer.
If you use other native SmartSketch Drawing Editor commands (such as Place Line or Place
Dimension) to add manual markups to the template, put them on any layer in the template in
order to preserve the changes when you update drawings. For more information on layers, see
Working with Layers in the SmartMarine 3D Orthographic Drawings User's Guide or the
SmartMarine 3D Piping Isometric Drawings User's Guide, available from Help > Printable
Guides.
You can create new border templates. For more information, see Create Border and Layout
Templates (on page 137).
The drawing area is the area on a border template in which you place views. Each border
template has a drawing area. When you create new composed drawings, a layout template
and a border template merge together to form the new drawing. A single view layout
arrangement works with multiple border sizes. For more information on using layouts with
borders, see Edit Layout Template Command (on page 133).
See Also
Volume Drawings (on page 42)
Piping Isometric Drawings by Query (on page 39)
See Also
Edit Border Template Command (Tools Menu) (on page 130)
Volume Drawings (on page 42)
131
Tools Menu
132
Tools Menu
5. The imported border file opens in SmartSketch Drawing Editor. Place a drawing area using
the Place Drawing Area
command in the toolbar area. Click and drag to place the
drawing area. For more information, see the SmartSketch Drawing Editor Help.
The Place Drawing Area command creates a rectangle object and sets the properties as
needed for the drawing area. You can only place one drawing area per border template. If
you open a border template that already has a drawing area specified and try to place a
drawing area using this command, an error message displays.
6. Edit the template as needed, saving your changes in SmartSketch Drawing Editor.
After you edit your border templates, you can use a 3D task to create new composed drawings
that use this border. For information on creating composed drawings, see the Common User's
Guide available from Help > Printable Guides.
See Also
Composed Drawings (on page 35)
Edit Border Template Command (Tools Menu) (on page 130)
133
Tools Menu
While the layout template is open in SmartSketch Drawing Editor, you can place drawing
regions, place views, place reports, edit the border family, and preview the layout against the
border templates. For more information on the commands available, see the SmartSketch
Drawing Editor Help.
You can create new layout templates. For more information, see Create Border and Layout
Templates (on page 137).
The selected templates and layout styles for the Edit Layout Template command cannot
be read-only. To edit the template and style permissions, contact your administrator.
The drawing area is the area on a border template in which you place views. Each border
template has a drawing area. When you create new composed drawings, a layout template
and a border template merge together to form the new drawing. A single view layout
arrangement works with multiple border sizes. For more information on using layouts with
borders, see Edit Border Template Command (Tools Menu) (on page 130).
See Also
Composed Drawings (on page 35)
Edit a Layout Template (on page 135)
Select Border Family Dialog Box (on page 135)
Select Layout Template Dialog Box (on page 134)
134
Tools Menu
After you select the border family and click OK, you can modify the layout as needed for your
drawings. You can place regions, place views, place reports, change the border family, and
preview the layout against the border templates. For more information on the commands
available, see the SmartSketch Drawing Editor Help.
You can create new layout templates. For more information, see Create Border and Layout
Templates (on page 137).
The grayed out buttons on this dialog box are not supported in this version of the software.
See Also
Edit Layout Template Command (on page 133)
Edit a Layout Template (on page 135)
See Also
Select Layout Template Dialog Box (on page 134)
Edit Layout Template Command (on page 133)
Edit a Layout Template (on page 135)
135
Tools Menu
1. To delete a region from a layout template, you should use PickQuick to select the outer
boundary of the region.
2. After selecting the region outer boundary, select Edit > Delete to remove the region
definition. You can also press the Delete key on the keyboard. Any views placed within the
region remain on the layout template as unmanaged views.
136
Tools Menu
See Also
Composed Drawings (on page 35)
Edit Layout Template Command (on page 133)
Select Layout Template Dialog Box (on page 134)
Select Border Family Dialog Box (on page 135)
See Also
Composed Drawings (on page 35)
Edit Layout Template Command (on page 133)
Select Layout Template Dialog Box (on page 134)
Select Border Family Dialog Box (on page 135)
137
Tools Menu
138
SECTION 3
ShipDrawings.xls
In the Drawings and Reports task, reference data defines various settings for each type of
marine structure drawing. The ShipDrawings.xls workbook contains the reference data for
marine structure drawings within the Drawings and Reports task. The workbook is located on
the client machine in the \Program Files\SmartPlant\3D\ShipDrawings\Data\BulkloadFiles folder.
The sheets that are unique to ShipDrawings.xls are described below. For more information on
common sheets, see the SmartMarine 3D Reference Data Guide accessible from the Help >
Printable Guides command.
ShipDwgSymbolFiles - Modifies the marine structure drawing symbol reference data. For more
information, see ShipDwgSymbolFiles Sheet (on page 289).
Ruleset - Identifies the rulesets used for marine structure drawings. For more information, see
Ruleset Sheet (on page 291).
OrientationRule - Defines the orientation rules for marine structure drawings. For more
information, see OrientationRule Sheet (on page 291).
CollationRule - Defines the collation rules for marine structure drawings. For more information,
see CollationRule Sheet (on page 292).
ShipDwgReports.xls
A second workbook, ShipDwgReports.xls, contains the reference data for marine structure
drawing reports used within the Drawings and Reports task. This workbook is also located on
the client machine in the \Program Files\SmartPlant\3D\ShipDrawings\Data\BulkloadFiles folder.
The sheets that are unique to ShipDwgReports.xls are described below. For more information
139
See Also
Rules in Marine Structure Drawings (on page 251)
Marine Structure Drawing Packages (on page 140)
Marine Structure Drawing Labels, Symbols, and Dimensions (on page 743)
Marine Structure Drawing Reports (on page 294)
Assembly Drawings
On the Ship tab of the Add Component dialog box:
Assembly Method
Assembly Sequence
Manufacturing Drawings
On the Manufacturing tab of the Add Component dialog box:
Mfg PinJig - Contains an asking filter to select the pin jigs.
Mfg Profile Sketch - Contains an asking filter to select the profile.
Mfg Profile Sketch (Multiple) - Contains an asking filter to select the profiles.
Mfg Template Set - Contains an asking filter to select the template sets.
140
Mfg Templateset (Full Scale) (see "Mfg Templateset (Full Scale) Package" on page 141) Contains an asking filter to select the template sets.
Scantling Drawings
On the Ship Structure tab of the Add Component dialog box:
Shell Expansion - Creates unfolded port and starboard views of shell plate.
Steel Order
Steel Order (Check Drawings)
Steel Order (Shell Profiles) - Creates plan views of individual shell profiles, also showing
level 2 non-target parts connected to the profiles.
Steel Order (Weld)
Steel Order by Block or Assembly -Creates transverse, longitudinal, deck shell expansion,
and shell profile views for plate and profile parts within selected blocks or assemblies.
The Steel Order packages use scantling steel order rulesets and view styles for light
(non-detailed) parts created in the Molded Forms task, and detailed parts created in the
Structural Detailing task. The packages also use short name and typical labels for profiles and
plates. For more information, see Scantling Drawing Rule Sets (on page 218) and Marine
Structure Drawing View Styles (on page 142).
See Also
Marine Structure Drawings Reference Data (on page 139)
141
Assembly Drawings
Use the AssemblyRuleSets.Default (see "Assembly Drawing Rule Set" on page 192) ruleset.
Assembly Drawings
Assembly Drawings - Sequence
142
Scantling Drawings
Use the ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default ruleset.
Scantlings - Production - Major Views (on page 154)
Scantlings - Production - Shell Expansion (on page 155)
Scantlings - Production - Shell Profiles (on page 157)
Shell Expansion (on page 159)
Steel Order - Detail Views (on page 163)
Steel Order - Preview
Steel Order - Section Views (on page 165)
Steel Order (Classification)
Steel Order (Decks)
Steel Order (Longitudinal Bulkheads)
Steel Order (Reference Plane) (see "Steel Order (Reference Plane) View Style" on page 161)
Steel Order (Shell Expansion)
Steel Order (Shell Profiles)
143
See Also
Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box (on page 108)
Marine Structure Drawings Reference Data (on page 139)
Actions
Ruleset used: HullLinesRuleSets.DefaultRuleset (see "Hull Lines Drawings Rule Set" on page
193)
Row
Source
Description
Hull Lines
Draws hull lines aft of the separation plane on the port side of the body
plan view.
Hull Lines
Draws hull lines at the separation plane between the port and starboard
sides of the body plan view.
Hull Lines
Draws hull lines forward of the separation plane on the starboard side of
the body plan view.
144
Query
Hull plate systems
Separation planes are optional.
AddOns used
AddOn - Grid Axis and Lines (see "Add-on Ruleset View Styles" on page 246) - Draws X
(waterline) and Z (buttock) coordinate system axes and grid lines
View Labels
View label rule: Default (see "View Label Rules in Marine Structure Drawings" on page 276)
Ship direction rule (for arrow): None
145
See Also
Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box (on page 108)
How Actions are Applied to a View (on page 111)
Marine Structure Drawing View Style Rule Sets (on page 190)
Marine Structure Drawing View Styles (on page 142)
146
Filter
Custom Tests
Graphic Rules
Hull
Lines
None
Label Rules
Dimension
Rule
1 - Forward
2 - Port
3 - Separation plane (along X axis)
4 - Transverse hull line aft of the separation plane.
Gathered by Custom Tests.
5 - Port side of transverse hull line is drawn. Set by
Graphic Rules.
See Also
Hull Lines - Body Plan View (on page 144)
147
Filter
Custom Tests
Graphic Rules
Hull
Lines
None
Label Rules
Dimension
Rule
1 - Forward
2 - Port
3 - Separation plane (along X axis)
4 - Transverse hull line at the separation plane.
Gathered by Custom Tests.
5 - Both sides of transverse hull line are drawn. Set by
Graphic Rules.
If an X axis frame is not coincident with the
separation plane, no hull line is drawn.
See Also
Hull Lines - Body Plan View (on page 144)
148
Filter
Custom Tests
Graphic Rules
Label Rules
Dimension
Rule
Hull
Lines
None
None
Match All:
Transverse Lines
Forward of
separation plane
Graphic: Normal
black lines
Custom:
Draw Starboard
Draw Aft and Forward
- single curve
Draw Top and Bottom
- single curve
Hull Lines_Name
(see "Hull Lines
and Manufacturing
Label Rules" on
page 832)
1 - Forward
2 - Starboard
3 - Separation plane (along X axis)
4 - Transverse hull line forward of the separation plane.
Gathered by Custom Tests.
5 - Port side of transverse hull line is drawn. Set by
Graphic Rules.
See Also
Hull Lines - Body Plan View (on page 144)
Actions
Ruleset used: MfgPinJigSideView.Default (see "Manufacturing PinJig Side View Rule Set" on
page 216)
149
Query
Manufacturing PinJig
AddOns used
None
View Labels
View label rule: Default (see "View Label Rules in Marine Structure Drawings" on page 276)
Ship direction rule (for arrow): Not Defined
Example
See Also
Manufacturing PinJig Side View Rule Set (on page 216)
150
Actions
Ruleset used: MfgProfileRuleSet.DefaultRuleSet (see "Manufacturing Profile Sketch Rule Set"
on page 202)
Draw Profile
Web Cut
Flange Cut
Profile Outline
Corner Feature
Edge Feature (see "Edge Feature Source (MfgProfileRuleSet.DefaultRuleSet)" on page
204)
Slot Feature
Knuckle
Marking Lines (see "Marking Lines Source (MfgProfileRuleSet.DefaultRuleSet)" on page
204)
Marking Lines Details
Connected Bracket
Web Thickness
Feature Distance
Margin
Bevel (see "Bevel Source (MfgProfileRuleSet.DefaultRuleSet)" on page 205)
Query
Manufacturing Profile
Length of Profile on Drawing (Optional)
Height of Profile on Drawing (Optional)
Reverse Profile Drawing (Optional)
Draw Multiple Profile Sketch (Optional)
151
AddOns used
None
View Labels
View label rule: Not Defined
Ship direction rule (for arrow): Mfg Profile DirectionRule
Example
See Also
Manufacturing Profile Sketch Ruleset (see "Manufacturing Profile Sketch Rule Set" on page
202)
Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box (on page 108)
Marine Structure Drawing View Style Rule Sets (on page 190)
Marine Structure Drawing View Styles (on page 142)
Actions
Ruleset used: MfgTemplatesetFullScale.DefaultRuleset (see "Manufacturing Templateset Full
Scale Drawing Rule Set" on page 213)
Template Source
Template Mid Line Source
Seam Source
Reference Curve Source
152
AddOns used
None
View Labels
View label rule: ShipParentBlockAndPartNameRule (see "View Label Rules in Marine Structure
Drawings" on page 276)
Ship direction rule (for arrow): MfgTemplatesetFullScaleDirection Right
Example
See Also
Manufacturing PinJig Side View Rule Set (on page 216)
Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box (on page 108)
Marine Structure Drawing View Style Rule Sets (on page 190)
Marine Structure Drawing View Styles (on page 142)
153
Actions
Ruleset used: ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default
Sources used:
Block
Plate Part
Profile Part
Beam Part
Member
Seam
Connection
Knuckle
Opening
Each source can be used in multiple actions in the view style. Pause over a row number on
the Actions tab to display a ToolTip description of an action.
For more information on actions, see Examples of Actions in Scantling Drawing View Styles
(on page 168).
Query
Structural Part or Plane - Catalog Filters/Default Intelliship Filters/Intelliship Drawing
Filters/Types of Drawings/Scantling By Plate parts/For ViewStyle/Scantling Major views
Block or assembly - Selected by user in the asking filter
Positive and negative thicknesses from the view plane - 5 mm
AddOns used
AddOn - Mfg Scantling (see "Add-on Ruleset View Styles" on page 246) - Places manufacturing
data on detailed parts
154
Examples
See Also
Examples of Actions in Scantling Drawing View Styles (on page 168)
Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box (on page 108)
How Actions are Applied to a View (on page 111)
Marine Structure Drawing View Style Rule Sets (on page 190)
Marine Structure Drawing View Styles (on page 142)
Actions
Ruleset used: ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default
Plate Part
Profile Part
155
Query
Structural Part or Plane
Positive and negative thicknesses from the view plane - 5 mm
Use expansion
Angle for target evaluation - 20 degrees
AddOns used
None
View Labels
View label rule: SteelOrderSectionadDetailViewRule (see "View Label Rules in Marine
Structure Drawings" on page 276)
Ship direction rule (for arrow): None
See Also
Examples of Actions in Scantling Drawing View Styles (on page 168)
Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box (on page 108)
How Actions are Applied to a View (on page 111)
Marine Structure Drawing View Style Rule Sets (on page 190)
Marine Structure Drawing View Styles (on page 142)
156
Actions
Ruleset used: ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default
Profile Part
Plate Part
Seam
Connection
Query
Structural Part or Plane
Positive and negative thicknesses from the view plane - 5 mm
Angle for target evaluation - 50 degrees
AddOns used
None
View Labels
View label rule: SteelOrderSectionadDetailViewRule (see "View Label Rules in Marine
Structure Drawings" on page 276)
Ship direction rule (for arrow): None
157
See Also
Examples of Actions in Scantling Drawing View Styles (on page 168)
Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box (on page 108)
How Actions are Applied to a View (on page 111)
Marine Structure Drawing View Style Rule Sets (on page 190)
Marine Structure Drawing View Styles (on page 142)
158
Shell Expansion
Name: Shell Expansion
File name: Shell Expansion.xml
Description: Creates full shell expansion views for classification drawings.
Actions
Ruleset used: ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default
Plate Part
Profile Part
Seam
Reference Curve
Plate Knuckle
Profile Knuckle (see "Profile Knuckle Source (ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default)" on page 233)
Query
Structural Part or Plane
Positive and negative thicknesses from the view plane - 5 mm
Use expansion
Angle for target evaluation - 20 degrees
AddOns used
AddOn - Horizontal Grid Axis (see "Marine Structure Drawing View Style Rule Sets" on page
190) - Draws Y (frame) coordinate system axis.
View Labels
View label rule: ViewNameScaleRule (see "View Label Rules in Marine Structure Drawings" on
page 276)
Ship direction rule (for arrow): None
159
Example
Only part of a full shell expansion view is shown for clarity.
See Also
Examples of Actions in Scantling Drawing View Styles (on page 168)
Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box (on page 108)
How Actions are Applied to a View (on page 111)
Marine Structure Drawing View Style Rule Sets (on page 190)
Marine Structure Drawing View Styles (on page 142)
160
Actions
Ruleset used: ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default
Sources used:
Block
Plate Part
Profile Part
Beam Part
Member Part
Seam
Connection
Plate Knuckle
Profile Knuckle (see "Profile Knuckle Source (ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default)" on page 233)
Opening
Each source can be used in multiple actions in the view style. Pause over a row number on
the Actions tab to display a ToolTip description of an action.
For more information on actions, see Examples of Actions in Scantling Drawing View Styles
(on page 168).
Query
Structural Part or Plane - None
Block or assembly - Selected by user in the asking filter
Positive and negative thicknesses from the view plane - 5 mm
AddOns used
AddOn - Mfg Scantling (see "Add-on Ruleset View Styles" on page 246) - Places manufacturing
data on detailed parts
161
Examples
For a view with reference plane D7 selected:
162
See Also
Examples of Actions in Scantling Drawing View Styles (on page 168)
Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box (on page 108)
How Actions are Applied to a View (on page 111)
Marine Structure Drawing View Style Rule Sets (on page 190)
Marine Structure Drawing View Styles (on page 142)
Actions
Ruleset used: ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default
Block
Plate Part
Profile Part
Beam Part
Member Part
Seam
Connection
Plate Knuckle
Profile Knuckle (see "Profile Knuckle Source (ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default)" on page 233)
Opening
163
For more information on actions, see Examples of Actions in Scantling Drawing View Styles
(on page 168).
Query
Structural Part or Plane
Block or assembly
Positive and negative thicknesses from the view plane
AddOns used
None
View Labels
View label rule: SteelOrderSectionadDetailViewRule (see "View Label Rules in Marine
Structure Drawings" on page 276)
Ship direction rule (for arrow): None
See Also
Examples of Actions in Scantling Drawing View Styles (on page 168)
Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box (on page 108)
How Actions are Applied to a View (on page 111)
Marine Structure Drawing View Style Rule Sets (on page 190)
Marine Structure Drawing View Styles (on page 142)
164
Actions
Ruleset used: ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default
Block
Plate Part
Profile Part
Beam Part
Member Part
Seam
Connection
Plate Knuckle
Profile Knuckle (see "Profile Knuckle Source (ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default)" on page 233)
Opening
Query
Structural Part or Plane
Block or assembly
Positive and negative thicknesses from the view plane
AddOns used
AddOn - Mfg Scantling (see "Add-on Ruleset View Styles" on page 246) - Places manufacturing
data on detailed parts
View Labels
View label rule: SteelOrderSectionadDetailViewRule (see "View Label Rules in Marine
Structure Drawings" on page 276)
Ship direction rule (for arrow): None
165
See Also
Examples of Actions in Scantling Drawing View Styles (on page 168)
Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box (on page 108)
How Actions are Applied to a View (on page 111)
Marine Structure Drawing View Style Rule Sets (on page 190)
Marine Structure Drawing View Styles (on page 142)
Steel Order
The Steel Order ruleset view style is a custom view style specific to marine structure drawings
used for detailed and light (non-detailed) parts. There are several labels that contribute to the
Steel Order view style, many of which are customizable. When using the
ViewNameDirectionScale view label, the software annotates the profile parts on decks using
three different labels. The view label, summary labels, and position index numbers work
together in order to effectively annotate the profile parts in a Steel Order drawing.
View Label
The delivered View Label rule, SteelOrderSectionandDetailViewRule, places a view label on
the drawing that displays the view name, direction, scale, and typical profile section size used.
For more information, see View Label Rules in Marine Structure Drawings (on page 276).
Summary Labels
Any profile parts that are non-typical are annotated with the Plate Stiffeners Summary and
Sibling Plates Stiffeners Summary labels. These labels display the non-typical profiles and their
section size. You must place these labels manually. For more information on these labels, see
Plate Stiffeners Summary Label Template (on page 860) and Sibling Plates Stiffeners Summary
Label Template (on page 861).
166
In order to generate the position index numbers automatically, you must split and assign the
blocks and run Board Management. For more information on Block Assignments, see the
Planning User's Guide. For more information on Board Management, see the Structural
Detailing User's Guide.
When the position index numbers are generated, the numbering sequence progresses from
the Aft to the Fore, and from the Centerline of the ship to both sides.
Example
Typical label, Summary labels, and position index numbers on a Steel Order drawing.
167
See Also
Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box (on page 108)
Actions Tab (Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box)
Marine Structure Drawing View Style Rule Sets (on page 190)
Marine Structure Drawing View Styles (on page 142)
Topics
How Actions are Applied to a View ................................................ 169
Block Action: Get Parts in Range of the Block .............................. 169
Plate Part Action: Draw Target Hull Plate Parts ............................ 170
Plate Part Action: Draw Non-Target Plates Bounded by Target Hull Plate
....................................................................................................... 170
Plate Part Action: Draw Target Hull Plates as Non-Target............ 171
Plate Part Action: Draw Target Light Plates .................................. 172
Plate Part Action: Draw Target Plates ........................................... 174
Plate Part Action: Draw Non-Target Plates Spit by Target Plate .. 174
Plate Part Action: Draw Non-Target Plates Bounded by Target Plate
....................................................................................................... 175
Plate Part Action: Draw Non-Target Plates That Split Target Plate
....................................................................................................... 176
Profile Part Action: Draw and Label Hull Profiles .......................... 177
Profile Part Action: Draw Target Light Profiles .............................. 178
Profile Part Action: Draw Target Profiles ....................................... 179
Profile Part Action: Draw Edge Reinforcement Profiles ................ 180
Profile Part Action: Draw Non-Target Profiles ............................... 181
Seam Action: Draw Seam Symbols on Target Plates ................... 181
Seam Action: Draw Seam Symbols on Bounding Plates .............. 182
Connection Action: Label Connections with Intersection Symbols 183
Connection Action: Label with Penetration Symbols ..................... 184
Connection Action: Label Butt Welds ............................................ 185
Connection Action: Label Tee Welds ............................................ 186
Reference Curve Action: Draw and Label Reference Curves ....... 187
Knuckle Action: Label Knuckles .................................................... 188
Opening Action: Label with Typicals .............................................. 189
168
See Also
Marine Structure Drawing View Styles (on page 142)
Filter
Custom Tests
Graphic Rules
Block
None
None
Label Rules
Dimension
Rule
None
169
Filter
Custom Tests
Graphic Rules
Label
Rules
Plate
Part
None
Dimension
Rule
None
170
Filter
Custom Tests
Graphic Rules
Plate
Part
None
Finds non-target
plate parts
Bounded by the
target plate
Plate parts belong
to the selected
block/assembly.
Graphic:
None
Wide dashed blue
visible and hidden
lines
Custom:
Do not get
connected objects
Molded side
drawn
Label
Rules
Dimension
Rule
None
171
Filter
Custom Tests
Plate
Part
(Catalog Filters/
Default Intelliship
Filters/
Intelliship Object Filters/
Object Types/
All Parts/
Plate Parts/
Hull Plate Parts)
Graphic Rules
Label
Rules
Dimension
Rule
None
None
Graphic:
Narrow black
visible and hidden
lines
Custom:
Do not get
connected objects
Molded side drawn
Overrides the
custom test and
treats hull plate as
non-target
172
Filter
Custom Tests
Graphic Rules
Label
Rules
Dimension
Rule
Plate
Part
Graphic:
Green visible and
hidden lines
Custom:
Get connected
objects
Molded side drawn
None
None
(Catalog Filters/
Default Intelliship
Filters/
Intelliship Object Filters/ Plate parts belong
Object Types/
to the selected
All Parts/
block/assembly.
Plate Parts Light)
173
Filter
Custom Tests
Graphic Rules
Label
Rules
Dimension
Rule
Plate
Part
None
Graphic:
Blue visible and
hidden lines
Custom:
Get connected
objects
Molded side drawn
AddOns:
Mfg Scantling
addon applied
None
None
174
Filter
Plate
Part
Custom Tests
Finds non-target
plate parts
(Orientation =
(Catalog Filters/
Non-Target)
Default Intelliship
Filters/
Split by the target
Intelliship Object Filters/ plate
Object Types/
Plate parts belong
All Parts/
to the selected
Plate Parts Light)
block/assembly.
Graphic Rules
Label
Rules
Graphic:
None
Narrow green
visible and hidden
lines
Custom:
Get connected
objects
Molded side
drawn
Dimension
Rule
None
175
Filter
Plate
Part
Custom Tests
Finds non-target
plate parts
(Orientation =
(Catalog Filters/
Non-Target)
Default Intelliship
Filters/
Bounded by the
Intelliship Object Filters/ target plate
Object Types/
Plate parts belong
All Parts/
to the selected
Plate Parts Light)
block/assembly.
Graphic Rules
Label
Rules
Graphic:
None
Narrow green
visible and hidden
lines
Custom:
Get connected
objects
Molded side
drawn
Dimension
Rule
None
176
Filter
Custom Tests
Graphic Rules
Label
Rules
Plate
Part
None
Finds non-target
plate parts
(Orientation =
Non-Target)
Splits the target
plate
Plate parts belong
to the selected
block/assembly.
Graphic:
None
Narrow blue visible
and hidden lines
Custom:
Get connected
objects
Both sides drawn
Dimension
Rule
None
177
Filter
Custom Tests
Graphic Rules
Label Rules
Profile
Part
None
Finds target
profile parts
Graphic:
Wide dashed
orange visible and
hidden lines
Custom:
Do not get
connected objects
Draw endcuts
Not edge
reinforcements
on target plate
Profile parts
belong to the
selected
block/assembly.
Dimension
Rule
Stiffened Plates
= Catalog
Filters\Default
Intelliship
Filters\Intelliship
Object
Filters\Object
Types\All
Parts\Plate
Parts\Hull Plate
Parts
178
Filter
Profile
Part
Custom Tests
Graphic Rules
Label
Rules
Dimension
Rule
Graphic:
Narrow dark red
visible and hidden
lines
Custom:
Get connected
objects
Draw endcuts
None
None
Filter
Custom Tests
Graphic Rules
Label
Rules
Dimension
Rule
Profile
Part
None
Graphic:
Narrow orange
visible and hidden
lines
Custom:
Do not get
connected objects
Draw endcuts
None
None
179
Filter
Custom Tests
Graphic Rules
Label
Rules
Dimension
Rule
Profile
Part
Graphic:
Narrow orange
visible and hidden
lines
Custom:
Do not get
connected objects
Draw endcuts
None
None
180
Filter
Custom Tests
Graphic Rules
Label
Rules
Dimension
Rule
Profile
Part
Finds non-target
profile parts
Profile parts belong
to the selected
block/assembly.
Graphic:
Narrow dark red
visible and hidden
lines
Custom:
Do not get
connected objects
Draw endcuts
None
None
(Catalog Filters/
Default Intelliship
Filters/
Intelliship Object Filters/
Object Types/
All Parts/
Profile Parts Light)
181
Filter
Custom Tests
Graphic Rules
Seam
Design Seams
Graphic:
Narrow black
visible and hidden
lines
Custom:
Draw slots
None
Scantling
Target
Seam
Symbol (see
"Scantling
Label Rules"
on page
830)
(Catalog Filters/
Default Intelliship
Filters/
Intelliship Object
Filters/
Object Types/
All Seams/
Design Seams)
182
Filter
Custom Tests
Graphic Rules
Seam
Design Seams
Finds non-target
seams on plates
bounding the target
plate
Seams belong to
the selected
block/assembly.
Graphic:
Narrow black
visible and hidden
lines
Custom:
Draw slots
None
Scantling
Non-Target
Seam
Symbol (see
"Scantling
Label Rules"
on page
830)
(Catalog Filters/
Default Intelliship
Filters/
Intelliship Object
Filters/
Object Types/
All Seams/
Design Seams)
183
Filter
Connection Logical
Connections
Custom Tests
Graphic Rules
184
Filter
Connection
Logical
Connections
Custom Tests
Graphic Rules
185
Filter
Connection
Physical
Connections
Custom Tests
Graphic Rules
186
Filter
Connection
Physical
Connections
Custom Tests
Graphic Rules
187
Filter
Referenc None
e Curve
188
Custom Tests
Graphic Rules
Label Rules
Dimension
Rule
Finds reference
curves on target parts
Reference curves
belong to the
selected
block/assembly.
Graphic:
Narrow long dashed
dotted black visible
and hidden lines
Generic_Name
(see "General
Marine Label
Rules" on page
829)
None
Filter
Custom Tests
Graphic Rules
Label Rules
Dimension
Rule
Knuckle
None
Finds knuckles on
target plates
Knuckles belong to
the selected
block/assembly.
Graphic:
No graphics drawn
Scantling Knuckle
Line Symbol (see
"Scantling Label
Rules" on page
830)
None
189
Filter
Custom Tests
Graphic Rules
Label Rules
Dimension
Rule
Opening
None
Graphic:
Fully transparent lines
(The lines are drawn,
but not visible The
opening is also drawn
as part of the plate
part)
Opening (see
"Scantling Label
Rules" on page
830)
None
190
See Also
Define View Style Command (Tools Menu) (on page 45)
Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box (on page 108)
Topics
Assembly Drawing Rule Set .......................................................... 192
Hull Lines Drawings Rule Set ........................................................ 193
Manufacturing PinJig Drawing Rule Set ........................................ 201
Manufacturing Profile Sketch Rule Set .......................................... 202
Manufacturing Sketch Rule Set ..................................................... 206
Manufacturing Template Drawing Rule Sets ................................. 210
Manufacturing Templateset Full Scale Drawing Rule Set ............. 213
Manufacturing PinJig Side View Rule Set ..................................... 216
Scantling Drawing Rule Sets ......................................................... 218
Ruleset Custom Tests ................................................................... 236
191
AssemblyRuleSets.Default
This ruleset is used for assembly drawings showing either the assembly method or assembly
sequence.
See Also
Marine Structure Drawing View Style Rule Sets (on page 190)
192
HullLinesRuleSets.DefaultRuleSet
This ruleset is used for all hull lines drawings, such as body plan drawings.
Hull lines are created by the intersection of a grid plane with the hull surface.
Custom Tests
Hull Lines
Line type
Port or Starboard
Aft or Forward
Top or Bottom
Port or Starboard
Aft or Forward
Top or Bottom
Port or Starboard
Aft or Forward
Top or Bottom
Seams on Hull
Port or Starboard
Aft or Forward
Top or Bottom
Reference Curve
Line type
Port or Starboard
Aft or Forward
Top or Bottom
193
Body Plan (Transverse) - Used as a separation plane for gathering forward and aft hull
lines, usually at or near midship.
Plan (Waterline) View - Used as a trimming plane to clip the hull.
Profile (Buttock) View - Used as a trimming plane to clip the hull
3. Separation Plane Y (Optional) - Buttock (longitudinal) grid plane (along the Y axis) used as
a separation or trimming plane, depending on the hull line view style:
Body plan (Transverse) - Used as a trimming plane for drawing the port or starboard
sides of hull lines, usually at longitudinal centerline.
Plan (Waterline) View - Used as a trimming plane for drawing the port or starboard sides
of hull lines, usually at longitudinal centerline.
Profile (Buttock) View - Used as a separation plane for port and starboard hull lines,
usually at longitudinal centerline.
4. Separation Plane Z (Optional) - Waterline (deck) grid plane (along the Z axis) used as a
separation or trimming plane, depending on the hull line view style:
Body plan (Transverse) - Used as a trimming plane to clip the hull below the top.
Plan (Waterline) View - Used as a separation plane for gathering top and bottom hull
lines.
Profile (Buttock) View - Used as a trimming plane to clip the hull.
If a separation plane is not selected and is required for gathering or drawing hull lines,
the software selects one based on the calculated midpoint of the appropriate axis. Separation
planes for clipping the hull are not required.
See Also
Marine Structure Drawing View Style Rule Sets (on page 190)
Custom Tests
See Custom Tests Dialog Box (on page 113).
Condition
Values
Line Type
Transverse
Line
1 - Forward
2 - Typical transverse grid plane
194
Values
3 - Transverse Lines
Water Line
1 - Forward
2 - Typical deck grid plane
3 - Water Lines
Buttock Line
1 - Forward
2 - Typical longitudinal grid plane
3 - Buttock Lines
Unknown
Port or
Starboard
Port
Starboard
Both
Both - Lines on both sides are used
OnReference
Unknown
Aft or
Forward
Aft
Forward
Both
195
Values
OnReference
Unknown
Top or
Bottom
Top
Bottom
Both
OnReference
Unknown
Graphic Rule
Graphic tab of Graphic Style dialog box. See Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
115).
Custom tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See Custom Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
116).
Property
Values
Port
Starboard
Both
Whole
Aft
Forward
Both
Whole
Top
Bottom
Both
Whole
General tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See General Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
116).
See Also
Hull Lines Drawings Rule Set (on page 193)
196
Custom Tests
See Custom Tests Dialog Box (on page 113).
Condition
Values
Port or
Starboard
Port
Starboard
Both
OnReference
Unknown
Aft or
Forward
Aft
Forward
Both
OnReference
Unknown
Top or
Bottom
Top
Bottom
Both
OnReference
Unknown
Graphic Rule
Graphic tab of Graphic Style dialog box. See Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
115).
Custom tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See Custom Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
116).
197
Values
Port
Starboard
Both
Whole
Aft
Forward
Both
Whole
Top
Bottom
Both
Whole
General tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See General Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
116).
See Also
Hull Lines Drawings Rule Set (on page 193)
Custom Tests
See Custom Tests Dialog Box (on page 113).
Condition
Values
Port or
Starboard
Port
Starboard
Both
OnReference
Unknown
Aft or
Forward
Aft
Forward
Both
OnReference
Unknown
198
Values
Top or
Bottom
Top
Bottom
Both
OnReference
Unknown
Graphic Rule
Graphic tab of Graphic Style dialog box. See Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
115).
Custom tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See Custom Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
116).
Property
Values
Port
Starboard
Both
Whole
Aft
Forward
Both
Whole
Top
Bottom
Both
Whole
True
False
Length of Profile
Orientation Mark
0.2
Mounting Angle
Representation
General tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See General Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
116).
See Also
Hull Lines Drawings Rule Set (on page 193)
199
Custom Tests
See Custom Tests Dialog Box (on page 113).
Condition
Values
Port or
Starboard
Port
Starboard
Both
OnReferenc
e
Unknown
Aft or
Forward
Aft
Forward
Both
OnReferenc
e
Unknown
Top or
Bottom
Top
Bottom
Both
OnReferenc
e
Unknown
Graphic Rule
Graphic tab of Graphic Style dialog box. See Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
115).
Custom tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See Custom Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
116).
200
Values
Port
Starboard
Both
Whole
Aft
Forward
Both
Whole
Top
Bottom
Both
Whole
General tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See General Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
116).
See Also
Hull Lines Drawings Rule Set (on page 193)
MfgPinJigRuleSet.Default
This ruleset is used for all pin jig drawings.
Plate
None
Pin
None
Remarking Line
Axis
None
201
See Also
Marine Structure Drawing View Style Rule Sets (on page 190)
MfgProfileRuleSet.DefaultRuleSet
This ruleset is used for all single and multiple profile sketch drawings.
202
Source Item
Custom Test
Conditions
Draw Profile
Cell
Web Cut
Cell
Flange Cut
Cell
Profile Outline
Cell
Corner Feature
Cell
Draw
Cell
Draw
Knuckle
Cell
Cell
Draw
Marking Line Type
Connected Bracket
Cell
Web Thickness
Cell
Feature Distance
Cell
Draw
Margin
Cell
Draw
Bevel
Cell
Draw
203
Custom Test
See Custom Tests Dialog Box (on page 113).
Condition
Values
Cell
Web
TopFlange
BottomFlange
Fitting
Reference Plane
Knuckle
Rend
Ara Margin
Seam
Graphic Rule
Graphic tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
115).
Custom tab of Graphic Style dialog box. No custom graphic rules are used.
General tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See General Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
116).
Custom Test
See Custom Tests Dialog Box (on page 113).
204
Condition
Values
Cell
Web
TopFlange
BottomFlange
Values
Draw
OnProfile
InDetail
EdgeFeature Type
EdgeFeature
WaterStop
Graphic Rule
Graphic tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
115).
Custom tab of Graphic Style dialog box. No custom graphic rules are used.
General tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See General Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
116).
Custom Test
See Custom Tests Dialog Box (on page 113).
Condition
Values
Cell
Web
TopFlange
BottomFlange
BevelDepths
Numerical value
Parent Feature
EndCut
WaterStop
Graphic Rule
Graphic tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
115).
Custom tab of Graphic Style dialog box. See Custom Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
116).
Property
Values
True
False
205
Values
S3DMfgSketch.RuleSet
This ruleset is used for all profile sketch drawings of members. The ruleset and the
source/condition definitions are defined on the Action tab of the Edit Ruleset View Style dialog
box. For more information, see Actions Tab (Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box) (on page 109).
206
207
208
Drawing Zones:
3 - Main
4 - Feature Detail
5 - Bevel Detail
See Also
Marine Structure Drawing View Style Rule Sets (on page 190)
209
MfgTemplateRuleSet.DefaultRuleSet
his ruleset is used for single template drawings.
210
See Also
Marine Structure Drawing View Style Rule Sets (on page 190)
Custom Test
No custom tests are used by the Template source.
Graphic Rule
Graphic tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
115).
Custom tab of Graphic Style dialog box. No custom graphic rules are used.
General tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See General Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
116).
See Also
Manufacturing PinJig Side View Rule Set (on page 216)
211
Custom Test
No custom tests are used by the Base Control source.
Graphic Rule
Graphic tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
115).
Custom tab of Graphic Style dialog box. No custom graphic rules are used.
General tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See General Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
116).
See Also
Manufacturing PinJig Side View Rule Set (on page 216)
Custom Test
See Custom Tests Dialog Box (on page 113).
Condition
Values
Upper Seam
Lower Seam
Graphic Rule
Graphic tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
115).
Custom tab of Graphic Style dialog box: No custom graphic rules are used.
General tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See General Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
116).
See Also
Manufacturing PinJig Side View Rule Set (on page 216)
212
MfgTemplatesetFullScale.DefaultRuleset
This ruleset is used for templateset full-scale drawings.
213
See Also
Marine Structure Drawing View Style Rule Sets (on page 190)
Custom Test
No custom tests are used by the Template source.
Graphic Rule
Graphic tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
115).
Custom tab of Graphic Style dialog box. No custom graphic rules are used.
General tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See General Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
116).
See Also
Manufacturing PinJig Side View Rule Set (on page 216)
Custom Test
No custom tests are used by the Template Mid Line source.
Graphic Rule
Graphic tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
115).
Custom tab of Graphic Style dialog box. No custom graphic rules are used.
General tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See General Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
116).
214
Custom Test
See Custom Tests Dialog Box (on page 113).
Condition
Values
Upper Seam
Lower Seam
Graphic Rule
Graphic tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
115).
Custom tab of Graphic Style dialog box: No custom graphic rules are used.
General tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See General Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
116).
See Also
Manufacturing PinJig Side View Rule Set (on page 216)
Custom Test
No custom tests are used by the Reference Curve source.
Graphic Rule
Graphic tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
115).
Custom tab of Graphic Style dialog box: No custom graphic rules are used.
General tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See General Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
116).
See Also
Manufacturing PinJig Side View Rule Set (on page 216)
215
MfgPinJigSideView.Default
This ruleset is used for PinJig side view drawings.
See Also
Marine Structure Drawing View Style Rule Sets (on page 190)
216
Custom Test
No custom tests are used by the PlateEdge source.
Graphic Rule
Graphic tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
115).
Custom tab of Graphic Style dialog box. No custom graphic rules are used.
General tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See General Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
116).
See Also
Manufacturing PinJig Side View Rule Set (on page 216)
Custom Test
No custom tests are used by the Seam source.
Graphic Rule
Graphic tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
115).
Custom tab of Graphic Style dialog box: No custom graphic rules are used.
General tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See General Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
116).
See Also
Manufacturing PinJig Side View Rule Set (on page 216)
217
Custom Test
No custom tests are used by the Seam source.
Graphic Rule
Graphic tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
115).
Custom tab of Graphic Style dialog box: No custom graphic rules are used.
General tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See General Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
116).
See Also
Manufacturing PinJig Side View Rule Set (on page 216)
218
ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default
This ruleset is used for scantling production (steel order) and classification drawings using both
detailed parts and light (non-detailed) parts.
219
Member parts or member systems - Selections are the same as for plates, except applicable
to members.
Reference planes - Reference planes can be selected manually using the Associate
objects to view command in the 2D Drawing Editor. Reference planes can also be specified
automatically as output of an applicable collation rule, such as Collation Rules in Marine
Structure Drawings (on page 255).
Optional Queries
Boundary (Block, volume, or assembly) - Defines the boundaries of a query by a selected
planning block, volume, assembly, or assembly block. A value for this query is optional.
Volume growth into drawing - Defines a distance into the drawing to extend the depth of a thin
volume. Parts within the thin volume are displayed in the view. A value for this query is optional.
Volume growth out of drawing - Defines a distance out of the drawing to extend the depth of a
thin volume. Parts within the thin volume are displayed in the view. A value for this query is
optional.
1 - View plane
2 - View direction
3 - Out of drawing
4 - Into drawing
Specify a positive value for both Volume growth into drawing and Volume
growth out of drawing. The software projects the thickness for each in the appropriate
direction.
Use expansion - Uses expanded geometry in the view for the shell or non-planar parts. A value
for this query is optional.
Angle for target evaluation - Defines the allowable angle from the view plane for a target plate.
This option is used only when a reference plane selected for Structural Parts or Plane has
been set by the Place Detail View and Place Section View commands in the 2D Drawing
Editor. When plates or profiles are selected in Structural Parts or Plane, target evaluation is
determined by a combination of levels and type of connection. A value for this query is optional.
Offset - Defines the distance from a reference plane used to create the view plane. A
positive value offsets the view plane out of the drawing. A negative value offsets the view
plane into the drawing. This value can be used in combination with Volume growth into
drawing and Volume growth out of drawing to create a thin volume. A value for this query
is optional. Used only when a reference plane is selected in Structural Parts or Plane.
220
1 - Reference plane
2 - View direction
3 - Offset out of drawing (positive value)
4 - Offset into drawing (negative value)
5 - View plane offset out of drawing
6 - View plane offset into drawing
Volume creation rule - Defines the volume for the view by one of the following methods.
Create volume along surface of input parts with boundary extents - The volume follows
the surfaces of the parts selected in Structural parts or plane. The volume depth (normal
to the view) is extended by the values of Volume growth into drawing and Volume growth
out of drawing. The volume area (in the plane of the view) is extended to (or clipped by) the
boundaries defined by Boundary (Block, volume, or assembly). See the corrugated
bulkhead example below.
1 - Cross-section of volume
2 - Volume growth
3 - Additional part not gathered into view
4 - View direction
5 - Volume extended to boundaries
Create volume along surface of input parts without boundary extents - The volume
follows the surfaces of the parts selected in Structural parts or plane. The volume depth
(normal to the view) is extended by the values of Volume growth into drawing and Volume
growth out of drawing. The volume area (in the plane of the view) is not extended to (nor
clipped by) the boundaries defined by Boundary (Block, volume, or assembly). See the
corrugated bulkhead example below.
1 - Cross-section of volume
2 - Volume growth
3 - Additional part not gathered into view
4 - View direction
Create volume from range box around input parts with boundary extents - The volume
is a rectangular range box around the parts selected in Structural parts or plane. The
volume depth (normal to the view) is extended by the values of Volume growth into
drawing and Volume growth out of drawing. The volume is extended to (or clipped by) the
boundaries defined by Boundary (Block, volume, or assembly). See the corrugated
bulkhead example below.
221
1 - Cross-section of volume
2 - Volume growth
3 - Additional part gathered into view
4 - View direction
5 - Volume extended to boundaries
Create volume from range box around input parts without boundary extents - The
volume is a rectangular range box around the parts selected in Structural parts or plane.
The volume depth (normal to the view) is extended by the values of Volume growth into
drawing and Volume growth out of drawing. The volume is not extended to (nor clipped
by) the boundaries defined by Boundary (Block, volume, or assembly). See the
corrugated bulkhead example below.
1 - Cross-section of volume
2 - Volume growth
3 - Additional part gathered into view
4 - View direction
Do not create volume - A volume is not used to restrict gathering using gathering rule. For
example, a shell longitudinal profile view does not use a volume. It instead uses levels to
gather secondary parts.
A value for this query is optional.
Gathering rule - Defines how parts are included in the drawing view. The volume selected with
Block, volume, or Assembly or created with Volume creation rule is used as input for the
gathering rule.
Gather objects by connections - Parts are gathered based on connections to the parts
selected in Structural parts or plane.
Gather objects in volume - All parts in the volume are gathered even if they are not
connected to the parts selected in Structural parts or plane.
A value for this query is optional.
The volume selected with Block, volume, or assembly or created with Volume
creation rule is also used for view clipping in the graphic rule. For more information, see
Graphic Rules in Marine Structure Drawings (on page 277).
222
See Also
Marine Structure Drawing View Style Rule Sets (on page 190)
Custom Test
No custom tests are used by the Block source.
Graphic Rule
Graphic tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
115).
Custom tab of Graphic Style dialog box. See Custom Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
116).
Property
Values
True
False
General tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See General Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
116).
Custom Test
No custom tests are used.
Graphic Rule
Graphic tab: For Graphic Module, use SimpleVolumeToX (on page 987). See Graphic Tab
(Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page 115).
Custom tab of Graphic Style dialog box: No custom graphic rules are used.
General tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See General Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
116).
223
Custom Test
See Custom Tests Dialog Box (on page 113).
Condition
Orientation (see
"Orientation
Custom Test" on
page 240)
Relation to Target
Plate
IsPlateAngular
224
Values
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Splitting the
Target
Split By Target
Bound By
Target
Bounding the
Target
Stiffens the
Target
Edge
Reinforcement
on Target -
True
False
Values
Orientation Angle
(Degrees)
Belongs to Query
(see "Belongs to
Query Custom
Test" on page
236)
True
False
Graphic Rule
Graphic tab of Graphic Style dialog box. See Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
115).
Custom tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See Custom Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
116).
Property
Values
Get Connected
Objects
Indicates if connected
objects are to be
gathered for this plate
True
False
Drawn Side
Molded Side
Molded Side (Without
Features)
Anti Molded Side
Anit Molded Side (Without
Features)
Both
Both (Without Features)
Not Applicable
Orientation
(Override)
(None) - No override
Treat as Target irrespective of the
computed direction
Treat as Non-Target irrespective of the
computed direction
Example:
If the plate is a
shell plate, always
select "Treat as
Non-Target" so
the plate's
cross-section is
drawing.
General tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See General Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
116).
1. When a plate orientation is overridden, all profiles and seams on the plate are drawn based
on the plate's new orientation.
2. A knuckled plate, because of its natural non-orthogonal orientation, is frequently given an
Orientation of Non-Target, even when selected as part of the query as Level 0. In this
case, an Orientation (Override) of Treat as Target should be selected.
225
Custom Test
See Custom Tests Dialog Box (on page 113).
Condition
Values
Target
Non-Target
Not Applicable
Target
Non-Target
IsProfileAngular (see
True
"IsProfileAngular Custom Test" False
on page 239)
226
N/A
Splitting the Target
Split By Target
Bound By Target
Stiffens the Target
Relation to Target Plate
True
False
Filter
Values
Graphic Rule
Graphic tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
115).
Custom tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See Custom Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
116).
Property
Values
True
False
Includes connected
objects when applying
actions to objects on the
next level
Drawing Rule
(Auto)
Automatically determines
how to draw the profile
part
(See table below)
EndCut Rule
Target
Non-Target
Profile
Orientation
Web
Orientation
Rule used
No
Target
Target
No
Target
Non-Target
No
Non-Target
Yes
Target
Yes
Non-Target
General tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See General Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
116).
227
Custom Test
SeeCustom Tests Dialog Box (on page 113).
Condition
Values
Primary Orientation (see "Primary and Secondary Orientation Custom Tests" on page 242)
Secondary Orientation (see "Primary and Secondary Orientation Custom Tests" on page
242)
Level (see "Level Custom
Test" on page 239)
Not Applicable
True
False
Graphic Rule
Graphic tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
115).
Custom tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See Custom Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
116).
Property
Values
True
False
Includes connected
objects when applying
actions to objects on the
next level
General tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See General Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
116).
228
Custom Test
See Custom Tests Dialog Box (on page 113).
Condition
Values
Target
Non-Target
Not Applicable
Target
Non-Target
True
False
Graphic Rule
Graphic tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
115).
Custom tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See Custom Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
116).
Property
Values
True
False
Includes connected
objects when applying
actions to objects on the
next level
General tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See General Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
116).
229
Custom Test
See Custom Tests Dialog Box (on page 113).
Condition
Values
Orientation (see
Target
"Orientation Custom Non-Target
Test" on page 240)
Not Applicable
Splitting the Target
Split By Target
Bound By Target
Bounding the Target
Stiffens the Target
Edge Reinforcement on Target
Target
True
Belongs to Query
(see "Belongs to
False
Query Custom Test"
on page 236)
Graphic Rule
Graphic tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
115).
Custom tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See Custom Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
116).
Property
Values
Slot Rule
General tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See General Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
116).
230
Custom Test
See Custom Tests Dialog Box (on page 113).
Condition
Values
Orientation (see
"Orientation Custom
Test" on page 240)
Target
Non-Target
Plate Plate
Profile Plate
Plate Profile
Profile Profile
Side On Face
Face On Side
Face On Face
Side On Side
True
False
Graphic Rule
Graphic tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
115).
Custom tab of Graphic Style dialog box: No custom graphic rules are used.
General tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See General Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
116).
231
Custom Test
See Custom Tests Dialog Box (on page 113).
Condition
Values
Orientation (see
"Orientation Custom
Test" on page 240)
Target
Non-Target
True
False
Graphic Rule
Graphic tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
115).
Custom tab of Graphic Style dialog box: No custom graphic rules are used.
General tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See General Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
116).
Custom Test
See Custom Tests Dialog Box (on page 113).
232
Condition
Values
Orientation (see
"Orientation
Custom Test" on
page 240)
Target
Non-Target
Not Applicable
Splitting the Target
Split By Target
Bound By Target
Bounding the Target
Stiffens the Target
Values
Edge Reinforcement on Target
Target
True
Belongs to Query
(see "Belongs to
False
Query Custom
Test" on page 236)
Graphic Rule
Graphic tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
115).
Custom tab of Graphic Style dialog box: No custom graphic rules are used.
General tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See General Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
116).
Custom Test
See Custom Tests Dialog Box (on page 113).
Profile Knuckle inherits its custom test values from Profile Part. For more information, see
Profile Part Source (ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default) (on page 226).
Condition
Values
Target
Non-Target
Not Applicable
Target
Non-Target
IsProfileAngular (see
True
"IsProfileAngular Custom Test" False
on page 239)
233
Values
profile is twisted and has more than one
orientation angle.
N/A
Splitting the Target
Split By Target
Bound By Target
Stiffens the Target
Relation to Target Plate
True
False
Graphic Rule
Graphic tab: For Graphic Module, use ProfileKnuckleAsCurve (on page 974) or
ReplaceWPoint (on page 984). See Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page 115).
When Manufacturing Method for a knuckle is set to Extend in the model, no knuckle for
the profile exists on the profile part. This is a method of extending the straight section of a profile
when there is a knuckle on the parent plate. For more information, see "Profile Knuckle Dialog
Box" in the Molded Forms User's Guide.
Custom tab of Graphic Style dialog box: No custom graphic rules are used.
General tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See General Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
116).
Label Rule
For knuckle text labels, use Scantling Knuckle Line Label_CP_L or Scantling Knuckle Line
Label_CA_L.
For knuckle sloping direction symbols, use Scantling Knuckle Sloping Direction Symbol.
For more information, see Label Templates: Scantling (on page 842).
Custom Test
See Custom Tests Dialog Box (on page 113).
234
Values
Orientation (see
"Orientation Custom
Test" on page 240)
Target
Non-Target
Opening Type
Major Opening
Hole Trace
True
False
Graphic Rule
Graphic tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
115).
Custom tab of Graphic Style dialog box: No custom graphic rules are used.
General tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See General Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
116).
Custom Test
See Custom Tests Dialog Box (on page 113).
Condition
Values
Orientation (see
"Orientation Custom
Test" on page 240)
Target
Non-Target
True
False
Graphic Rule
Graphic tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
115).
Custom tab of Graphic Style dialog box: No custom graphic rules are used.
General tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See General Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
116).
235
Topics
Belongs to Query Custom Test ..................................................... 236
Bounded Custom Test ................................................................... 237
Connection Species Custom Test ................................................. 238
Connection Type Custom Test ...................................................... 238
Get Parts in Range Custom Test ................................................... 238
IsProfileAngular Custom Test ........................................................ 239
Level Custom Test ......................................................................... 239
Orientation Custom Test ................................................................ 240
Parent Plate Custom Test.............................................................. 241
Primary and Secondary Orientation Custom Tests ....................... 242
Web Orientation Custom Test ....................................................... 244
Stiffened Plates Custom Test ........................................................ 245
Draw Detail Custom Test ............................................................... 245
Bevel Orientation Custom Test ...................................................... 246
236
When Belongs to Query = True, objects not assigned to the block are not drawn:
When a separate action uses Belongs to Query = False, objects not assigned to the block can
be drawn using different graphic styles:
See Also
Ruleset Custom Tests (on page 236)
See Also
Ruleset Custom Tests (on page 236)
237
See Also
Ruleset Custom Tests (on page 236)
See Also
Ruleset Custom Tests (on page 236)
238
All parts in the range of the block/assembly are shown in the view, including shell plate and shell
profiles not assigned to the block.
Get Parts in Range = False:
Only parts that are assigned to the block/assembly are shown in the view.
See Also
Ruleset Custom Tests (on page 236)
See Also
Ruleset Custom Tests (on page 236)
239
Level = 1
Level = 2
Direction of view
See Also
Ruleset Custom Tests (on page 236)
240
Orientation = Non-target
Orientation = Target
Direction of view
Target - Orientation is set to that of the evaluated object or parallel to the evaluated object.
Non-Target - Orientation is not parallel to evaluated object.
See Also
Ruleset Custom Tests (on page 236)
241
Secondary Orientation - Orientation of the secondary linear axis of an object with respect to
the drawing view. The secondary linear axis is along the y-axis of the local coordinate system.
For members, this corresponds to the web orientation.
242
Parallel, pointing up
Parallel, horizontal
10
Parallel, sloped
The Sloped, projects horizontal and Sloped, projects vertical options provide special
orientations for situations where the drawing needs to distinguish between a sloped pipe or
member that projects orthogonally on the sheet and those that project non-orthogonally on the
243
For dimensioning purposes in the drawing view, the Parallel, horizontal and Sloped, projects
horizontal pipes are part of the same dimensioning chain. The Sloped pipe is not included in
the dimensioning.
You can resymbolize the model graphics based on special orientation cases. For
example, you might want to represent piping items that are parallel to the sheet plane as single
lines while representing the items coming straight out of the sheet as special symbols.
See Also
Ruleset Custom Tests (on page 236)
See Also
Ruleset Custom Tests (on page 236)
244
Examples
For Hull profile parts, select the filter Stiffened Plates = "Catalog Filters\Default Intelliship
Filters\Intelliship Object Filters\Object Types\All Parts\Plate Parts\Hull Plate Parts.
For Deck profile parts, select the filter Stiffened Plates = Catalog Filters\Default Intelliship
Filters\Intelliship Object Filters\Object Types\All Parts\Plate Parts\ Deck Plate Parts.
All the bevel shapes and their bevel values are shown in detail boxes in the drawing.
Draw Detail = False:
The detail box for the bevels is not shown in the drawing.
245
See Also
Ruleset Custom Tests (on page 236)
246
247
AddOn - Grid Axis and Lines - Adds visible coordinate system rulers, axes, and grid lines to a
ruleset view style. This add-on is included as part of several delivered ruleset view styles, such
as Hull Lines view styles. Uses the ISGridRuleSets.Default ruleset. For more information, see
Grid Add-on Rulesets (on page 249).
Example:
AddOn - Horizontal Grid Axis - Adds visible coordinate system ruler and axis for the horizontal
axis to a ruleset view style. The ruler and axis for the vertical axis are not added. This add-on is
included as part of several delivered ruleset view styles, such as the Steel Order (Shell
248
See Also
Add an Add-on View Style to an Existing Ruleset View Style (on page 120)
AddOns Tab (Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box)
AddOns Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page 116)
Rules in Marine Structure Drawings (on page 251)
Marine Structure Drawing View Style Rule Sets (on page 190)
249
Condition
Coordinate System
Grid Lines
Grid Axis
Available on the Actions tab of the Edit Ruleset View Style dialog box. For more information,
see Actions Tab (Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box) (on page 109).
Custom Test
No custom tests are used by ISGridRuleSets.Default.
Property
Values
Horizontal Grid
Axis
See Also
Add-on Ruleset View Styles (on page 246)
Add an Add-on View Style to an Existing Ruleset View Style (on page 120)
AddOns Tab (Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box)
Rules in Marine Structure Drawings (on page 251)
Marine Structure Drawing View Style Rule Sets (on page 190)
250
Topics
Layout Style Rules in Marine Structure Drawings ......................... 251
Collation Rules in Marine Structure Drawings ............................... 255
Orientation Rules in Marine Structure Drawings ........................... 259
Section View Orientation Rules in Marine Structure Drawings ..... 263
Line Styles in Marine Structure Drawings...................................... 269
Document and Sheet Naming Rules in Marine Structure Drawings
....................................................................................................... 269
View Naming Rules in Marine Structure Drawings ........................ 273
View Label Rules in Marine Structure Drawings ........................... 276
Graphic Rules in Marine Structure Drawings ................................ 277
Purpose
One View
Two Views
Three Views
Four Views
Five Views
Ten Views
Twenty Views
No Assignment
251
Purpose
Sheet By Regions
No Assignment
Purpose
Assembly Method
Assembly Sequence
One View - Graphical or Report A region by layout table with either one graphic view or one
report view.
252
One View
One Report
MfgPinJigSideView-Left
MfgPinJigSideView-Right
MfgPinJigSideView-Main
Description
Used In
Attributes
Available
DBRDocumentByAssembly
Creates one
document per
assembly.
DBRDocumentByQuery
Creates one
All Drawings by
document per query. Rule documents
Maximum
number of views
DBRDocumentByViews
Maximum
number of views
Description
Used In
Attributes
Available
DBRSheetPerAssembly
All Drawings by
Rule documents.
Maximum
number of views
DBRSheetByQuery
All Drawings by
Rule documents.
Maximum
number of views
DBRSheetByRegion
Creates a sheet by
Assembly Drawings
the maximum number
of regions.
Description
Used In
Attributes
Available
Assembly Method
Drawings
Layout style
Assembly
Sequence
Drawings
253
Description
Used In
DBRLayoutByTable
Applies a
All Drawings by
user-defined region
Rule documents.
layout by table. You
can give the table row
and column attributes
to define how many
views are allowed in
the region.
Allowed view
types
Minimum rows
Maximum rows
Minimum
columns
Maximum
columns
Left margin
Right margin
Top margin
Bottom margin
Draw outline
Label views
Show view name
Show view scale
DBRMfgPinjigSideLayout
Applies the
appropriate region
layout for PinJig
views as per the
user-defined rules.
Region Side
Manufacturing
PinJig Drawings
Attributes
Available
254
Attribute Name
Range of Values
Description
Bottom margin
0 to n
Draw outline
Line style
Group by
Assembly or Block
Label views
Normal
Not Drawn
Layout style
Horizontal
Vertical
Left margin
0 to n
Range of Values
Description
Level
1 to n
Maximum columns
1 to n
Maximum number of
views
1 to n
Maximum rows
1 to n
Minimum columns
1 to n
Minimum rows
1 to n
Right margin
0 to n
True
False
True
False
Top margin
0 to n
Region Side
Left
Right
Main
255
The collation rules are delivered on the client machine in the \Program
Files\SmartPlant\3D\ShipDrawings\Middle\Bin\CollationRules folder. The rules are also
bulkloaded into the catalog. For more information, see CollationRule Sheet (on page 292).
CollateAssemblySequencee
Identifies the parts in an assembly, and the assembly sequence of the parts, as defined in the
Planning task, then:
1. Places each part of the assembly in a separate group.
2. Creates a group for each step of the sequence, by adding the next part(s) in the sequence.
Only groups parts within an assembly, not assemblies within an assembly or block.
CollateAssemblyStep
Identifies the parts and assemblies that make up an assembly or block, and the assembly
sequence of each, then creates a group for each step of the sequence, by adding the next
part(s) or assembly in the sequence.
CollateConnectedPlates
Groups connected plate parts. Connected plates are connected face-to-face (lapped
connections) or edge-to-edge (butt connections).
CollateConnectedProfiles
Groups connected profiles parts. Connected profiles are connected end-to-end.
CollateContiguousBlocks
Groups spatially connected blocks.
CollateContiguousProfiles
Groups spatially connected profile parts.
256
CollateForSteelOrder
Creates groups of major parts in a selected block/assembly. A grouping is created for parts that
meet each of the following tests:
Major Plate Part Tests
Plate parts of the same type, such as deck plates, transverse bulkhead plates,
longitudinal bulkhead plates, and hull plates.
Plate parts belonging to the same system.
Coplanar plate parts that may be in different systems. Coplanar means that plates with
different thicknesses and thickness directions are collated if the thicknesses overlap.
Connected plate parts or plate parts with connected parent systems. Connections must
be edge-to-edge (butt connections) or face-to-face (lapped connections).
Major Profile Part Tests
Hull profile parts.
Profile parts belonging to the same system.
Connected profile parts or profile parts with connected parent systems. Connections
must be end-to-end.
Hull plate parts are expanded and are separated into port and starboard groups.
Brackets and standalone plate parts are not grouped because brackets (created in both the
Molded Forms and Structural Detailing tasks), and standalone plates (created in Structural
Detailing task) are not major parts. After drawings are created, you can manually create
views for these parts.
The following example shows a simple collation using the CollateForSteelOrder rule:
257
CollateSimilarProfilesByXML
Uses information in the manufacturing profile XML created in the Structural Manufacturing task.
Groups similar profiles without sketch features to a single view by matching conditions between
profiles. The goal is to group profiles based on the profile XML similar to the
CollateSimilarProfiles collation rule. However, the profile XML only contains the data to
support the following conditions:
Material grade
End cut counts
Corner feature counts
Remaining feature counts
Remaining feature distances
CollateTemplateSetToTemplates
Places each template in a template set in a separate group.
CollateToFlipShellProfilesByDir
Groups shell profiles with aft orientation into a view, and reverses the view direction.
CollateToMany
Places each part is in a separate group.
CollateToOne
Groups all parts.
The following table shows how collation rules are typically used depending on the type of
drawing you are creating:
258
Collation Rules
CollateToOne
CollateToMany
CollateConnectedProfile
CollateConnectedPlates
CollateContiguousProfiles
CollateCoplanarPlates
CollateForSteelOrder
Collation Rules
CollateToOne
CollateToMany
CollateSimilarProfiles
CollateSimilarProfilesByXML
CollateToFlipShellProfilesByDir
CollateTemplateSetToTemplates
CollateToOne
CollateToMany
CollateToOne
CollateToMany
CollateAssemblySequence
CollateAssemblySteps
See Also
Create Line Styles to Use in Drawing View Styles (on page 58)
259
Scantlings for Plate/Profile - Orientation is relative to a view direction that is across the local
X,Y, and Z - axes of the view coordinate system. If the view does not have any coordinate
system, the view direction will be set to the global X, Y or Z axis. The following are standard
combinations of view direction and up direction:
Transverse Bulkheads
Section view Looking Aft: View direction is looking aft (Along -Z), Up direction is up (Along
+Y).
260
Section View Looking Fwd: View direction is looking forward (Along +Z), Up direction is up
(Along +Y).
Longitudinal Bulkheads
Elevation Looking Stbd: View direction is looking starboard (Along -Z), Up direction is up
(Along +Y).
Elevation Looking Port: View direction is looking port (Along +Z), Up direction is up (Along
+Y).
Decks
Plan Looking Down: View direction is looking down (Along -Z), Up direction is port (Along
+Y). The forward end of the ship is always orientated to the right of the drawing.
Shell Profiles
View direction will be either Global Z or Global +Y based on the angle between the web
surface of the shell profile and Global Z axis as shown below:
261
262
Orientation Rules
Global Coordinate System
Scantlings for Plate/Profile (for planar plates
and Shell Profiles)
Shell Expansion for Plate (for shell plates)
Shell Expansion
Expansion (Hull)
Orientation Rules
Not used
Not Applicable
See Also
Create Line Styles to Use in Drawing View Styles (on page 58)
263
264
P1 Cutting Plane
P2 Cutting Plane
P3 Cutting Plane
Looking East
Looking South
Up direction is up.
Up direction is up.
Up direction is up.
E1 Cutting Plane
E2 Cutting Plane
E3 Cutting Plane
Looking South
Looking Plan
Up direction is up.
Up direction is North.
Up direction is up.
265
266
E4 Cutting Plane
E5 Cutting Plane
E6 Cutting Plane
Looking South
Looking Plan
Up direction is up.
Up direction is North.
Up direction is up.
P1 Cutting Plane
P3 Cutting Plane
Looking Fore
Looking Starboard
Up direction is up.
Up direction is up.
Up direction is up.
267
268
E1 Cutting Plane
E2 Cutting Plane
E3 Cutting Plane
Looking Port
Looking Plan
Up direction is up.
Up direction is Port.
Up direction is Port.
E4 Cutting Plane
E5 Cutting Plane
E6 Cutting Plane
Looking Fore
Looking Plan
Up direction is up.
Up direction is Port.
Up direction is Port.
See Also
Orientation Rules in Marine Structure Drawings (on page 259)
See Also
Rules in Marine Structure Drawings (on page 251)
269
Default
Document
Names the drawing using:
<ship name>"-"<Global Workshare Location ID>"-D"<index number>
For example, for a model name of L101, a location ID set to 12 in the Project Management
task, and the second drawing created, the drawing is named L101-12-00002.
Sheets - Names drawing sheets using the default software names. For example, two sheets
are named Sheet1 and Sheet2.
Delivered to ...\Default\DBRSheetNameDefault.vbp and compiled into
DBRSheetNameDefault.dll.
Name by Assembly
Finds the first view on the drawing (as sorted internally by the software), finds the primary input
object on the view (such as a system or part), and uses the parent assembly or block of the
primary object, as defined by the Planning task.
Document
Names the drawing using:
<ship name>"-"<Global Workshare Location ID>"-"<assembly/block name>"-D"<index
number>
For example, for a model name of L101, a location ID of 1, an assembly name of A0123,
and the first drawing created based on the assembly name, the drawing is named
L101-1-A0123-D0001.
Sheets
Names drawing sheets using:
<assembly/block name>"_"<index number>
For example, three sheets using the same assembly name are named A0123, A0123_1,
A0123_2. Two sheets using different assembly names are A0123 and A4567.
When the criteria for the rule are not met, the software defaults to the Default rule.
Delivered to ...\NameByAssembly\DBRSheetNameByAssembly.vbp and compiled into
DBRSheetNameByAssembly.dll.
Name by Query
Finds the first view on the drawing (as sorted internally by the software) and uses the primary
input object on the view (such as a system or part). Also determines if the Global Workshare
Location ID is part of the block/assembly name.
Document
270
271
272
273
Default
Delivered to ...\Default\DBRViewNameDefault.vbp and compiled into
DBRViewNameDefault.dll.
Default naming convention is applied by the software. For example: View1.
Name by Query
Delivered to ...\NameByQuery\DBRViewNameByQuery.vbp and compiled into
DBRViewNameByQuery.dll.
Sheet name is the returned query name.
274
Name by Style
Delivered to ...\NameByStyle\ DBRViewNameByStyle.vbp and compiled into
DBRViewNameByStyle.dll.
Names the view using the view definition name. For example, if the view definition used is Mfg
PinJig - Pin Data then the view is named Mfg PinJig - Pin Data. For more information about
view styles, see Define View Style Command (Tools Menu) (on page 45).
Name by Template
This rule is applicable only to template set drawings.
Delivered to \NameByTemplate\DBRViewNameByTemplate.vbp and compiled into
DBRViewNameByTemplate.dll.
View name is the name of the template in that view.
275
Default View
Displays the name of the view naming rule. For example:
LONGITUDINAL L-2
276
In order to view the non-typical profile parts, manually place the Plate Stiffeners Summary or
Sibling Plates Stiffeners Summary label. These labels will annotate any profile parts that are
different from the typical profile part for a particular plate system. For more information, see
Plate Stiffeners Summary Label Template (on page 860) and Sibling Plates Stiffeners Summary
Label Template (on page 861).
277
See Also
Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box (on page 108)
Custom Graphic Modules (on page 947)
Topics
Visible/Hidden Edges (VHL) Graphic Rule .................................... 278
Replace Objects with Line Graphic Rule ....................................... 280
Draw 2D Graphics Graphic Rule ................................................... 282
Properties
Graphic Module - Specifies a module (.dll file) that allows you to customize the graphics
included in your graphic rule. For more information, see Custom Graphic Modules (on page
947).
For orthographic drawings, this module affects only those items that meet the criteria of
the filter on the selected row of the table in the View Style Properties dialog box. To apply a
module to all items in the view style, choose a Graphic Preparation Rule on the View Style
Properties dialog box.
Visible Line Style - Specifies the line style for visible edges of objects and for centerlines in the
Centerline aspect.
Hidden Line Style - Specifies the line style for edges of an object hidden by the surface of other
objects and for centerlines in the Centerline aspect. The line style is shown as dashed red in the
example below.
Hidden By Self Line Style - Specifies the line style for edges of an object that are hidden by
the surface of the same object and for centerlines in the Centerline aspect. The line style is
shown as dashed red in the example below.
278
Occluded lines are drawn, but are frequently not visible because the visible line style
dominates.
Layer - Specifies the drawing layer (or level, if saving to a MicroStation file) on which the
graphic is placed. For example, type LinesAndSymbols in the value field to place your VHL
graphics on the LinesAndSymbols layer of your drawing. If the layer does not already exist in the
template you are using to create drawings, the software creates the layer automatically.
For graphic rules used in the conversion to MicroStation files, the software only
recognizes whole numbers between 1 and 63, inclusive, in the Layer field. Other values are
ignored and the object is placed on level 1 in the DGN file.
Visible Fill Style - Specifies the fill style for visible surfaces of objects within the clipped area of
the view. Every face of every instance of the objects matching the applied filter in the view style
will have the selected fill style. For an example workflow showing how fill styles can be applied,
see Apply a Visible Fill Style to a Drawing (on page 66). In the following graphic, everything that
is a slab (everything except the two barrels and the wall piece) has a Hexagon fill style applied.
For all objects in view - Full transparency. The aspect of the object is transparent for all
other objects and all aspects of the same object (that is, it does not hide other objects or
aspects of the same object).
279
For other aspects of same objects - Relative transparency between objects. The aspect
of the object is transparent only for other aspects of the same object (that is, the given
aspect does not hide other aspects for the same object, such as the flanges and web of a
built-up member, but hides other objects).
In orthographic view styles, the Make Transparent option is especially useful when you need to
show objects beneath another object. In marine structure rule set view styles, the Make
Transparent option is only available for members. For example workflows, see Apply
Transparency to an Orthographic View Style (on page 72).
Hidden Fill Style - Specifies the fill style for hidden surfaces of objects within the clipped area of
the view. Every face of every instance of the objects matching the applied filter in the view style
will have the selected fill style.
Boundary Overlap Fill Style - Specifies a fill style for the boundary overlap, where the object
extends past the view boundary.
Z Order - Sets the top-down display order of object graphics along the z-axis (that is, in and out
of the view plane). Higher values have higher priority. For example: Grid lines have lower priority
than plates and should be assigned lower values.
All of the line styles in the pull down lists are found in the Styles.sha and ISStyles.sha files,
located in the SharedContent share in the [Reference Data Product
Folder]\SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Templates folder. You can add new line styles to
the files.
Drawing view styles work in a top-to-bottom priority order. If an object finds its match in
several different filters, the last graphic rule applied (bottom most row) wins.
You can create new line styles to use with the properties on this dialog box. For more
information, see Create Line Styles to Use in Drawing View Styles (on page 58)..
See Also
Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box (on page 108)
280
Occluded Line Style - Specifies a line style for edges of an object that are aligned with and
completely hidden by edges of the same or another object. For example, you may use this style
when you have two objects that are aligned but at different elevations. Occluded lines are
drawn, but are frequently not visible because the visible line style dominates. The line style is
shown as dashed red behind the solid black visible line in the example below.
Occluded lines are drawn, but are frequently not visible because the visible line style
dominates.
Layer - Specifies the drawing layer (or level, if saving to a MicroStation file) on which the
graphic is placed. For example, type LinesAndSymbols in the value field to place your line
graphics on the LinesAndSymbols layer of your drawing. If the layer does not already exist in the
template you are using to create drawings, the software creates the layer automatically.
For graphic rules used in the conversion to MicroStation files, the software only
recognizes whole numbers between 1 and 63, inclusive, in the Layer field. Other values are
ignored and the object is placed on level 1 in the DGN file.
Z Order - Sets the top-down display order of object graphics along the z-axis (that is, in and out
of the view plane). Higher values have higher priority. For example: Grid lines have lower priority
than plates and should be assigned lower values.
All of the line styles in the pull down lists are found in the Styles.sha and ISStyles.sha files,
located in the SharedContent share in the [Reference Data Product
Folder]\SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Templates folder. You can add new line styles to
the files.
Drawing view styles work in a top-to-bottom priority order. If an object finds its match in
several different filters, the last graphic rule applied (bottom most row) wins.
See Also
Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box (on page 108)
281
Properties
Geometry Transformation - Specifies how the XML data is converted to geometry. Select
Default to convert to all data, including features, to their actual geometry. Select Feature To
Line to convert all data except features to their actual geometry. Each feature, regardless of
actual geometry, is drawn as a line. This is useful when the feature is represented by a symbol.
Line Style - Specifies the style for all vectors.
Layer - Specifies the drawing layer on which the graphic is placed. For example, type
LinesAndSymbols in the value field to place your graphics on the LinesAndSymbols layer of
your drawing. If the layer does not already exist in the template you are using to create
drawings, the software creates the layer automatically.
Z Order - Sets the top-down display order of object graphics along the z-axis (that is, in and out
of the view plane). Higher values have higher priority. For example: Grid lines have lower priority
than plates and should be assigned lower values.
See Also
Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box (on page 108)
Assembly Drawings
There are no assembly drawing filters.
282
Mesh
Shell Plates
Manufacturing Drawings
Plate margins - Filters for plate parts that have fabrication margin.
Deck Systems
Longitudinal Plate Systems
Transverse Plate Systems
Deck Frames
Longitudinal Frames
Transverse Frames
See Also
Catalog Filters Used by Marine Structure Drawings and Reports (on page 282)
283
Block Filters
Assembly
Assembly
Block
Pipe Spool
Assembly
Assembly Block
Assembly
Block
Pipe Spool
Assembly Block
Block
Assembly
Block
Pipe Spool
Block
All Blocks
All Objects in Block or Assembly (asking filter) - Select a block, assembly, or assembly block
from the Assembly tab of the Filter Properties for Asking Filter dialog box. All objects in the
selection are included in the filter.
Compartmentation Filters
Compartments
Cargo
Habitable
Machinery
Tanks
Unknown
Void
Compartments
Ship Zones
284
CPS
Damage Control
Fire
Planning
Knuckles
All Knuckles
Plate Knuckles
Bent Plate Knuckles
Ignored Plate Knuckles
Split Plate Knuckles
Untyped Plate Knuckles
Plate Knuckles
Profile Knuckles
Bent Profile Knuckles
Extended Profile Knuckles
Ignored Profile Knuckles
Split Profile Knuckles
Profile Knuckles
Openings
All Openings
Part Filters
Plate Parts
Collar Parts
All Manufactured Plate Parts
Deck Plate Parts
Air Tight Deck Plate Parts
Deck Plate Parts / Manufactured Deck Plate Parts
Manufactured Air Tight Deck Plate Parts
Manufactured Non-Tight Deck Plate Parts
Manufactured Oil Tight Deck Plate Parts
Manufactured Water Tight Deck Plate Parts
285
Profile Parts
Beam Parts (Detailed) - All beam parts, including standalone parts, are included in the filter.
Profile Edge Reinforcement Parts (Detailed) - All profile edge reinforcement parts, including
standalone parts, are included in the filter.
Stiffener Parts (Detailed) - All profile stiffener parts, including standalone parts, are included
in the filter.
Profile Parts - All detailed and light (non-detailed) profile parts are included in the filter.
Profile Parts Detailed - Detailed profile parts are included in the filter.
Profile Parts Light - Light (non-detailed) profile parts are included in the filter.
Stand Alone Stiffener Parts - Profile parts created in the Structural Detailing task. These parts
do not have parent plate systems.
System Generated Stiffener Parts - Profile parts created as children of profile systems in the
Molded Forms task.
All Parts
All Parts in Block or Assembly (asking filter) - Select a block, assembly, or assembly block from
the Assembly tab of the Filter Properties for Asking Filter dialog box. All plate and profile
parts in the selection are included in the filter.
Seam Filters
Design Seams
Intersection Seams
Planning Seams
Straking Seams
All Seams
286
System Filters
Beam Systems
All Leaf Beam Systems
All Root Beam Systems
All Beam Systems
Plate Systems
Leaf Plate Systems
Air Tight Leaf Plate Systems
Non-Tight Leaf Plate Systems
Oil Tight Leaf Plate Systems
Water Tight Leaf Plate Systems
All Leaf Plate Systems
Similar filters are also delivered for All Root Plate Systems, Deck Plate Systems, Hull
Plate Systems, Longitudinal Bulkhead Plate Systems, Transverse Bulkhead Plate
Systems, and Tubular Plate Systems.
All Plate Systems
Profile Systems
Leaf Profile Systems
Deck Leaf Profile Systems
Hull Leaf Profile Systems
Longitudinal Bulkhead Leaf Profile Systems
Transverse Bulkhead Leaf Profile Systems
All Leaf Profile Systems
Similar filters are also delivered for All Profile Edge Reinforcement Systems and All
Root Profile Systems.
All Profile Systems
Stiffener Systems
Leaf Stiffener Systems
Axial Leaf Stiffener System
Deck Leaf Stiffener Systems
Hull Leaf Stiffener Systems
Longitudinal Bulkhead Leaf Stiffener Systems
Radial Leaf Stiffener Systems
Transverse Bulkhead Leaf Stiffener Systems
All Leaf Stiffener Systems
Similar filters are also delivered for All Root Stiffener Systems.
All Systems
287
Grid Filters
Axes
Grid Planes
C-Axis Grid Plane
Clip Parts
R-Axis Grid Plane
X-Axis Grid Plane
Y-Axis Grid Plane
Z-Axis Grid Plane
Grid Planes
Manufacturing Filters
Manufacturing Parts
Manufacturing Plate Parts - All manufacturing plate parts are included in the filter.
Manufacturing Plate Parts in Block or Assembly (asking filter) - Select a block, assembly, or
assembly block from the Assembly tab of the Filter Properties for Asking Filter dialog
box. All manufacturing plate parts in the selection are included in the filter.
Manufacturing Profile Parts - All manufacturing profile parts are included in the filter.
Manufacturing Profile Parts in Block or Assembly (asking filter) - Select a block, assembly,
or assembly block from the Assembly tab of the Filter Properties for Asking Filter dialog
box. All manufacturing profile parts in the selection are included in the filter.
Manufacturing Parts - All manufacturing plate and profile parts are included in the filter.
Manufacturing Parts in Block or Assembly (asking filter) - Select a block, assembly, or assembly
block from the Assembly tab of the Filter Properties for Asking Filter dialog box. All
manufacturing plate and profile parts in the selection are included in the filter.
Pin Jigs
Template Sets
Reference Curves
288
Knuckle Curves
Reference Curves
Structure Manufacturing
Plate and Profile Parts
See Also
Catalog Filters Used by Marine Structure Drawings and Reports (on page 282)
Bulkload Files
Bulkload files are used to add reference data to the catalog. The reference data includes
codelist values, rule progIDs, symbol file locations, and default values for rule and symbol
parameters. The relationships between different types of reference data are also established.
Each bulkload file is delivered with default values that can be customized. For more information
about bulkloading, see the SmartMarine 3D Reference Data Guide.
Topics
Naming Rules Worksheet .............................................................. 289
ShipDwgSymbolFiles Sheet .......................................................... 289
Ruleset Sheet ................................................................................ 291
OrientationRule Sheet ................................................................... 291
CollationRule Sheet ....................................................................... 292
Reports Sheet (Marine Structure Drawings).................................. 292
R-Hierarchy Sheet (Marine Structure Drawings) ........................... 293
See Also
Orthographic Drawings Reference Data (on page 297)
ShipDwgSymbolFiles Sheet
The marine structure drawing symbol reference data defines symbols used in the creation of
marine structure drawings.
The symbols are defined in the ShipDrawings.xls workbook. This workbook is located on the
client machine in the \Program Files\SmartPlant\3D\ShipDrawings\Data\BulkloadFiles folder.
289
See Also
Marine Structure Drawings Reference Data (on page 139)
290
Ruleset Sheet
The marine structure drawing ruleset reference data defines rulesets used in the creation of
marine structure drawings.
The rulesets are defined in the ShipDrawings.xls workbook. This workbook is located on the
client machine in the \Program Files\SmartPlant\3D\ShipDrawings\Data\BulkloadFiles folder.
The Ruleset sheet is unique to ShipDrawings.xls. You use the Ruleset sheet to modify the
marine structure drawing ruleset reference data. For more information on modifying sheets, see
the SmartMarine 3D Reference Data Guide accessible from the Help > Printable Guides
command.
The left-most column (column A) of the sheet specifies the bulkload action taken with regard to
the row. For example, an A in the column indicates the orientation rule is being added; the letter
D specifies the rule is deleted; the letter M indicates the rule is modified. A ! symbol specifies
that the row is ignored during bulkloading.
RuleName - Identifies the name of the ruleset. The name of the ruleset should be unique.
ProgID - Specifies the ProgID for the ruleset. The ruleset DLL must be registered.
Dll Relative Path - Identifies the relative path for the registered ruleset DLL. Not used at this
time.
See Also
Marine Structure Drawings Reference Data (on page 139)
OrientationRule Sheet
The marine structure drawing orientation rules reference data defines orientation rules used in
the creation of marine structure drawings.
The orientation rules are defined in the ShipDrawings.xls workbook. This workbook is located
on the client machine in the \Program Files\SmartPlant\3D\ShipDrawings\Data\BulkloadFiles
folder.
The OrientationRule sheet is unique to ShipDrawings.xls. You use the OrientationRule sheet to
modify the marine structure drawing orientation rules reference data. For more information on
modifying sheets, see the SmartMarine 3D Reference Data Guide accessible from the Help >
Printable Guides command.
The left-most column (column A) of the sheet specifies the bulkload action taken with regard to
the row. For example, an A in the column indicates the orientation rule is being added; the letter
D specifies the rule is deleted; the letter M indicates the rule is modified. A ! symbol specifies
that the row is ignored during bulkloading.
RuleName - Names the orientation rule.
NoRegProgId - Specifies the progID associated with the orientation rule, using the format [.dll
Name]. [Class Module Name].
The DLL must be registered for the orientation rule to work with the software.
291
See Also
Marine Structure Drawings Reference Data (on page 139)
CollationRule Sheet
The marine structure drawing collation rules reference data defines collation rules used in the
creation of marine structure drawings.
The collation rules are defined in the ShipDrawings.xls workbook. This workbook is located on
the client machine in the \Program Files\SmartPlant\3D\ShipDrawings\Data\BulkloadFiles folder.
The CollationRule sheet is unique to ShipDrawings.xls. You use the CollationRule sheet to
modify the marine structure drawing collation rules reference data. For more information on
modifying sheets, see the SmartMarine Reference Data Guide accessible from the Help >
Printable Guides command.
The left-most column (column A) of the sheet specifies the bulkload action taken with regard to
the row. For example, an A in the column indicates the orientation rule is being added; the letter
D specifies the rule is deleted; the letter M indicates the rule is modified. A ! symbol specifies
that the row is ignored during bulkloading.
RuleName - Name of the collation rule.
NoRegProgId - Specifies the progID associated with the collation rule, using the format [.dll
Name]. [Class Module Name].
The DLL of the progID must be registered for the collation rule to work with the software.
NoRegDll - Specifies the DLL associated with the collation rule. Not used at this time.
See Also
Marine Structure Drawings Reference Data (on page 139)
292
See Also
Marine Structure Drawings Reference Data (on page 139)
See Also
Marine Structure Drawings Reference Data (on page 139)
293
294
Drawing Type
Reports Used
Shell Expansion
PinJig Report
Accuracy Data Report
None delivered.
None delivered.
See Also
Marine Structure Drawings Reference Data (on page 139)
Rules in Marine Structure Drawings (on page 251)
Marine Structure Drawing Packages (on page 140)
295
296
SECTION 4
Drawings.xls
The Drawings.xls defines drawing volumes, which are used in the creation of all drawings.
In the Catalog task, you can view a hierarchy of folders containing the drawing volumes.
The hierarchy is derived from the Drawings.xls workbook that contains the reference data for
drawing volumes. This workbook is located at [Product Folder]\CatalogData\BulkLoad\DataFiles.
The Drawings sheet is unique to Drawings.xls. You use the Drawings sheet to modify the
Drawings reference data. For more information on modifying sheets, see the SmartMarine 3D
Reference Data Guide accessible from the Help > Printable Guides command.
Drawings-ExtendCustomAttributes.xls
Drawings-ExtendCustomAttributes.xls defines an example format for adding drawing custom
attributes, such as custom drawing properties to be used in creating drawing borders. For more
information, see Drawings-ExtendCustomAttributes Workbook (on page 707).
See Also
Drawing Volume Properties Sheet (on page 704)
Layout Style Rules in Orthographic Drawings (on page 701)
Document and Sheet Naming Rules in Marine Structure Drawings (on page 269)
Orthographic Drawing by Query Components (on page 379)
Orthographic and Key Plan View Styles (on page 380)
Drawing Rules for View Styles (on page 699)
297
Topics
Electrical Packages ....................................................................... 299
Equipment Packages ..................................................................... 326
HVAC Packages ............................................................................ 337
Instrument Packages ..................................................................... 347
Isometrics (by Query) Packages ................................................... 357
Orthographic (by Query) Packages ............................................... 358
Piping Packages ............................................................................ 361
Structural Framing Packages ........................................................ 371
298
Electrical Packages
Topics
Imperial_Electrical CableTray Drawings Package......................... 299
Imperial_Electrical CableTray Elevation Package ......................... 300
Imperial_Electrical CableTray Isometric Package ......................... 300
Imperial_Electrical CableTray Layout Plan Package .................... 301
Imperial_Electrical CableTray Overall Key Plan Package ............. 302
Imperial_Electrical CableTray Plan Package ................................ 303
Imperial_Electrical CableTray Section Package............................ 304
Imperial_Electrical Equipment Drawings Package ........................ 305
Imperial_Electrical Equipment Elevation Package ........................ 305
Imperial_Electrical Equipment Isometric Package ........................ 306
Imperial_Electrical Equipment Overall Key Plan Package ............ 307
Imperial_Electrical Equipment Section Package ........................... 309
Imperial_Electrical Instrument Plan Package ................................ 310
Imperial_Electrical Lighting Plan Package .................................... 311
Metric_Electrical Above Ground Plan Package ............................. 312
Metric_Electrical CableTray Drawings Package............................ 313
Metric_Electrical CableTray Elevation Package ............................ 313
Metric_Electrical CableTray Isometric Package ............................ 314
Metric_Electrical CableTray Layout Plan Package........................ 315
Metric_Electrical CableTray Overall Key Plan Package ................ 316
Metric_Electrical CableTray Plan Package ................................... 317
Metric_Electrical CableTray Section Package............................... 318
Metric_Electrical Equipment Drawings Package ........................... 319
Metric_Electrical Equipment Elevation Package ........................... 320
Metric_Electrical Equipment Isometric Package ........................... 320
Metric_Electrical Equipment Overall Key Plan Package ............... 321
Metric_Electrical Equipment Plan Package ................................... 322
Metric_Electrical Equipment Section Package .............................. 323
Metric_Electrical Instrument Plan Package ................................... 324
Metric_Electrical Lighting Plan Package ....................................... 325
299
Template Example
300
Template Example
301
Template Example
302
Template Example
303
Template Example
304
305
Template Example
306
Template Example
307
Template Example
308
Template Example
309
Template Example
310
Template Example
311
Template Example
312
313
314
Template Example
315
Template Example
316
317
318
Template Example
319
Template Example
320
Template Example
321
Template Example
322
Template Example
323
324
325
Equipment Packages
Topics
Imperial_Equipment Drawings Package ........................................ 326
Imperial_Equipment Elevation Package ........................................ 327
Imperial_Equipment Isometric Package ........................................ 328
Imperial_Equipment Overall Key Plan Package ............................ 329
Imperial_Equipment Plan Package ............................................... 330
Imperial_Equipment Section Package ........................................... 331
Metric_Equipment Drawings Package ........................................... 331
Metric_Equipment Elevation Package ........................................... 332
Metric_Equipment Isometric Package ........................................... 333
Metric_Equipment Overall Key Plan Package ............................... 333
Metric_Equipment Plan Package .................................................. 334
Metric_Equipment Section Package .............................................. 335
326
Template Example
327
Template Example
328
Template Example
329
Template Example
330
Template Example
331
Template Example
332
Template Example
333
Template Example
334
335
Template Example
336
HVAC Packages
Topics
Imperial_HVAC Drawings Package ............................................... 337
Imperial_HVAC Elevation Package ............................................... 337
Imperial_HVAC Isometric Package ............................................... 338
Imperial_HVAC Overall Key Plan Package ................................... 339
Imperial_HVAC Plan Package ....................................................... 340
Imperial_HVAC Section Package .................................................. 341
Metric_HVAC Drawings Package .................................................. 342
Metric_HVAC Elevation Package .................................................. 342
Metric_HVAC Isometric Package .................................................. 343
Metric_HVAC Overall Key Plan Package ...................................... 344
Metric_HVAC Plan Package .......................................................... 345
Metric_HVAC Section Package ..................................................... 346
337
Template Example
338
Template Example
339
340
341
342
343
Template Example
344
Template Example
345
346
Instrument Packages
Topics
Imperial_Instrument Drawings Package ........................................ 347
Imperial_Instrument Elevation Package ........................................ 348
Imperial_Instrument Isometric Package ........................................ 349
Imperial_Instrument Overall Key Plan Package ............................ 349
Imperial_Instrument Plan Package ................................................ 350
Imperial_Instrument Section Package ........................................... 351
Metric_Instrument Drawings Package ........................................... 352
Metric_Instrument Elevation Package ........................................... 352
Metric_Instrument Isometric Package ........................................... 353
Metric_Instrument Overall Key Plan Package ............................... 354
Metric_Instrument Plan Package ................................................... 355
Metric_Instrument Section Package .............................................. 356
347
Template Example
348
Template Example
349
Template Example
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
HngSup3View Package
Name: HngSup3View
Description: The HngSup3View package creates an Orthographic Drawings by Query
component that includes three views that use different looking directions. The package also
includes a location key plan view and a CAD Details view.
Sheet Size: C Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Notes Area Location: Upper right-hand corner
Template Location: Packages\HngSup3View\HngSup3View\template.sha
Package files are stored on the SharedContent share in the [Reference Data Product
Folder]\SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Packages folder.
358
Elevation (Center)
View Style: HngSup - Side View Style (on page 525)
Use object coordinate system: Yes
Orientation: Looking East
Scale: No Scale
Navigation Rule: HngSupRangeNavigator.dll
Convert report output to text boxes (no Excel): No
CAD Details
View Style: HngSup - Cad Details View Style (on page 521)
Use object coordinate system: No
Orientation: Looking Plan
Scale: No Scale
Navigation Rule: HngSupSimpleNavigator.dll
Convert report output to text boxes (no Excel): No
Key Plan
View Style: HngSup - Key Plan View Style (on page 525)
Use object coordinate system: No
Orientation: Looking Plan
Scale: No Scale
Navigation Rule: HngSupSimpleNavigator.dll
Convert report output to text boxes (no Excel): No
359
360
Template Example
Piping Packages
Topics
Imperial_Piping Drawings Package ............................................... 362
Imperial_Piping Elevation Package ............................................... 362
Imperial_Piping Isometric Package ............................................... 363
Imperial_Piping Overall Key Plan Package ................................... 364
Imperial_Piping Plan Package ....................................................... 365
Imperial_Piping Section Package .................................................. 366
Metric_Piping Drawings Package .................................................. 366
Metric_Piping Elevation Package .................................................. 367
Metric_Piping Isometric Package .................................................. 368
Metric_Piping Overall Key Plan Package ...................................... 368
Metric_Piping Plan Package .......................................................... 369
Metric_Piping Section Package ..................................................... 370
361
Template Example
362
Template Example
363
Template Example
364
Template Example
365
Template Example
366
Template Example
367
Template Example
368
Template Example
369
370
371
Template Example
372
Template Example
373
374
375
376
377
378
See Also
Orthographic Drawings Reference Data (on page 297)
379
See Also
Orthographic Drawings View Styles (on page 380)
Orthographic Drawings Reference Data (on page 297)
See Also
Orthographic and Key Plan View Styles (on page 380)
Topics
Civil View Styles ............................................................................ 381
Electrical View Styles..................................................................... 404
Equipment View Styles .................................................................. 488
HngSup View Styles ...................................................................... 521
HVAC View Styles ......................................................................... 528
Instrument View Styles .................................................................. 551
Nozzle View Styles ........................................................................ 599
Pipe Supports View Styles............................................................. 602
Piping View Styles ......................................................................... 605
380
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Columns
Civil
Civil
Isometric_Columns.xml Isometric_Equipment_
Name.xml
Control Point
Structure
Civil Isometric_Control
Point Structure.xml
Civil
Civil
Isometric_Foundation.x Isometric_Equipment_
ml
Name.xml
Footing Pier
Civil
Civil
Isometric_Foundation.x Isometric_Equipment_
Name.xml
ml
Beams
Civil
Isometric_Beams.xml
Hose Rack
Civil
Isometric_Reference.x
ml
Trench
Civil
Isometric_Reference.x
ml
Grid Line
Elevation 0
Civil Isometric_Grid
Line.xml
Block
Foundation
Civil
Isometric_Foundation.x
ml
Dimension Rule
Civil Isometric_Control
Point
Structure_North-East
Coordinate.xml
381
382
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a column in an isometric drawing.
Label Rule
Each column is labeled with the name from the model. The label is placed on the center of the
column.
Pier and Slab Footings in Isometric View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a pier and slab footing in an isometric view.
Label Rule
Each pier and slab footing is labeled with a name label that reports the object name from the
model.
383
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a footing pier in an isometric view.
Label Rule
Each footing pier is labeled in the center with a name label that reports the name of the object in
the model.
384
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a beam in an isometric view.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a hose rack in an isometric view.
385
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a control point with a coordinate label in a
plan drawing.
Label Rule
Control points are resymbolized and are labeled with a North-East coordinate label, which
indicates the position of the control point in the model.
386
Graphic Rule
The elevation grid lines are included in the view. The grid lines are represented as lines drawn
with the Double Chain line style.
387
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of block foundations in isometric views.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a trench in an isometric view.
388
When inserting filters in the view style, be sure they match the order of the objects in the
Select Filter dialog box. For example, be sure to place Pipes filters under any existing Piping
Parts filters.
389
The following example is a modified Piping Plan view style. A row has been inserted beneath
the original Piping filters to resymbolize all pipes equal to or less than 2 inches as a single line.
390
See Also
Orthographic Drawings View Styles (on page 380)
Create an Orthographic Drawing View Style (on page 56)
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Grid
Systems
Civil Key
Plan_Reference.xml
Key Plan
Focus
Civil Key
Plan_Focus.xml
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Civil Key
Plan_Focus_Name.xml
391
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
392
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Beams
Braces
Columns
Equipment
Civil Plan
Volumes
Slabs
Control Point
Structure
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a beam in a drawing.
393
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of braces in a drawing.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a Column in a drawing.
394
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of equipment in a plan drawing.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of piping plan volumes in a drawing.
Label Rule
All drawing key plan volumes are labeled with their 3D model name. By default, the label is
placed in the upper left corner of the volume in the drawing. Refer to the above graphic for an
example.
395
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of slabs in a drawing. The slab boundaries are
drawn with a gray line. Openings in the slab are also represented with a gray line.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a control point with a coordinate label in a
plan drawing.
Label Rule
Control points are resymbolized and are labeled with a North-East coordinate label, which
indicates the position in the model.
396
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Columns
Civil
Plan_Columns.xml
Civil
Plan_Columns_Anchor
_Horizontal.xml
Columns
Civil
Plan_Columns.xml
Civil
Plan_Columns_Anchor
_Vertical.xml
Columns
Civil
Plan_Columns.xml
Civil
Plan_Columns_Horizo
ntal.xml
Columns
Civil
Plan_Columns.xml
Civil
Plan_Columns_Vertical
.xml
Control
Point
Structure
Civil Plan_Control
Point Structure.xml
Civil Plan_Control
Point
Structure_North-East
Coordinate_M.xml
Footing Pier
(on page
402)
Civil
Plan_Foundation.xml
Civil
Plan_Equipment_Nam
e.xml
Footing Pier
Civil
Plan_Foundation.xml
Hose Rack
Civil
Plan_Reference.xml
Trench
Civil
Plan_Reference.xml
Grid Line
Civil Plan_Grid
Line.xml
Grid Line
Civil Plan_Grid
Line.xml
Civil Plan_Grid
Line_Y.xml
Block
Foundation
Civil
Plan_Foundation.xml
Civil
Plan_Columns_Horizo
ntal.xml
Civil
Plan_Columns_Vertical
.xml
397
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a hose rack in a plan drawing.
398
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a trench in a plan drawing.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of grid lines in a drawing.
399
Y-axis grids
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of an equipment foundation in a plan drawing.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a Column in a drawing.
Dimension Rule
Dimensions all vertical and horizontal columns. Columns are dimensioned as anchors, which
means they are only dimensioned when they are in close proximity to a group of dimensioned
objects. If a column is not close enough to a group of dimensioned objects in a particular
quadrant, it is not dimensioned. Also, if the column is inline with another column that is already
dimensioned, it is not dimensioned.
In the example below, notice how the top left column is not dimensioned because the bottom left
column is dimensioned. Also, the middle columns are not dimensioned because they line up
with the outer columns.
400
401
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a footing pier in a plan drawing.
Label Rule
Labeled with the name of the footing pier in the model. The label is placed on the center of the
footing pier.
402
403
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
404
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Columns
Electrical
Above Ground
Plan_Referenc
e.xml
Columns
Electrical
Above Ground
Plan_Referenc
e.xml
Columns
Electrical
Above Ground
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Plan_Referenc
e.xml
Columns
Electrical
Above Ground
Plan_Referenc
e.xml
Beams
Electrical
Above Ground
Plan_Referenc
e.xml
Cableway
Parts
Electrical
Above Ground
Plan_Cable
Trays.xml
Electrical
Above
Ground
Plan_Cable
Trays_Name
.xml
Cableway
Parallel
Electrical
Above Ground
Plan_Cable
Trays.xml
Cable Trays
Parallel,
vertical
Electrical
Above Ground
Plan_Cable
Trays.xml
Cable Trays
Parallel,
horizontal
Electrical
Above Ground
Plan_Cable
Trays.xml
Cable Trays
Normal
Electrical
Above Ground
Plan_Cable
Trays.xml
Cable Trays
Normal
Electrical
Above Ground
Plan_Cable
Trays.xml
Grid Line
Parallel,
vertical
Electrical
Above Ground
Plan_Grid
Line.xml
Electrical
Above
Ground
Plan_Grid
Line_X
Name.xml
Grid Line
Parallel,
horizontal
Electrical
Above Ground
Plan_Grid
Line.xml
Electrical
Above
Ground
Plan_Grid
Line_Y
Name.xml
Process
Equipment
Electrical
Above Ground
Plan_Referenc
e.xml
Electrical
Above
Ground
Plan_Equipm
ent_Name.x
ml
Cableway
Electrical
Above Ground
405
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Plan_Cable
Trays.xml
Cable Trays
Normal
Front
Electrical
Above Ground
Plan_Normal
CableTray.xml
Example
406
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of cableways in a plan drawing.
Label Rule
Each cableway is labeled with the appropriate name from the model. For an example, see the
above graphic.
407
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of cable trays in a plan view.
Dimension Rule
Horizontal dimensions are placed on vertical cable trays, while vertical dimensions are placed
on horizontal cable trays. These dimensions are chained with nearby column dimensions.
408
Front
409
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
410
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Columns
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_Reference.
xml
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_Columns_Anc
hor_Horizontal.xml
Columns
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_Reference.
xml
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_Columns_Hori
zontal.xml
Electrical
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_Electrical
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_Equipment
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Equipment
Orientation
Equipment.xml
_Name.xml
Cableway
Parts
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_Cableways.
xml
Cableway
Parts
Electrical CableTray
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_Cableways. Elevation_LineNumbe
r_Longest
xml
Segment.xml
Cableway
Parts
Clipping
Clipped
Dimension Rule
Electrical CableTray
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_Cableways. Elevation_LineNumbe
xml
r_Clipped.xml
Electrical CableTray
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_Cableways. Elevation_Cable
Trays_Name-Elevatio
xml
n-Width.xml
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_Cableways.
xml
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_CableTray_V
ertical.xml
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_Cableways.
xml
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_CableTray_H
orizontal.xml
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_Cableways.
xml
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_Horizontal.xml
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_Cableways.
xml
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_Vertical.xml
Grid Plane
Elevation
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_Grid
Plane.xml
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_Grid
Plane_Name.xml
Grid Line
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_Grid
Line.xml
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_Grid
Line_TOS.xml
Beams
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_Reference.
xml
Handrails
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_Reference.
xml
Stairs
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_Stairs.xml
Ladders
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_Ladders.xm
l
Process
Equipment
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_Process
Equipment.xml
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_Grid
Line_Anchor_Vertical.x
ml
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_Equipment
_Name.xml
411
412
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a Column in an elevation drawing.
413
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of electrical equipment in an elevation view.
Label Rule
Each object is labeled with the corresponding name from the model. See the above graphic for
an example.
414
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of cableway parts in an elevation view.
Label Rule
Each cableway part is labeled with the corresponding name from the model.
415
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of cable trays in an elevation view.
Label Rule
Each cable tray is labeled with the corresponding name from the model. See the graphic above
for an example.
Dimension Rule
Horizontal cable trays are dimensioned with vertical dimensions, while vertical cable trays are
dimensioned with horizontal dimensions.
416
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a grid plane in a drawing.
Label Rule
The y-axis of the grid plane is labeled with the name of the grid in the model. For example, see
the above graphic.
Handrails in Elevation View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a handrail in an elevation drawing.
417
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of grid lines in an elevation drawing.
Label Rule
All elevation grid lines are labeled with the grid name and elevation distance. See the above
graphic for an example.
Dimension Rule
All elevation grid lines are dimensioned with other dimensioned objects in the drawing. The
elevation grid line dimensions are anchored and must be dimensioned with other objects, such
as pipes and columns.
418
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a beam in an elevation drawing.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of stairs in an elevation drawing.
Stairs that are partially included in a volume are not clipped. The entire stair object is
included in the drawing.
Stairs that appear in the looking direction are included in the drawing, even if the volume
does not include the stairs.
419
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a ladder in an elevation drawing.
420
Ladders that are partially included in a volume are not clipped. The entire ladder object is
included in the drawing.
Ladders that appear in the looking direction are included in the drawing, even if the volume
does not include the ladder.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of equipment in an elevation view.
Label Rule
Each equipment object is labeled with the corresponding name from the model. If there is not
enough white space inside of the equipment, the label is placed in nearby white space with a
jogged leader. See the above graphic for an example.
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Cableway
Parts
Electrical CableTray
Isometric_Cableway.x
ml
Cable Trays
Electrical CableTray
Isometric_Cableway.x
ml
Electrical CableTray
Isometric_Cable
Trays_Name-Elevatio
n-Width.xml
Cable Tray
Supports
Electrical CableTray
Isometric_Cable Tray
Supports.xml
Electrical CableTray
Isometric_Cable Tray
Supports_Name.xml
Columns
Electrical CableTray
Isometric_Reference.x
ml
Beams
Electrical CableTray
Isometric_Reference.x
ml
Dimension Rule
421
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Braces
Electrical CableTray
Isometric_Reference.x
ml
Vertical
Brace
Electrical CableTray
Isometric_Reference.x
ml
Equipment
Foundation
Electrical CableTray
Isometric_Reference.x
ml
Footings
Electrical CableTray
Isometric_Footing.xml
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Example
422
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of cableways in an isometric view.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of cable trays in an isometric view.
423
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a cable tray support in an isometric view.
Label Rule
Each cable tray support is labeled with the corresponding name from the model.
424
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of braces in an isometric view.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a column in an isometric drawing.
425
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a beam in an isometric view.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of equipment foundations in an isometric
drawing.
426
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of footings in an isometric drawing.
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Grid
Systems
Electrical CableTray
Key
Plan_Reference.xml
Key Plan
Focus
Element
Electrical CableTray
Key Plan_Focus.xml
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
427
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
428
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Columns
Electrical CableTray
Layout
Plan_Reference.xml
Beams
Electrical CableTray
Layout
Plan_Reference.xml
Cableway
Parts
Electrical CableTray
Layout Plan_Cable
Trays.xml
Electrical CableTray
Layout Plan_Cable
Trays.xml
Electrical CableTray
Layout Plan_Cable
Trays_Name.xml
Grid Line
Parallel,
vertical
Electrical CableTray
Layout Plan_Grid
Line.xml
Electrical CableTray
Layout Plan_X
Name.xml
Grid Line
Parallel,
horizontal
Electrical CableTray
Layout Plan_Grid
Line.xml
Electrical CableTray
Layout Plan_Y
Name.xml
Dimension Rule
Orientation
Clipping
Process
Equipment
Front
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Electrical CableTray
Layout
Plan_Reference.xml
Electrical CableTray
Layout
Plan_Equipment_Nam
e.xml
Dimension Rule
Electrical CableTray
Layout Plan_Normal
CableTray.xml
Example
429
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a Column in a drawing.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a beam in a drawing.
430
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of an Equipment component in a drawing.
431
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of grid lines in a drawing.
432
Y-axis grids
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of cable trays in a plan view.
Label Rule
Each cable tray is labeled with the corresponding name from the model.
433
434
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Beams
Parallel
Electrical CableTray
Overall Key
Plan_Reference.xml
Braces
Parallel
Electrical CableTray
Overall Key
Plan_Reference.xml
Columns
Electrical CableTray
Overall Key
Plan_Reference.xml
Equipment
Electrical CableTray
Overall Key
Plan_Equipment.xml
Electrical
CableTray
Plan
Volumes
Electrical CableTray
Overall Key
Plan_Volumes.xml
Slabs
Electrical CableTray
Overall Key
Plan_Reference.xml
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Electrical CableTray
Overall Key
Plan_Volume_Name.xml
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of braces in a drawing.
435
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a Column in a drawing.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of equipment in a plan drawing.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of piping plan volumes in a drawing.
436
Label Rule
All drawing key plan volumes are labeled with their 3D model name. By default, the label is
placed in the upper left corner of the volume in the drawing. Refer to the above graphic for an
example.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of slabs in a drawing. The slab boundaries are
drawn with a gray line. Openings in the slab are also represented with a gray line.
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Columns
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Reference.xml
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Columns_Anchor
_Vertical.xml
Columns
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Reference.xml
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Columns_Anchor
_Horizontal.xml
Columns
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Reference.xml
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Columns_Vertical
437
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
.xml
Columns
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Reference.xml
Beams
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Reference.xml
Cableway
Parts
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Cable Trays.xml
Cableway
Parts
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Cable Trays.xml
Electrical CableTray
Plan_LineNumber_Lon
gest Segment.xml
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Cable Trays.xml
Electrical CableTray
Plan_LineNumber_Clip
ped.xml
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Cable
Trays_Name-Elevation
-Width.xml
Cableway
Parts
438
Clipped
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Columns_Horizo
ntal.xml
Cable Trays
Parallel
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Cable Trays.xml
Cable Trays
Parallel,
vertical
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Cable Trays.xml
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Cable
Trays_Horizontal.xml
Cable Trays
Parallel,
horizontal
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Cable Trays.xml
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Cable
Trays_Vertical.xml
Cable Trays
Normal
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Cable Trays.xml
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Cable
Trays_Horizontal.xml
Cable Trays
Normal
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Cable Trays.xml
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Cable
Trays_Vertical.xml
Cable Tray
Supports
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Cable Tray
Supports.xml
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Cable Tray
Supports_Name.xml
Conduit
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Conduit.xml
Control
Station
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Control
Station.xml
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Control
Station_Name.xml
Panel
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Panel.xml
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Panel_Name.xml
Junction Box
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Junction Box.xml
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Junction
Box_Name.xml
Switchgear
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Switchgear.xml
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Switchgear_Nam
e.xml
Motor
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Motor.xml
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Motor_Name-Ele
vation.xml
Small Motors
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Small Motors.xml
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Small
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Motor_Name-Elevation
.xml
Bus
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Bus.xml
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Bus_Name.xml
Grid Line
Parallel,
vertical
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Grid Line.xml
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Grid Line_X
Name.xml
Grid Line
Parallel,
horizontal
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Grid Line.xml
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Grid Line_Y
Name.xml
Process
Equipment
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Reference.xml
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Equipment_Nam
e.xml
Road
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Reference.xml
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Road_Name.xml
Transformer
Component
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Transformer
Component.xml
Cabling
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Cabling.xml
Foundation
Pedestal
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Reference.xml
Railroad
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Reference.xml
Sump
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Reference.xml
Trench
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Reference.xml
439
440
When inserting filters in the view style, be sure they match the order of the objects in the
Select Filter dialog box. For example, be sure to place Pipes filters under any existing Piping
Parts filters.
441
The following example is a modified Piping Plan view style. A row has been inserted beneath
the original Piping filters to resymbolize all pipes equal to or less than 2 inches as a single line.
442
See Also
Orthographic Drawings View Styles (on page 380)
Create an Orthographic Drawing View Style (on page 56)
Motors in Plan View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a motor in a plan view.
Label Rule
Each motor object is labeled with the corresponding name from the model. For an example, see
the above graphic.
443
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a trench in a plan drawing.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of electrical equipment in plan views.
Label Rule
Electrical equipment is labeled with the corresponding name from the model. See the above
graphic for an example.
444
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of grid lines in a drawing.
Label Rule
Each grid line is labeled. Horizontal grid lines are labeled vertically, while vertical grid lines are
labeled horizontally. The label reports the name of the grids in the model.
X-axis grids
Y-axis grids
445
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of an Equipment component in a drawing.
Label Rule
Every piece of equipment is labeled. The label is placed in the center of the equipment, unless
there is an object already in the center, or if there is not sufficient white space for the label. If the
label cannot be placed on the center of the object, it is placed with a jogged leader. In the
example below, the label from the above graphic is magnified to show the details of the
equipment label.
446
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of cableway parts in a plan drawing.
Label Rule
Each cableway part is labeled with the corresponding name from the model.
447
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of cable trays in plan drawings.
Label Rule
Each cable tray is labeled with the corresponding name and elevation value from the model.
See the above graphic for an example.
448
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a beam in a drawing.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a Column in a drawing.
Dimension Rule
Dimensions all vertical and horizontal columns. Columns are dimensioned as anchors, which
means they are only dimensioned when they are in close proximity to a group of dimensioned
objects. If a column is not close enough to a group of dimensioned objects in a particular
quadrant, it is not dimensioned. Also, if the column is inline with another column that is already
dimensioned, it is not dimensioned.
In the example below, notice how the top left column is not dimensioned because the bottom left
column is dimensioned. Also, the middle columns are not dimensioned because they line up
with the outer columns.
449
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a cable tray support in a plan view.
Label Rule
Each cable tray support is labeled with the corresponding name from the model. For an
example, see the above graphic.
450
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of conduits in a plan view.
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Columns
Electrical CableTray
Section_Reference.x
ml
Electrical CableTray
Section_Columns_Anch
or_Horizontal.xml
Columns
Electrical CableTray
Section_Reference.x
ml
Electrical CableTray
Section_Columns_Horiz
ontal.xml
Electrical
Equipment
Electrical CableTray
Section_Electrical
Equipment.xml
Cableway
Parts
Electrical CableTray
Section_Cableways.x
ml
Cableway
Parts
Electrical CableTray
Section_Cableways.x
ml
Electrical CableTray
Section_LineNumber_
Longest Segment.xml
Electrical CableTray
Section_Cableways.x
ml
Electrical CableTray
Section_LineNumber_
Clipped.xml
Cableway
Parts
Clipped
Electrical CableTray
Section_Equipment_
Name.xml
451
452
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Electrical CableTray
Section_Cableways.x
ml
Electrical CableTray
Section_Cable
Trays_Name-Elevatio
n-Width.xml
Electrical CableTray
Section_Cableways.x
ml
Electrical CableTray
Section_CableTray_Vert
ical.xml
Electrical CableTray
Section_Cableways.x
ml
Electrical CableTray
Section_CableTray_Hori
zontal.xml
Electrical CableTray
Section_Cableways.x
ml
Electrical CableTray
Section_Horizontal.xml
Electrical CableTray
Section_Cableways.x
ml
Electrical CableTray
Section_Vertical.xml
Grid Plane
Section
Electrical CableTray
Section_Grid
Plane.xml
Grid Line
Electrical CableTray
Electrical CableTray
Section_Grid Line.xml Section_Grid
Line_TOS.xml
Beams
Electrical CableTray
Section_Reference.x
ml
Handrails
Electrical CableTray
Section_Reference.x
ml
Stairs
Electrical CableTray
Section_Stairs.xml
Ladders
Electrical CableTray
Section_Ladders.xml
Process
Equipment
Electrical CableTray
Section_Process
Equipment.xml
Electrical CableTray
Section_Grid
Plane_Name.xml
Electrical CableTray
Section_Grid
Line_Anchor_Vertical.x
ml
Electrical CableTray
Section_Equipment_
Name.xml
453
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
454
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Columns
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_Reference.
xml
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_Columns_Anc
hor_Horizontal.xml
Columns
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_Reference.
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_Columns_Hori
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
xml
Electrical
Equipment
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_Electrical
Equipment.xml
Cableway
Parts
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_Cableways.
xml
Cableway
Parts
Electrical Equipment
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_Cableways. Elevation_LineNumbe
xml
r_Longest
Segment.xml
Cableway
Parts
Clipped
Dimension Rule
zontal.xml
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_Equipment
_Name.xml
Electrical Equipment
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_Cableways. Elevation_LineNumbe
r_Clipped.xml
xml
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_Cableways.
xml
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_Cableways.
xml
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_CableTray_V
ertical.xml
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_Cableways.
xml
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_CableTray_H
orizontal.xml
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_Cableways.
xml
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_CableTray_H
orizontal.xml
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_Cableways.
xml
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_CableTray_V
ertical.xml
Grid Plane
Elevation
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_Grid
Plane.xml
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_Grid
Plane_Name.xml
Grid Line
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_Grid
Line.xml
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_Grid
Line_TOS.xml
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_Grid
Line_Anchor_Vertical.x
ml
Beams
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_Reference.
xml
Handrails
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_Reference.
xml
Stairs
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_Stairs.xml
Ladders
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_Ladders.xm
l
Electrical
Equipment
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_Electrical
Equipment.xml
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_Equipment
_Name.xml
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_CableTray_H
orizontal.xml
455
456
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of electrical equipment in an elevation view.
Label Rule
Each electrical equipment object is labeled with the corresponding name from the model. See
the above graphic for an example.
457
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
458
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Cableway
Parts
Electrical Equipment
Isometric_Cableway.x
ml
Electrical Equipment
Isometric_LineNumbe
r_LongestSegment.x
ml
Cable Trays
Electrical Equipment
Isometric_Cableway.x
ml
Cable Tray
Supports
Electrical Equipment
Isometric_Cable Tray
Supports.xml
Columns
Electrical Equipment
Isometric_Reference.x
ml
Beams
Electrical Equipment
Isometric_Reference.x
ml
Braces
Electrical Equipment
Isometric_Reference.x
ml
Vertical
Brace
Electrical Equipment
Isometric_Reference.x
ml
Equipment
Foundation
Electrical Equipment
Isometric_Reference.x
ml
Footings
Electrical Equipment
Isometric_Footing.xml
Electrical
Equipment
Electrical Equipment
Isometric_Process
Equipment.xml
Dimension Rule
Electrical Equipment
Isometric_Equipment
_Name.xml
Graphic Rule
This is an example of electrical equipment in an isometric view.
459
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
460
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Grid
Systems
Electrical Equipment
Key
Plan_Reference.xml
Key Plan
Focus
Element
Electrical Equipment
Key Plan_Focus.xml
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Electrical Equipment
Key
Plan_Focus_Name.xml
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Beams
Parallel
Electrical Equipment
Overall Key
Plan_Reference.xml
Braces
Parallel
Electrical Equipment
Overall Key
Plan_Reference.xml
Columns
Electrical Equipment
Overall Key
Plan_Reference.xml
Equipment
Electrical Equipment
Overall Key
Plan_Equipment.xml
Electrical
CableTray
Plan
Volumes
Electrical Equipment
Overall Key
Plan_Volumes.xml
Slabs
Electrical Equipment
Overall Key
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Electrical Equipment
Overall Key
Plan_Volume_Name.xml
461
Example
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
462
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Columns
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Reference.xml
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Columns_Anchor
_Vertical.xml
Columns
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Reference.xml
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Columns_Anchor
_Horizontal.xml
Columns
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Reference.xml
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Columns_Vertical
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
.xml
Columns
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Reference.xml
Beams
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Reference.xml
Cableway
Parts
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Cable Trays.xml
Cableway
Parts
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Cable Trays.xml
Electrical Equipment
Plan_LineNumber_Lon
gest Segment.xml
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Cable Trays.xml
Electrical Equipment
Plan_LineNumber_Clip
ped.xml
Cableway
Parts
Clipped
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Columns_Horizo
ntal.xml
Cable Trays
Parallel
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Cable Trays.xml
Cable Trays
Parallel,
vertical
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Cable Trays.xml
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Cable
Trays_Horizontal.xml
Cable Trays
Parallel,
horizontal
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Cable Trays.xml
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Cable
Trays_Vertical.xml
Cable Trays
Normal
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Cable Trays.xml
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Cable
Trays_Horizontal.xml
Cable Trays
Normal
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Cable Trays.xml
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Cable
Trays_Vertical.xml
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Cable Tray
Supports_Name.xml
Cable Tray
Supports
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Cable Tray
Supports.xml
Conduit
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Conduit.xml
Control
Station
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Control
Station.xml
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Control
Station_Name.xml
Panel
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Panel.xml
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Panel_Name.xml
Junction Box
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Junction Box.xml
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Junction
Box_Name.xml
Switchgear
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Switchgear.xml
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Switchgear_Nam
e.xml
Motor
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Motor.xml
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Motor_Name-Ele
vation.xml
Small Motors
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Small Motors.xml
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Small
Motor_Name-Elevation
.xml
463
Orientation
Bus
464
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Bus.xml
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Bus_Name.xml
Grid Line
Parallel,
vertical
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Grid Line.xml
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Grid Line_X
Name.xml
Grid Line
Parallel,
horizontal
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Grid Line.xml
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Grid Line_Y
Name.xml
Electrical
Equipment
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Electrical
Component.xml
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Equipment_Nam
e.xml
Electrical
Equipment
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Electrical
Component.xml
Road
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Reference.xml
Transformer
Component
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Transformer
Component.xml
Cabling
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Cabling.xml
Foundation
Pedestal
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Reference.xml
Railroad
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Reference.xml
Sump
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Reference.xml
Trench
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Reference.xml
Dimension Rule
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Columns
Horizontal.xml
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Columns_Vertical
.xml
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Road_Name.xml
465
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of electrical equipment in a plan view.
Label Rule
Each electrical equipment object is labeled with the appropriate name from the model. If there is
not enough white space for the label on the equipment object, the label is placed in nearby white
space with a jogged leader.
Dimension Rule
Horizontal and vertical dimensions are placed on each electrical equipment object. The
dimensions are grouped in with the column dimensions. For an example, see the graphic above.
466
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Columns
Electrical Equipment
Section_Reference.x
ml
Electrical Equipment
Section_Columns_Anch
or_Horizontal.xml
Columns
Electrical Equipment
Section_Reference.x
ml
Electrical Equipment
Section_Columns_Horiz
ontal.xml
Electrical
Equipment
Electrical Equipment
Section_Electrical
Equipment.xml
Cableway
Parts
Electrical Equipment
Section_Cableways.x
ml
Cableway
Parts
Electrical Equipment
Section_Cableways.x
ml
Electrical Equipment
Section_LineNumber_
Longest Segment.xml
Electrical Equipment
Section_Cableways.x
ml
Electrical Equipment
Section_LineNumber_
Clipped.xml
Cableway
Parts
Clipped
Electrical Equipment
Section_Equipment_
Name.xml
Electrical Equipment
Section_Cableways.x
ml
Electrical Equipment
Section_Cableways.x
ml
Electrical Equipment
Section_CableTray_Vert
ical.xml
Electrical Equipment
Section_Cableways.x
ml
Electrical Equipment
Section_CableTray_Hori
zontal.xml
Electrical Equipment
Section_Cableways.x
ml
Electrical Equipment
Section_CableTray_Hori
zontal.xml
Electrical Equipment
Section_Cableways.x
ml
Electrical Equipment
Section_CableTray_Vert
ical.xml
Grid Plane
Elevation
Electrical Equipment
Section_Grid
Plane.xml
Electrical Equipment
Section_Grid
Plane_Name.xml
467
468
Grid Line
Electrical Equipment
Electrical Equipment
Section_Grid Line.xml Section_Grid
Line_TOS.xml
Beams
Electrical Equipment
Section_Reference.x
ml
Handrails
Electrical Equipment
Section_Reference.x
ml
Stairs
Electrical Equipment
Section_Stairs.xml
Ladders
Electrical Equipment
Section_Ladders.xml
Electrical
Equipment
Electrical Equipment
Section_Electrical
Equipment.xml
Electrical Equipment
Section_Equipment_
Name.xml
Electrical Equipment
Section_Grid
Line_Anchor_Vertical.x
ml
Electrical Equipment
Section_CableTray_Hori
zontal.xml
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
469
Orientation
Graphic Rule
Columns
Electrical Instrument
Plan_Reference.xml
Columns
Electrical Instrument
Plan_Reference.xml
Columns
Electrical Instrument
Plan_Reference.xml
Columns
Electrical Instrument
Plan_Reference.xml
Piping Parts
Electrical Instrument
Plan_Piping.xml
Pipes
Normal
Front
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Electrical Instrument
Plan_Normal Pipe.xml
Pipe Supports
Electrical Instrument
Plan_Piping.xml
Piping
Instruments
Electrical Instrument
Plan_Instruments.xml
Electrical Instrument
Plan_Instrument_Na
me.xml
Equipment
Except
Junction Box
Electrical Instrument
Plan_Equipment.xml
Electrical Instrument
Plan_Equipment_Na
me.xml
Grid Line
Parallel,
horizontal
Electrical Instrument
Plan_Grid Line.xml
Electrical Instrument
Plan_Grid Line_Y
Name.xml
Grid Line
Parallel,
vertical
Electrical Instrument
Plan_Grid Line.xml
Electrical Instrument
Plan_Grid Line_X
Name.xml
Cableway
Parts
Electrical Instrument
Plan_Cableways.xml
Cable Trays
Parallel,
vertical
Electrical Instrument
Plan_Cableways.xml
Cable Trays
Parallel,
horizontal
Electrical Instrument
Plan_Cableways.xml
Conduit Parts
470
Clipping
Electrical Instrument
Plan_Conduit.xml
Conduits
Parallel,
vertical
Electrical Instrument
Plan_Conduit_SingleL
ine.xml
Conduits
Parallel,
horizontal
Electrical Instrument
Plan_Conduit_SingleL
ine.xml
Beams
Electrical Instrument
Plan_Reference.xml
Stairs
Electrical Instrument
Plan_Stair.xml
Ladders
Electrical Instrument
Plan_Ladder.xml
Junction Box
Electrical Instrument
Plan_Junction
Box.xml
Electrical Instrument
Plan_Junction
Box_Name.xml
Example
471
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of piping instruments in a plan view.
Label Rule
Piping instruments are labeled with the corresponding name from the model. A relative elevation
label is also placed on each piping instrument. See the above graphic for an example.
472
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of cable trays in a plan view.
473
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of piping parts in a plan view.
474
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of piping in a drawing.
475
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of pipe supports in a plan view.
476
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of conduit parts in a plan view.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of stairs in a drawing.
Stairs that are partially included in a volume are not clipped. The entire stair object is
included in the drawing.
Stairs that appear in the looking direction are included in the drawing, even if the volume
does not include the stairs.
477
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a ladder in a drawing.
Ladders that are partially included in a volume are not clipped. The entire ladder object is
included in the drawing.
Ladders that appear in the looking direction are included in the drawing, even if the volume
does not include the ladder.
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Structure
Electrical Lighting
Plan_Reference.xml
Process
Equipment
Electrical Lighting
Plan_Reference.xml
Electrical Lighting
Plan_Equipment_Nam
e.xml
Electrical Lighting
Electrical Lighting
Plan_Grid Line_X
Grid Line
478
Orientation
Parallel,
Dimension Rule
Grid Line
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
vertical
Orientation
Clipping
Plan_Reference.xml
Name.xml
Parallel,
horizontal
Electrical Lighting
Plan_Reference.xml
Electrical Lighting
Plan_Grid Line_Y
Name.xml
Lighting
Fixtures
Dimension Rule
Electrical Lighting
Plan_Light_Symbol_Nu
mber.xml
Ceiling Light
Electrical Lighting
Plan_Light_Ceiling.xml
Electrical Lighting
Plan_Light_Name.xml
Fluorescent
Light
Electrical Lighting
Plan_Light_Fluorescen
t.xml
Electrical Lighting
Plan_Light_Name.xml
Stancion Light
Electrical Lighting
Plan_Light_Stancion.x
ml
Electrical Lighting
Plan_Light_Name.xml
Wall Light
Electrical Lighting
Plan_Light_Wall.xml
Electrical Lighting
Plan_Light_Name.xml
Example
479
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of structure in a plan view.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of lights in a plan drawing.
Label Rule
Lights are labeled with the corresponding name from the model. A coordinate label is also
placed on the light object. For an example, see the above graphic.
480
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Cable Trays
Electrical Raceway
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Cable Trays.xml Plan_Cable
Trays_Name-Elevatio
n-Width.xml
Cable Tray
Supports
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Cable Tray
Supports.xml
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Cable Tray
Supports_Name.xml
Control Station
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Control
Station.xml
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Control
Station_Name.xml
Panel
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Panel.xml
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Panel_Name.x
ml
Junction Box
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Junction
Box.xml
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Junction
Box_Name.xml
Switchgear
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Switchgear.xml
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Switchgear_Na
me.xml
Motor
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Motor.xml
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Motor_Name-El
evation.xml
Small Motors
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Small
Motors.xml
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Small
Motor_Name-Elevatio
n.xml
Bus
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Bus.xml
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Bus_Name.xml
Grid Line
Parallel, vertical
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Grid Line.xml
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Grid Line_X
Name.xml
Grid Line
Parallel,
horizontal
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Grid Line.xml
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Grid Line_Y
Name.xml
Process
Equipment
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Reference.xml
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Equipment_Na
me.xml
Road
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Reference.xml
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Road_Name.xm
l
Transformer
Component
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Transformer
Component.xml
Cabling
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Cabling.xml
Conduit
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Conduit.xml
Members
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Reference.xml
Foundation
Electrical Raceway
Dimension Rule
481
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Pedestal
Plan_Reference.xml
Railroad
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Reference.xml
Sump
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Reference.xml
Trench
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Reference.xml
Cable Tray
Components
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Cable Tray
Components.xml
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Example
482
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of cable trays in a plan view.
Label Rule
Each cable tray is labeled with the corresponding name from the model and the elevation of the
tray. For an example, see the above graphic.
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
483
Orientation
Grid Line
Grid Line
Graphic Rule
(.xml)
Label Rule
(.xml)
Dimension Rule
(.xml)
Parallel, vertical
SM_
ElectricalCableTray_
Plan_GridLine
SM_
ElectricalCable
Tray_Plan_
GridLineX_Name
SM_Electrical_Plan_
Grid_Anchor_
Horizontal
Parallel,
horizontal
SM_
ElectricalCableTray_
Plan_GridLine
SM_
ElectricalCable
Tray_Plan_
GridLineY_Name
SM_Electrical_Plan_
Grid_Anchor_
Vertical
Equipment
andFurnishing
SM_
ElectricalCableTray_
Plan_Equipment
Cableway
SM_
ElectricalCableTray_
Plan_Instrumentation
Cableway
SM_
ElectricalCableTray_
Plan_Others
Cableway
SM_
ElectricalCableTray_
Plan_Power
Cableway
Parts
Parallel, vertical
SM_
ElectricalCableTray_
Plan_Invisible
SM_Electrical_Plan_
CableTray_Horizontal
Cableway
Parts
Parallel,
horizontal
SM_
ElectricalCableTray_
Plan_Invisible
SM_Electrical_Plan_
CableTray_Vertical
Cableway
Parts
484
Clipping
SM_
ElectricalCableTray_
Plan_Invisible
SM_
ElectricalCable
Tray_Plan_
LineNumberBOT_
LongestSegment
Cableway
Parts
Normal
SM_
ElectricalCableTray_
Plan_Invisible
SM_Electrical_Plan_
CableTray_Horizontal
Cableway
Parts
Normal
SM_
ElectricalCableTray_
Plan_Invisible
SM_Electrical_Plan_
CableTray_Vertical
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
(.xml)
Root
Longitudinal
Bulkhead
Plate Systems
SM_
ElectricalCableTray_
Section_BHD
Root
Transverse
Bulkhead
Plate Systems
SM_
ElectricalCableTray_
Section_BHD
Root Deck
Plate Systems
SM_
ElectricalCableTray_
Section_Deck
All Root
Profile
Systems
SM_
ElectricalCableTray_
Section_Profiles
Equipment
and
Furnishing
SM_
ElectricalCableTray_
Section_Equipment
Cableway
SM_
ElectricalCableTray_
Section_Instrumentatio
n
Cableway
SM_
ElectricalCableTray_
Section_Others
Cableway
SM_
ElectricalCableTray_
Section_Power
Label Rule
(.xml)
Dimension Rule
(.xml)
Cableway
Parts
Parallel,
vertical
SM_
ElectricalCableTray_
Section_Invisible
SM_Electrical_Section_
CableTray_Horizontal
Cableway
Parts
Parallel,
horizontal
SM_
ElectricalCableTray_
Section_Invisible
SM_Electrical_Section_
CableTray_Vertical
485
Orientation
Clipping
Cableway
Parts
Graphic Rule
(.xml)
Label Rule
(.xml)
SM_
ElectricalCableTray_
Plan_Invisible
SM_
ElectricalCable
Tray_Section_
LineNumber_
LongestSegment
Dimension Rule
(.xml)
486
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
Orientation
Grid Plane
Elevation
Parallel,
horizontal
Clipping
Graphic Rule
(.xml)
Label Rule
(.xml)
Dimension Rule
(.xml)
SM_
ElectricalCableTray_
Elevation_GridLine
SM_
ElectricalCableTray_
Elevation_
GridPlane_Name
SM_
Electrical_Elevation_
Grid_Anchor_
Horizontal
Hull_BHD_
long_root
SM_
ElectricalCableTray_
Elevation_BHD
Hull_BHD_
trans_root
SM_
ElectricalCableTray_
Elevation_BHD
Hull_DECK_
root
SM_
ElectricalCableTray_
Elevation_Deck
Hull_profile_
root
SM_
ElectricalCableTray_
Elevation_Profiles
Equipment and
Furnishing
SM_
ElectricalCableTray_
Elevation_Equipment
CableWay_
Instrumentation
SM_
ElectricalCableTray_
Elevation_
Instrumentation
CableWay_
Others
SM_
ElectricalCableTray_
Elevation_Others
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
(.xml)
Cableway
Label Rule
(.xml)
Dimension Rule
(.xml)
SM_
ElectricalCableTray_
Elevation_Power
Cableway Parts
Parallel,
vertical
SM_
ElectricalCableTray_
Elevation_Invisible
Cableway Parts
Parallel,
SM_
ElectricalCableTray_
Elevation_Invisible
SM_Electrical_Elevation
_CableTray_Vertical
SM_
ElectricalCableTray_
Elevation_Invisible
SM_Electrical_Elevation
_CableTray_Vertical
horizontal
Cableway Parts
Cableway
SM_
Name_Elevation_
None_JL
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
(.xml)
Label Rule
(.xml)
Dimension Rule
(.xml)
SM_Lighting_Plan_
Profiles
Beam and
Profile Edge
Reinforcement
Root Systems
Grid Line
Parallel, vertical
SM_Lighting_Plan_
GridLine
SM_Lighting_Plan_ SM_Lighting_Plan_Grid_
GridLineX_Name
Anchor_Horizontal
Grid Line
Parallel,
horizontal
SM_Lighting_Plan_
GridLine
SM_Lighting_Plan_ SM_Lighting_Plan_Grid_
GridLineY_Name
Anchor_Vertical
Root
Longitudinal
Bulkhead
Plate Systems
SM_Lighting_Plan_BH
D
Root
Transverse
Bulkhead
Plate Systems
SM_Lighting_Plan_BH
D
487
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
(.xml)
Root Deck
Plate Systems
SM_Lighting_Plan_Dec
k
Equipment
Except
Lighting
SM_Lighting_Plan_
Equipment
Junction Box
SM_Lighting_Plan_
JunctionBox
Junction Box
Fluorescent
Light
Lighting
Fixtures
Dimension Rule
(.xml)
SM_Lighting_Plan_
Light_Name
SM_Lighting_Plan_
Light_Description
SM_Lighting_Plan_
Fluorescent
Fluorescent
Light
Lighting
Fixtures
Label Rule
(.xml)
SM_Lighting_Plan_
Light_Name_Vert
SM_Lighting_Plan_
Light_Description_
Vert
SM_Lighting_Plan_
Flushmount
SM_Lighting_Plan_
Light_Name
SM_Lighting_Plan_
Light_Description
488
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Columns
Equipment
Elevation_Reference.
xml
Equipment
(see
"Equipment in
Equipment
Elevation
View Styles"
on page 493)
Equipment
Elevation_Process
Equipment.xml
Equipment
Elevation_Process
Equipment_North-East
Coordinate.xml
Equipment
Equipment
Elevation_Process
Equipment.xml
Equipment
Elevation_Equipment_
Name.xml
Grid Plan
Elevation
Equipment
Elevation_Grid
Line.xml
Equipment
Elevation_Grid
Plan_Name.xml
Grid Line
Equipment
Elevation_Grid
Line.xml
Equipment
Elevation_Grid
Line_TOS.xml
Beams
Equipment
Elevation_Reference.
xml
Handrails
Equipment
Elevation_Reference.
xml
Stairs
Equipment
Elevation_Stairs.xml
Ladders
Equipment
Elevation_Ladders.xm
l
Footings
Equipment
Elevation_Reference.
xml
Dimension Rule
Equipment
Elevation_Columns_Anc
hor_Horizontal.xml
Equipment
Elevation_Eqiupment_H
orizontal.xml
489
490
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a grid plane in a drawing.
Label Rule
The y-axis of the grid plane is labeled with the name of the grid in the model. For example, see
the above graphic.
Grid Lines in Equipment Elevation View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of grid lines in an elevation drawing.
491
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a Column in an elevation drawing.
Dimension Rule
Horizontal dimensions are placed between each column. The dimensions are grouped with the
equipment dimensions that are in the same quadrant.
492
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of equipment in an elevation drawing.
Label Rule
Every piece of equipment is labeled with a name label and a north-east coordinate label. The
name label is placed in the center of the equipment, unless there is an object already in the
center, or if there is not sufficient white space for the label. If the label cannot be placed on the
center of the object, it is placed with a jogged leader. The coordinate label is placed on the
object origin, unless there is insufficient space, in which case it will find the necessary white
space. See the above graphic for an example of the labels.
493
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a beam in an elevation drawing.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a handrail in an elevation drawing.
494
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of stairs in an elevation drawing.
Stairs that are partially included in a volume are not clipped. The entire stair object is
included in the drawing.
Stairs that appear in the looking direction are included in the drawing, even if the volume
does not include the stairs.
495
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a ladder in an elevation drawing.
496
Ladders that are partially included in a volume are not clipped. The entire ladder object is
included in the drawing.
Ladders that appear in the looking direction are included in the drawing, even if the volume
does not include the ladder.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a footing in an elevation drawing.
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Equipment
Equipment
Isometric_Process
Equipment.xml
Equipment
Isometric_Equipment
_Name.xml
Members
Equipment
Isometric_Reference.
xml
Equipment
Foundations
Equipment
Isometric_Reference.
xml
Footings
Equipment
Isometric_Reference.
xml
Dimension Rule
497
498
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of equipment foundations in an isometric
drawing.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of an Equipment component in an isometric
drawing.
499
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of footings in an isometric drawing.
500
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of members in an isometric drawing.
501
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Grid
Systems
Equipment Key
Plan_Reference.xml
Key Plan
Focus
Element
Equipment Key
Plan_Focus.xml
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Equipment Key
Plan_Volume_Name.x
ml
Example
502
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Beams
Parallel
Equipment Overall
Key
Plan_Reference.xml
Braces
Parallel
Equipment Overall
Key
Plan_Reference.xml
Columns
Equipment Overall
Key
Plan_Reference.xml
Equipment
Equipment Overall
Key
Plan_Reference.xml
Equipment
Plan Volumes
Equipment Overall
Key
Plan_Volumes.xml
Slabs
Equipment Overall
Key
Plan_Reference.xml
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Equipment Overall
Key
Plan_Volume_Name.
xml
503
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of piping plan volumes in a drawing.
504
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of equipment in a plan drawing.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of slabs in a drawing. The slab boundaries are
drawn with a gray line. Openings in the slab are also represented with a gray line.
505
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of braces in a drawing.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a Column in a drawing.
506
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Columns
Equipment
Plan_Reference.xml
Equipment
Plan_Columns_Anchor_Ho
rizontal.xml
Columns
Equipment
Plan_Reference.xml
Equipment
Plan_Columns_Anchor_Ve
rtical.xml
Columns
Equipment
Plan_Reference.xml
Equipment
Plan_Columns_Horizontal.
xml
Columns
Equipment
Plan_Reference.xml
Equipment
Plan_Columns_Vertical.xm
l
Equipment
(see
"Equipment in
Equipment
View Styles"
on page 511)
Equipment
Plan_Process
Equpment.xml
Equipment
Plan_Process
Equipment_North-Eas
t Coordinate.xml
Equipment
Equipment
Plan_Process
Equipment.xml
Equipment
Plan_Equipment_Na
me.xml
Equipment
Equipment
Plan_Process
Equipment.xml
Equipment Plan_Process
Equipment_Horizontal.xml
Equipment
Equipment
Plan_Process
Equipment.xml
Equipment Plan_Process
Equipment_Vertical.xml
Control Point
Mechanical
Equipment
Equipment
Plan_Control Point
Mechanical
Equipment.xml
Equipment
Plan_Control Point
Mechanical
Equipment_North-Eas
t Coordinate.xml
Control Point
Structure
Equipment
Plan_Control Point
Structure.xml
Equipment
Plan_Control Point
Structure_North-East
Coordinate.xml
Beams
Equipment
Plan_Reference.xml
Footings
Equipment
Plan_Reference.xml
Ladders
Equipment
Plan_Ladders.xml
Hose Rack
Equipment
Plan_Reference.xml
Lighting
Fixtures
Equipment
Plan_Reference.xml
Trench
Equipment
Plan_Reference.xml
507
Orientation
Panels and
Cabinets
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Equipment
Plan_Reference.xml
Grid Line
Parallel,
vertical
Equipment Plan_Grid
Line.xml
Equipment Plan_Grid
Line_X Name.xml
Grid Line
Parallel,
horizontal
Equipment Plan_Grid
Line.xml
Equipment Plan_Grid
Line_Y Name.xml
Stairs
Dimension Rule
Equipment
Plan_Stairs.xml
Example
508
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a beam in a drawing.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a Column in a drawing.
509
510
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a control point in a drawing.
Label Rule
Each control point is resymbolized and labeled with its name from the model.
Equipment in Equipment View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of an Equipment component in a drawing.
Label Rule
Every piece of equipment is labeled with a name label and a north-east coordinate label. The
name label is placed in the center of the equipment, unless there is an object already in the
511
Dimension Rule
Vertical and horizontal dimensions are placed on the equipment components. The point of
dimensioning is the object origin.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of footings in a drawing.
512
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of grid lines in a drawing.
Label Rule
Each grid line is labeled. Horizontal grid lines are labeled vertically, while vertical grid lines are
labeled horizontally. The label reports the name of the grids in the model.
X-axis grids
Y-axis grids
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a hose rack in a plan drawing.
513
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a ladder in a drawing.
Ladders that are partially included in a volume are not clipped. The entire ladder object is
included in the drawing.
Ladders that appear in the looking direction are included in the drawing, even if the volume
does not include the ladder.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a lighting fixture in a plan drawing.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of Panels and Cabinets in a plan drawing.
514
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of stairs in a drawing.
Stairs that are partially included in a volume are not clipped. The entire stair object is
included in the drawing.
Stairs that appear in the looking direction are included in the drawing, even if the volume
does not include the stairs.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a trench in a plan drawing.
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
515
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filters
516
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Columns
Equipment
Section_Reference.x
ml
Equipment
Section_Columns_Anc
hor_Horizontal.xml
Equipment
(see
"Equipment in
Equipment
Elevation
View Styles"
on page 493)
Equipment
Section_Process
Equipment.xml
Equipment
Equipment
Section_Equipment_H
Section_Process
Equipment_North-Easy orizontal.xml
Coordinate.xml
Equipment
Equipment
Section_Process
Equipment.xml
Equipment
Section_Equipment_N
ame.xml
Grid Plane
Section
Equipment
Section_Grid
Line.xml
Equipment
Section_Grid
Plan_Name.xml
Grid Line
Equipment
Section_Grid
Line.xml
Equipment
Section_Grid
Line_TOS.xml
Beams
Equipment
Section_Reference.x
ml
Handrails
Equipment
Section_Reference.x
ml
Stairs
Equipment
Section_Stairs.xml
Ladders
Equipment
Section_Ladders.xml
Footings
Equipment
Section_Reference.x
ml
517
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
Orientation
Grid Line
Grid Line
Clipping
Graphic Rule
(.xml)
Label Rule
(.xml)
Dimension Rule
(.xml)
Parallel, vertical
SM_HVAC_Equipment
_
GridLine
SM_Equipment_
Plan_
GridLineX_Name
SM_Equipment_Plan_
Grid_Anchor_
Horizontal
Parallel,
horizontal
SM_HVAC_Equipment
_
GridLine
SM_Equipment_
Plan_
GridLineY_Name
SM_Equipment_Plan_
Grid_Anchor_
Vertical
SM_Equipment_
Plan_Equipment_
Name
SM_Equipment_Plan_\
Equipment_Horizontal
Root
Longitudinal
Bulkhead
Plate Systems
SM_Equipment_Plan_
BHD
Root
Transverse
Bulkhead
Plate Systems
SM_Equipment_Plan_
BHD
Root Deck
Plate Systems
SM_Equipment_Plan_
Deck
Beam and
Profile Edge
Reinforcement
Root Systems
SM_Equipment_Plan_
Profiles
Equipment
and
Furnishing
SM_Equipment_
Plan_Equipment
Equipment
and
Furnishing
518
SM_Equipment_Plan_\
Equipment_Vertical
Ladders
SM_Equipment_Plan_
Ladders
Stairs
SM_Equipment_Plan_
Stairs
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
Orientation
Grid Plane
Grid Plane
Clipping
Graphic Rule
(.xml)
Label Rule
(.xml)
Dimension Rule
(.xml)
Parallel,
pointing left
SM_Equipment_
Section_GridLine
SM_Equipment_
Section_
GridPlane_Name
SM_Equipment_
Section_
Grid_Anchor_
Horizontal
Parallel,
pointing down
SM_Equipment_
Section_GridLine
SM_Equipment_
Section_
GridPlane_Name
SM_Equipment_
Section_
Grid_Anchor_
Vertical
Root
Longitudinal
Bulkhead
Plate Systems
SM_Equipment_
Section_BHD
Root
Transverse
Bulkhead
Plate Systems
SM_Equipment_
Section_BHD
Root Deck
Plate Systems
SM_Equipment_
Section_Deck
All Root
Profile
Systems
SM_Equipment_
Section_Profiles
Equipment
and
Furnishing
SM_Equipment_
Section_Equipment
Equipment
and
Furnishing
SM_Equipment_
SM_Equipment_
Section_Equipment_ Section_Equipment_
Name
Horizontal
SM_Equipment_
Section_Equipment_
Vertical
Ladders
SM_Equipment_
Section_Ladders
Stairs
SM_Equipment_
Section_Stairs
519
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
Orientation
Grid Line
Grid Plane
Clipping
Graphic Rule
(.xml)
Label Rule
(.xml)
Dimension Rule
(.xml)
Normal
SM_HVAC_Elevation
_
GridLine
SM_HVAC_Elevation_
GridLineX_Name
SM_HVAC_Elevation_
Grid_Anchor_
Horizontal
Parallel,
Horizontal
SM_HVAC_Elevation
_
GridLine
SM_HVAC_Elevation_
GridPlane_Name
SM_HVAC_Elevation_
Grid_Anchor_
Vertical
SM_HVAC_Elevation_
Run_Name
SM_HVAC_Elevation_
Duct_Horizontal
Root
Longitudinal
Bulkhead Plate
Systems
SM_HVAC_
Elevation_BHD
Root Transverse
Bulkhead Plate
Systems
SM_HVAC_
SM_HVAC_
SM_HVAC_
Ladders
SM_HVAC_Elevation
_
Ladders
Stairs
SM_HVAC_Elevation
_
Stairs
HVAC
SM_HVAC_Elevation
_
HVAC
HVAC Runs
Elevation_BHD
Elevation_Deck
Elevation_Profiles
HVAC Runs
Ducts
520
SM_HVAC_Elevation_
Duct_Vertical
SM_HVAC_
LinearDuct_
CrossSectionSize
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Control Point
CAD Detail
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
HngSup Cad
Details_Cad Detail
Dimension Rule
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
521
Orientation
Graphic Rule
Structure
HngSup End_Structure
Reference.xml
Control Point
Structure
HngSup End_Control
Point Structure.xml
Piping
HngSup End_Piping
Reference.xml
Piping Parts
HngSup End_Piping
Reference.xml
Support
Components
HngSup
End_Components
Blue.xml
Pipes
Normal
Conduit
Parts
522
Clipping
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
HngSup End_Control
Point
Structure_North-East
Coordinate.xml
HngSup
End_Diamond_M_L.xm
l
HngSup End_Pipe
End.xml
HngSup End_Piping
Reference.xml
HngSup
End_Diamond_M_L.xm
l
Conduit
Parts
Normal
HngSup End_Conduit
End.xml
HVAC Parts
Normal
HngSup End_SQ
HVAC End.xml
HngSup
End_Diamond_M_L.xm
l
Cableway
Parts
Normal
HngSup
End_CableTray
End.xml
HngSup
End_Diamond_M_L.xm
l
Support
Assembly
HngSup End_Support
Assembly.xml
HgrSup End_Support
Assembly Horizontal.xml
Support
Assembly
HngSup End_Support
Assembly.xml
HgrSup End_Support
Assembly Vertical.xml
Support
Assembly
HngSup End_Support
Assembly.xml
HngSup
End_KeyPlan_Coordin
ate Label (on page
814)
Control Point
Elevation
Callout
HngSup
End_Transparent.xml
HngSup
End_Elevation_Label.x
ml
Weld
Component
HngSup End_Weld
Red.xml
HngSup End_Weld.xml
Control point
Ad Hoc Note
HngSup
End_Transparent.xml
HngSup
End_AdHoc_Label.xml
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Hangers and
Supports
Supporting
Objects
HngSup
End_Structure
Reference.xml
Control Point
Structure
HngSup End_Control
Point Structure.xml
Piping
HngSup End_Piping
Reference.xml
Piping Parts
HngSup End_Piping
Reference.xml
Support
Components
HngSup
End_Components
Blue.xml
Pipes
Normal
Conduit Parts
Label Rule
HngSup
End_Control Point
Structure_North-Eas
t.xml
HngSup
End_Diamond_M_L.
xml
HngSup End_Pipe
End.xml
HngSup End_Piping
Reference.xml
HgrSup_Pipes_Horiz
ontal.xml
HngSup
End_Diamond_M_L.
xml
Conduit Parts
Normal
HngSup End_Conduit
End.xml
HVAC Parts
Normal
HngSup End_SQ
HVAC End.xml
HngSup
End_Diamond_M_L.
xml
HngSup
End_CableTray
End.xml
HngSup
End_Diamond_M_L.
xml
Support
Assembly
HngSup End_Support
Assembly.xml
Dimension Rule
HgrSup
End_Support
Assembly Horizontal
Style2.xml
523
HngSup End_Support
Assembly.xml
HgrSup
End_Support
Assembly Vertical
Style2.xml
Support
Dimension
Points
HngSup
End_Transparent.xml
HgrSup
End_Support
Dimension Points
Horizontal
Style2.xml
Support
Dimension
Points
HngSup
End_Transparent.xml
HgrSup
End_Support
Dimension Points
Vertical Style2.xml
Support
Assembly
HngSup End_Support
Assembly.xml
HgrSup
End_Support
Assembly
KeyPoint_Horizontal.
xml
Support
Assembly
HngSup End_Support
Assembly.xml
HgrSup
End_Support
Assembly
KeyPoint_Vertical.x
ml
Control Point
Elevation
Callout
HngSup
End_Transparent.xml
HngSup
End_Elevation_Labe
l.xml
Weld
Component
HngSup End_Weld
Blue.xml
HngSup
End_Weld.xml
Control Point
Ad Hoc Note
HngSup
End_Transparent.xml
HngSup
End_AdHoc_Label.x
ml
Support and
Hanger
Structure
HngSup
End_Components
Blue.xml
524
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Support
Components
HngSup
ISO_Components
Blue.xml
HngSup
ISO_Reference_Circle_
CA_L.xml
Fabrication
Note
HngSup
ISO_Components
Blue.xml
HngSup ISO_Note.xml
Standard
Component
HngSup
ISO_Components
Blue.xml
Structure
HngSup
ISO_Structure.xml
Dimension Rule
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Support
Assembly
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
525
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Structure
HngSup
Side_Structure.xml
HngSup
Side_Reference_Circle
_CA_L.xml
Control Point
Structure
HngSup Side_Control
Point Structure.xml
HngSup Side_Control
Point
Structure_North-East
Coordinate.xml
Piping
HngSup Side_Piping
Reference.xml
Support
Components
HngSup
Side_Components
Blue.xml
Support
Assembly
HgrSup Side_Support
Assembly.xml
HgrSup Side_Support
Assembly Horizontal.xml
Support
Assembly
HgrSup Side_Support
Assembly.xml
HgrSup SIde_Support
Assembly Vertical.xml
Weld
Component
HngSup Side_Weld
Red.xml
HngSup
Side_Weld.xml
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
526
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Hangers and
Supports
Supporting
Objects
HngSup
Side_Structure
Reference.xml
HngSup
Side_Reference_Circle
_CA_L.xml
Control Point
Structure
HngSup Side_Control
Point Structure.xml
HngSup Side_Control
Point
Structure_North-East
Coordinate.xml
Piping
HngSup Side_Piping
Reference.xml
Piping Parts
HngSup Side_Piping
Reference.xml
Dimension Rule
HngSup
Side_Components
Blue.xml
Normal
Conduit
Parts
HngSup Side_Pipe
End.xml
HgrSup_Pipes_Horizo
ntal.xml
HngSup Side_Piping
Reference.xml
Conduit
Parts
Normal
HngSup Side_Conduit
End.xml
HVAC Parts
Normal
HngSup Side_SQ
HVAC End.xml
Cableway
Parts
Normal
HngSup
Side_CableTray
End.xml
Support
Assembly
HngSup Side_Support
Assembly.xml
HgrSup Side_Support
Assembly Horizontal
Style2.xml
Support
Assembly
HngSup Side_Support
Assembly.xml
HgrSup Side_Support
Assembly Vertical
Style2.xml
Support
Dimension
Points
HngSup
Side_Transparent.xml
HgrSup Side_Support
Dimension Points
Horizontal Style2.xml
Support
Dimension
Points
HngSup
Side_Transparent.xml
HgrSup Side_Support
Dimension Points
Vertical Style2.xml
Support
Assembly
HngSup Side_Support
Assembly.xml
HgrSup Side_Support
Assembly
KeyPoint_Horizontal.x
ml
Support
Assembly
HngSup Side_Support
Assembly.xml
HgrSup Side_Support
Assembly
KeyPoint_Vertical.xml
Weld
Component
HngSup Side_Weld
Blue.xml
Support and
Hanger
Structure
HngSup
Side_Components
Blue.xml
527
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
Orientation
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Columns
HVAC
Elevation_Reference.x
ml
HVAC
Elevation_Columns_Hori
zontal.xml
Columns
HVAC
Elevation_Reference.x
ml
HVAC
Elevation_Columns_Anc
hor_Horizontal.xml
HVAC Parts
HVAC
Elevation_HVAC.xml
HVAC Parts
HVAC
Elevation_HVAC.xml
HVAC
Elevation_LineNumbe
r_Longest
Segment.xml
HVAC
Elevation_HVAC.xml
HVAC
Elevation_LineNumbe
r_Clipped.xml
HVAC
Elevation_Linear Duct
Cross Section
Size.xml
HVAC Parts
528
Clipping
Clipped
Ducts
Parallel
HVAC
Elevation_HVAC.xml
Ducts
Parallel,
horizontal
HVAC
Elevation_HVAC.xml
HVAC
Elevation_Ducts_Vertica
l.xml
Orientation
Ducts
Parallel,
vertical
Clipping
HVAC
Components
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
HVAC
Elevation_HVAC.xml
Dimension Rule
HVAC
Elevation_Ducts_Horizo
ntal.xml
HVAC
Elevation_HVAC.xml
HVAC
Components
Parallel,
horizontal
HVAC
Elevation_HVAC.xml
HVAC
Elevation_Ducts_Horizo
ntal.xml
HVAC
Components
Parallel,
vertical
HVAC
Elevation_HVAC.xml
HVAC
Elevation_Ducts_Vertica
l.xml
Ducts
Normal
HVAC
Elevation_HVAC.xml
HVAC
Elevation_Ducts_Horizo
ntal.xml
Ducts
Normal
HVAC
Elevation_HVAC.xml
HVAC
Elevation_Ducts_Vertica
l.xml
Duct Supports
HVAC Elevation_Duct
Supports.xml
HVAC Elevation_Pipe
Support_Name.xml
Grid Plane
Elevation
HVAC Elevation_Grid
Plane.xml
HVAC Elevation_Grid
Plane_Name.xml
Grid Line
HVAC Elevation_Grid
Line.xml
HVAC Elevation_Grid
Line_TOS.xml
Beams
HVAC
Elevation_Reference.x
ml
Handrails
HVAC
Elevation_Reference.x
ml
Stairs
HVAC
Elevation_Stairs.xml
Ladders
HVAC
Elevation_Ladders.xml
HVAC Elevation_Grid
Line_Anchor_Vertical.x
ml
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
529
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
HVAC Parts
HVAC
Isometric_HVAC
Parts.xml
Ducts
HVAC
Isometric_Ducts.xml
HVAC Isometric_Linear
Duct Cross Section
Size.xml
HVAC Runs
HVAC
Isometric_Ducts.xml
HVAC
Isometric_Run_Name.x
ml
Duct
Supports
Members
HVAC
Isometric_Reference.
xml
Footings
HVAC
Isometric_Footings.x
ml
Ladders
HVAC
Isometric_Ladder.xml
Handrails
HVAC
Isometric_Reference.
xml
Stairs
HVAC
Isometric_Stairs.xml
Dimension Rule
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
530
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Grid Systems
HVAC Key
Plan_Reference.xml
Key Plan
Focus
Element
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
HVAC Key
Plan_Focus_Name.xml
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Beams
Parallel
Braces
Parallel
Columns
Slabs
Equipment
HVAC Plan
Volumes
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
531
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of piping plan volumes in a drawing.
532
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of braces in a drawing.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of slabs in a drawing. The slab boundaries are
drawn with a gray line. Openings in the slab are also represented with a gray line.
533
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of equipment in a plan drawing.
534
When inserting filters in the view style, be sure they match the order of the objects in the
Select Filter dialog box. For example, be sure to place Pipes filters under any existing Piping
Parts filters.
Examples
The following example is the default Piping Plan view style. The highlighted piping segment has
a 2 inch diameter.
535
The following example shows the order of the Piping filters in the modified view style. The filter
that resymbolizes all pipes that are less than or equal to 2 inches is last because it is further
down in the hierarchy.
See Also
Orthographic Drawings View Styles (on page 380)
Create an Orthographic Drawing View Style (on page 56)
536
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Columns
HVAC
Plan_Reference.x
ml
HVAC
Plan_Columns_Horizo
ntal.xml
Columns
HVAC
Plan_Reference.x
ml
HVAC
Plan_Columns_Vertical
.xml
Columns
HVAC
Plan_Reference.x
ml
HVAC
Plan_Columns_Anchor
_Horizontal.xml
Columns
HVAC
Plan_Reference.x
ml
HVAC
Plan_Columns_Anchor
_Vertical.xml
HVAC Parts
HVAC
Plan_HVAC.xml
HVAC Parts
HVAC
Plan_HVAC.xml
HVAC
Plan_LineNumber_
Longest
Segment.xml
HVAC
Plan_Normal
Duct.xml
HVAC
Plan_LineNumber_
Clipped.xml
HVAC Plan_Linear
Duct Cross Section
Size.xml
HVAC Parts
Normal
Clipped
Ducts
Parallel
HVAC
Plan_HVAC.xml
Ducts
Parallel, vertical
HVAC
Plan_HVAC.xml
HVAC
Plan_Ducts_Horizontal.
xml
Ducts
Parallel,
horizontal
HVAC
Plan_HVAC.xml
HVAC
Plan_Ducts_Vertical.x
ml
HVAC
Components
HVAC
Components
HVAC
Plan_HVAC.xml
Parallel, vertical
HVAC
Plan_HVAC.xml
HVAC
Plan_Ducts_Horizontal.
xml
537
Orientation
HVAC
Components
Parallel,
horizontal
HVAC
Plan_HVAC.xml
HVAC
Plan_Ducts_Vertical.x
ml
Ducts
Normal
HVAC
Plan_HVAC.xml
HVAC
Plan_Ducts_Horizontal.
xml
Ducts
Normal
HVAC
Plan_HVAC.xml
HVAC
Plan_Ducts_Vertical.x
ml
Duct Supports
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
HVAC Plan_Duct
Supports.xml
HVAC Plan_Pipe
Support_Name.xml
Grid Line
Parallel, vertical
HVAC Plan_Grid
Line.xml
HVAC Plan_Grid
Line_X Name.xml
Grid Line
Parallel,
horizontal
HVAC Plan_Grid
Line.xml
HVAC Plan_Grid
Line_Y Name.xml
Beams
HVAC
Plan_Reference.x
ml
Stairs
HVAC
Plan_Reference.x
ml
Handrails
HVAC
Plan_Reference.x
ml
Dimension Rule
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a Column in a drawing.
Dimension Rule
Dimensions all vertical and horizontal columns. Columns are dimensioned as anchors, which
means they are only dimensioned when they are in close proximity to a group of dimensioned
objects. If a column is not close enough to a group of dimensioned objects in a particular
quadrant, it is not dimensioned. Also, if the column is inline with another column that is already
dimensioned, it is not dimensioned.
In the example below, notice how the top left column is not dimensioned because the bottom left
column is dimensioned. Also, the middle columns are not dimensioned because they line up
with the outer columns.
538
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a Duct with a parallel orientation in a
drawing.
539
Dimension Rule
Horizontal and vertical ducts with Parallel orientations (horizontal and vertical) are dimensioned
to each other. The dimensions are placed in white space on each side of the drawing. Horizontal
ducts are dimensioned vertically, and vertical ducts are dimensioned horizontally. When the
drawing updates, the duct dimensions also dimension to nearby columns, since the columns are
anchored.
540
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of Ducts with a Normal orientation in a drawing.
Dimension Rule
Ducts that are Normal orientation are dimensioned with the parallel ducts and anchored
columns.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of HVAC Components in a drawing.
Dimension Rule
The HVAC Components use the same dimension rules as the ducts.
541
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of HVAC parts in a drawing.
Label Rule
The longest segment of each HVAC run is labeled. If a HVAC part is clipped, it is labeled with a
leader. None of the HVAC components are labeled. For example, surface mounted and in-line
components are not labeled.
542
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of handrails in a plan drawing.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a beam in a drawing.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of stairs in a drawing.
Stairs that are partially included in a volume are not clipped. The entire stair object is
included in the drawing.
543
Stairs that appear in the looking direction are included in the drawing, even if the volume
does not include the stairs.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of grid lines in a drawing.
Label Rule
Each grid line is labeled. Horizontal grid lines are labeled vertically, while vertical grid lines are
labeled horizontally. The label reports the name of the grids in the model.
X-axis grids
544
Y-axis grids
Front
545
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
546
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Columns
HVAC
Section_Reference.x
ml
HVAC
Section_Columns_Horiz
ontal.xml
Columns
HVAC
Section_Reference.x
ml
HVAC
Section_Columns_Anch
or_Horizontal.xml
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
HVAC Parts
HVAC
Section_HVAC.xml
HVAC Parts
HVAC
Section_HVAC.xml
HVAC
Section_LineNumber_L
ongest Segment.xml
HVAC
Section_HVAC.xml
HVAC
Section_LineNumber_
Clipped.xml
HVAC Section_Linear
Duct Cross Section
Size.xml
HVAC Parts
Clipped
Dimension Rule
Ducts
Parallel
HVAC
Section_HVAC.xml
Ducts
Parallel,
horizontal
HVAC
Section_HVAC.xml
HVAC
Section_Ducts_Vertical.
xml
Ducts
Parallel,
vertical
HVAC
Section_HVAC.xml
HVAC
Section_Ducts_Horizont
al
HVAC
Components
HVAC
Section_HVAC.xml
HVAC
Components
Parallel,
horizontal
HVAC
Section_HVAC.xml
HVAC
Section_Ducts_Horizont
al.xml
HVAC
Components
Parallel,
vertical
HVAC
Section_HVAC.xml
HVAC
Section_Ducts_Vertical.
xml
Ducts
Normal
HVAC
Section_HVAC.xml
HVAC
Section_Ducts_Horizont
al.xml
Ducts
Normal
HVAC
Section_HVAC.xml
HVAC
Section_Ducts_Vertical.
xml
Duct
Supports
HVAC Section_Duct
Supports.xml
HVAC Section_Pipe
Support_Name.xml
Grid Plane
Elevation
HVAC Section_Grid
Plane.xml
HVAC Section_Grid
Plane_Name.xml
Grid Line
HVAC Section_Grid
Line.xml
HVAC Section_Grid
Line_TOS.xml
Beams
HVAC
Section_Reference.x
ml
Handrails
HVAC
Section_Reference.x
ml
Stairs
HVAC
Section_Stairs.xml
Ladders
HVAC
Section_Ladders.xml
HVAC Section_Grid
Line_Anchor_Vertical.x
ml
547
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
Orientation
Grid Line
Grid Line
Clipping
Graphic Rule
(.xml)
Label Rule
(.xml)
Dimension Rule
(.xml)
Parallel, vertical
SM_HVAC_Plan_
GridLine
SM_HVAC_Plan_
GridLineX_Name
SM_HVAC_Plan_Grid_
Anchor_Horizontal
Parallel,
horizontal
SM_HVAC_Plan_
GridLine
SM_HVAC_Plan_
GridLineY_Name
SM_HVAC_Plan_Grid_
Anchor_Vertical
Root
Longitudinal
Bulkhead
Plate Systems
SM_HVAC_Plan_BHD
Root
Transverse
Bulkhead
Plate Systems
SM_HVAC_Plan_BHD
Root Deck
Plate Systems
SM_HVAC_Plan_Deck
Beam and
Profile Edge
Reinforcement
Root Systems
SM_HVAC_Plan_
Profiles
Equipment
and
Furnishing
SM_HVAC_Plan_Equi
pment
Ladders
SM_HVAC_Plan_
Ladders
Stairs
SM_HVAC_Plan_
Stairs
HVAC
SM_HVAC_Plan_
HVAC
HVAC Runs
SM_HVAC_Plan_
Run_Name
Ducts
Ducts
548
SM_HVAC_Plan_Duct_
Horizontal
SM_HVAC_
LinearDuct_
CrossSectionSize
SM_HVAC_Plan_Duct_
Vertical
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
Orientation
Grid Line
Grid Plane
Clipping
Graphic Rule
(.xml)
Label Rule
(.xml)
Normal
SM_HVAC_Section_
GridLines
SM_HVAC_Section_ SM_HVAC_Section_
GridLineX_Name
Grid_Anchor_
Horizontal
Parallel,
Horizontal
SM_HVAC_Section_
GridLines
SM_HVAC_Section_ SM_HVAC_Section_
GridPlane_Name
Grid_Anchor_
Vertical
Root
Longitudinal
Bulkhead
Plate Systems
SM_HVAC_
Section_BHD
Root
Transverse
Bulkhead
Plate Systems
SM_HVAC_
Section_BHD
Root Deck
Plate Systems
SM_HVAC_Section_
Deck
All Root
Profile
Systems
SM_HVAC_Section_
Profiles
Ladders
SM_HVAC_Section_
Ladders
Stairs
SM_HVAC_Section_
Stairs
HVAC
SM_HVAC_Section_
HVAC
Dimension Rule
(.xml)
HVAC Runs
SM_HVAC_Section_ SM_HVAC_Section_
Run_Name
Duct_Horizontal
HVAC Runs
SM_HVAC_Section_
Duct_Vertical
Ducts
SM_HVAC_
LinearDuct_
CrossSectionSize
549
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
Orientation
Grid Line
Grid Plane
Clipping
Graphic Rule
(.xml)
Label Rule
(.xml)
Dimension Rule
(.xml)
Normal
SM_HVAC_Elevation
_
GridLine
SM_HVAC_Elevation_
GridLineX_Name
SM_HVAC_Elevation_
Grid_Anchor_
Horizontal
Parallel,
Horizontal
SM_HVAC_Elevation
_
GridLine
SM_HVAC_Elevation_
GridPlane_Name
SM_HVAC_Elevation_
Grid_Anchor_
Vertical
SM_HVAC_Elevation_
Run_Name
SM_HVAC_Elevation_
Duct_Horizontal
Root
Longitudinal
Bulkhead Plate
Systems
SM_HVAC_
Elevation_BHD
Root Transverse
Bulkhead Plate
Systems
SM_HVAC_
SM_HVAC_
SM_HVAC_
Ladders
SM_HVAC_Elevation
_
Ladders
Stairs
SM_HVAC_Elevation
_
Stairs
HVAC
SM_HVAC_Elevation
_
HVAC
HVAC Runs
Elevation_BHD
Elevation_Deck
Elevation_Profiles
HVAC Runs
Ducts
550
SM_HVAC_Elevation_
Duct_Vertical
SM_HVAC_
LinearDuct_
CrossSectionSize
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Columns
Instrument
Elevation_Reference
.xml
Instrument
Elevation_Columns_Ho
rizontal.xml
Columns
Instrument
Elevation_Reference
.xml
Instrument
Elevation_Columns_An
chor_Horizontal.xml
Piping
Instruments
Instrument
Elevation_Instrumen
ts.xml
Piping
Instruments
Instrument
Elevation_Instrumen
ts.xml
Instrument
Elevation_Instruments_
Vertical.xml
Piping
Instruments
Instrument
Elevation_Instrumen
ts.xml
Instrument
Elevation_Instruments_
Anchor_Vertical.xml
Piping
Instruments
Instrument
Elevation_Instrumen
ts.xml
Instrument
Elevation_Instruments_
Anchor_Horizontal.xml
Piping Parts
Instrument
Elevation_Piping.xml
Pipe Supports
Instrument
Elevation_Pipe
Instrument
Elevation_Piping
Instruments_Name.x
ml
Instrument
Elevation_Instruments_
Horizontal.xml
551
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Supports.xml
552
Equipment
Instrument
Instrument
Elevation_Equipmen Elevation_Equipment
t.xml
_Name.xml
Grid Plane
Elevation
Instrument
Elevation_Grid
Line.xml
Instrument
Elevation_Grid
Plane_Name.xml
Grid Line
Instrument
Elevation_Grid
Line.xml
Instrument
Elevation_Grid
Line_TOS.xml
Beams
Instrument
Elevation_Reference
.xml
Stairs
Instrument
Elevation_Stair.xml
Ladders
Instrument
Elevation_Ladder.x
ml
Handrails
Instrument
Elevation_Reference
.xml
Front
Instrument
Elevation_Grid
Line_Anchor_Vertical.x
ml
Pipes
Normal
Cable Trays
Normal
Instrument
Elevation_CableTray
.xml
Instrument
Elevation_Instruments_
Anchor_Horizontal.xml
Cable Trays
Normal
Instrument
Elevation_CableTray
.xml
Instrument
Elevation_Instruments_
Anchor_Vertical.xml
Cable Trays
Parallel, vertical
Instrument
Elevation_CableTray
.xml
Instrument
Elevation_Instruments_
Anchor_Horizontal.xml
Cable Trays
Parallel,
horizontal
Instrument
Elevation_CableTray
.xml
Instrument
Elevation_Instruments_
Anchor_Vertical.xml
Conduits
Normal
Instrument
Elevation_Normal
Conduit.xml
Instrument
Elevation_Instruments_
Anchor_Horizontal.xml
Conduits
Normal
Instrument
Elevation_Normal
Conduit.xml
Instrument
Elevation_Instruments_
Anchor_Vertical.xml
Conduits
Parallel, vertical
Instrument
Elevation_Conduit_S
ingleLine.xml
Instrument
Elevation_Instruments_
Anchor_Horizontal.xml
Conduits
Parallel,
horizontal
Instrument
Elevation_Conduit_S
ingleLine.xml
Instrument
Elevation_Instruments_
Anchor_Vertical.xml
Front
Instrument
Elevation_Normal
Pipe.xml
553
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of cable trays in an elevation view.
554
555
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a conduit in an elevation view.
556
557
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of pipe supports in an elevation view.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of piping instruments in an elevation view.
Label Rule
Every piping instrument is labeled with the corresponding name from the model. If there is not
enough white space for the label, it is placed offset from the piping instrument with a jogged
leader. For an example of the label rule, see the above graphic.
Dimension Rule
Horizontal and vertical dimensions are placed on all piping instruments. Piping instruments are
also dimensioned as anchors, which means they are dimensioned to other nearby objects. If a
558
559
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of piping parts in an elevation view.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a Column in an elevation drawing.
560
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of an equipment piece in an elevation drawing.
Label Rule
Every piece of equipment is labeled. The label is placed in the center of the equipment, unless
there is an object already in the center, or if there is not sufficient white space for the label. If the
label cannot be placed on the center of the object, it is placed with a jogged leader.
561
562
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a grid plane in a drawing.
Label Rule
The y-axis of the grid plane is labeled with the name of the grid in the model. For example, see
the above graphic.
Handrails in Elevation View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a handrail in an elevation drawing.
563
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of grid lines in an elevation drawing.
Label Rule
All elevation grid lines are labeled with the grid name and elevation distance. See the above
graphic for an example.
Dimension Rule
All elevation grid lines are dimensioned with other dimensioned objects in the drawing. The
elevation grid line dimensions are anchored and must be dimensioned with other objects, such
as pipes and columns.
564
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a beam in an elevation drawing.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a ladder in an elevation drawing.
Ladders that are partially included in a volume are not clipped. The entire ladder object is
included in the drawing.
Ladders that appear in the looking direction are included in the drawing, even if the volume
does not include the ladder.
565
Graphic Rule
Conduits that are clipped by a volume are labeled differently than other conduits that appear
inside the volume. Clipped conduit features that are directly parallel to the look direction are
resymbolized.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of stairs in an elevation drawing.
566
Stairs that are partially included in a volume are not clipped. The entire stair object is
included in the drawing.
Stairs that appear in the looking direction are included in the drawing, even if the volume
does not include the stairs.
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Equipment
Instrument
Isometric_Equipment.
xml
Instrument
Isometric_Equipment
_Name.xml
Piping Parts
Instrument
Isometric_Piping.xml
Piping
Instruments
Instrument
Isometric_Piping.xml
Pipe Supports
Instrument
Isometric_Piping.xml
Structure (see
"Structure in
Isometric View
Styles" on
page 570)
Instrument
Isometric_Reference.
xml
Cableway
Instrument
Isometric_Reference.
xml
Dimension Rule
Instrument
Isometric_Piping
Instruments_Name.x
ml
Example
567
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of an Equipment component in an isometric
drawing.
568
569
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of structure in an isometric view.
570
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of piping instruments in an isometric view.
Label Rule
Each piping instrument is labeled with the corresponding name from the model.
Piping Parts in Isometric View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of piping parts in an isometric view.
571
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of cableway in an isometric view.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of pipe supports in an isometric view.
572
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Grid Systems
Instrument Key
Plan_Reference.xml
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Instrument Key
Plan_Focus_Name.x
ml
Example
573
574
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Beams
Parallel
Instrument Overall
Key
Plan_Reference.xml
Braces
Parallel
Instrument Overall
Key
Plan_Reference.xml
Columns
Instrument Overall
Key
Plan_Reference.xml
Slabs
Instrument Overall
Key
Plan_Reference.xml
Equipment
Instrument Overall
Key
Plan_Equipment.xml
Instrument Plan
Volumes
Instrument Overall
Key
Plan_Volumes.xml
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a beam in a drawing.
575
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of braces in a drawing.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a Column in a drawing.
576
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of slabs in a drawing. The slab boundaries are
drawn with a gray line. Openings in the slab are also represented with a gray line.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of equipment in a plan drawing.
577
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of piping plan volumes in a drawing.
Label Rule
All drawing key plan volumes are labeled with their 3D model name. By default, the label is
placed in the upper left corner of the volume in the drawing. Refer to the above graphic for an
example.
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
578
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Columns
Instrument
Plan_Reference.xml
Instrument
Plan_Columns_Horizont
al.xml
Columns
Instrument
Plan_Reference.xml
Instrument
Plan_Columns_Vertical.
xml
Columns
Instrument
Plan_Reference.xml
Instrument
Plan_Columns_Anchor_
Horizontal.xml
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Columns
Instrument
Plan_Reference.xml
Piping Parts
Instrument
Plan_Piping.xml
Pipes
Normal
Front
Label Rule
Instrument
Plan_Columns_Anchor_
Vertical.xml
Instrument
Plan_Normal Pipe.xml
Pipe Supports
Instrument
Plan_Piping.xml
Piping
Instruments
Instrument
Plan_Instruments.xml
Piping
Instruments
Instrument
Plan_Instruments.xml
Equipment
Instrument
Plan_Equipment.xml
Instrument
Plan_Equipment_Na
me.xml
Instrument
Plan_Piping
Instruments_Name.x
ml
Instrument
Plan_Instruments_Horiz
ontal.xml
Instrument
Plan_Instruments_Vertic
al.xml
Grid Line
Parallel,
horizontal
Instrument Plan_Grid
Line.xml
Instrument Plan_Grid
Line_Y Name.xml
Grid Line
Parallel,
vertical
Instrument Plan_Grid
Line.xml
Instrument Plan_Grid
Line_X Name.xml
Cableway Parts
Dimension Rule
Instrument
Plan_Cableways.xml
Cable Trays
Parallel,
vertical
Instrument
Plan_Cableways.xml
Cable Trays
Parallel,
horizontal
Instrument
Plan_Cableways.xml
Conduit Parts
Instrument
Plan_Cable
Trays_Name-Elevatio
n-Width.xml
Instrument
Plan_Instruments_Horiz
ontal.xml
Instrument
Plan_Instruments_Vertic
al.xml
Instrument
Plan_Conduit.xml
Conduits
Parallel,
vertical
Instrument
Plan_Conduit_SingleLi
ne.xml
Instrument
Plan_Instruments_Horiz
ontal.xml
Conduits
Parallel,
horizontal
Instrument
Plan_Conduit_SingleLi
ne.xml
Instrument
Plan_Instruments_Vertic
al.xml
Beams
Instrument
Plan_Reference.xml
Stairs
Instrument
Plan_Stair.xml
Ladders
Instrument
Plan_Ladder.xml
579
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a Column in a drawing.
Dimension Rule
Dimensions all vertical and horizontal columns. Columns are dimensioned as anchors, which
means they are only dimensioned when they are in close proximity to a group of dimensioned
objects. If a column is not close enough to a group of dimensioned objects in a particular
580
581
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of stairs in a drawing.
Stairs that are partially included in a volume are not clipped. The entire stair object is
included in the drawing.
Stairs that appear in the looking direction are included in the drawing, even if the volume
does not include the stairs.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a ladder in a drawing.
582
Ladders that are partially included in a volume are not clipped. The entire ladder object is
included in the drawing.
Ladders that appear in the looking direction are included in the drawing, even if the volume
does not include the ladder.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of grid lines in a drawing.
Label Rule
Each grid line is labeled. Horizontal grid lines are labeled vertically, while vertical grid lines are
labeled horizontally. The label reports the name of the grids in the model.
X-axis grids
Y-axis grids
583
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of an Equipment component in a drawing.
Label Rule
Every piece of equipment is labeled. The label is placed in the center of the equipment, unless
there is an object already in the center, or if there is not sufficient white space for the label. If the
label cannot be placed on the center of the object, it is placed with a jogged leader. In the
example below, the label from the above graphic is magnified to show the details of the
equipment label.
584
Clipped
585
586
When inserting filters in the view style, be sure they match the order of the objects in the
Select Filter dialog box. For example, be sure to place Pipes filters under any existing Piping
Parts filters.
Examples
The following example is the default Piping Plan view style. The highlighted piping segment has
a 2 inch diameter.
587
The following example shows the order of the Piping filters in the modified view style. The filter
that resymbolizes all pipes that are less than or equal to 2 inches is last because it is further
down in the hierarchy.
See Also
Orthographic Drawings View Styles (on page 380)
Create an Orthographic Drawing View Style (on page 56)
588
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a beam in a drawing.
589
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of cable trays in a plan view.
Label Rule
Each cable tray is labeled with the corresponding name and elevation value from the model.
See the above graphic for an example.
590
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of cableway parts in a plan view.
591
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of conduit parts in a plan view.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of conduits in a plan view. Conduit straight
features are resymbolized as a solid line.
592
593
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of pipe supports in a plan view.
Graphic Rule
Pipes with a Normal orientation are included in the view and are resymbolized.
594
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of piping instruments in a plan view.
Label Rule
Each piping instrument is labeled with the corresponding name from the model.
Dimension Rule
Vertical and horizontal dimensions are placed on piping instruments. Piping instruments are also
dimensioned with columns, cable trays, and conduits.
595
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of piping parts in a plan view.
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
596
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Columns
Instrument
Section_Reference.x
ml
Instrument
Section_Columns_Ho
rizontal.xml
Columns
Instrument
Section_Reference.x
ml
Instrument
Section_Columns_An
chor_Horizontal.xml
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Piping
Instruments
Instrument
Instrument
Instrument
Section_Instruments.x Section_Piping
Section_Instruments_
ml
Instruments_Name.xml Horizontal.xml
Piping
Instruments
Instrument
Section_Instruments.x
ml
Instrument
Section_Instruments_
Vertical.xml
Piping
Instruments
Instrument
Section_Instruments.x
ml
Instrument
Section_Instruments_
Anchor_Vertical.xml
Piping
Instruments
Instrument
Section_Instruments.x
ml
Instrument
Section_Instruments_
Anchor_Horizontal.xm
l
Piping Parts
Instrument
Section_Instruments.x
ml
Pipe Supports
Instrument
Section_Instruments.x
ml
Equipment
Instrument
Instrument
Section_Instruments.x Section_Equipment_N
ml
ame.xml
Grid Plane
Section
Instrument
Instrument
Section_Grid Line.xml Section_Grid
Plane_Name.xml
Grid Line
Instrument
Instrument
Section_Grid Line.xml Section_Grid
Line_TOS.xml
Beams
Instrument
Section_Reference.x
ml
Stairs
Instrument
Section_Stairs.xml
Ladders
Instrument
Section_Ladder.xml
Handrails
Instrument
Section_Reference.x
ml
Front
Instrument
Section_Grid
Line_Anchor_Vertical.
xml
Pipes
Normal
Cable Trays
Normal
Instrument
Section_CableTray.x
ml
Instrument
Section_Instruments_
Anchor_Horizontal.xm
l
Cable Trays
Normal
Instrument
Section_CableTray.x
ml
Instrument
Section_Instruments_
Anchor_Vertical.xml
Cable Trays
Parallel, vertical
Instrument
Section_CableTray.x
ml
Instrument
Section_Instruments_
Anchor_Horizontal.xm
Instrument
Section_Normal
Pipe.xml
597
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
l
598
Cable Trays
Parallel,
horizontal
Instrument
Section_CableTray.x
ml
Instrument
Section_Instruments_
Anchor_Vertical.xml
Conduits
Normal
Instrument
Section_Normal
Conduit.xml
Instrument
Section_Instruments_
Anchor_Horizontal.xm
l
Conduits
Normal
Instrument
Section_Normal
Conduit.xml
Instrument
Section_Instruments_
Anchor_Vertical.xml
Conduits
Parallel, vertical
Instrument
Section_Conduit_Sing
leLine.xml
Instrument
Section_Instruments_
Anchor_Horizontal.xm
l
Conduits
Parallel,
horizontal
Instrument
Section_Conduit_Sing
leLine.xml
Instrument
Section_Instruments_
Anchor_Vertical.xml
Front
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
Equipment
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Nozzle Orientation
Plan_Equipment.xml
599
Nozzle Orientation
Plan_Beams.xml
Stairs
Nozzle Orientation
Plan_Stairs.xml
Handrails
Nozzle Orientation
Plan_Handrail.xml
Ladders
Nozzle Orientation
Plan_Ladders.xml
Slabs
Nozzle Orientation
Plan_Slab.xml
Pipe Nozzle
Nozzle Orientation
Plan_Nozzle.xml
Nozzle Orientation
Plan_NozzleLabel.xml
Pipe Nozzle
Normal,
toward you
Nozzle Orientation
Plan_Nozzle.xml
Nozzle Orientation
Plan_Nozzle_TOP_N
ame.xml
Pipe Nozzle
Normal, away
from you
Nozzle Orientation
Plan_Nozzle.xml
Nozzle Orientation
Plan_Nozzle_BTM_N
ame.xml
Nozzle Orientation
Plan_Nozzle.xml
Nozzle Orientation
Plan_NozzleAngleLab
el.xml
Pipe Nozzle
600
601
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of pipe nozzles in a plan view.
Label Rule
Each nozzle is labeled with the corresponding name from the model. The leader line is labeled
with the nozzle orientation angle. See the above graphic for an example.
602
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Support
Components
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Structure
Control Point
Structure
Piping Parts
Piping
Supports
Dimension Rule
603
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
604
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Structure
Control Point
Structure
Piping
Supports
Dimension Rule
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Columns
Piping
Elevation_Reference.
xml
Piping
Elevation_Columns_Hori
zontal.xml
Columns
Piping
Elevation_Reference.
xml
Piping
Elevation_Columns_Anc
hor_Horizontal.xml
Equipment
Piping
Piping
Elevation_Equipment. Elevation_Equipment_N
xml
ame.xml
Equipment
Piping
Elevation_Equipment.
xml
Piping
Elevation_Equipment_A
nchor_Horizontal.xml
605
Orientation
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Equipment
Piping
Elevation_Equipment.
xml
Piping Parts
Piping
Elevation_Piping.xml
Piping Parts
Piping
Elevation_Piping.xml
Piping
Elevation_LineNumber_
Longest Segment.xml
Piping
Elevation_Piping.xml
Piping
Elevation_LineNumber_
Clipped.xml
Piping Parts
606
Clipping
Clipped
Dimension Rule
Piping
Elevation_Equipment_A
nchor_Vertical.xml
Pipes
Parallel,
vertical
Piping
Elevation_Piping.xml
Piping
Elevation_Pipes_Horizo
ntal.xml
Pipes
Parallel,
horizontal
Piping
Elevation_Piping.xml
Piping
Elevation_Pipes_Vertica
l.xml
Pipes
Normal
Piping
Elevation_Piping.xml
Piping
Elevation_Pipes_Horizo
ntal.xml
Pipes
Normal
Piping
Elevation_Piping.xml
Piping
Elevation_Pipes_Vertica
lxml
Pipes
Normal
Front
Piping
Elevation_Normal
Pipe.xml
Grid Plane
Elevation
Piping Elevation_Grid
Plane.xml
Piping Elevation_Grid
Plane_Name.xml
Grid Line
Piping Elevation_Grid
Line.xml
Piping Elevation_Grid
Line_TOS.xml
Grid Line
Piping Elevation_Grid
Line.xml
Beams
Piping
Elevation_Reference.
xml
Handrails
Piping
Elevation_Reference.
xml
Ladders
Piping
Elevation_Ladders.xm
l
Stairs
Piping
Elevation_Stairs.xml
Piping Elevation_Grid
Line_Anchor_Vertical.x
ml
607
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of stairs in an elevation drawing.
608
Stairs that are partially included in a volume are not clipped. The entire stair object is
included in the drawing.
Stairs that appear in the looking direction are included in the drawing, even if the volume
does not include the stairs.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a Column in an elevation drawing.
Dimension Rule
Horizontal dimensions are placed between each column. The dimensions are grouped with the
equipment dimensions that are in the same quadrant.
609
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of an equipment piece in an elevation drawing.
Label Rule
Every piece of equipment is labeled. The label is placed in the center of the equipment, unless
there is an object already in the center, or if there is not sufficient white space for the label. If the
label cannot be placed on the center of the object, it is placed with a jogged leader.
610
611
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of grid lines in an elevation drawing.
Label Rule
All elevation grid lines are labeled with the grid name and elevation distance. See the above
graphic for an example.
Dimension Rule
All elevation grid lines are dimensioned with other dimensioned objects in the drawing. The
elevation grid line dimensions are anchored and must be dimensioned with other objects, such
as pipes and columns.
612
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a grid plane in a drawing.
Label Rule
The y-axis of the grid plane is labeled with the name of the grid in the model. For example, see
the above graphic.
Beams in Elevation View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a beam in an elevation drawing.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a handrail in an elevation drawing.
613
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a ladder in an elevation drawing.
614
Ladders that are partially included in a volume are not clipped. The entire ladder object is
included in the drawing.
Ladders that appear in the looking direction are included in the drawing, even if the volume
does not include the ladder.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of pipes in an elevation drawing. Elbows and
surface-mounted components are not included in the delivered Pipes filter.
Dimension Rule
Horizontal and vertical pipes are dimensioned to each other, as well as the piping parts and
other objects in the drawing. The dimensions are placed in white space on each side of the
drawing. Horizontal pipes are dimensioned vertically, and vertical pipes are dimensioned
horizontally. For example, see the above graphic.
615
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of piping parts in an elevation drawing.
Label Rule
The longest segment of each pipe run is labeled. If a pipe is clipped, it is labeled with a leader.
None of the piping components (except for the pipes) are labeled. For example, surface
mounted components and elbows are not labeled.
616
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of stairs in an elevation drawing.
Stairs that are partially included in a volume are not clipped. The entire stair object is
included in the drawing.
Stairs that appear in the looking direction are included in the drawing, even if the volume
does not include the stairs.
617
618
When inserting filters in the view style, be sure they match the order of the objects in the
Select Filter dialog box. For example, be sure to place Pipes filters under any existing Piping
Parts filters.
The following example is a modified Piping Plan view style. A row has been inserted beneath
the original Piping filters to resymbolize all pipes equal to or less than 2 inches as a single line.
619
See Also
Orthographic Drawings View Styles (on page 380)
Create an Orthographic Drawing View Style (on page 56)
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
620
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Columns
Piping
Elevation_Reference.
xml
Columns
Piping
Elevation_Reference.
xml
Equipment
Piping
Piping
Elevation_Equipment. Elevation_Equipment
_Name Style2.xml
xml
Dimension Rule
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Equipment
Piping
Elevation_Equipment.
xml
Equipment
Piping
Elevation_Equipment.
xml
Piping Parts
Piping
Elevation_Piping.xml
Piping Parts
Piping
Elevation_Piping.xml
Piping
Elevation_LineNumbe
r_Longest
Segment.xml
Piping
Elevation_Piping.xml
Piping
Elevation_LineNumbe
r_Clipped Style2.xml
Piping Parts
Clipped
Pipes
Parallel,
vertical
Piping
Elevation_Piping.xml
Piping
Elevation_LineNumbe
r_Style2.xml
Pipes
Parallel,
horizontal
Piping
Elevation_Piping.xml
Piping
Elevation_LineNumbe
r_Style2.xml
Pipes
Normal
Piping
Elevation_Piping.xml
Pipes
Normal
Piping
Elevation_Piping.xml
Pipes
Normal
Front
Piping
Elevation_Normal
Pipe.xml
Grid Plane
Elevation
Piping Elevation_Grid
Plane.xml
Piping Elevation_Grid
Plan_Name
Style2.xml
Grid Line
Piping Elevation_Grid
Line.xml
Piping Elevation_Grid
Line_TOS Style2.xml
Grid Line
Piping Elevation_Grid
Line.xml
Beams
Piping
Elevation_Reference.
xml
Handrails
Piping
Elevation_Reference.
xml
Ladders
Piping
Elevation_Ladders.xm
l
Stairs
Piping
Elevation_Stairs.xml
Dimension Rule
621
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
622
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Equipment
Ladders
Beams
Braces
Columns
Stairs
Control Point
Structure
Piping
Trench
Transformer
Dimension Rule
Grid Line
Parallel,
vertical
Grid Line
Parallel,
horizontal
623
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of piping in a drawing.
624
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of braces in a drawing.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a trench in a plan drawing.
625
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a control point in a drawing.
Label Rule
Each control point is resymbolized and labeled with its name from the model.
Equipment in Plan View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of an Equipment component in a drawing.
626
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Equipment
Piping
Isometric_Equipment.xml
Piping
Isometric_Equipment_Nam
e.xml
Piping Parts
Piping Isometric_Piping.xml
Piping Parts
Piping Isometric_Piping.xml
Members
Piping
Isometric_Members.xml
Equipment
Foundations
Piping
Isometric_Foundations.xml
Footings
Piping
Isometric_Foundations.xml
Dimension
Rule
Piping
Isometric_LineNumber_Lo
ngest Segment.xml
627
Example
628
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of equipment foundations in an isometric
drawing.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of an Equipment component in an isometric
drawing.
629
630
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of members in an isometric drawing.
631
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of piping parts in an isometric drawing.
Label Rule
The longest segment of each pipe run is labeled. If a pipe is clipped, it is labeled with a leader.
None of the piping components (except for the pipes) are labeled. For example, surface
mounted components and elbows are not labeled.
632
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of footings in an isometric drawing.
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Equipment
Piping Isometric
Piping Isometric
Detail_Equipment.xml Detail_Equipment
Name.xml
Piping Parts
Piping Isometric
Detail_Piping.xml
Piping Parts
equal to or
less than 4in
NPD
Piping Isometric
Detail_Small
Pipe_SingleLine.xml
Piping Parts
equal to or
less than 4in
NPD-2
Piping Isometric
Detail_Small
Components.xml
Members
Piping Isometric
Detail_Members.xml
Equipment
Foundations
Piping Isometric
Detail_Foundations.x
ml
Footings
Piping Isometric
Detail_Foundations.x
ml
Dimension Rule
633
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Beams
Piping Isometric
Key_Members_Line.x
ml
Columns
Piping Isometric
Key_Members_Line.x
ml
Process
Vessel
Piping Isometric
Key_Process
Vessel.xml
KeyPlan
Focus
Element
Piping Isometric
Key_Focus.xml
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Piping Isometric
Key_Focus_Name.xml
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
634
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Grid
Systems
Piping Key
Plan_Reference.xml
Key Plan
Focus
Element
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Piping Key
Plan_Focus_Name.xml
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Beams
Parallel
Braces
Parallel
Columns
Equipment
Piping Plan
Volumes
Slabs
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
635
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of equipment in a plan drawing.
636
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of piping plan volumes in a drawing.
Label Rule
All drawing key plan volumes are labeled with their 3D model name. By default, the label is
placed in the upper left corner of the volume in the drawing. Refer to the above graphic for an
example.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of slabs in a drawing. The slab boundaries are
drawn with a gray line. Openings in the slab are also represented with a gray line.
637
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a Column in a drawing.
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
638
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Columns
Piping
Plan_Reference.xml
Piping
Plan_Columns_Anchor_Ho
rizontal.xml
Columns
Piping
Plan_Reference.xml
Piping
Plan_Columns_Anchor_Ve
rtical.xml
Columns
Piping
Plan_Reference.xml
Piping
Plan_Columns_Vertical.xm
l
Columns
Piping
Plan_Reference.xml
Piping
Plan_Columns_Horizontal.
xml
Equipment
Piping
Plan_Equipment.xml
Equipment
Piping
Plan_Equipment.xml
Piping Plan
Equipment
Name.xml
Piping
Plan_Equipment_Anchor_
Horizontal.xml
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Equipment
Piping
Plan_Equipment.xml
Piping Parts
Piping Plan_Piping.xml
Piping Parts
Piping Plan_Piping.xml
Piping
Plan_LineNumber_
Longest
Segment.xml
Piping Plan_Piping.xml
Piping
Plan_LineNumber_
Clipped.xml
Piping Parts
Clipped
Dimension Rule
Piping
Plan_Equipment_Anchor_
Vertical.xml
Pipes
Parallel, vertical
Piping Plan_Piping.xml
Piping
Plan_Pipes_Horizontal.xml
Pipes
Parallel,
horizontal
Piping Plan_Piping.xml
Piping
Plan_Pipes_Vertical.xml
Pipes
Normal
Piping Plan_Piping.xml
Piping
Plan_Pipes_Horizontal.xml
Pipes
Normal
Piping Plan_Piping.xml
Piping
Plan_Pipes_Vertical.xml
Pipes
Normal
Grid Line
Parallel,
horizontal
Piping Plan_Grid
Line.xml
Piping Plan_Grid
Line_Y Name.xml
Grid Line
Parallel, vertical
Piping Plan_Grid
Line_X Name.xml
Piping Plan_Grid
Line_X Name.xml
Front
Piping Plan_Normal
Pipe.xml
Beams
Piping
Plan_Beams.xml
Stairs
Piping Plan_Stairs.xml
Ladders
Piping
Plan_Ladders.xml
639
640
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a beam in a drawing.
641
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a Column in a drawing.
Dimension Rule
Vertical and horizontal dimensions are placed between each beam.
642
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of an Equipment component in a drawing.
Label Rule
Every piece of equipment is labeled. The label is placed in the center of the equipment, unless
there is an object already in the center, or if there is not sufficient white space for the label. If the
label cannot be placed on the center of the object, it is placed with a jogged leader. In the
example below, the label from the above graphic is magnified to show the details of the
equipment label.
643
644
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of grid lines in a drawing.
Label Rule
Each grid line is labeled. Horizontal grid lines are labeled vertically, while vertical grid lines are
labeled horizontally. The label reports the name of the grids in the model.
X-axis grids
Y-axis grids
645
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a ladder in a drawing.
646
Ladders that are partially included in a volume are not clipped. The entire ladder object is
included in the drawing.
Ladders that appear in the looking direction are included in the drawing, even if the volume
does not include the ladder.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of pipes in a drawing. Elbows and
surface-mounted components are not included in the delivered Pipes filter.
Left portion of the sample drawing:
647
Dimension Rule
Horizontal and vertical pipes are dimensioned to each other, as well as the piping parts and
other objects in the drawing. The dimensions are placed in white space on each side of the
drawing. Horizontal pipes are dimensioned vertically, and vertical pipes are dimensioned
horizontally. For example, see the above graphics.
648
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of piping parts in a drawing.
649
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of stairs in a drawing.
Stairs that are partially included in a volume are not clipped. The entire stair object is
included in the drawing.
Stairs that appear in the looking direction are included in the drawing, even if the volume
does not include the stairs.
650
651
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
652
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Columns
Piping
Plan_Reference.xml
Columns
Piping
Plan_Reference.xml
Columns
Piping
Plan_Reference.xml
Columns
Piping
Plan_Reference.xml
Equipment
Piping
Plan_Equipment.xml
Equipment
Piping
Plan_Equipment.xml
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Piping
Plan_Equipment_Na
me Style2.xml
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Equipment
Piping
Plan_Equipment.xml
Piping Parts
Piping Plan_Piping.xml
Piping Parts
Piping Plan_Piping.xml
Piping
Plan_LineNumber_Lo
ngest Segment.xml
Piping Plan_Piping.xml
Piping
Plan_LineNumber_Cli
pped Style2.xml
Piping Parts
Clipped
Pipes
Parallel,
vertical
Piping Plan_Piping.xml
Piping
Plan_LineNumber_St
yle2.xml
Pipes
Parallel,
horizontal
Piping Plan_Piping.xml
Piping
Plan_LineNumber_St
yle2.xml
Pipes
Normal
Piping Plan_Piping.xml
Pipes
Normal
Piping Plan_Piping.xml
Pipes
Normal
Piping Plan_Normal
Pipe.xml
Grid Line
Parallel,
horizontal
Piping Plan_Grid
Line.xml
Piping Plan_Grid
Line_Y Name
Style2.xml
Grid Line
Parallel,
vertical
Piping Plan_Grid
Line.xml
Piping Plan_Grid
Line_X Name
Style2.xml
Beams
Piping
Plan_Beams.xml
Stairs
Piping Plan_Stairs.xml
Ladders
Piping
Plan_Ladders.xml
Dimension Rule
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
653
Orientation
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Columns
Piping
Plan_Reference.xml
Piping
Plan_Columns_Anchor_Ho
rizontal.xml
Columns
Piping
Plan_Reference.xml
Piping
Plan_Columns_Anchor_Ve
rtical.xml
Columns
Piping
Plan_Reference.xml
Piping
Plan_Columns_Vertical.xm
l
Columns
Piping
Plan_Reference.xml
Piping
Plan_Columns_Horizontal.
xml
Equipment
Piping
Plan_Equipment.xml
Equipment
Piping
Plan_Equipment.xml
Piping
Plan_Equipment_Anchor_
Horizontal.xml
Equipment
Piping
Plan_Equipment.xml
Piping
Plan_Equipment_Anchor_
Vertical.xml
Piping Parts
Piping Plan_Piping.xml
Piping Parts
Piping Plan_Piping.xml
Piping
Plan_LineNumber_
Longest
Segment.xml
Piping Plan_Piping.xml
Piping
Plan_LineNumber_
Clipped.xml
Piping Parts
654
Clipping
Clipped
Piping Plan
Equipment
Name.xml
Pipes
Parallel, vertical
Piping Plan_Piping.xml
Piping
Plan_Pipes_Horizontal.xml
Pipes
Parallel,
horizontal
Piping Plan_Piping.xml
Piping
Plan_Pipes_Vertical.xml
Pipes
Normal
Piping Plan_Piping.xml
Piping
Plan_Pipes_Horizontal.xml
Pipes
Normal
Piping Plan_Piping.xml
Piping
Plan_Pipes_Vertical.xml
Pipes
Normal
Grid Line
Parallel,
horizontal
Piping Plan_Grid
Line.xml
Piping Plan_Grid
Line_Y Name.xml
Grid Line
Parallel, vertical
Piping Plan_Grid
Line_X Name.xml
Piping Plan_Grid
Line_X Name.xml
Front
Piping Plan_Normal
Pipe.xml
Beams
Piping
Plan_Beams.xml
Stairs
Piping Plan_Stairs.xml
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Ladders
Piping
Plan_Ladders.xml
All Reference
Objects
Piping
Plan_Reference.xml
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Example
655
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
656
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Ladders
Beams
Braces
Columns
Stairs
Control Point
Structure
Piping Safety
Plan_Control Point
Structure_North-East
Coordinate.xml
Equipment
Trench
Transformer
Piping
Grid Line
Parallel,
vertical
Grid Line
Parallel,
horizontal
Dimension Rule
657
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of piping in a drawing.
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
658
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Columns
Piping
Section_Columns.xml
Piping
Section_Columns_Horiz
ontal.xml
Columns
Piping
Section_Columns.xml
Piping
Section_Columns_Anch
or_Horizontal.xml
Equipment
Piping
Piping
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Section_Equipment.xm Section_Equipment_
l
Name.xml
Equipment
Piping
Section_Equipment.xm
l
Piping
Section_Equipment_Anc
hor_Horizontal.xml
Equipment
Piping
Section_Equipment.xm
l
Piping
Section_Equipment_Anc
hor_Vertical.xml
Piping Parts
Piping
Section_Piping.xml
Piping Parts
Piping
Section_Piping.xml
Piping
Section_LineNumber
_Longest
Segment.xml
Piping
Section_Piping.xml
Piping
Section_LineNumber
_Clipped.xml
Piping Parts
Clipped
Pipes
Parallel,
vertical
Piping
Section_Piping.xml
Piping
Section_Pipes_Horizont
al.xml
Pipes
Parallel,
horizontal
Piping
Section_Piping.xml
Piping
Section_Pipes_Vertical.
xml
Pipes
Normal
Piping
Section_Piping.xml
Piping
Section_Pipes_Horizont
al.xml
Pipes
Normal
Piping
Section_Piping.xml
Piping
Section_Pipes_Vertical.
xml
Pipes
Normal
Front
Piping Section_Normal
Pipe.xml
Grid Plane
Section
Piping Section_Grid
Plane.xml
Piping Section_Grid
Plane_Name.xml
Grid Line
Piping Section_Grid
Line.xml
Piping Section_Grid
Line_TOS.xml
Grid Line
Piping Section_Grid
Line.xml
Beams
Piping
Section_Reference.xml
Handrails
Piping
Section_Reference.xml
Ladders
Piping
Section_Ladders.xml
Stairs
Piping
Section_Stairs.xml
Piping Section_Grid
Line_Anchor_Vertical.x
ml
659
660
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Columns
Piping
Section_Columns.xml
Columns
Piping
Section_Columns.xml
Equipment
Piping
Section_Equipment.x
m
Equipment
Piping
Section_Equipment.x
ml
Equipment
Piping
Section_Equipment.x
ml
Piping Parts
Piping
Section_Piping.xml
Piping Parts
Piping
Section_Piping.xml
Piping
Section_LineNumber_
Longest Segment.xml
Piping
Section_Piping.xml
Piping
Section_LineNumber_
Clipped Style2.xml
Piping Parts
Clipped
Piping
Section_Equipment_
Name Style2.xml
Pipes
Parallel,
vertical
Pipes
Parallel,
horizontal
Piping Section
Piping.xml
Pipes
Normal
Piping
Section_Piping.xml
Pipes
Normal
Piping
Section_Piping.xml
Pipes
Normal
Front
Dimension Rule
Piping
Section_LineNumber_
Style2.xml
Piping
Section_Normal
Pipe.xml
661
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Grid Plane
Section
Piping Section_Grid
Plane.xml
Piping Section_Grid
Plane_Name
Style2.xml
Grid Line
Piping Section_Grid
Line.xml
Piping Section_Grid
Line_TOS Style2.xml
Grid Line
Piping Section_Gride
Line.xml
Beams
Piping
Section_Reference.x
ml
Handrails
Piping
Section_Reference.x
ml
Ladders
Piping
Section_Ladders.xml
Stairs
Piping
Section_Stairs.xml
Dimension Rule
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Ladders
Beams
Braces
662
Orientation
Parallel
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Columns
Stairs
Control Point
Structure
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Control Point
Structure
Equipment
Trench
Transformer
Piping
Grid Line
Parallel,
vertical
Grid Line
Parallel,
horizontal
Dimension Rule
663
664
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
Orientation
Grid Line
Grid Line
Clipping
Graphic Rule
(.xml)
Label Rule
(.xml)
Dimension Rule
(.xml)
Parallel, vertical
SM_Piping_Plan_
GridLine
SM_Piping_Plan_
GridLineX_Name
SM_Piping_Plan_Grid_
Anchor_Horizontal
Parallel,
horizontal
SM_Piping_Plan_
GridLine
SM_Piping_Plan_
GridLineY_Name
SM_Piping_Plan_Grid_
Anchor_Vertical
Root
Longitudinal
Bulkhead
Plate Systems
SM_Piping_Plan_BHD
Root
Transverse
Bulkhead
Plate Systems
SM_Piping_Plan_BHD
Root Deck
Plate Systems
SM_Piping_Plan_Deck
Parallel, vertical
Beam and
Profile Edge
Reinforcement
Root Systems
SM_Piping_Plan_
Profiles
Equipment
and
Furnishing
SM_Piping_Plan_Equi
pment
Piping
SM_Piping_Plan_Pipin
g
Pipes
Normal
Front
SM_Piping
Plan_Normal Pipe
Pipes
Sloped
Clipped
SM_Piping
Plan_Normal Pipe
Pipes
Parallel, vertical
SM_Piping_Plan_Pipes_
Horizontal
Pipes
Parallel,
horizontal
SM_Piping_Plan_Pipes_
Vertical
Pipes
Normal
SM_Piping_Plan_Pipes_
Horizontal
665
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
(.xml)
Label Rule
(.xml)
Pipes
Normal
Piping Parts
Parallel, vertical
SM_Piping_Plan_Pipin
g
SM_Piping_Plan_
PipingParts_
RunNameBOP_
LongestSegment
Piping Parts
Parallel,
horizontal
SM_Piping_Plan_Pipin
g
SM_Piping_Plan_
PipingParts_
RunNameBOP_
LongestSegment
Piping Parts
Normal
SM_Piping_Plan_Pipin
g
SM_Piping_Plan_
PipingParts_
RunNameBOP_
LongestSegment
Piping Parts
Sloped
SM_Piping_Plan_Pipin
g
SM_Piping_Plan_
PipingParts_
RunNameBOP_
LongestSegment
Dimension Rule
(.xml)
SM_Piping_Plan_Pipes_
Vertical
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
666
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
(.xml)
Root
Longitudinal
Bulkhead
Plate Systems
SM_Piping_
Section_BHD
Root
Transverse
Bulkhead
Plate Systems
SM_Piping_
Section_BHD
Root Deck
Plate Systems
SM_Piping_Section_
Deck
All Root
Profile
Systems
SM_Piping_Section_
Profiles
Label Rule
(.xml)
Dimension Rule
(.xml)
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
(.xml)
Equipment
and
Furnishing
SM_Piping_Section_
Piping
SM_Piping_Section_
Piping
Label Rule
(.xml)
Dimension Rule
(.xml)
Equipment
Pipes
Normal
Front
SM_Piping
Section_Normal
Pipe
Pipes
Normal
Clipped
SM_Piping
Section_Normal
Pipe
Pipes
Parallel,
vertical
Pipes
Parallel,
horizontal
SM_Piping_Plan_Pipes_
Vertical
Pipes
Normal
Pipes
Normal
SM_Piping_Plan_Pipes_
Vertical
Piping Parts
Parallel,
vertical
SM_Piping_Section_
Piping
SM_Piping_Section_
PipingParts_
RunName_
LongestSegment
Piping Parts
Parallel,
horizontal
SM_Piping_Section_
Piping
SM_Piping_Section_
PipingParts_
RunName_
LongestSegment
Piping Parts
Normal
SM_Piping_Section_
Piping
SM_Piping_Section_
PipingParts_
RunName_
LongestSegment
Piping Parts
Sloped
SM_Piping_Section_
Piping
SM_Piping_Section_
PipingParts_
RunName_
LongestSegment
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
667
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
668
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
(.xml)
Label Rule
(.xml)
Dimension Rule
(.xml)
Grid Plane
Elevation
SM_Piping_
Elevation_GridLine
SM_Piping_Elevation_
GridPlane_Name
SM_Piping_Elevation_
Grid_
Anchor_Horizontal
Root
Longitudinal
Bulkhead Plate
Systems
SM_Piping_
Elevation_BHD
Root Transverse
Bulkhead Plate
Systems
SM_Piping_
SM_Piping_
SM_Piping_
Equipment and
Furnishing
SM_Piping_Elevation
_Equipment
Piping
SM_Piping_Elevation
_
Piping
Elevation_BHD
Elevation_Deck
Elevation_Profiles
Pipes
Normal
Front
SM_Piping Elevation_
Normal Pipe
Pipes
Sloped
Clipped
Pipes
Parallel,
vertical
SM_Piping_
Elevation_Pipes_
Horizontal
Pipes
Parallel,
horizontal
SM_Piping_
Elevation_Pipes_
Vertical
Pipes
Normal
SM_Piping_
Elevation_Pipes_
Vertical
Piping Parts
Parallel,
vertical
SM_Piping_
Elevation_Piping
SM_Piping_Elevation_
PipingParts_
RunName_
LongestSegment
Piping Parts
Parallel,
horizontal
SM_Piping_
Elevation_Piping
SM_Piping_Elevation_
PipingParts_
RunName_
LongestSegment
Piping Parts
Normal
SM_Piping_
Elevation_Piping
SM_Piping_Elevation_
PipingParts_
RunName_
LongestSegment
Piping Parts
Sloped
SM_Piping_
Elevation_Piping
SM_Piping_Elevation_
PipingParts_
RunName_
LongestSegment
Orientation
Clipping
Piping Parts
Graphic Rule
(.xml)
Label Rule
(.xml)
SM_Piping_
Elevation_Piping
SM_Piping_Elevation_
PipingParts_
RunName_
LongestSegment
Dimension Rule
(.xml)
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Columns
Structural Framing
Structural Framing
Elevation_Columns_L Elevation_Columns_Se
ine-Widget.xml
ction Size.xml
Columns
Structural Framing
Elevation_Columns_L
ine-Widget.xml
Structural Framing
Elevation_Columns_Ho
rizontal.xml
Beams
Parallel,
horizontal
Structural Framing
Elevation_Beams_Lin
e-Widget.xml
Structural Framing
Elevation_Beams_Sect
ion Size.xml
Braces
Parallel
Structural Framing
Elevation_Braces_Lin
e-Widget.xml
Structural Framing
Elevation_Braces_Sect
ion Size.xml
Grid Plane
Elevation
Structural Framing
Elevation_Grid
Plane.xml
Structural Framing
Elevation_Grid
Plan_Name.xml
Grid Line
Structural Framing
Elevation_Grid
Line.xml
Structural Framing
Elevation_Grid
Line_TOS.xml
Footings
Structural Framing
Elevation_Footings
Ladders
Structural Framing
Structural Framing
Elevation_Ladders.xm Elevation_Ladder_Nam
l
e.xml
Stairs
Structural Framing
Elevation_Stairs
Dimension Rule
Structural Framing
Elevation_Stair_Name.
xml
669
670
Graphic Rule
Columns are resymbolized as single lines with widgets. The widget rule draws a portion of the
graphic column to show the shape, direction, and thickness. 30% of the column's length is
drawn, while 100% of the column's height is drawn. The remaining 70% of the column's length is
displayed as a single line.
The graphic portion of the column is drawn according to the cardinal point and in relation to the
single line representation of the column. The solid line is always centered, and the graphic
portion aligns accordingly. Also, the graphic representation begins at the origin of the column,
not the center of the column. For example, if a column was modeled from the ground up, the
graphic representation in the model would begin at the bottom of the single line representation.
Hidden lines are drawn with the Dashed style in order to display the orientation of the column.
For an example of the graphic rule, see the example below.
Detailed view of the graphic representation of the column. In this example, the column web
is perpendicular to the looking direction, while the column flanges are parallel. The lines are
drawn to denote the thickness, shape, and orientation of the column.
The graphic was cropped and does not represent the entire solid line style
represented in the original drawing.
671
The graphic was cropped and does not represent the entire solid line style
represented in the original drawing.
Label Rule
Each column is labeled with the section size value from the model. The label is placed in the
center of the column offset from the line.
Dimension Rule
Horizontal columns are dimensioned individually and as a group. Each column is dimensioned
to the column next to it, and the chain of dimensions is dimensioned. For an example of column
dimensions, see the example below.
The graphic was cropped and does not represent the entire solid line style
represented in the original drawing.
672
Graphic Rule
Beams are resymbolized as single lines with widgets. The widget rule draws a portion of the
graphic beam to show the shape, direction, and thickness. 30% of the beam length is drawn,
100% of the beam height is drawn, and the graphic representation is placed in the center of the
solid line representation. The remaining 70% of the beam length is resymbolized as a single
line.
The graphic portion of the beam is drawn according to the cardinal point and in relation to the
single line representation of the beam. The solid line is always centered, and the graphic portion
aligns accordingly.
Hidden lines are drawn with the Dashed line style in order to display the orientation of the beam.
Detailed view of the graphic representation of the beam. In this example, the beam web is
perpendicular to the looking direction, while the beam flanges are parallel. The lines are drawn
to denote the thickness, shape, and orientation of the beam.
Detailed view of hidden line style. In the following example, the beam web is parallel to the
looking direction and is hidden by the beam flanges. The beam web is drawn with a dashed line
style to indicate that is hidden behind the beam flange.
The graphic was cropped and does not represent the entire solid line style
represented in the original drawing.
Label Rule
Each beam is labeled with the section size from the corresponding model object. The label is
centered and offset from the solid line. See the above graphic for an example of the label rule.
If a beam is fireproofed, a fireproofing spec name follows the section size in the label. If more
than one fireproofing spec has been placed on the beam, the subsequent fireproofing specs are
listed after the first.
673
Graphic Rule
Braces are represented as a single line with a widget. The widget rule draws a portion of the
graphic brace to show the shape, direction, and thickness of the brace in the model. 30% of the
brace length is drawn, 100% of the brace height is drawn, and the graphic representation is
placed in the center of the solid line representation. The remaining 70% of the brace length is
resymbolized as a single line.
The graphic portion of the brace is drawn according to the cardinal point and in relation to the
single line representation of the brace. The solid line is always centered, and the graphic portion
aligns accordingly.
Hidden lines are drawn with the Dashed line style in order to display the orientation of the brace.
Label Rule
Each brace is labeled with the section size from the corresponding model object. The label is
centered and offset from the solid line. See the above graphic for an example of the label rule.
674
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a grid plane in a drawing.
Label Rule
The y-axis of the grid plane is labeled with the name of the grid in the model. For example, see
the above graphic.
675
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of grid lines in an elevation drawing.
Label Rule
All elevation grid lines are labeled with the grid name and elevation distance. See the above
graphic for an example.
Footings in Structural Elevation View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a footing in a drawing.
676
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a ladder in an elevation view.
Ladders that are partially included in a volume are not clipped. The entire ladder object is
included in the drawing.
Ladders that appear in the looking direction are included in the drawing, even if the volume
does not include the ladder.
Label Rule
Stairs are labeled with the name from the model. For an example, see the above graphic.
Stairs in Structural Elevation View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of stairs in an elevation drawing.
Stairs that are partially included in a volume are not clipped. The entire stair object is
included in the drawing.
677
Stairs that appear in the looking direction are included in the drawing, even if the volume
does not include the stairs.
Label Rule
Stairs are labeled with the name from the model. For an example, see the above graphic.
Drawing View Style Creation Process
View Styles produce different results based on the filters and rules that are included. The filters
that are used, and the order they are used in, determine the output of the drawing view.
Below is an example of how a drawing view is created from the view style. In this example, the
Piping Plan view style illustrates the drawing creation process.
The last graphic rule in the view style takes precedence.
The delivered view styles match the logical order found in the Select Filter object hierarchy.
From first to last, the view style rows follow the same hierarchy. For example, Piping Parts
precedes Pipes in the object filter hierarchy. Therefore, the view style includes the Piping Parts
filters before the Pipes filters because of the object hierarchy.
If a child filter is placed above a parent filter, the child filter is overwritten in the drawing. The
filters must follow the same logical order as the object filter hierarchy.
The following graphic compares the object hierarchy in the Select Filter dialog box to the Filters
in the View Style Properties dialog box.
678
When inserting filters in the view style, be sure they match the order of the objects in the
Select Filter dialog box. For example, be sure to place Pipes filters under any existing Piping
Parts filters.
The following example is a modified Piping Plan view style. A row has been inserted beneath
the original Piping filters to resymbolize all pipes equal to or less than 2 inches as a single line.
679
See Also
Orthographic Drawings View Styles (on page 380)
Create an Orthographic Drawing View Style (on page 56)
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
Structure
680
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Structural Framing
Isometric_Reference.xml
681
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Grid Systems
Structural Framing
Key
Plan_Reference.xml
Key Plan
Focus
Element
Structural Framing
Key Plan_Focus.xml
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Example
682
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Columns
Structural Framing
Plan_Columns.xml
Structural Framing
Plan_Columns_Anchor
_Horizontal.xml
Columns
Structural Framing
Plan_Columns.xml
Structural Framing
Plan_Columns_Anchor
_Vertical.xml
Columns
Structural Framing
Plan_Columns.xml
Structural Framing
Plan_Columns_Horizo
ntal.xml
Columns
Structural Framing
Plan_Columns.xml
Structural Framing
Plan_Columns_Vertical
.xml
Beams
Parallel
Structural Framing
Plan_Beams_Line.xml
Beams
Parallel,
vertical
Structural Framing
Plan_Beams_Line.xml
Structural Framing
Plan_Beams_Horizont
al.xml
Beams
Parallel,
horizontal
Structural Framing
Plan_Beams_Line.xml
Structural Framing
Plan_Beams_Vertical.x
ml
Braces
Parallel
Structural Framing
Plan_Braces_Line-Wid
get.xml
Braces
Parallel,
vertical
Structural Framing
Plan_Braces_Line-Wid
get.xml
Structural Framing
Plan_Braces_Horizont
al.xml
Braces
Parallel,
horizontal
Structural Framing
Plan_Braces_Line-Wid
get.xml
Structural Framing
Plan_Braces_Vertical.x
ml
Grid Line
Parallel,
vertical
Structural Framing
Plan_Grid Line.xml
Structural Framing
Plan_Grid Line_X
Name.xml
Grid Line
Parallel,
horizontal
Structural Framing
Plan_Grid Line.xml
Structural Framing
Plan_Grid Line_Y
Name.xml
Structural Framing
Plan_Beams_Section
Size.xml
Structural Framing
Plan_Braces_Section
Size.xml
683
684
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Openings
Structural Framing
Plan_Openings.xml
Control Points
Structural Framing
Plan_Control Point
Structure.xml
Equipment
Foundation
Structural Framing
Plan_Foundation.xml
Footings
Structural Framing
Plan_Foundation.xml
Ladders
Structural Framing
Plan_Ladders.xml
Stairs
Structural Framing
Plan_Stairs.xml
Equipment
Structural Framing
Plan_Process
Equipment.xml
Equipment
Structural Framing
Plan_Process
Equipment.xml
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Structural Framing
Plan_Process
Equipment_North-East
Coordinate.xml
Structural Framing
Plan_Process
Equipment_North-East
Coordinate.xml
Structural Framing
Plan_Equipment_Anch
or_Horizontal.xml
Structural Framing
Plan_Equipment_Anch
or_Vertical.xml
685
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a Column in a drawing.
Dimension Rule
Vertical and horizontal dimensions are placed on all columns. The columns are used as anchors
to other dimension objects, but they are also dimensioned independently. The anchored
dimensions are included in the chains that include braces, beams, and equipment object
dimensions. For an example of column dimensions anchored with other dimensions, see the
example below.
686
Graphic Rule
Beams are represented graphically with a solid line.
Label Rule
Each beam is labeled with the section size of the beam from the model. The label is placed
parallel to the center of the line and is also offset from the line.
687
Dimension Rule
Dimensions each horizontal and vertical beam parallel to the looking direction. The dimensions
are grouped into chains in each quadrant of the drawing view.
Graphic Rule
Braces are represented as a single line with a widget. The widget rule draws a portion of the
graphic brace to show the shape, direction, and thickness of the brace in the model. 30% of the
brace length is drawn, 100% of the brace height is drawn, and the graphic representation is
placed in the center of the solid line representation. The remaining 70% of the brace length is
resymbolized as a single line.
The graphic portion of the brace is drawn according to the cardinal point and in relation to the
single line representation of the brace. The solid line is always centered, and the graphic portion
aligns accordingly.
Hidden lines are drawn with the Dashed line style in order to display the orientation of the brace.
Label Rule
Each brace is labeled with the section size from the corresponding model object.
688
Dimension Rule
Braces are dimensioned horizontally and vertically. The dimensions are chained to the
surrounding column, grid line, and beam dimensions.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of grid lines in a drawing.
689
Y-axis grids
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of an opening in a plan drawing.
690
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a control point with a coordinate label in a
plan drawing.
Label Rule
Control points are resymbolized and are labeled with a North-East coordinate label, which
indicates the position in the model.
Footings in Structural Plan View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a footing in a plan drawing.
691
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of equipment in a plan drawing.
Label Rule
Equipment control points (typically the origin) are resymbolized and are labeled with a
coordinate North-East label.
Equipment Foundations in Plan View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of an equipment foundation in a plan drawing.
692
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a ladder in a drawing.
Ladders that are partially included in a volume are not clipped. The entire ladder object is
included in the drawing.
Ladders that appear in the looking direction are included in the drawing, even if the volume
does not include the ladder.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of stairs in a drawing.
Stairs that are partially included in a volume are not clipped. The entire stair object is
included in the drawing.
Stairs that appear in the looking direction are included in the drawing, even if the volume
does not include the stairs.
693
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
694
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Columns
Structural Framing
Structural Framing
Section_Columns_Lin Section_Columns_Se
e-Widget.xml
ction Size.xml
Columns
Structural Framing
Section_Columns_Lin
e-Widget.xml
Dimension Rule
Structural Framing
Section_Columns_Ho
rizontal.xml
Beams
Parallel,
horizontal
Structural Framing
Structural Framing
Section_Beams_Line- Section_Beams_Secti
Widget.xml
on Size.xml
Braces
Parallel
Structural Framing
Structural Framing
Section_Beams_Line- Section_Braces_Secti
on Size.xml
Widget.xml
Grid Plane
Section
Structural Framing
Section_Grid
Plane.xml
Structural Framing
Section_Grid
Plane_Name.xml
Grid Line
Structural Framing
Structural Framing
Section_Grid Line.xml Section_Grid
Line_TOS.xml
Footings
Structural Framing
Section_Footings.xml
Ladders
Structural Framing
Section_Ladders.xml
Structural Framing
Section_Ladder_Nam
e.xml
Stairs
Structural Framing
Section_Stairs.xml
Structural Framing
Section_Stair_Name.
xml
695
When inserting filters in the view style, be sure they match the order of the objects in the
Select Filter dialog box. For example, be sure to place Pipes filters under any existing Piping
Parts filters.
Examples
The following example is the default Piping Plan view style. The highlighted piping segment has
a 2 inch diameter.
696
The following example shows the order of the Piping filters in the modified view style. The filter
that resymbolizes all pipes that are less than or equal to 2 inches is last because it is further
down in the hierarchy.
See Also
Orthographic Drawings View Styles (on page 380)
Create an Orthographic Drawing View Style (on page 56)
697
Default
The default key plan view style displays the focus element with a thick line style, and displays
the surrounding adjacent elements with a normal view style. The focus element is labeled with
the volume name from the model. See the following graphic for an example.
698
See Also
Orthographic and Key Plan View Styles (on page 380)
699
See Also
Orthographic and Key Plan View Styles (on page 380)
Orthographic Drawings Reference Data (on page 297)
700
Purpose
Eight View
Five View A
Five View B
Four View A
Four View B
701
Four View D
Seven View
A
Seven View
B
Single View
Six View A
Six View B
702
Six View D
Ten View
Three View A
Three View B
Two View A
Two View B
703
See Also
Orthographic Drawings Reference Data (on page 297)
Bulkload Files
Bulkload files are used to add reference data to the catalog. The reference data includes
codelist values, rule progIDs, symbol file locations, and default values for rule and symbol
parameters. The relationships between different types of reference data are also established.
Each bulkload file is delivered with default values that can be customized. For more information
about bulkloading, see the SmartMarine 3D Reference Data Guide.
Topics
Drawing Volume Properties Sheet ................................................ 704
Bulkload Drawings Scales to Codelists ......................................... 705
Drawings-ExtendCustomAttributes Workbook .............................. 707
DrawingIssueReason_Codelist Workbook .................................... 708
704
For more information on modifying the Drawings.xml workbook, refer to the SmartMarine
3D Reference Data Guide available from the Help > Printable Guides command in the
software.
All files must be located in the correct SharedContent share for bulkloading to be successful.
See Also
Add A Drawing Volume Part Class (on page 705)
The left-most column (column A) of the sheet specifies the bulkload action taken with
regard to the row. For example, an A in the column indicates the drawing volume part class
is being added; the letter D specifies the class is deleted; the letter M indicates the class is
modified. A ! symbol specifies that the row is ignored during bulkloading.
5. In the PartNumber column, type a part number for the drawing volume part class.
6. Define the remaining properties for the new drawing volume part class.
7. Save the Drawings.xls workbook.
For more information on modifying the Drawings.xml workbook, see the SmartMarine 3D
Reference Data Guide available from the Help > Printable Guides command in the
software.
All files must be located in the correct SharedContent share for bulkloading to be successful.
If you add new part classes after creating the Reports databases, you must re-create the
Reports databases in order to report on the new part classes.
See Also
Drawing Volume Properties Sheet (on page 704)
You should back up all Excel workbooks before modifying them and bulk loading. All of the
workbooks are delivered with read-only properties.
Do this procedure on a workstation computer with the Bulkload component and
SmartMarine 3D Server Connectivity component installed. Log on with a user name that has
database ownership privileges. For more information about necessary components, see the
SmartMarine 3D Installation Guide available from the Help > Printable Guides command in
the software.
You should close all Excel workbooks before starting the bulkload. Do not open Excel during
the bulkload process.
705
After modifying the Excel file, save your changes and exit Excel.
706
Drawings-ExtendCustomAttributes Workbook
The Drawings-ExtendCustomAttributes.xls workbook provides an example format for adding
drawing custom attributes, such as custom drawing properties to be used in creating drawing
borders.
This workbook is delivered in the product \Program
Files\SmartPlant\3D\CatalogData\BulkLoad\AdditionalDataFiles folder. For information on
creating custom drawing properties for use in drawings, see Place a Custom Drawing Property
Label on a Template in the Orthographic Drawings User's Guide.
The following example shows the CustomInterfaces sheet set up to use the IJDwgCustom
interface with a single property, CustomAttributeName.
The left-most column (column A) of the sheet specifies the bulkload action taken with regard to
the row. For example, an A in the column indicates the drawing volume part class is being
added; the letter D specifies the class is deleted; the letter M indicates the class is modified. A !
symbol specifies that the row is ignored during bulkloading.
CustomInterfaces Sheet
This sheet defines the custom attribute.
InterfaceName - Specifies the name of the custom interface you are using to implement the
custom attributes against the DwgPropertyObject class. For more information, see the
SmartPlant 3D/SmartMarine 3D Programmer's Guide.
CategoryName - Not used at this time.
AttributeName - Identifies the programmatic name of the attribute.
AttributeUserName - Identifies the user name for the attribute.
The AttributeUserName must be unique for each user name entry. For example, Title1
cannot be used because it is a delivered AttributeUserName value. For a list of delivered
AttributeUserNames, see Title Area Tab and Signature Area Tab, available in any of the
SmartMarine 3D Drawings user's guides accessible from the Help > Printable Guides
command in the software.
For any Integrated SmartMarine 3D Enterprise Application, the delivered AttributeUserName
values cannot be edited.
Type - Specifies the type of attribute. For example, char for character.
UnitsType - Specifies the unit type for the attribute.
PrimaryUnits - Identifies the primary unit for the attribute
CodeList - Specifies the name of the table that contains the codelisted values for this attribute.
If the cell is empty, the codelist is Null and ignored by the software.
OnPropertyPage - Specifies whether this attribute is displayed by the attribute control. Value is
True if the attribute is displayed on a control, and False if not.
codelisttablenamespace - Identifies the table name space for the codelist if needed.
ReadOnly - Specifies whether the attribute can be modified by the attribute control. Value is
True if the attribute can be modified, and False if not.
SymbolParameter - Identifies the symbol parameter used for the attribute if needed.
707
For more information on reference data workbooks, refer to the SmartMarine 3D Reference
Data Guide available from the Help > Printable Guides command in the software.
All files must be located in the correct SharedContent share for bulkloading to be successful.
See Also
Add A Drawing Volume Part Class (on page 705)
DrawingIssueReason_Codelist Workbook
The DrawingIssueReason_Codelist.xls workbook defines values for the Issue Reason
property on the Issue tab of the Properties dialog box. The workbook is delivered in the
[Product Folder]\CatalogData\Bulkload\AdditionalDataFiles folder.
DrawingIssueReason ShortDescription - Specifies a short description of the Issue Reason
value. The maximum length is 256 characters.
DrawingIssueReason LongDescription - Specifies a long description of the Issue Reason
value. The maximum length is 256 characters.
CodeList Number - Specifies a unique number to identify the value. The number only needs to
be unique within the attribute category (that is, within the worksheet).
Sort Order - Specifies the order in which the codelist values appear in the software. If left blank,
the order on the worksheet is used.
If you are bulkloading to an existing catalog database, you must mark A in column A for
each value. The values are then available for selection in the Properties dialog box.
708
SECTION 5
PipeMfgRules Sheet
This sheet lists isometric drawing extraction styles and drawing output locations. This sheet
contains information about the databases and XML files that store the isometric drawing options.
For more information, see PipeMfgRules Sheet (on page 712).
PipeMfgMapSymbol Sheet
In previous versions, this sheet mapped the symbol key information between ISOGEN and
SmartMarine 3D. You map the symbol keys using the Isometric Style Options Browser in the
software. For more information, see PipeMfgMapSymbol Sheet (on page 713).
PipeMfgSpoolRule Sheet
You set these options when you run the spooling commands in the Piping task. For more
information, see PipeMfgSpoolRule Sheet (on page 712).
709
Packages
The delivered Piping Isometric Drawing packages are located on the SharedContent share in
the \Drawings\Catalog\Packages folder. You can use these packages to "jump start" your piping
isometric drawing configurations. For more information, see Piping Isometric Drawing by Query
Packages (on page 711).
See Also
Piping Isometric Drawing by Query Packages (on page 711)
710
See Also
Piping Isometric Drawings Reference Data (on page 709)
Bulkload Files
Bulkload files are used to add reference data to the catalog. The reference data includes
codelist values, rule progIDs, symbol file locations, and default values for rule and symbol
parameters. The relationships between different types of reference data are also established.
Each bulkload file is delivered with default values that can be customized. For more information
about bulkloading, see the SmartMarine 3D Reference Data Guide.
Topics
PipeMfgRules Sheet ...................................................................... 712
PipeMfgSpoolRule Sheet............................................................... 712
PipeMfgMapSymbol Sheet ............................................................ 713
Modify Default Isometric Paths ...................................................... 714
711
PipeMfgRules Sheet
The PipeMfgRules sheet in the BulkLoadIsoKeys.xls workbook shows the isometric drawing
styles defined for the project. It also defines the paths for the isometric drawing output and other
files associated with isometric drawing extraction.
IsoNames - Specifies the different isometric drawing styles. The delivered styles are
Iso_Pipeline, Iso_Piperun, Iso_Spool, Iso_PenSpool, Iso_WBS, and Iso_Stress.
RuleType - Specifies the type of drawing extraction rule applied within the style.
RuleProgID - Displays a unique identifier for the drawing extraction rule. Each rule is associated
with an isometric drawing style. For example, the Iso_Pipeline style is associated with the
PMfgIsoExtractionRule.PipeLineIso rule progID.
The ProgID is analogous to the Line ID Definition in PDS.
Description - Displays a text description of the rule action.
OutputIsoDrawingLocation - Specifies the UNC path to the isometric drawing output location
for each style. If your workflow includes concurrent users, you must create sharing permissions
on the output location folders.
The output location is optional. You do not have to specify a location in this box.
If you specify a location and bulk load, the software stores the drawings at this location. If
you do not specify a location, the software temporarily stores the drawings in the C:\Temp
folder while the task is active and deletes the files when you exit the task.
You can point more than one drawing style to the same Access database if you want.
IsoBackingSheet - Specifies the UNC path to the location for the backing sheet documents.
IngrOption - Specifies the UNC path to the location for the XML files that control the Intergraph
options.
See Also
Piping Isometric Drawings Reference Data (on page 709)
PipeMfgMapSymbol Sheet (on page 713)
PipeMfgSpoolRule Sheet
The PipeMfgSpoolRule sheet in the BulkLoadIsoKeys.xls workbook specifies how the
software breaks pipes into spools. When you make changes to this sheet, you need to bulkload
the workbook into the Catalog. You can also use the spooling commands in the Piping task to
specify these rules, but the changes are not saved to the Catalog or the session file.
Name - Specifies the naming rule for spools.
BreakatUnion - Specifies that the software breaks the spools at unions.
IncludeStubIn - Specifies that a spool can include the stub-in pipe and all the parts of this
stub-in branch until the first spool breaking component is encountered.
IncludeWeldedParts - Includes welded objects, such as pipe hanger or support parts, in the
same spool as the components to which they are welded.
InSituON - Not used at this time.
Updation - Specifies whether or not existing spools are deleted.
The Updation option should always be set to "on". It prevents the loss of existing
spools during re-spooling operations. You should only override this option using the interactive
options provided with the commands available in the Piping task.
712
See Also
Piping Isometric Drawings Reference Data (on page 709)
PipeMfgMapSymbol Sheet
The PipeMfgMapSymbol sheet in the BulkLoadIsoKeys.xls workbook shows the symbol
mapping between the application and ISOGEN, which is the third-party software used to create
isometric drawings. The columns are described as follows:
MapType - Identifies the map type referenced from the Map Type codelist. For more
information, see the SmartMarine 3D Reference Data Guide available from Help > Printable
Guides.
CodeList - Specifies the End Prep Code associated with the Part Class Name.
PartClassName - Identifies the SmartPlant 3D Part Class Name.
SKEY - Identifies the ISOGEN symbol key.
PCFComponentID - Specifies the Piping Component File (PCF) identification text for the piping
component. This ID must be a valid ISOGEN Component Type Identifier as described in the
ISOGEN documentation, which is accessible from the Help > Printable Guides command.
See Also
Piping Isometric Drawings Reference Data (on page 709)
PipeMfgRules Sheet (on page 712)
713
4.
5.
6.
7.
To share a folder, select the folder in Windows Explorer. Then click File > Sharing and
select Shared As.
Back up your Excel workbooks before you begin to modify them.
Open the default Excel workbook for Piping Manufacturing: [Product
Folder]\CatalogData\BulkLoad\DataFiles\BulkLoadIsoKeys.xls.
Click the PipeMfgRules sheet to make it active.
In the OutputIsoDrawingLocation column, edit the paths to show the Uniform Naming
Convention (UNC) locations for the isometric drawing types on the server. For example, if
the node name of the server is smith and you want to store the Iso_Pipeline isometric
drawings in the Iso_Pipeline folder that you created earlier, type
\\smith\PipingMfgDrawings\Iso_Pipeline in the row for the Iso_Pipeline isometric type.
If you want to modify the isometric paths again, you must edit the workbook and bulk load.
The left-most column (column A) of the sheet specifies the bulkload action taken with regard
to the row. For example, an A in the column indicates the drawing volume part class is being
added; the letter D specifies the class is deleted; the letter M indicates the class is modified.
A ! symbol specifies that the row is ignored during bulkloading.
See Also
Piping Isometric Drawings Reference Data (on page 709)
714
715
716
717
For more information on bulkloading files, see the SmartMarine 3D Reference Data Guide.
It is not recommended to edit XML files in a text editor. However, if you plan to do so,
contact Intergraph Support Services. You can find support information on our web site
http://support.intergraph.com (http://support.intergraph.com/).
718
719
720
SECTION 6
The hierarchy is derived from the Reports.xls workbook that contains the report reference data.
The Reports\Components category includes the baseline, display, formatting, and query
templates. The Reports\Templates category groups the report templates by discipline.
The Labels category contains the templates for catalog labels, isometric drawing labels, Icarus
cost-estimation labels, and ToolTip labels. For more information on drawing labels, see Label
Rules (on page 725).
721
The Catalog Reports hierarchy also controls the display of the Catalog Reports tab on the
Tools > Run Report command in the Common task.
If you add new part classes after creating the Reports databases, you must re-create the
Reports databases in order to report on the new part classes.
For more information on using and defining reports, see the Reports User's Guide.
See Also
Report Sheet (on page 722)
R-Hierarchy Sheet (on page 723)
The Management Console, Folders, and Components (on page 27)
Report Sheet
The Report sheet in the Reports.xls workbook defines the locations for the report and label
templates.
The upper portion of this sheet lists the valid report and label templates and descriptions. This
portion is commented out with ! characters at the beginning of each row, so the Bulkload utility
does not read this information.
The left-most column (column A) of the sheet specifies the bulkload action taken with regard to
the row. For example, an A in the column indicates the report or label template is being added;
the letter D specifies the template is deleted; the letter M indicates the template is modified. A !
symbol specifies that the row is ignored during bulkloading.
Name (Column B) - Specifies the report or label template name. This name appears in the XML
for the template. This name must match the name specified on the R-Hierarchy sheet.
Type (Column C) - Specifies the type of template. The types include label templates, query
templates, query parameters templates, report templates, and formatting templates.
Description (Column D) - Provides some descriptive text about the template.
Filename (Column E) - Shows the path to the template.
The Name column (Column B) includes the hierarchy folders shown in the Catalog task. You
add new report or label templates based on where you want them to be stored within the
hierarchy. To help make the hierarchy easier to read, the Report section of the sheet has a
yellow background, while the Label Template section has a green background.
722
For more information on modifying the Reports.xml workbook, refer to the SmartMarine 3D
Reference Data Guide available from the Help > Printable Guides command in the
software.
All files must be located in the correct SharedContent share for bulkloading to be successful.
R-Hierarchy Sheet
The R-Hierarchy sheet maps parent and child relationships between folders and files in the
Catalog Reports and Catalog Labels hierarchies.
The folder names are object names, not names that appear on the user interface. These names
must be unique in the Catalog. Also, the names must match between the Report sheet and the
R-Hierarchy sheet.
A parent folder can have any number of children. However, a child folder can only have one
parent. A familiar example is the hierarchy of folders in Windows Explorer.
The left-most column (column A) of the sheet specifies the bulkload action taken with regard to
the row. For example, an A in the column indicates the report template is being added; the letter
D specifies the template is deleted; the letter M indicates the report template is modified. A !
symbol specifies that the row is ignored during bulkloading.
You should copy the Reports.xls spreadsheet to another name before bulkloading. Once
bulkloading occurs, the values in Column A will reset.
RelationSource - Specifies the parent object names. For report templates, the background is
yellow. For label templates, the background is green.
RelationDestination - Specifies the child object names.
The R-Hierarchy sheet specifies relationships between all parent and children folders,
except part classes and the classification folders right above the part classes in the hierarchy.
These folders are related on the R-ClassNodeDescribes sheet. For more information, refer to
the SmartMarine 3D Reference Data Guide accessible from the Help > Printable Guides
command.
See Also
Add A Report Template (on page 723)
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
The left-most column (column A) of the sheet specifies the bulkload action taken with
regard to the row. For example, an A in the column indicates the report or label template is
being added; the letter D specifies the template is deleted; the letter M indicates the
template is modified. A ! symbol specifies that the row is ignored during bulkloading.
In the Name column (Column B), type a name for the new report template. Make sure the
name is unique.
In the Type column (Column C), specifies the type of template. The types include label
templates, query templates, query parameters templates, report templates, and formatting
templates.
Include a description for the report or label in the Description column (Column D).
Specify the report or label filename and location in the Filename column (Column E).
Select the R-Hierarchy sheet.
723
All files must be located in the correct SharedContent share for bulkloading to be successful.
If you add new part classes after creating the Reports databases, you must re-create the
Reports databases in order to report on the new part classes.
See Also
Report Sheet (on page 722)
724
SECTION 7
Label Rules
Label rules control the appearance of annotation labels as well as their automatic placement on
drawings. For example, you can create label rules that place labels with or without borders and
leader lines. You can even specify that the labels find "clear space" on the drawing, as shown in
the graphic.
You assign label rules as part of the drawing view style with the Tools > Define View Style
command in the Drawings and Reports task. You can use these rules for many purposes. The
delivered sample rules include several types of rules, such as control point labels, grid line
labels, name labels, name and part labels, and piping labels. For more information, see the
Orthographic Drawings User's Guide.
Label rules are saved in theSharedContent share in the \Drawings\Catalog\Rules\LabelRules
folder. The rules have corresponding templates and symbols under
\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates. Most labels are managed by and bulkloaded from the
Reports.xls file. This workbook contains the reference data for labels. For additional
information, see Reports Reference Data (on page 721). Labels specific to Marine Structure
drawings are not managed by the Reports.xls file. For more information, see General Marine
Label Rules (on page 829). For more information, see Label Rules in Marine Structure
Drawings in the SmartMarine 3D Orthographic Drawings User's Guide.
If you choose to relocate or reorganize the labels folder structure, you need to edit each
associated Label Rule XML file. The label rules are located in the SharedContent share in the
\Drawings\Catalog\Rules\LabelRules folder. After each <name> tag of the XML file, enter the
correct relative path and name for the template files, as in the example below.
725
Label Rules
Delivered path
Modified path
Layering Labels
You can define the layer on which your annotation labels appear in the drawing by editing the
label rule template XML file. After the <posSettings> section of the XML file, add a
<labelLayerSettings> definition using the <labelLayer> tag, like the one shown in the example
below, that defines the layer on which you want the annotations placed:
If the layer does not already exist in the template you are using to create drawings, the software
creates the layer automatically.
Prioritizing Labels
In "Clearspace Labels", you can use the XML setting for Priority to dictate which label(s) in the
drawing have a higher chance of being placed at their preferred positions, as specified by the
Positioning module with in the label XML template. When you create a drawing that uses a
view style with two or more "Clearspace Labels" defined, you can have multiple labels with
different Priority settings, and the level of Priority can impact which label is more likely to receive
its preferred position. For example, Label 1 and Label 2 have different Priority settings defined
in their respective XML templates. However, Label 1 takes its preferred position in the drawing
over Label 2 because the Priority is higher for Label 1. The lower numeric value for the
Priority means Label 1 is more likely to receive its preferred position.
Label 1
Label 2
Labels that have the same Priority setting in their XML templates will not collide in the drawing if
there is sufficient clearspace, but neither label receives preferential treatment for placement.
726
Label Rules
See Also
View Style Rules (on page 87)
Use Bubble Labels in Drawings (on page 84)
Label Editor
Edits or creates a label. This dialog box is accessible from Tools > Define Label in the Catalog
task dialog box; it displays when you click New COM Label
, New SQL Label
, or
Properties
on the horizontal toolbar.
In the Common task, the Label Editor displays when you select a Tooltip on the
OptionsToolTips tab and then click Edit Label. You can edit the formatting for the selected
label and the changes are saved to the session file. Edits made to the label are not saved to
the Catalog. For more information, see the Common User's Guide, available from the Help >
Printable Guides command in the software.
In the Drawings and Reports task, the Label Editor displays when you select New Format in
the Name list on the Labels tab of the Item Properties dialog box when using Design
Layout to format a report. You can create a new label format to use within your report. For
more information, see the Drawings and Reports documentation, available from the Help >
Printable Guides command in the software.
Name - Displays a default name for the label. You can type a name, or click More to select an
existing label definition. In the Common task, this box is not available.
Description - Displays a text description of the label.
Properties
Displays properties associated with the label. The options available are different depending on
the type of label, either COM or SQL Query. If you are working with a COM Label, you can add
or delete property rows as needed:
Add - Opens the Select Properties dialog box, in which you can select an object type and
corresponding property. For more information about this dialog box, see the section about
managing sessions in the Common User's Guide available from the Help > Printable Guides
command in the software.
Remove - Discards a selected property in the Properties grid.
Edit Label - Opens the Select Properties Dialog Box to apply object properties to the label
definition.
Property Name - Specifies the name of the property.
Alias Name - Specifies an alias for the property. You can type user-defined text in this box.
If you are working with an SQL Query Label, the definition provides the following capabilities:
Show Results - Adds a results pane to the Properties section. The results update when
Execute Query - Runs the query as specified. If the Results pane is shown, the results
display.
727
Label Rules
Layout
Provides a text field for entering text and fields to be used in the label. The options available are
described as follows:
Rich Text Format - Displays the Font dialog box so you can specify font, font style, font
size, and font special effects to be used in the label.
Block Definition - Displays the Block dialog box so that you can define condition criteria.
Field Formatting - Displays the Field Formatting dialog box so you can define specific
formatting for a selected field. This button is disabled unless a field is selected in the Layout text
box.
Unit Formatting - Displays the Select Rule dialog box for specifying a Unit of Measure
formatting rule. This button is disabled unless a unit of measure field is selected in the Layout
text box.
Position Definition - Displays the Position Definition dialog box for defining the displays
of the positional information in the label. This button is disabled unless a positional field is
selected in the Layout text box.
Orientation Definition - Not available in this version.
For more information on these commands, see the SmartMarine 3D Catalog User's Guide.
728
Label Rules
Inherit from Session, Reports, Drawing - Indicates that the parameter should use the same
units used in the session, the report, or the drawing. This option is checked by default, which
makes the Properties read-only.
Properties
Unit - Displays the type of unit, such as distance.
Primary - Specifies the primary unit of measure, such as yards in yards, feet, or inches.
Secondary - Specifies the secondary unit of measure, such as feet in yards, feet, or inches.
Tertiary - Specifies the tertiary unit of measure, such as inches in yards, feet, or inches.
Displayed Unit - Turns the display of the units on and off.
Precision Type - Specifies Decimal, Fractional, or Scientific. Your selection in this box
determines the availability of the remaining boxes on this dialog box.
Decimal Precision - Specifies the number of places after the decimal point. This value can be 0
or greater.
Leading Zero - Places a zero before the decimal point, if applicable.
Trailing Zeros - Places zeros after the last significant digit, if applicable.
Fractional Precision - Specifies a fraction for the precision. The highest value that you can
specify is 1/2. This box is available only if you select Fractional in the Precision Type box.
Reduce Fraction - Reduces the fraction. For example, displays 3/4 instead of 6/8. This box is
available only if you select Fractional in the Precision Type box.
Block type
Repeat the fields in the block for each occurrence - Allows you to repeat certain fields in the
block as many times as they occur in the label. Text in this box cannot be edited. For example,
most label blocks are separated by a return in the label, but the repeat option places all of the
conditional blocks on the same line in the label.
Conditions
Match all - All conditions must match.
Match any - Any conditions can match.
True - Condition must be true.
False - Condition must be false.
Delete - Removes the selected row from the list of conditions.
Property - Specifies the properties available from the Layout field in the Label Editor.
Operator - Specifies the operator value. Possible values are: =, >, >=, <, <=, <>, Between, and
Not Between.
Value - Specifies the properties available for comparison based on the properties list.
729
Label Rules
If Boolean or codelist values exist, they are also listed for comparison.
State of value - Specifies the format, which can be Raw, Post-formatted, and Pre-formatted.
Value 2 - Specifies the second value condition if the Operator is set to Between or Not
Between.
730
Label Rules
Delete - Deletes the selected rule.
Rename - Renames the selected rule.
Properties - Displays the Unit of Measure dialog box to review or edit the selected rule.
Create a Label
1. In the Catalog task, click Tools > Define Label.
2. On the Define Label dialog box, select the type of label you want to create - New COM
Label
or New SQL Label
.
3. In the Label Editor, type a name in the Name box, if necessary.
4. Type a new description in the Description box, if necessary.
5. For property-based labels, add properties to the label by clicking Add and selecting the
object type and properties you want to include in the label in the Select Properties dialog
box.
6. Select rows in the Properties table and click Insert a field to layout to place them in the
Text region.
7. To change the font style for a property, select a field in the Text box and click Rich Text
.
Formatting
8. To change the format of a property, select a field in the Text box and click Field Formatting
.
9. To change the format of the units of measure, select a field in the Text box and click Unit of
Measure
.
10. For SQL-based labels, make changes to the SQL statements in the Properties box. You
can click Show Results Pane
to open a lower window that displays the results of the
SQL query. Test the query by clicking Execute Query
.
11. When you are finished, click OK.
731
Label Rules
9. On the User tab, change the Value field to the name of your label.
For more information on editing other symbol properties, see the SmartMarine 3D Drawings
and Reports Orthographic Drawings User's Guide.
10. Click Add to add the label ID to the symbol properties.
11. Click OK.
12. The symbol file is associated to the new label you created in the Label Editor.
See Also
Modify Label Symbol File (on page 731)
732
Label Rules
See Also
Modify Label Symbol File (on page 731)
Modify Label XML File (on page 732)
Create a Custom Cutting Plane Symbol (on page 741)
Compound Labels
Labels can be combined within a label rule or a template to produce a compound label.
Compounding labels is useful when it is necessary to:
1. Reduce the number of label rules in a view style.
2. Apply different formats to the various parts of a label.
3. Eliminate the need for a query interpreter.
4. Reduce the "footprint" of the label so that less open space is needed for its placement.
5. Use different placement modules for the various parts of a label.
Compound labels have different behaviors based on whether they are combined in a label rule
or in a template.
When combined in a label rule, the component parts of the compound label can be placed
automatically and moved independently of each other. For more information, see Create a
Compound Label Using Label Rules (on page 734).
When combined in a label template, the component parts cannot be moved independently of
each other. For more information, see Create a Compound Label with a Combined Symbol
(on page 735).
When combined in a label rule, the component parts of the compound label can be placed
manually and moved independently of each other. For more information, see Create a
Compound Label Using the Content Module (on page 738).
733
Label Rules
This method will produce two independent labels on a drawing. They will not necessarily be
placed in the same position and will behave as independent labels. To combine labels into
one symbol, see Create a Compound Label with a Combined Symbol (on page 735).
This method can only be used automatically in a view style. You cannot manually place a
label created with this method.
1. Select the appropriate XML file that you want to modify.
It is recommended that you make a backup copy of this file before making any changes.
To do this, right-click on the file and select Copy. Paste the file in the same directory.
Before proceeding, consider downloading a 3rd party XML document editor to make it
easier to read and modify the XML files.
2. Open the copy of the original file in a 3rd party XML document editor.
3. Use the following XML format to add a label. For this example, the Equipment
Plan_Process Equipment_North Coordinate label will be added.
<ACTION>
<CATEGORY>AddLabel</CATEGORY>
<VALUE type="string">
<labels>
<label>
<name>Equipment Plan_Process Equipment_North
Coordinate</name>
</label>
</labels>
</VALUE>
</ACTION>
4. Repeat the above step for any additional labels that need to be added to the label rule.
5. Once all of the appropriate labels have been added to the label rule, save your changes and
exit.
6. Add the new label rule to the appropriate view style. For more information on adding a label
rule to a view style, see Label Rules (on page 102).
734
Label Rules
Below is an example of the Equipment Plan_Process Equipment_North Coordinate label
in a drawing. All three symbols are independently placed and can be moved individually.
See Also
Compound Labels (on page 733)
Select Label Rule Dialog Box (on page 55)
It is recommended that you make a backup copy of this file before making any changes.
To do this, right-click on the file and select Copy. Paste the file in the same directory.
While the files can be edited with a text editor like Notepad, consider downloading a 3rd
party XML document editor to make it easier to read and modify the XML files.
735
Label Rules
2. Rename the copied file to BopPipePort1_CA_JL_Custom.xml and open it in a 3rd party
XML document editor.
3. Use the following XML format to add a label to the resulting symbol.
Original
<content>
<contentModule value="DrawingLabelHelper"/>
<ID attributeName="BopPipePort1">BopPipePort1.rtp</ID>
</content>
Modified
<content>
<contentModule value="DrawingLabelHelper"/>
<ID attributeName="BopPipePort1">BopPipePort1.rtp</ID>
<ID attributeName="Piping Plan_LineNumber_Longest Segment">Piping
Plan_LineNumber_Longest Segment.rtp</ID>
</content>
4. Repeat the above step for any additional labels that need to be added to the symbol.
5. Once all of the appropriate labels have been added to the label XML, save your changes
and exit.
736
Label Rules
10. In the Value field, enter the name of the RTP file you added to the XML file. In this case,
Piping Plan_LineNumber_Longest Segment.
In most cases, the name entered in the Value field is identical to the RTP file name.
The correct name can be found in the XML file inside the ID attributeName tag.
If you want to alter the origin of the symbol, follow these steps.
1. Select the symbol or text box.
2. On the Symbol Authoring Tools ribbon, select
Symbol Origin.
3. Locate the center of the label (or the place you would like the origin to be), and place the
origin.
737
Label Rules
1. Save the file and exit.
When placing a compound label, a leader will connect to the last text box, not the
symbol origin.
In order to place the leader in the middle of a compound label, you can insert a small
text box first so that the leader will point to the small text box between the two custom
labels. The dummy text box must be placed after all other text boxes or symbols are
placed.
Example
The following example shows a dummy text box placed in between two functional text boxes. In
this instance, the leader connects to the small dummy text box as long as it was placed last.
See Also
Compound Labels (on page 733)
Select Label Rule Dialog Box (on page 55)
Create a Compound Label Using Label Rules (on page 734)
738
This method will produce two independent labels on a drawing. They will not necessarily be
placed in the same position and will behave as independent labels. To combine labels into
one symbol, see Create a Compound Label with a Combined Symbol (on page 735).
Labels created with this method can only be placed manually; these labels cannot be added
to a view style for automatic placement.
The compound labels resulting from this workflow are placed with a single origin point as
opposed to separate origins for each symbol. For more information on creating a compound
label with individual origin points, see Create a Compound Label Using Label Rules (on
page 734).
Label Rules
1. Create a new XML file in the Templates folder. Right-click and select New from the menu.
For this example, the label XML file is called Instrument Name_Elelvation.xml.
2. Use the following XML template to create the label. For this example, the Instrument
Elevation_Equipment_Name and SP3DCoordinate_CA_JL labels will be added.
Before proceeding, consider downloading a 3rd party XML document editor to make it
easier to read and modify the XML files.
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<label>
<content>
<contentModule value="DrawingLabelHelper" />
<embeddedLabel>Instrument
Elevation_Equipment_Name</embeddedLabel>
<embeddedLabel>SP3DCoordinate_CA_JL</embeddedLabel>
</content>
</label>
3. Once all of the appropriate embedded labels have been added to the label rule, save your
changes and exit.
If you want to alter the origin of the symbol, follow these steps.
1. Select the symbol or text box.
2. On the Symbol Authoring Tools ribbon, select
Symbol Origin.
739
Label Rules
3. Locate the center of the label (or the place you would like the origin to be), and place the
origin.
See Also
Create a Custom Symbol for Drawings (on page 740)
If the Create Symbol icon is not visible, click Tools > Customize, and drag the Create
Symbol icon (from the Catalogs category) into the application window.
5. Click to define the origin of the new symbol.
6. On the Save As Symbol dialog box, browse to the \Drawings\Catalog\Symbols folder under
the SharedContent share, name the symbol, and save it.
7. Exit SmartSketch Drawing Editor without saving the document.
You can incorporate your custom symbol into a graphic rule for a view style for use in any
orthographic drawings. For more information, see Graphic Rule - Symbol Dialog Box (on page
99).
740
Label Rules
See Also
View Style Rules (on page 87)
Create an Orthographic Drawing View Style (on page 56)
Symbols in Orthographic Drawings (on page 740)
741
Label Rules
3. Each individual file needs to be modified using the new naming convention.
XML Files
1. Open the first XML file (either with Notepad or a 3rd party XML editor) and change any
occurrences of Scantling_SectionReference1 to Type3_Reference1.
2. In the second XML file, change any occurrences of Scantling_SectionReference2 to
Type3_Reference2.
3. Save the files and exit.
RTP Files
1. Open the first RTP file (either with Notepad or a 3rd party XML editor) and change any
occurrences of Scantling_SectionReference1 to Type3_Reference1.
2. In the second RTP file, rename Scantling_SectionReference2 to Type3_Reference2.
3. Save the files and exit.
RQE Files
1. Open the first RQE file (either with Notepad or a 3rd party XML editor) and change any
occurrences of Scantling_SectionReference1 to Type3_Reference1.
2. In the second RQE file, rename Scantling_SectionReference2 to Type3_Reference2.
3. Save the files and exit.
RFM Files
1. Open the first RFM file (either with Notepad or a 3rd party XML editor) and change any
occurrences of Scantling_SectionReference1 to Type3_Reference1.
2. In the second RFM file, change any occurrences of Scantling_SectionReference2 to
Type3_Reference2.
3. Save the files and exit.
SYM Files
1. Open the first Reference SYM file in SmartSketch Drawing Editor.
2. Right-click on the text-box in the symbol and select Properties.
3. On the User tab, enter a new Value property. For example, replace
Scantling_SectionReference1 with Type3_Reference1.
4. Click OK.
If you want to alter the origin of the symbol, follow these steps.
1. On the Symbol Authoring Tools ribbon, select
Symbol Origin.
2. Locate the center of the label (or the place you would like the origin to be), and place the
origin.
742
Label Rules
Folder]SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Rules\ViewRules. A new XML file must be created in
order to use your new cutting plane symbols.
1. Select a delivered View Rule. For example, select
SteelOrderSectionandDetailViewRule.xml.
2. Right-click on the view rule, and select Copy. Paste the file in the same folder as the
delivered view rule.
3. Rename the new file with an appropriate name; for example, Type3.
4. Open the new view rule file with Notepad (or a 3rd party XML editor).
5. As in the previous steps when working in the Labels folder, you need to replace the names
of existing label files with the names you gave the new label files. For example, change
Scantling_SectionReference1 to Type3_Reference1, and so forth.
6. After renaming all of the appropriate files, save the file and exit.
See Also
Create a Custom Symbol for Drawings (on page 740)
Create Line Styles to Use in Drawing View Styles (on page 58)
743
Label Rules
Drawing Type
Scantling Drawings, including the following delivered For Labels, Symbols, and Dimensions:
packages: Classification, Classification (Expansion), Generic_Name
Steel Order, Steel Order (Expansion)
IS_Scantling_Name
Structure_Name
RuleSet_Name
Manufacturing Profile Sketch Drawings, including the For Labels:
following delivered packages: Mfg Profile Sketch and Generic_Name
Mfg Profile Sketch (Multiple)
IS_ProfileSketch_Arial_2.5mm
Structure_Name
RuleSet_Name
For Dimensions:
IS_ProfileSketch_FeatureDistance
IS_ProfileSketch_FeatureDistance_Top
IS_ProfileSketch_ProfileLength
IS_ProfileSketch_TopFlangeLength
StrMrfg ProfileSketch WebThicknessLocMark
Manufacturing Template Drawings, including the
For Labels:
following delivered packages: Mfg Template and Mfg Generic_Name
Template Set
Structure_Name
RuleSet_Name
ShipDirectionRule Right Up
For Dimensions:
IS_Templateset_Offset_Distance
Manufacturing Templateset Full Scale Drawing,
including the following delivered package: Mfg
Templateset (Full Scale)
For Labels:
Generic_Name_A_NL
For Symbols:
StrMfg Templateset Seam Point Symbol
StrMfg Templateset Tangent Point Symbol
StrMfg Templateset Midline Symbol
MfgTemplatesetFullScaleDirection Right
For Labels:
Generic_Name
IS_PinJig_Arial_1mm
Structure_Name
RuleSet_Name
For Symbols:
Pin
XPoint
XPoint_Cusp
XPoint_Origin
744
Label Rules
packages: Assembly Method and Assembly
Sequence
Generic_Name
This label places the Object Name
IGNamedItem along the curve at the
mid-point, by default, if no offset is specified.
If the object is non- linear, the label is placed
at the mid-range, as in the case of an
Assembly or Parts.
For more information on defining ruleset view styles to use labels, see the Orthographic
Drawings User's Guide.
See Also
Marine Structure Drawings Reference Data (on page 139)
Rules in Marine Structure Drawings (on page 251)
Label Definition for Marine Structure Drawings (on page 745)
Concatenated Labels for Marine Structure Drawings (on page 747)
Symbol Definition for Marine Structure Drawings (on page 749)
745
Label Rules
4. On the Label Editor dialog box, click Add to define a new property for the label.
5. On the Select Properties dialog box, specify an object type, then select the property from
those available for the object type. Click OK to return to the Label Editor.
6. In the Layout section, set up the formatting of the label and insert the property as needed.
746
Label Rules
5. On the Text Box Properties dialog box, go to the User tab and modify the Attributes for
the text box.
6. Close SmartSketch Drawing Editor, saving your changes to the .sym file.
7. Open the .xml file and modify the code to point to the new label name. For example:
See Also
Marine Structure Drawing Labels, Symbols, and Dimensions (on page 743)
747
Label Rules
2. Go to the R-Hierarchy tab of the workbook and add the labels to the correct location in the
Catalog. For more information, see R-Hierarchy Sheet (Marine Structure Drawings) (on
page 293).
3. Exit the ShipDwgReports workbook, saving your changes, and bulkload the workbook. You
bulkload using the Bulkload Reference Data utility delivered on the Start menu for the
product.
4. After bulkloading the workbook, go to the Catalog task to make sure the new labels are
included in the Labels hierarchy.
748
Label Rules
5. To create the concatenated label, combine multiple simple labels within the label RQE file
(the query file for the label).
6. Modify the label RFM file (for formatting) to ensure that the combined labels display correctly
together. In particular, make sure the ToParse property is set to yes to enable recursive
expansion of embedded labels.
When you define a ruleset view style to use the concatenated label, the drawings will show the
combination of the two simple labels.
See Also
Marine Structure Drawing Labels, Symbols, and Dimensions (on page 743)
749
Label Rules
Both files must be located in the same directory on the SharedContent share in the
\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates folder.
Create 2D Symbols
1. Create your symbols in either SmartSketch Drawing Editor or in Symbol2D (on your local
machine, double-click \Common2D\Shape2D\Bin\shape2dserver.exe). You use the Symbol
Authoring Tools to define the symbol, in particular the symbol origin.
750
Label Rules
Edit the XML file. The key component of the XML is the point placement, which determines the
position along the object to place the label:
The standard symbol label is ready for use in a ruleset view style. In the Drawings and Reports
task, use Tools > Define View Style to edit the properties of a ruleset view style. For the Label
rule on the appropriate row, set the value as the new standard symbol label. For more
information on defining ruleset view style, see the Orthographic Drawings User's Guide.
See Also
Marine Structure Drawing Labels, Symbols, and Dimensions (on page 743)
751
Label Rules
Each label rule uses one or more label templates. For more information, see Label Templates
XML (on page 772).
The following label rules are delivered:
752
BopPipePort1_CA_JL
BopPipePort1_CA_JL
BopPipePort1_CA_JL_M
BopPipePort1_CA_JL_M
Civil Isometric_Equipment_Name
Civil Isometric_Equipment_Name
Label Rules
Label Rule (.xml)
Coordinate
Structure_North Coordinate
Civil Plan_Equipment_Name
Civil Plan_Equipment_Name
CtrlPtCoord_None_CA
CtrlPtCoordSym_None_A_NL,
CtrlPtECoord_None_CA_L,
CtrlPtNCoord_None_CA_L
CtrlPtOnlyCoord_None_CA
CtrlPtOnlyCoordSym_None_A_NL,
CtrlPtOnlyECoord_None_CA_L,
CtrlPtOnlyNCoord_None_CA_L
DrawingVolume_Name_Rect_A_NL
DrawingVolume_Name_Rect_A_NL
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_Equipment_Name
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_Equipment_Name
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_LineNumber_Clipped
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_LineNumber_Clipped
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_LineNumber_Clipped_M
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_LineNumber_Clipped_M
753
Label Rules
754
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_LineNumber_Longest Segment
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_LineNumber_Longest Segment
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_LineNumber_Longest Segment_M
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_LineNumber_Longest Segment_M
Label Rules
Label Rule (.xml)
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Motor_Name-Elevation
Electrical CableTray
Section_LineNumber_Clipped
Electrical CableTray
Section_LineNumber_Longest Segment
Electrical CableTray
Section_LineNumber_Longest Segment
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_Equipment_Name
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_Equipment_Name
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_LineNumber_Clipped
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_LineNumber_Clipped
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_LineNumber_Longest Segment
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_LineNumber_Longest Segment
Electrical Equipment
Isometric_Equipment_Name
Electrical Equipment
Isometric_Equipment_Name
Electrical Equipment
Isometric_LineNumber_Longest Segment
Electrical Equipment
Isometric_LineNumber_Longest Segment
Electrical Equipment
Isometric_LineNumber_Longest Segment_M
Electrical Equipment
Isometric_LineNumber_Longest Segment_M
755
Label Rules
Label Rule (.xml)
Supports_Name
Supports_Name
Electrical Equipment
Plan_LineNumber_Clipped_M
Electrical Equipment
Plan_LineNumber_Longest Segment
Electrical Equipment
Plan_LineNumber_Longest Segment
Electrical Equipment
Plan_LineNumber_Longest Segment_M
Electrical Equipment
Plan_LineNumber_Longest Segment_M
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Motor_Name-Elevation
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Motor_Name-Elevation
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Motor_Name-Elevation_M
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Motor_Name-Elevation_M
756
Electrical Equipment
Section_LineNumber_Clipped
Electrical Equipment
Section_LineNumber_Clipped
Electrical Equipment
Section_LineNumber_Clipped_M
Electrical Equipment
Section_LineNumber_Clipped_M
Label Rules
Label Rule (.xml)
Electrical Equipment
Section_LineNumber_Longest Segment
Electrical Equipment
Section_LineNumber_Longest Segment
Electrical Equipment
Section_LineNumber_Longest Segment_M
Electrical Equipment
Section_LineNumber_Longest Segment_M
Electrical Lighting
Plan_Light_Symbol_Number
757
Label Rules
758
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Motor_Name-Elevation
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Motor_Name-Elevation
EndOfPipeSegment_None_CM_JL
EndOfPipeSegment_None_CM_JL
Equipment Elevation_Equipment_Elevation
Equipment
Elevation_Equipment_Elevation_Symbol,
Equipment Elevation_Equipment_Elevation
Equipment Elevation_Equipment_Elevation_M
Equipment
Elevation_Equipment_Elevation_Symbol_M,
Equipment
Elevation_Equipment_Elevation_M
Equipment Elevation_Equipment_Name
Equipment Elevation_Equipment_Name
Equipment Elevation_Process
Equipment_North-East Coordinate
Equipment Elevation_Process
Equipment_Symbol, Equipment
Elevation_Process Equipment_East
Coordinate, Equipment Elevation_Process
Equipment_North Coordinate
Equipment Elevation_Process
Equipment_North-East Coordinate_M
Equipment Elevation_Process
Equipment_Symbol_M, Equipment
Elevation_Process Equipment_East
Coordinate_M, Equipment Elevation_Process
Equipment_North Coordinate_M
Equipment Isometric_Equipment_Name
Equipment Isometric_Equipment_Name
Label Rules
Label Rule (.xml)
Equipment Plan_Equipment_Name
Equipment Plan_Equipment_Name
Equipment Plan_Process
Equipment_North-East Coordinate
Equipment Plan_Process
Equipment_North-East Coordinate_M
Equipment Plan_Process
Equipment_Symbol_M, Equipment
Plan_Process Equipment_East
Coordinate_M, Equipment Plan_Process
Equipment_North Coordinate_M
Equipment Section_Equipment_Elevation
Equipment
Section_Equipment_Elevation_Symbol,
759
Label Rules
Label Rule (.xml)
760
Equipment Section_Equipment_Elevation_M
Equipment
Section_Equipment_Elevation_Symbol_M,
Equipment Section_Equipment Elevation_M
Equipment Section_Equipment_Name
Equipment Section_Equipment_Name
Equipment Section_Equipment_Name_M
Equipment Section_Equipment_Name_M
Equipment Section_Process
Equipment_North-East Coordinate
Equipment Section_Process
Equipment_Symbol, Equipment
Section_Process Equipment_East
Coordinate, Equipment Section_Process
Equipment_North Coordinate
Equipment Section_Process
Equipment_North-East Coordinate_M
Equipment Section_Process
Equipment_Symbol_M, Equipment
Section_Process Equipment_East
Coordinate_M, Equipment Section_Process
Equipment_North Coordinate_M
GridHorizCoordinateLabel
GridHorizCoordinateLabel
GridLineX_Circle_A_L
GridLineX_Circle_A_L
GridLineX_Circle_CM_L
GridLineX_Circle_CM_L
GridLineX_Circle_CS_JL
GridLineX_Circle_CS_JL
GridLineY_Circle_A_L
GridLineY_Circle_A_L
GridLineY_Circle_CM_L
GridLineY_Circle_CM_L
GridLineY_Circle_CS_JL
GridLineY_Circle_CS_JL
GridPlane_Name
GridPlane_Name
GridVertCoordinateLabel
GridVertCoordinateLabel
Label Rules
Label Rule (.xml)
HngSup End_Diamond_M_L
HngSup End_Diamond_M_L
HngSup End_Elevation_Label
HngSup End_Elevation_Label
HngSup End_Elevation_Label_M
HngSup End_Elevation_Label_M
HngSup End_KeyPlan_Coordinate
HngSup End_KeyPlan_Coordinate
HngSup ISO_Note
HngSup ISO_Note
HngSup ISO_Reference_Circle_CA_L
HngSup ISO_Reference_Circle_CA_L
HngSup KeyPlan
HngSup KeyPlan
HngSup KeyPlan_M
HngSup KeyPlan_M
HngSup Side_Reference_Circle_CA_L
HngSup Side_Reference_Circle_CA_L
HngSup_Note
HngSup_Note
HngSup_Piping_Properties
HngSup_Piping_Properties
HVAC Diffuser
HVAC Diffuser
HVAC Elevation_LineNumber_Clipped
HVAC Elevation_LineNumber_Clipped
HVAC Elevation_LineNumber_Clipped_M
HVAC Elevation_LineNumber_Clipped_M
HVAC Elevation_LineNumber_Longest
Segment
HVAC Elevation_LineNumber_Longest
Segment
HVAC Elevation_LineNumber_Longest
Segment_M
HVAC Elevation_LineNumber_Longest
Segment_M
761
Label Rules
762
HVAC Elevation_LineNumber_Vertical
Segment_M
HVAC Elevation_LineNumber_Vertical
Segment_M
HVAC Isometric_Run_Name
HVAC Isometric_Run_Name
HVAC Plan_Equipment_Name
HVAC Plan_Equipment_Name
HVAC Plan_LineNumber_Clipped
HVAC Plan_LineNumber_Clipped
HVAC Section_LineNumber_Clipped_M
HVAC Section_LineNumber_Clipped_M
HVAC Section_LineNumber_Longest
Segment_M
HVAC Section_LineNumber_Longest
Segment_M
HVAC Section_LineNumber_Vertical
Segment_M
HVAC Section_LineNumber_Vertical
Segment_M
Instrument Elevation_Equipment_Name
Instrument Elevation_Equipment_Name
Label Rules
Label Rule (.xml)
Instrument Isometric_Equipment_Name
Instrument Plan_Cable
Trays_Name-Elevation-Width
Instrument Plan_Cable
Trays_Name-Elevation-Width
Instrument Plan_Cable
Trays_Name-Elevation-Width_M
Instrument Plan_Cable
Trays_Name-Elevation-Width_M
Instrument Plan_Equipment_Name
Instrument Plan_Equipment_Name
Instrument Section_Equipment_Name
Instrument Section_Equipment_Name
KeyPlanVolume_Name_Rect_A_NL
KeyPlanVolume_Name_Rect_A_NL
Name-Part_Circle_CA_L
Name-Part_Circle_CA_L
Name-Part_None_CA_JL
Name-Part_None_CA_JL
Name-Part_Rect_CA_JL
Name-Part_Rect_CA_JL
Name_Capsule_CA_JL
Name_Capsule_CA_JL
Name_Capsule_CA_L
Name_Capsule_CA_L
Name_Circle_CA_JL
Name_Circle_CA_JL
Name_Circle_CA_L
Name_Circle_CA_L
Name_Line_A_NL
Name_Line_A_NL
Name_Line_CA_JL
Name_Line_CA_JL
Name_None_APO_NL
Name_None_APO_NL
Name_None_AV_NL
Name_None_AV_NL
763
Label Rules
Label Rule (.xml)
Name_None_A_JL
Name_None_A_JL
Name_None_A_NL
Name_None_A_NL
Name_None_CA_JL
Name_None_CA_JL
Name_None_CM_JL
Name_None_CM_JL
Name_None_CPM_JL
Name_None_CPM_JL
Name_None_M_JL
Name_None_M_JL
Name_Rect_A_NL
Name_Rect_A_NL
Name_Rect_CA_JL
Name_Rect_CA_JL
Note_Rect_CA_JL
Note_Rect_CA_JL
764
Label Rules
Label Rule (.xml)
PipeComponent_None_CA_JL
PipeComponent_None_CA_JL
PipeWeld_None_CA_JL
PipeWeld_None_CA_JL
Piping Elevation_Equipment_Name
Piping Elevation_Equipment_Name
Piping Elevation_LineNumber_Clipped
Piping Elevation_LineNumber_Clipped
Piping Elevation_LineNumber_Clipped_M
Piping Elevation_LineNumber_Clipped_M
Piping Elevation_LineNumber_Longest
Segment
Piping Elevation_LineNumber_Longest
Segment
Piping Elevation_LineNumber_Longest
Segment_M
Piping Elevation_LineNumber_Longest
Segment_M
Piping Isometric_Equipment_Name
Piping Isometric_Equipment_Name
Piping Isometric_LineNumber_Longest
Segment
Piping Isometric_LineNumber_Longest
Segment
765
Label Rules
Label Rule (.xml)
Piping Isometric_LineNumber_Longest
Segment_M
Piping Isometric_LineNumber_Longest
Segment_M
766
Piping Plan_Equipment_Name
Piping Plan_Equipment_Name
Piping Plan_LineNumber_Clipped
Piping Plan_LineNumber_Clipped
Piping Plan_LineNumber_Clipped_M
Piping Plan_LineNumber_Clipped_M
Piping Plan_LineNumber_Longest
Segment_M
Label Rules
Label Rule (.xml)
Piping Section_Equipment_Name
Piping Section_Equipment_Name
Piping Section_LineNumber_Clipped
Piping Section_LineNumber_Clipped
Piping Section_LineNumber_Clipped_M
Piping Section_LineNumber_Clipped_M
Piping Section_LineNumber_Longest
Segment
Piping Section_LineNumber_Longest
Segment_M
Piping Section_LineNumber_Longest
Segment_M
767
Label Rules
Label Rule (.xml)
Reference_Circle_CA_L
Reference_Circle_CA_L
SectionSize_None_APO_NL
SectionSize_None_APO_NL
SP3DCoordinate_BottomLeft_CA_JL
SP3DCoordinate_BottomLeft_CA_JL
SP3DCoordinate_CA_JL
SP3DCoordinate_CA_JL
SP3DCoordinate_TopRight_CA_JL
SP3DCoordinate_TopRight_CA_JL
Structural Framing
Elevation_Columns_Section Size
768
Label Rules
Label Rule (.xml)
System-FluidCode-Seq-Insul_None_CPM_JL
System-FluidCode-Seq-Insul_None_CPM_JL
TOS_Line_A_L
TOS_Line_A_L
WeldSymbols
WeldSymbols
See Also
Label Rules (on page 725)
North-East Coordinate Labels (on page 770)
Rules in Marine Structure Drawings (on page 251)
Marine Structure Drawing Labels, Symbols, and Dimensions (on page 743)
769
Label Rules
Example:
770
Label Rules
771
Label Rules
Label Rule Name
Piping Plan_Control Point Structure_North-East Coordinate_M
Piping Plan_Process Equipment_North-East Coordinate
Piping Plan_Process Equipment_North-East Coordinate_M
Piping Safety Shower Plan_Control Point Structure_North-East Coordinate
Piping Safety Shower Plan_Control Point Structure_North-East Coordinate_M
Piping Utility Station Plan_Control Point Structure_North-East Coordinate
Piping Utility Station Plan_Control Point Structure_North-East Coordinate_M
Structural Framing Plan_Process Equipment_North-East Coordinate
Structural Framing Plan_Process Equipment_North-East Coordinate_M
772
Label Rules
will reach out at full text box height increments. Medium (shown in red in the example below)
setting will reach out in increments one half of the text box height. A Fine (shown in green in the
example below) setting will reach out in increments of one third of the text box height. Based on
these settings, you can change the number of labels that will fit inside a quadrant. A Coarse
granularity setting will allow the labels to spread out and be more legible, while a Fine setting
will fit more labels in a quadrant, but will be more difficult to read. The granularity settings can be
found in the label template XML files.
<labelSettings>
<granularity>1</granularity>
</labelSettings>
In the label XML templates, a granularity setting of 0 is Course, 1 is Medium, and 2 is
Fine.
Positioning Settings
The starting position of a label or the label leader (also referred to as the terminator) can be
modified in the Label Templates. In the case of connectPoint, you can determine where the
leader will connect to the object being labeled. DefaultLabelPointGenerator must be used in
the related template in order to use the connectPoint setting. The connectPoint option can be
found in the <posSettings> section of the template. When the Control Point setting (9) is used,
the software will place the point on the object origin unless there is a specified control point on
the object.
In the case of positioningPoint, you can specify where the label will be placed on the object.
DefaultLabelPointGenerator must also be used in the related template in order to use the
positioningPoint setting. The positioningPoint option can be found in the <posSettings>
773
Label Rules
section of the template. When the Control Point setting (9) is entered, the software will place the
point on the object origin unless there is a specified control point on the object.
Below are examples of the XML template and the positioning values.
<posSettings>
<posModulesSets>
<posModulesSet>
<connectPoint>4</connectPoint>
<positioningPoint>4</positioningPoint>
</posModulesSet>
</posModulesSets>
</posSettings>
Position
Value
Top Left
Top Middle
Top Right
Middle Left
Middle Middle
Middle Right
Bottom Left
Bottom Middle
Bottom Right
Control Point
When using the DrawingCentroid positioning module, you can customize the label position
behavior with the posModule section.
The rOffset value determines the paper space length between a nozzle port and the label.
774
Label Rules
<rOffset>0.03</rOffset>
The rotation option determines whether to orient the labels horizontally, or align them to the
nozzle orientation angle of the leader line. A value of -1 will align the labels to the leader line
angle, while 0 will position the labels horizontally.
<rotation>-1</rotation>
Below is an example of the rotation
tag set to 0:
The labelType value specifies the label type. The default value is 1, which places a TOP
label. A value of 0 places a nozzle label, while 2 places an angle label.
<labelType>1</labelType>
The fromMatchline value determines whether or not a label is placed inside or outside of
the matchline boundaries. A value of -1 will orient the labels outside of the matchline
775
Label Rules
boundaries, while 0 will position the labels inside the matchline boundaries and according to
any offset definitions.
<fromMatchline>-1</fromMatchline>
Below is an example of the
fromMatchline tag set to 0:
When using the DwgMatchlineWithDim positioning module, you can customize the label
position behavior with the posModule section.
The dimension option determines whether or not a dimension is placed. A value of -1 will
place a dimension, while 0 does not place a dimension.
<dimension>-1</dimension>
The dimTextOutside setting determines whether a dimension value is placed on the inside
or outside of the dimension line. A value of -1 places the dimension on the outside of the
dimension, while 0 places the dimension on the inside.
<dimTextOutside>-1</dimTextOutside>
Below is an example of the
dimTextOutside tag set to 0:
776
Label Rules
The angle option determines whether or not grid text is aligned parallel or perpendicular to
the dimension line. A value of 0 orients the grid text parallel to the dimension line, while 1
orients the text perpendicular to the dimension line.
<angle>1</angle>
777
Label Rules
Below is an example of the angle tag set to 0:
778
The justification setting determines whether or not to align labels to the inside or outside of
the available white space.
2 - Moves the label position to the inside and sets the text alignment to inside.
1 - Moves the label position to the inside.
0 - Disables the justification option.
-1 - Moves the label position to the outside.
-2 - Moves the label position to the outside and the text alignment to the outside.
<justification>-1</justification>
Label Rules
Below is an example of the justification tag set to 2.
779
Label Rules
Below is an example of the label being placed on the outside of an object. Note that the leader
stops at the object boundary and points to the origin.
When the label is moved closer to the terminator, the leader adjusts.
780
The leaderSettings section of the templates allows you to change the behavior of the label
leaders.
The leaderModule tag allows you to choose a leader module, for example,
DwgLeaderControl. The style tag allows you to choose a style for the leaders. In many
cases, the Normal style is used.
<leaderModule>DwgLeaderControl</leaderModule>
The breakline setting determines if a jog will be placed in the leader. The value for a leader
jog is -1, while 0 will omit the jog.
<breakline>-1</breakline>
The jogSegmentOffset setting allows you to control the offset from the jog segment to the
label. In the graphic below, jogSegmentOffset is the distance between point 1 and 2.
<jogSegmentOffset>0.005</jogSegmentOffset>
Label Rules
The ignoreLeaderCrossings setting determines if leader lines can intersect other leader
lines in an attempt to find an adequate amount of clear space. By default, this setting is -1,
which allows the leader lines to intersect each other. Set this value to 0 (or place the tag
between comment tags) to disallow leader line intersections. If you cannot find the
ignoreLeaderCrossings tag in your XML template file, you must add the tag to the
leaderSettings section.
<ignoreLeaderCrossings>-1</ignoreLeaderCrossings>
781
Label Rules
Below is an example of the ignoreLeaderCrossings setting tag to -1:
Label Settings
You can customize the automatic behavior of the labels in the labelSettings section of the
templates.
The labelOffset setting determines the reach from the terminator to the closest text box
corner. This value is represented in meters.
<labelOffset>0.04</labelOffset>
782
Label Rules
The granularity option determines how many attempts are made to place a label in clear
space. The setting options are 0 for Coarse, 1 for Medium, and 2 for Fine.
<granularity>0</granularity>
The priority option allows you to place a priority on labels in order to resolve conflicts
among multiple labels searching for white space. The lower the value, the higher the priority.
For example, 1 is a higher priority than 3.
<priority>1</priority>
The subPriority option allows you to place a second priority on labels in order to resolve
more specific conflicts among multiple labels searching for white space. As with the priority
option described above, the lower the number, the higher the priority. For example, 1 is a
higher priority than 3. A value of 0 indicates that the subPriority option is off.
<subPriority>2</subPriority>
The perimeterOffset option determines the distance that margin labels should be offset
from the view border. The DrawingGAMarginOnly module must be used for the geometric
analyzer. For more information on the DrawingGAMarginOnly module, see
DrawingGAMarginOnly (on page 1050).
<perimeterOffset>0.055</perimeterOffset>
The dimPerimeterOffset option determines the distance that dimensions should be offset
from the matchline.
<dimPerimeterOffset>0.013</dimPerimeterOffset>
The maxFactor setting determines the maximum scale factor for the text size. This value is
measured in meters.
The minFactor setting determines the minimum scale factor for the text size. This value is
measured in meters.
<maxFactor>1</maxFactor>
<minFactor>1</minFactor>
The minOffset and maxOffset settings determine the minimum and maximum
(respectively) offset factor for being placed in clear space. These settings are similar to the
labelOffset setting.
<minOffset>0</minOffset>
<maxOffset>0.005</maxOffset>
The whiteObjs setting allows you to ignore the white space settings and place a certain
type of label in a drawing. The value used in the whiteObj element is the name of the 2D
783
Label Rules
layer in the drawing. For example, to allow labels to be drawn on top of the objects included
in the Beam layer, the whiteObj value is Beam.
<whiteObjs>
<whiteObj>Beam</whiteObj>
<whiteObj>Equipment</whiteObj>
</whiteObjs>
The whiteObj element must nest inside of the whiteObjs parent
element in the XML hierarchy.
Dimension Settings
When using a template that applies dimensions to the drawings, you can customize the behavior
and appearance of the dimensions with the dimensionSettings section.
The maxDimOffset value determines the maximum linear paper space distance between
consecutive witness lines in linear distance dimensions.
<maxDimOffset>0.2</maxDimOffset>
The maxWitnessLength value determines the maximum paper space length of witness
lines in linear distance dimensions.
<maxWitnessLength>0.2</maxWitnessLength>
The overall option places an additional dimension over each dimension chain cluster
identified by the rule. A value of -1 will place an overall dimension, while 0 will not.
<overall>-1</overall>
The overallOffset option determines the offset for the overall dimension from the dimension
chain.
<overallOffset>0.005</overallOffset>
The granularity option determines how many attempts are made to place a dimension in
clear space. The setting options are 0 for Coarse, 1 for Medium, and 2 for Fine.
<granularity>0</granularity>
The perimeterOffset option determines the offset that margin dimensions should be offset
from the matchline. The DrawingGAMarginOnly module must be used for the geometric
analyzer. For more information on the DrawingGAMarginOnly module, see
DrawingGAMarginOnly (on page 1050).
<perimeterOffset>0.055</perimeterOffset>
The priority option allows you to place a priority on particular rules in order to resolve
conflicts among multiple rules. The lower the value, the higher the priority. For example, 1 is
784
Label Rules
a higher priority than 3. Also, the label and dimension priorities are considered globally,
which means you can give preference to dimensions over labels, and so on.
<priority>1</priority>
The horiz option determines whether horizontal dimensions are placed. A value of -1 will
place horizontal dimensions, while 0 will not.
<horiz>-1</horiz>
785
Label Rules
The vert option determines whether vertical dimensions are placed. A value of -1 will place
vertical dimensions, while 0 will not.
<vert>-1</vert>
If the value for keepTopOrBottomDup is 0, then only the top-most point of an aligned set of
points is considered for dimensioning. If the value is set to -1, then only the bottom-most
point of an aligned set of points is considered for dimensioning.
Similarly, if the value for keepLeftOrRightDup is set to 0, then only the left-most point in a
horizontally aligned set of points is considered in dimensioning. If the value is set to -1, then
only the right-most point in horizontally aligned set of points is considered for dimensioning.
<keepTopOrBottomDup>-1</keepTopOrBottomDup>
<keepLeftOrRightDup>-1</keepLeftOrRightDup>
The align option determines whether similar linear distance dimension chains should
attempt alignment with each other if their projection angles match. A value of -1 will align the
dimensions, while 0 will not. The value must be 0 for absolute positioned dimensions.
<align>0</align>
786
Label Rules
Geometric Analyzer Settings
You can customize the automatic behavior of the geometric analyzer in the
geometricAnalyzerSettings section of the template.
The placeLines setting determines whether or not a line is placed between labels. This
setting is useful for creating label chains to signify a common elevation. A value of -1 means
lines are placed between labels, whereas a value of 0 means that lines are not placed
between labels.
<placeLines>-1</placeLines>
The cpLabelType setting determines the orientation of a label. A value of 0 indicates the
label is a static control point coordinate label. A value of 1 means that the label is horizontal
text, while a value of 2 indicates the label is vertical text.
<cpLabelType>1</cpLabelType>
The ignoreViewDirection setting determines whether or not the view direction is
considered when updating a drawing. This setting is useful when placing an elevation
coordinate label on a plan view. A value of -1 means the view direction is ignored. A value of
0 means that the view direction is considered during update. The default setting for this tag
is 0.
<ignoreViewDirection>-1</ignoreViewDirection>
Symbol Settings
The label symbols can be modified in SmartSketch Drawing Editor. For more information on the
specific attributes available for modification, see the SmartSketch Drawing Editor User's Guide.
The following attributes can be changed from the Symbols tab in the Properties Dialog Box of
SmartSketch Drawing Editor.
Text shape
Text background
Symbol handles
Extra graphics
Text formatting
Type of property
Value for the symbol
Attributes
787
Label Rules
Generic Shape Tracing
The software automatically hides the leader when it intersects the boundaries of an object. In
the example below, the dotted segment of the leader would be hidden because it is placed over
the equipment object boundaries.
788
Label Rules
Generic Text Shape Leader Shift
The leader will automatically switch sides when being repositioned. By default, the leader origin
is in the middle of the label. When being repositioned, the leader will find the shortest distance
from the label to the object.
If a label with a jogged leader is placed, the jog will position on the left or right side depending
on which side is closest to the point being labeled.
If an unsymmetrical text shape label is placed with a jogged leader, the direction of the label will
change with the jog position.
Label Rules
Label rules control automatic label placement on drawings. For more information, see Label
Rules (on page 102). You can customize these label rules by editing the XML and/or SYM files.
789
Label Rules
For more information on customizing label rules, see Create a Compound Label Using Label
Rules (on page 734).
You can also create new label rules. Before creating a new label rule, you must first create the
label query using the Define Label command in the Catalog task.
See Also
Label Rules (on page 102)
View Style Rules (on page 87)
Clipped Labels
Description: Labels are positioned at the end of a pipe segment when clipped by a volume
Type: COM
XML Location: [Reference Data Product
Folder]\CatalogData\Symbols\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates\[Label Template Name].xml
Point Generator: DrawingPGPipeSegments (on page 1021)
Geometric Analyzer: DrawingGAEndOfSegment (on page 1045)
Annotation Control Generator: DefaultLabelControlGenerator (on page 1100)
Content Module: DrawingLabelHelper (on page 1064)
Positioning Module: DwgClippedPositioning (on page 1113), DwgLblEndOfSegmentPos (on
page 1113), DrawingMarginOnly
Example
For more information on clipped pipes in view styles, see Clipping in Piping View Styles (on
page 585).
790
Returned Properties
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Label Rules
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
HVAC Elevation_LineNumber_Clipped
Name
HVAC Elevation_LineNumber_Clipped_M
Name
HVAC Plan_LineNumber_Clipped
Name
HVAC Plan_LineNumber_Clipped_M
Name
Piping Elevation_LineNumber_Clipped
Piping Elevation_LineNumber_Clipped_M
Piping Plan_LineNumber_Clipped
Piping Plan_LineNumber_Clipped_M
Name, PrimarySize,
PriSizeNPDUnits, Insulation
Purpose, PipeSpec, FluidCode
Name, PrimarySize,
PriSizeNPDUnits, Insulation
Purpose, PipeSpec, FluidCode
Piping Section_LineNumber_Clipped
Piping Section_LineNumber_Clipped_M
791
Label Rules
For more information on these labels, see Control Points in Plan View Styles (on page 511).
792
Returned Properties
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
Label Rules
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
Description: Labels contain coordinate values and/or control point name from the model
Type: COM
XML Location: [Reference Data Product
Folder]\CatalogData\Symbols\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates\[Label Template Name].xml
Point Generator: DrawingPGControlPoint
Geometric Analyzer: DrawingGALabelInline
Annotation Control Generator: DefaultLabelControlGenerator
Content Module: DrawingLabelHelper
Positioning Module: DrawingCoordLblPosMod, DrawingAbsolute
793
Label Rules
Example
For more information, see Control Points in Plan View Styles (on page 511).
The returned properties X, Y, and Z refer to the coordinates of the control point, while the
returned properties X1, Y1, and Z1 refer to the coordinates of the origin.
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
Civil Overall Key Plan_Control Point Structure_North Coordinate_M X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
794
Label Rules
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
795
Label Rules
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
796
Label Rules
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
Coordinate
Piping Safety Shower Plan_Control Point Structure_North
Coordinate_M
Coordinate Labels
Description: Label contains coordinate information of object from the model
Type: COM
XML Location: [Reference Data Product
Folder]\CatalogData\Symbols\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates\[Label Template Name].xml
Point Generator: DrawingPGControlPoint (on page 1016)
Geometric Analyzer: DrawingGALabelInline (on page 1047)
Annotation Control Generator: DefaultLabelControlGenerator (on page 1100)
Content Module: DrawingLabelHelper (on page 1064)
Positioning Module: DrawingCoordLblPosMod (on page 1105), DrawingAbsolute (on page
1103)
Leader Module: DrawingCoordLeaderControl (on page 1126)
Example
The returned properties X, Y, and Z refer to the coordinates of the control point, while the
returned properties X1, Y1, and Z1 refer to the coordinates of the origin.
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
797
Label Rules
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
Civil Overall Key Plan_Control Point Structure_North Coordinate_M X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
798
CtrlPtECoord_None_CA_L
CtrlPtNCoord_None_CA_L
CtrlPtOnlyECoord_None_CA_L
CtrlPtOnlyNCoord_None_CA_L
Label Rules
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
799
Label Rules
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
Coordinate
800
Label Rules
For more information on name labels used in view styles, see Equipment in Equipment View
Styles (on page 511).
Returned Properties
BopPipePort1_CA_JL1
Name
Civil Isometric_Equipment_Name
Name
Civil Plan_Equipment_Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
801
Label Rules
802
Returned Properties
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Label Rules
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Equipment Elevation_Equipment_Name
Name
Equipment Isometric_Equipment_Name
Name
Equipment Plan_Equipment_Name
Name
Name
Name
Equipment Section_Equipment_Name
Name
Equipment Section_Equipment_Name_M
Name
Name
None
HngSup ISO_Note
Name
803
Label Rules
804
Returned Properties
HngSup_Note
Name
HngSup_Piping_Properties
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
HVAC Isometric_Run_Name
Name
Name
Name
HVAC Plan_Equipment_Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
HVAC Plan_Run_Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Instrument Elevation_Equipment_Name
Name
Name
Instrument Isometric_Equipment_Name
Name
Name
Name
Instrument Plan_Equipment_Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Instrument Section_Equipment_Name
Name
Name
Label Rules
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
Name-Part_Circle_CA_L
Name
Name-Part_None_CA_JL
Name
Name-Part_Rect_CA_JL
Name
Name_Capsule_CA_JL
Name
Name_Capsule_CA_L
Name
Name_Circle_CA_JL
Name
Name_Circle_CA_L
Name
Name_Line_CA_JL
Name
Name_None_CA_JL
Name
Name_None_CM_JL
Name
Name_Rect_CA_JL
Name
Note_Rect_CA_JL
Name
PipeComponent_None_CA_JL
Name
PipeWeld_None_CA_JL
Name
Piping Elevation_Equipment_Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Piping Isometric_Equipment_Name
Name
Piping Plan_Equipment_Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Piping Section_Equipment_Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
805
Label Rules
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
Name
Name
Grid Labels
Description: Labels contain grid names from the model
Type: COM
XML Location: [Reference Data Product
Folder]\CatalogData\Symbols\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates\[Label Template Name].xml
Point Generator: DefaultLabelPointGenerator (on page 1013)
Geometric Analyzer: DefaultLabelGeometricAnalyzer (on page 1044)
Annotation Control Generator: DefaultLabelControlGenerator (on page 1100)
Content Module: DrawingLabelHelper (on page 1064)
Positioning Module: DrawingGridLblMarginOnly (on page 1109), DrawingGridLblMgnAbsPos
(on page 1109)
Example
X-axis grids
Y-axis grids
For more information on grid labels in view styles, see Grid Lines in Plan View Styles (on page
399).
806
Returned Properties
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Label Rules
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
GridLineX_Circle_CM_L
Name
GridLineY_Circle_CM_L
Name
GridLineX_Circle_CS_JL
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Description: Labels contain top of steel measurements or grid plane names from the model
Type: COM
XML Location: [Reference Data Product
Folder]\CatalogData\Symbols\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates\[Label Template Name].xml
Point Generator: DefaultLabelPointGenerator (on page 1013)
Geometric Analyzer: DefaultLabelGeometricAnalyzer (on page 1044)
807
Label Rules
Annotation Control Generator: DefaultLabelControlGenerator (on page 1100)
Content Module: DrawingLabelHelper (on page 1064)
Positioning Module: DrawingAbsolute
TOS Example
808
Returned Properties
Name
Label Rules
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
GridHorizCoordinateLabel
GridLineX_Circle_A_L
Name
GridLineY_Circle_A_L
Name
GridPlane_Name
Name
GridVertCoordinateLabel
Name
Name
Name
Name
809
Label Rules
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
TOS_Line_A_L
For more information on the longest segment rule in view styles, see Piping Parts in Piping View
Styles (on page 649).
810
Label Rules
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
BopPipePort1_CA_JL
Name
BopPipePort1_CA_JL_M
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
SP3DCoordinate_CA_JL
Name
811
Label Rules
Miscellaneous Labels
Topics
CtrlPtCoordSym_None_A_NL ....................................................... 812
CtrlPtECoord_None_CA_L ............................................................ 812
CtrlPtNCoord_None_CA_L ............................................................ 813
CtrlPtOnlyCoordSym_None_A_NL ................................................ 813
CtrlPtOnlyECoord_None_CA_L..................................................... 813
CtrlPtOnlyNCoord_None_CA_L .................................................... 813
HngSup End_KeyPlan_Coordinate Label ..................................... 814
HngSup End_KeyPlan_Coordinate_KPLabel Label ...................... 814
HngSup - Key Plan Label .............................................................. 815
Name_None_AV_NL ..................................................................... 816
Name_None_CPM_JL ................................................................... 817
Name_None_M_JL ........................................................................ 817
System-FluidCode-Seq-Insul_None_CPM_JL .............................. 817
CtrlPtCoordSym_None_A_NL
Description: Label contains coordinate information of object from the model
Type: COM
XML Location: [Reference Data Product
Folder]\CatalogData\Symbols\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates\[Label Template Name].xml
Point Generator: DrawingPGControlPoint (on page 1016)
Geometric Analyzer: DefaultLabelGeometricAnalyzer (on page 1044)
Annotation Control Generator: DefaultLabelControlGenerator (on page 1100)
Content Module: DrawingLabelHelper (on page 1064)
Positioning Module: DrawingAbsolute (on page 1103)
CtrlPtECoord_None_CA_L
Description: Label contains coordinate information of object from the model
Type: COM
XML Location: [Reference Data Product
Folder]\CatalogData\Symbols\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates\[Label Template Name].xml
Point Generator: DrawingPGControlPoint (on page 1016)
Geometric Analyzer: DrawingGALabelInline (on page 1047)
Annotation Control Generator: DefaultLabelControlGenerator (on page 1100)
Content Module: DrawingLabelHelper (on page 1064)
Positioning Module: DrawingCoordLblPosMod (on page 1105), DrawingAbsolute (on page
1103)
Leader Module: DrawingCoordLeaderControl (on page 1126)
812
Label Rules
CtrlPtNCoord_None_CA_L
Description: Label contains coordinate information of object from the model
Type: COM
XML Location: [Reference Data Product
Folder]\CatalogData\Symbols\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates\[Label Template Name].xml
Point Generator: DrawingPGControlPoint (on page 1016)
Geometric Analyzer: DrawingGALabelInline (on page 1047)
Annotation Control Generator: DefaultLabelControlGenerator (on page 1100)
Content Module: DrawingLabelHelper (on page 1064)
Positioning Module: DrawingCoordLblPosMod (on page 1105), DrawingAbsolute (on page
1103)
Leader Module: DrawingCoordLeaderControl (on page 1126)
CtrlPtOnlyCoordSym_None_A_NL
Description: Label contains coordinate information of object from the model
Type: COM
XML Location: [Reference Data Product
Folder]\CatalogData\Symbols\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates\[Label Template Name].xml
Point Generator: DrawingPGCPThenNone (on page 1016)
Geometric Analyzer: DefaultLabelGeometricAnalyzer (on page 1044)
Annotation Control Generator: DefaultLabelControlGenerator (on page 1100)
Content Module: DrawingLabelHelper (on page 1064)
Positioning Module: DrawingAbsolute (on page 1103)
CtrlPtOnlyECoord_None_CA_L
Description: Label contains coordinate information of object from the model
Type: COM
XML Location: [Reference Data Product
Folder]\CatalogData\Symbols\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates\[Label Template Name].xml
Point Generator: DrawingPGCPThenNone (on page 1016)
Geometric Analyzer: DrawingGALabelInline (on page 1047)
Annotation Control Generator: DefaultLabelControlGenerator (on page 1100)
Content Module: DrawingLabelHelper (on page 1064)
Positioning Module: DrawingCoordLblPosMod (on page 1105), DrawingAbsolute (on page
1103)
Leader Module: DrawingCoordLeaderControl (on page 1126)
CtrlPtOnlyNCoord_None_CA_L
Description: Label contains coordinate information of object from the model
Type: COM
XML Location: [Reference Data Product
Folder]\CatalogData\Symbols\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates\[Label Template Name].xml
Point Generator: DrawingPGCPThenNone (on page 1016)
Geometric Analyzer: DrawingGALabelInline (on page 1047)
Annotation Control Generator: DefaultLabelControlGenerator (on page 1100)
Content Module: DrawingLabelHelper (on page 1064)
813
Label Rules
Positioning Module: DrawingCoordLblPosMod (on page 1105), DrawingAbsolute (on page
1103)
Leader Module: DrawingCoordLeaderControl (on page 1126)
This label is found in the HngSup - End View Style (on page 521).
This label can be replaced by the HngSup End_KeyPlan_Coordinate_KPLabel label rule in
order to display a "KP" label instead of the key point coordinate location. For more
information, see HngSup End_KeyPlan_Coordinate_KPLabel Label (on page 814).
Example
See Also
Compound Labels (on page 733)
814
Label Rules
key point coordinate location.
XML Location: [Reference Data Product
Folder]\CatalogData\Symbols\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates\[Label Template Name].xml
Point Generator: DrawingPGKeyPlanControlPoint
Geometric Analyzer: DefaultLabelGeometricAnalyzer (on page 1044)
Annotation Control Generator: DefaultLabelControlGenerator (on page 1100)
Content Module: DrawingLabelHelper (on page 1064)
Positioning Module: DrawingQuadOne (on page 1111), DrawingQuadTwo (on page 1112),
DrawingQuadThree (on page 1112), DrawingQuadFour (on page 1111), DrawingAbsolute (on
page 1103)
This label can be used in the HngSup - End View Style (on page 521) to replace the
delivered HngSup End_KeyPlan_Coordinate label.
Example
815
Label Rules
X Offset - Distance between key point and nearest X grid plane or global origin on the
x-axis.
X Grid Plane - Name of the nearest X grid plane. If no coordinate system is specified in
the drawing sheet properties, the software defaults to the global coordinate system and
the bubble is left blank.
Elevation Value - Distance between key point and coordinate system origin or global
origin on the z-axis. If no coordinate system is specified in the drawing sheet properties,
the software defaults to the global coordinate system origin.
XML Location: [Reference Data Product
Folder]\CatalogData\Symbols\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates\[Label Template Name].xml
Point Generator: DefaultLabelPointGenerator (on page 1013)
Geometric Analyzer: DefaultLabelGeometricAnalyzer (on page 1044)
Annotation Control Generator: DefaultLabelControlGenerator (on page 1100)
Content Module: DrawingHangerLabelContent
Positioning Module: DrawingAbsolute (on page 1103)
This label is found in the HngSup - Key Plan View Style (on page 525) view style.
Examples
The example below is using the global coordinate system, which means the grid label bubbles
are blank.
Name_None_AV_NL
Description: Places a name label at an absolute position relative to a vector from the center of
the view and aligned to the object
Type: COM
XML Location: [Reference Data Product
Folder]\CatalogData\Symbols\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates\[Label Template Name].xml
Point Generator: DefaultLabelPointGenerator (on page 1013)
Geometric Analyzer: DefaultLabelGeometricAnalyzer (on page 1044)
816
Label Rules
Annotation Control Generator: DefaultLabelControlGenerator (on page 1100)
Content Module: DrawingLabelHelper (on page 1064)
Positioning Module: DrawingVectorAbsolute (on page 1113)
Name_None_CPM_JL
Description: Places name label on object and checks whether or not the object is clipped. If the
object is clipped, the label is placed in the margin.
Type: COM
XML Location: [Reference Data Product
Folder]\CatalogData\Symbols\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates\[Label Template Name].xml
Point Generator: DefaultLabelPointGenerator (on page 1013)
Geometric Analyzer: DefaultLabelGeometricAnalyzer (on page 1044)
Annotation Control Generator: DefaultLabelControlGenerator (on page 1100)
Content Module: DrawingLabelHelper (on page 1064)
Positioning Module: DwgClippedPositioning (on page 1113), DwgLinearPositioning (on page
1114), DrawingMarginOnly
Leader Module: DwgLeaderControl (on page 1127)
Name_None_M_JL
Description: Places name label on object and checks whether or not the object is clipped. If the
object is clipped, the label is placed in the margin.
Type: COM
XML Location: [Reference Data Product
Folder]\CatalogData\Symbols\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates\[Label Template Name].xml
Point Generator: DefaultLabelPointGenerator (on page 1013)
Geometric Analyzer: DefaultLabelGeometricAnalyzer (on page 1044)
Annotation Control Generator: DefaultLabelControlGenerator (on page 1100)
Content Module: DrawingLabelHelper (on page 1064)
Positioning Module: DwgClippedPositioning (on page 1113), DrawingMarginOnly
Leader Module: DwgLeaderControl (on page 1127)
System-FluidCode-Seq-Insul_None_CPM_JL
Description: Places name label on object and checks whether or not the object is clipped. If the
object is clipped, the label is placed in the margin.
Type: COM
XML Location: [Reference Data Product
Folder]\CatalogData\Symbols\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates\[Label Template Name].xml
Point Generator: DrawingPGPipeSegments
Geometric Analyzer: DrawingGAEndOfSegment
Annotation Control Generator: DefaultLabelControlGenerator
Content Module: DrawingLabelHelper
Positioning Module: DwgClippedPositioning, DwgLblEndOfSegmentPos, DrawingMarginOnly
Leader Module: DwgLeaderControl
817
Label Rules
For more information on volume names in view styles, see Civil Key Plan View Style (on page
391).
818
Returned Properties
Name
Name
DrawingVolume_Name_Rect_A_NL
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
None
Name
Name
HVAC Diffuser
Name
Label Rules
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
Name
Name
Name
KeyPlanVolume_Name_Rect_A_NL
Name
Name_Line_A_NL
Name
Name_None_A_JL
Name
Name_None_A_NL
Name
Name_Rect_A_NL
Name
Name
Name
BOS
TOS
Name
Name
SP3DCoordinate_BottomLeft_CA_JL
Description: Labels bottom-left of a structure member with bottom of steel measurement. This
label must be used in elevation views.
Type: COM
XML Location: [Reference Data Product
Folder]\CatalogData\Symbols\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates\[Label Template Name].xml
Point Generator: DefaultLabelPointGenerator (on page 1013)
Geometric Analyzer: DefaultLabelGeometricAnalyzer (on page 1044)
Annotation Control Generator: DefaultLabelControlGenerator (on page 1100)
Content Module: DrawingLabelHelper (on page 1064)
Positioning Module: DrawingAbsolute (on page 1103)
Example
819
Label Rules
When used with the SP3DCoordinate_BottomLeft_CA_JL lablel, the member is labeled with
both TOS and BOS values.
SP3DCoordinate_TopRight_CA_JL
Description: Labels top-right of a structure member with top of steel measurement. This label
must be used in elevation views.
Type: COM
XML Location: [Reference Data Product
Folder]\CatalogData\Symbols\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates\[Label Template Name].xml
Point Generator: DefaultLabelPointGenerator (on page 1013)
Geometric Analyzer: DefaultLabelGeometricAnalyzer (on page 1044)
Annotation Control Generator: DefaultLabelControlGenerator (on page 1100)
Content Module: DrawingLabelHelper (on page 1064)
Positioning Module: DrawingAbsolute (on page 1103)
Examples
When used with the SP3DCoordinate_BottomLeft_CA_JL lablel, the member is labeled with
both TOS and BOS values.
820
Label Rules
Vertical Segment
For more information on these labels, see HVAC Parts in HVAC View Styles (on page 542).
Section Size
For more information on these labels, see Structural Framing Plan View Styles (on page 683).
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
Name
Name
821
Label Rules
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
Name
Name_None_APO_NL
Name
SectionSize_None_APO_NL
822
Label Rules
For more information on name labels used in view styles, see Cable Trays in Elevation View
Styles (on page 416).
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
823
Label Rules
Example
For more information on nozzle orientation labels in view styles, see Nozzle View Styles (on
page 599).
824
Returned Properties
Name
Name
Angle
Name
Label Rules
Reference Labels
Description: Labels the object with the item number from the embedded report
Type: COM
XML Location: [Reference Data Product
Folder]\CatalogData\Symbols\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates\[Label Template Name].xml
Point Generator: DefaultLabelPointGenerator (on page 1013)
Geometric Analyzer: DefaultLabelGeometricAnalyzer (on page 1044)
Annotation Control Generator: DefaultLabelControlGenerator (on page 1100)
Content Module: DrawingReferenceLabelContent (on page 1068)
Positioning Module: DrawingQuadOne (on page 1111), DrawingQuadTwo (on page 1112),
DrawingQuadThree (on page 1112), DrawingQuadFour (on page 1111), DrawingAbsolute (on
page 1103)
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
HngSup ISO_Reference_Circle_CA_L
None
HngSup Side_Reference_Circle_CA_L
None
None
None
None
Reference_Circle_CA_L
None
Description: Labels the object with the item number from the embedded report
Type: COM
XML Location: [Reference Data Product
Folder]\CatalogData\Symbols\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates\[Label Template Name].xml
Point Generator: DefaultLabelPointGenerator (on page 1013)
Geometric Analyzer: DefaultLabelGeometricAnalyzer (on page 1044)
Annotation Control Generator: DefaultLabelControlGenerator (on page 1100)
Content Module: DrawingReferenceLabelContent (on page 1068)
Positioning Module: DrawingGridLblMarginOnly (on page 1109), DrawingGridLblMgnAbsPos
(on page 1109)
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
HngSup_End_Diamond_M_L
None
HngSup_Diamond_M_L
None
825
Label Rules
For more information on section size labels, see Structural Framing Elevation View Style (on
page 669).
Returned Properties
SectionName
SectionName
SectionName
SectionName
SectionName
826
SectionName
SectionName
SectionName
SectionName
Label Rules
DetailSimpleReference
Name: DetailSimpleReference
Description: Example of Format used for labels on instanciated objects
Type: COM
Is Recursive: No
Conditional Formatting: No
Design Time Prog ID:
Run Time Prog ID: SP3DLabelsFormat.FormatLabel
Returned Properties: Reference
SQL Query:
827
Label Rules
PartOccTestCOMLabelFormat
Name: PartOccTestCOMLabelFormat
Description: Example of Format used for labels on instanciated objects
Type: COM
Is Recursive: No
Conditional Formatting: No
Design Time Prog ID: SP3DLabelFormatDesigner.RTFLabel
Run Time Prog ID: SP3DLabelsFormat.FormatLabel
Returned Properties: PartNumber
Name
SQL Query:
PartOccTestCOMLabelFormat
Name: PartOccTestCOMLabelFormat
Description: Example of Format used for labels on instanciated objects
Type: COM
Is Recursive: No
Conditional Formatting: No
Design Time Prog ID:
Run Time Prog ID: SP3DLabelsFormat.FormatLabel
Returned Properties: Name
SQL Query:
SectionSimpleReference1
Name: SectionSimpleReference1
Description: Example of Format used for labels on instanciated objects
Type: COM
Is Recursive: No
Conditional Formatting: No
Design Time Prog ID:
Run Time Prog ID: SP3DLabelsFormat.FormatLabel
Returned Properties: Reference1
SQL Query:
SectionSimpleReference2
Name: SectionSimpleReference2
Description: Example of Format used for labels on instanciated objects
Type: COM
Is Recursive: No
Conditional Formatting: No
Design Time Prog ID:
Run Time Prog ID: SP3DLabelsFormat.FormatLabel
Returned Properties: Reference2
SQL Query:
828
Label Rules
Generic_Name
Generic_Name _L
Generic_Name _L
Generic_Name _RC
Generic_Name _RC
Generic_Name _RC_L
Generic_Name _RC_L
Grid Axis
Grid Axis
Reference_Circle_CA_L
Reference_Circle_CA_L
Ruleset_Name
Structure_Name
Structure_Name
829
Label Rules
830
Label Rule
(.xml)
Opening
Label Rules
Label Rule
(.xml)
Ship Structure Plate Thickness Grade by COM Ship Structure Plate Thickness Grade by COM
(see "Label Templates: Ship Structure Plate" on
page 847)
Ship Structure Plate Thickness Grade Typical
831
Label Rules
Label Rule
(.xml)
Structure_Weld
WeldLabel
WeldSymbols
WeldSymbols
Hull Lines
Label Rule
(.xml)
Hull Lines_Name
Manufacturing
832
Label Rule
(.xml)
IS_ProfileSketch_Arial_2.5mm
MFG_PinJig Remarking_Horizontal
GirthLength
Label Rules
Label Rule
(.xml)
833
Label Rules
Label Rule
(.xml)
834
Label Rule
(.xml)
MfgTemplatesetFullScaleDirectionRule Right
NorthArrows\
MfgTemplatesetFullScaleDirection Right (see
"North Arrow Templates" on page 855)
NorthArrow
NorthArrows\NorthArrow
ShipDirectionRule Right Up
ShipDirectionRule
Structural NorthArrow.xml
NorthArrows\Structural NorthArrow
Label Rules
Topics
Label Templates: A - G .................................................................. 835
Label Templates: H - L .................................................................. 839
Label Templates: Mfg - R .............................................................. 840
Label Templates: Scantling ........................................................... 842
Label Templates: Ship Structure Plate .......................................... 847
Label Templates: StrMfg - W ......................................................... 850
North Arrow Templates .................................................................. 855
View Templates ............................................................................. 857
Steel Order Templates................................................................... 858
Label Rules in Offshore Drawings ................................................. 862
Label Templates: A - G
The following marine structure label templates are delivered in the [Product Reference Data
Folder]\SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates folder:
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
Report Templates (.rtp)
used
Annotation Modules
used
Assembly NonWeld
Symbol
Assembly NonWeld
Symbol.sym
Classification Profile
Thickness Symbol
Scantling Thickness
Direction Up.sym
Scantling Thickness
Direction Down.sym
Scantling Thickness
Direction Centered.sym
Scantling Thickness
Direction Unknown.sym
835
Label Rules
Label Template
(.xml)
836
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
Report Templates (.rtp)
used
Annotation Modules
used
Generic_Error.sym
ISDwgAbsolutePositionByCurve2D (on
page 1118)
Generic Distance To
Nearest Coordinate
System_CA_JL
Generic Distance To
Nearest Coordinate
System_CA_JL.sym
Generic Distance To
Nearest Coordinate
System.rtp
Generic_Name
Generic_Name.sym
Name.rtp
Generic_Name _L
Generic_Name _L..sym
Name.rtp
Label Rules
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
Report Templates (.rtp)
used
Annotation Modules
used
Generic_Name _RC..sym
Name.rtp
Generic_Name
_RC_L
Generic_Name
_RC_L..sym
Name.rtp
Grid Axis
Grid Axis_No
Spacing
837
Label Rules
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
Report Templates (.rtp)
used
Annotation Modules
used
838
Label Rules
Label Templates: H - L
The following marine structure label templates are delivered in the [Product Reference Data
Folder]\SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates folder:
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
Report Templates (.rtp)
used
Annotation Modules
used
Hull Lines_Name
Hull Lines_Name.sym
Name.rtp
IS_ProfileSketch_
Arial_2.5mm
IS_ProfileSketch_
Arial_2.5mm.sym
839
Label Rules
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
Report Templates (.rtp)
used
Annotation Modules
used
MFG_Pinjig_Pin
Height
MFG_Pinjig_Pin
Height.sym
StrMfg PinJig PinHeight.rtp
MFG_PinJig
MFG_PinJig
Remarking_Horizonta Remarking_Horizontal
l GirthLength
GirthLength.sym
SM3DDwgRemarkingGirthLengthPG
DefaultLabelGeometricAnalyzer (on page
1044)
DefaultLabelControlGenerator (on page
1100)
SM3DDwgRemarkingGirthLengthCM (on
page 1088)
ISDwgAbsolutePositionByCurve2D (on
page 1118)
DrawingAbsolute (on page 1103)
MFG_PinJig
Remarking_Vertical
GirthLength
SM3DDwgRemarkingGirthLengthPG
DefaultLabelGeometricAnalyzer (on page
1044)
DefaultLabelControlGenerator (on page
1100)
SM3DDwgRemarkingGirthLengthCM (on
page 1088)
ISDwgAbsolutePositionByCurve2D (on
page 1118)
DrawingAbsolute (on page 1103)
MFG_PinJig
Remarking_Vertical
GirthLength.sym
MFG_PinJig
MFG_PinJig SideView_
SideView_
SeamOffsetfromChord
SeamOffsetfromChor -Left.sym
d
-Left
840
Label Rules
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
Report Templates (.rtp)
used
Annotation Modules
used
MFG_PinJig
MFG_PinJig SideView_
SideView_
SeamOffsetfromChord
SeamOffsetfromChor -Right.sym
d
-Right
Mfg Profile
Margin_Value
Mfg Profile
Margin_Value.sym
Mfg Scantling
Margin_Value
Mfg Scantling
Margin_Value.sym
MfgMarginValue.rtp
Mfg
port.sym
TemplatesetFullScale starboard.sym
Direction Right
aft.sym
forward.sym
up.sym
down.sym
841
Label Rules
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
Report Templates (.rtp)
used
Annotation Modules
used
Ruleset_Name.sym
Ruleset_Name.rtp
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
Report Templates (.rtp)
used
842
Annotation Modules
used
Label Rules
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
Report Templates (.rtp)
used
Annotation Modules
used
Scantling Knuckle
Line Label_CP_L
Scantling Knuckle
Line Label_CA_L
843
Label Rules
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
Report Templates (.rtp)
used
Annotation Modules
used
Scantling Knuckle
Line Symbol
Scantling Knuckle
Point Symbol
Scantling Knuckle
Sloping Direction
Symbol
Generic_Error.sym
Scantling Knuckle
Surface Angle
844
Label Rules
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
Report Templates (.rtp)
used
Annotation Modules
used
Scantling Plate
Mounting Angle
Scantling Plate
Thickness Symbol
Scantlings\ISO Plate
Thickness Direction Up.sym
Scantlings\ISO Plate
Thickness Direction
Down.sym
Scantlings\ISO Plate
Thickness Direction
Centered.sym
Scantlings\ISO Plate
Thickness Direction
Unknown.sym
Generic_Error.sym
Scantling Profile
Mounting Angle
Scantling Profile
Seam Symbol
845
Label Rules
Label Template
(.xml)
Scantlng Profile
Thickness Symbol
846
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
Report Templates (.rtp)
used
Annotation Modules
used
Scantling Target
Seam Symbol
Label Rules
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
Report Templates (.rtp)
used
Annotation Modules
used
ShipParentBlockAnd
PartName
ShipParentBlockAndPartNa
me.sym
ViewName.rtp
ShipName.rtp
ParentBlockName.rtp
PartName.rtp
ISDwgPointsForView
DefaultLabelGeometricAnalyzer (on page
1044)
DefaultLabelControlGenerator (on page
1100)
DrawingLabelHelper (on page 1064)
DrawingQuadOne (on page 1111)
DrawingQuadTwo (on page 1112)
DrawingQuadThree (on page 1112)
DrawingQuadFour (on page 1111)
DrawingAbsolute (on page 1103)
847
Label Rules
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
Report Templates (.rtp)
used
Annotation Modules
used
The following marine structure label templates are delivered in the [Product Reference Data
Folder]\SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates folder:
848
Label Rules
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
Report Templates (.rtp)
used
Annotation Modules
used
849
Label Rules
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
Report Templates (.rtp)
used
Annotation Modules
used
850
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
Report Templates (.rtp)
used
Annotation Modules
used
SMPointsByAssociateObjectID
DefaultLabelGeometricAnalyzer (on page
1044)
DefaultLabelControlGenerator (on page
1100)
DrawingLabelHelper (on page 1064)
ISDwgAbsolutePositionByCurve2D (on
Label Rules
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
Report Templates (.rtp)
used
Annotation Modules
used
page 1118)
StrMfg ProfileSketch
Detail Name
ISAbsolutePointLabelPG
ISRulesetLabelAnalyzer (on page 1056)
DefaultLabelControlGenerator (on page
1100)
SMDwgProfileSketchDetailNameLabelCont
ent
DrawingAbsolute (on page 1103)
StrMfg ProfileSketch
Detail Name_V
ISAbsolutePointLabelPG
ISRulesetLabelAnalyzer (on page 1056)
DefaultLabelControlGenerator (on page
1100)
SMDwgProfileSketchDetailNameLabelCont
ent
StrMfg ProfileSketch
Knuckle Label
StrMfg ProfileSketch
Knuckle Label.sym
ISAbsolutePointLabelPG
ISRulesetLabelAnalyzer (on page 1056)
DefaultLabelControlGenerator (on page
1100)
SMDwgProfileSketchKnuckleLabelContent
DrawingAbsolute (on page 1103)
StrMfg ProfileSketch
Feature Name
StrMfg ProfileSketch
Feature Name.sym
ISAbsolutePointLabelPG
ISRulesetLabelAnalyzer (on page 1056)
DefaultLabelControlGenerator (on page
1100)
SMDwgProfileSketchDetailNameLabelCont
ent
StrMfg ProfileSketch
Seam Label
ISAbsolutePointLabelPG
ISRulesetLabelAnalyzer (on page 1056)
DefaultLabelControlGenerator (on page
1100)
SMDwgProfileSketchDetailNameLabelCont
ent
StrMfg ProfileSketch
Bevel Symbol
851
Label Rules
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
Report Templates (.rtp)
used
Annotation Modules
used
1090)
DrawingAbsolute (on page 1103)
StrMfg ProfileSketch
Bevel Shape 1mm
SMProfileSketchBevelShapeLabelsPG (on
page 1042)
ISRulesetLabelAnalyzer (on page 1056)
DefaultLabelControlGenerator (on page
1100)
SMProfileSketchBevelShapeLabelsCM (on
page 1089)
DrawingAbsolute (on page 1103)
StrMfg ProfileSketch
Bevel Shape 2mm
SMProfileSketchBevelShapeLabelsPG (on
page 1042)
ISRulesetLabelAnalyzer (on page 1056)
DefaultLabelControlGenerator (on page
1100)
SMProfileSketchBevelShapeLabelsCM (on
page 1089)
DrawingAbsolute (on page 1103)
MfgSketchPG
DefaultLabelGeometricAnalyzer (on page
1044)
DefaultLabelControlGenerator (on page
1100)
MfgSketchContent
ISDwgAbsolutePositionByCurve2D (on
page 1118)
ISDwgPositionByCurve2D (on page 1115)
StrMfg Sketch
Feature Label
852
MfgSketchPG
MfgSketchNameFeaturesGA
DefaultLabelControlGenerator (on page
1100)
MfgSketchContent
ISDwgAbsolutePositionByCurve2D (on
page 1118)
DrawingAbsolute (on page 1103)
Label Rules
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
Report Templates (.rtp)
used
StrMfg Sketch
Feature Symbol
Annotation Modules
used
MfgSketchPG
DefaultLabelGeometricAnalyzer (on page
1044)
DefaultLabelControlGenerator (on page
1100)
DrawingLabelHelper (on page 1064)
ISDwgAbsolutePositionByCurve2D (on
page 1118)
StrMfg Templateset
Seam Point Symbol
StrMfgTemplateset Seam
Point Symbol.sym
SMPointsByAssociateObjectID
DefaultLabelGeometricAnalyzer (on page
1044)
DefaultLabelControlGenerator (on page
1100)
DrawingLabelHelper (on page 1064)
ISDwgAbsolutePositionByCurve2D (on
page 1118)
StrMfg Templateset
Tangent Point
Symbol
StrMfg Templateset
Tangent Point Symbol.sym
SMPointsByAssociateObjectID
DefaultLabelGeometricAnalyzer (on page
1044)
DefaultLabelControlGenerator (on page
1100)
DrawingLabelHelper (on page 1064)
ISDwgAbsolutePositionByCurve2D (on
page 1118)
StrMfg Templateset
MidLine Symbol
StrMfg Templateset
MidLine Symbol.sym
SMPointsByAssociateObjectID
DefaultLabelGeometricAnalyzer (on page
1044)
DefaultLabelControlGenerator (on page
1100)
DrawingLabelHelper (on page 1064)
ISDwgAbsolutePositionByCurve2D (on
page 1118)
Structure_Name
Structure_Name.sym
Structure_Name.rtp
853
Label Rules
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
Report Templates (.rtp)
used
Annotation Modules
used
854
Structure_Weld (on
page 868)
Structure_Weld.rtp
Structure_Weld_IButt.sym
Structure_Weld_YButt.sym
Structure_Weld_XButt.sym
Structure_Weld_VButt.sym
Structure_Weld_Tee1.sym
Structure_Weld_Tee2.sym
Structure_Weld_Tee3sym
Structure_Weld_Tee4.sym
Structure_Weld_Tee5.sym
Structure_Weld_Tee6sym
Structure_Weld_Tee7.sym
Demarcation.sym
StrMfg ProfileSketch
WebThickness
StrMfg ProfleSketcg
WebThickness_Up.sym
StrMfg ProfileSketch
WebThickness_Down.sym
ISDwgPointsAlongCurve2D
DefaultLabelGeometricAnalyzer
DefaultLabelControlGenerator
SMPSWebThicknessContent (on page
1098)
DrawingAbsolute
Label Rules
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
Report Templates (.rtp)
used
Annotation Modules
used
MfgProfile Direction
MfgProfile Direction.rtp
Mfg Profile Up
Direction
MfgTemplateset
FullScaleDirection
Right
aft.sym
down.sym
forward.sym
port.sym
starboard.sym
up.sym
855
Label Rules
856
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
Report Templates (.rtp)
used
Annotation Modules
used
ShipDirection Down
aft.sym
down.sym
forward.sym
port.sym
starboard.sym
up.sym
ShipDirection Left
aft.sym
down.sym
forward.sym
port.sym
starboard.sym
up.sym
ShipDirection Right
aft.sym
down.sym
forward.sym
port.sym
starboard.sym
up.sym
Label Rules
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
Report Templates (.rtp)
used
Annotation Modules
used
ShipDirection Up
aft.sym
down.sym
forward.sym
port.sym
starboard.sym
up.sym
View Templates
The following marine structure label templates are delivered in the [Product Reference Data
Folder]\SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates\Views folder:
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
Report Templates (.rtp)
used
Annotation Modules
used
ShipParentBlock
AndPartName
ShipParentBlock
AndPartName.sym
ViewName.rtp
ShipName.rtp
ParentBlockName.rtp
PartName.rtp
ISDwgPointsForView
DefaultLabelGeometricAnalyzer (on page
1044)
DefaultLabelControlGenerator (on page
1100)
DrawingLabelHelper (on page 1064)
DrawingQuadOne (on page 1111)
DrawingQuadTwo (on page 1112)
DrawingQuadThree (on page 1112)
DrawingQuadFour (on page 1111)
DrawingAbsolute (on page 1103)
857
Label Rules
858
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
Report Templates (.rtp)
used
Annotation Modules
used
ISO Thickness
Symbol
Opening
Opening.sym
Opening.rtp
OpeningEquivalenceLabel.f
tp
Plate Stiffeners
Summary (see "Plate
Stiffeners Summary
Label Template" on
page 860)
Plate Stiffeners
Summary.sym
Plate Stiffeners
Summary.rtp
Label Rules
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
Report Templates (.rtp)
used
Annotation Modules
used
DwgPartNameQI
Profile Short Name
Scantling NS or FS
Direction
aft.sym
fore.sym
starboard.sym
port.sym
up.sym
down.sym
859
Label Rules
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
Report Templates (.rtp)
used
Annotation Modules
used
Scantling NS or FS
Symbol
NearSide.sym
FarSide.sym
Sibling Plates
Stiffeners Summaryl
(see "Sibling Plates
Stiffeners Summary
Label Template" on
page 861)
860
Label Rules
Generates a label for any profile exceptions that do not match the typical. Any profile parts that
are related to the selected plate system and differ from the typical profile view label will be
included in the label for that plate system. The position index number is used for the profile
name in order to save space. For example, if profile parts 8, 9, and 10 have different attributes
from the typical profile, the label includes these profile parts and lists the attribute that sets them
apart from the typical. In this example, profile parts 9, 11, and 18 have differing section sizes.
Since 9 and 11 are the same, they are grouped together with a comma. Profile part 18 is listed
below 9 and 11 because it also has a differing section size from the typical and from profile parts
9 and 11. Values in a range are separated by a dash, while multiple values not in a range are
separated with a comma. For example, 9-11, 13-16.
The stiffener summary is compiled by a report called in the label template XML:
<content>
<contentModule value="DrawingLabelHelper" />
<ID attributeName="Plate Stiffeners Summary">Plate Stiffeners
Summary.rtp</ID>
</content>
The Plate Stiffeners Summary.rtp report then calls Plate Stiffeners Summary.rqe. This file uses
the DwgPartNameQI content module to create the summary of non-typical plate stiffener parts.
For a list of all annotation modules used by Plate Stiffener Summary.xml, see Steel Order
Templates (on page 858).
If the selected plate does not contain any related profile parts, the label will appear as a
question mark (?). A question mark will also appear if you do not select a plate system when
placing the label.
Planar plates are the only supported plate types for this label.
861
Label Rules
Generates a label for any profile exceptions that do not match the typical. Any profile parts that
are related to the selected plate system and differ from the typical profile view label will be
included in the label for that plate system and all sibling plate systems that have the same
orientation in that block. The position index number is used for the profile name in order to save
space. For example, if profile parts 9, 10 and 11 have different attributes from the typical profile,
the label includes these profile parts and lists the attribute that sets them apart from the typical.
In this example, profile parts 9, 11, and 18 have differing section sizes. Since 9 and 11 are the
same, they are grouped together with a comma. Profile part 18 is listed below 9 and 11 because
it also has a differing section size from the typical and from profile parts 9 and 11. Values in a
range are separated by a dash, while multiple values not in a range are separated with a
comma. For example, 9-11, 13-16.
The stiffener summary is compiled by a report called in the label template XML:
<content>
<contentModule value="DrawingLabelHelper" />
<ID attributeName="Sibling Plates Stiffeners Summary">Sibling
Plates Stiffeners Summary.rtp</ID>
</content>
The Sibling Plates Stiffeners Summary.rtp report then calls Sibling Plates Stiffeners
Summary.rqe. This file uses the DwgPartNameQI content module to create the summary of
non-typical plate stiffener parts.
For a list of all annotation modules used by Plates Stiffeners Summary.xml, see Steel Order
Templates (on page 858).
If the selected plate does not contain any related profile parts, the label will appear as a
question mark (?). A question mark will also appear if you do not select a plate system when
placing the label.
Planar plates are the only supported plate types for this label.
If a sibling plate part is non-planar, it is skipped.
862
Label Rules
SM_Equipment_Plan_GridLineY_Name.xml
SM_Equipment_Section_Equipment_Name.xml
SM_Equipment_Section_GridPlane_Name.xml
SM_HVAC_Elevation_GridLineX_Name.xml
SM_HVAC_Elevation_GridPlane_Name.xml
SM_HVAC_Elevation_Run_Name.xml
SM_HVAC_LinearDuct_CrossSectionSize.xml
SM_HVAC_Plan_GridLineX_Name.xml
SM_HVAC_Plan_GridLineY_Name.xml
SM_HVAC_Plan_Run_Name.xml
SM_HVAC_Section_GridLineX_Name.xml
SM_HVAC_Section_GridPlane_Name.xml
SM_HVAC_Section_Run_Name.xml
SM_Lighting_Plan_GridLineX_Name.xml
SM_Lighting_Plan_GridLineY_Name.xml
SM_Lighting_Plan_Light_Desccription_Ver.xml
SM_Lighting_Plan_Light_Description.xml
SM_Lighting_Plan_Light_Name.xml
SM_Lighting_Plan_Light_Name_Vert.xml
SM_Name_Elevation_None_M_JL.xml
SM_Piping_Elevation_GridPlane_Name.xml
SM_Piping_Elevation_Pipes_BOP Elev.xml
SM_Piping_Elevation_PipingParts_RunName_LongestSegment.xml
SM_Piping_Elevation_PipingParts_RunNameBOP_LongestSegment.xml
SM_Piping_Plan_GridLineX_Name.xml
SM_Piping_Plan_GridLineY_Name.xml
SM_Piping_Plan_Pipes_BOP Elev.xml
SM_Piping_Plan_PipingParts_RunName_LongestSegment.xml
SM_Piping_Plan_PipingParts_RunNameBOP_LongestSegment.xml
SM_Piping_Section_Pipes_BOP Elev.xml
SM_Piping_Section_PipingParts_RunName_LongestSegment.xml
SM_Piping_Section_PipingParts_RunNameBOP_LongestSegment.xml
See Also
Rules in Marine Structure Drawings (on page 251)
Marine Structure Drawing Labels, Symbols, and Dimensions (on page 743)
863
Label Rules
864
SECTION 8
Weld Labels
In This Section
Scantling Shell Profile Weld Label................................................. 865
Structure_Weld .............................................................................. 868
WeldLabel ...................................................................................... 875
Topics
Scantling Profile Weld_IButt .......................................................... 865
Scantling Profile Weld_IVButt ........................................................ 866
Scantling Profile Weld_IXButt ........................................................ 866
Scantling Profile Weld_VButt ......................................................... 866
Scantling Profile Weld_XButt ......................................................... 867
Scantling Profile Weld_XButtSM ................................................... 867
Scantling Profile Weld_YButt ......................................................... 867
Joint
865
Weld Labels
Joint
Joint
866
Joint
Weld Labels
Joint
Joint
Joint
867
Weld Labels
Structure_Weld
AWS welds are constructed with the Structure_Weld.xml file located on the SharedContent
share in the \Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates folder. Weld symbols created using this XML
are assembled from smaller symbols in the \DrawingsCatalog\Labels\Templates\WeldSymbols
folder and flipped as needed to accommodate the view. These processes are handled internally
by the DrawingWeldSymbols content module and the DrawingWeldLeader leader module.
Example
Type 2 - The physical connection primary side is in the front, which means the local coordinate
system y-vector and the view direction z-vector are parallel. In this case, all 2D graphics are on
the primary side. Only left-flip is possible.
Type 3 - The physical connection secondary side is in the front, which means the local
coordinate system y-vector and the view direction z-vector directions are opposing. In this case,
all 2D graphics are displayed on the secondary side. Only left-flip is possible.
Type 4 - The physical connection primary and secondary sides are parallel to the view direction,
which means the local coordinate system x-vector and view direction z-vector are parallel. In this
case, the physical connection is a simple line, and the primary and secondary sides are located
at the ends of the simple line.
868
Weld Labels
Example
Type 5 - The physical connection is in a looking isometric view. This case is very similar to Type
1.
Example
869
Weld Labels
If the flipping type is 2 or 3, the weld label symbol does not change when it flips sides. See the
following graphic for an example.
If you attempt to place a weld label perpendicular or collinear to the reference line, the arrow line
is not accepted. You can control this value as an option in the XML file. For more information,
see Label Templates XML Overview (on page 772).
870
Weld Labels
Examples
If the angle of the arrow line is 87, the angle of the arrow line shifts to the 90 degree tolerance
angle, which is 85 degrees. See the graphic below for an example.
If the angle of the arrow line is 3 degrees, the angle of the arrow line shifts to a default 5
degrees. See the graphic below for an example.
There are two unique XML tags in this file that allow you to control the tolerance angle of the
arrow line in two different situations. These tags are located under the leaderSettings section of
the file.
toleranceAngle - Specifies the tolerance range angle in degrees. If the angle of the arrow line is
within the range of this option, the arrow line is shifted by the number of degrees specified. The
default setting is 5 degrees.
871
Weld Labels
Example
This option is only compatible when labeling a single-bevel butt weld, a single-bevel butt
weld with a broad root face, or a single-J butt weld.
If you delete this tag, the weld is labeled straight on without a jog.
If this option is set to 0, the leader line is placed perpendicular to the arrow line.
Example
872
The leaders created by the Structure_Weld.xml label are genuine leader objects that are
controlled by delivered leader modules.
Weld Labels
You can use the ALT key while clicking to manually jog the leader.
Example
The angle A, is the permissible range of the leader line. If the arrow line is out of the range, the
angle of the leader line is 90 - A. The leader line shifts according to the option.
If the option is set to 0, the angle of the leader line is 90 degrees based on the arrow line.
873
Weld Labels
For more information, see Structure_Weld (on page 868).
If the label is moved to the other side, the terminator is moved with the label. The red line in the
example signifies the physical connection. Also, the label inverts depending on its relation to the
physical connection location. See the example below.
If the physical connection is open, meaning it is symbolized as a single line, the position
of the terminator is retained.
See Also
AWS Standards in Drawings (on page 21)
874
Weld Labels
WeldLabel
The WeldLabel.xml file is located on the SharedContent share in the
\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates folder. This section contains labels in WeldLabel.xml that
are used in Steel Order ruleset styles and other structural styles.
Topics
Structure_Weld_Fillet .................................................................... 875
Structure_Weld_IButt..................................................................... 876
Structure_Weld_IVButt .................................................................. 876
Structure_Weld_IXButt .................................................................. 876
Structure_Weld_VButt ................................................................... 877
Structure_Weld_XButt ................................................................... 877
Structure_Weld_YButt ................................................................... 877
Structure_Weld_Tee1 .................................................................... 878
Structure_Weld_Tee2 .................................................................... 878
Structure_Weld_Tee3 .................................................................... 879
Structure_Weld_Tee4 .................................................................... 879
Structure_Weld_Tee5 .................................................................... 879
Structure_Weld_Tee6 .................................................................... 880
Structure_Weld_Tee7 .................................................................... 880
Structure_Weld_TeeK ................................................................... 881
Structure_Weld_TeeV ................................................................... 881
Structure_Weld_TeeX ................................................................... 882
Structure_Weld_TeeY ................................................................... 882
ViewTypeDirectionAndScale ......................................................... 883
WeldSymbol ................................................................................... 883
Structure_Weld_Fillet
Description: Weld symbol for Fillet weld
Type: Graphical
Returned Properties: Leg size
Weld Type: FilletWeld1, FilletWeld2
Symbol
Joint
875
Weld Labels
Structure_Weld_IButt
Description: Weld symbol for I butt weld
Type: Graphical
Returned Properties: Global direction of weld: Aft, Fwd, Stbd, Port, Low, Up
Weld Type: ButtWeld1, ButtWeldI
Symbol
Joint
Structure_Weld_IVButt
Description: Weld symbol for IV butt weld
Type: Graphical
Returned Properties: Global direction of weld: Aft, Fwd, Stbd, Port, Low, Up
Weld Type: ButtWeldIV
Symbol
Joint
Structure_Weld_IXButt
Description: Weld symbol for IX butt weld
Type: Graphical
Returned Properties: Global direction of weld: Aft, Fwd, Stbd, Port, Low, Up
Weld Type: ButtWeldIX
Symbol
876
Joint
Weld Labels
Structure_Weld_VButt
Description: Weld symbol for V butt weld
Type: Graphical
Returned Properties: Global direction of weld: Aft, Fwd, Stbd, Port, Low, Up
Weld Type: ButtWeld4, ButtWeldV
Symbol
Joint
Structure_Weld_XButt
Description: Weld symbol for X butt weld
Type: Graphical
Returned Properties: Global direction of weld: Aft, Fwd, Stbd, Port, Low, Up
Weld Type: ButtWeld3, ButtWeldX, ButtWeldK
Symbol
Joint
Structure_Weld_YButt
Description: Weld symbol for Y butt weld
Type: Graphical
Returned Properties: Global direction of weld: Aft, Fwd, Stbd, Port, Low, Up
Weld Type: ButtWeld2, ButtWeldY
Symbol
Joint
877
Weld Labels
Structure_Weld_Tee1
Description: Weld symbol for Tee1 weld
Type: Graphical
Returned Properties: Throat size
Weld Type: TeeWeld1
Symbol
Joint
Structure_Weld_Tee2
Description: Weld symbol for Tee2 weld
Type: Graphical
Returned Properties: Throat size
Weld Type: TeeWeld2
Symbol
878
Joint
Weld Labels
Structure_Weld_Tee3
Description: Weld symbol for Tee3 weld
Type: Graphical
Returned Properties: Throat size
Weld Type: TeeWeld3
Symbol
Joint
Structure_Weld_Tee4
Description: Weld symbol for Tee4 weld
Type: Graphical
Returned Properties: Throat size
Weld Type: TeeWeld4
Symbol
Joint
Structure_Weld_Tee5
Description: Weld symbol for Tee5 weld
Type: Graphical
Returned Properties: Throat size
Weld Type: TeeWeld5
879
Weld Labels
Symbol
Joint
Structure_Weld_Tee6
Description: Weld symbol for Tee6 weld
Type: Graphical
Returned Properties: Throat size
Weld Type: TeeWeld6
Symbol
Joint
Structure_Weld_Tee7
Description: Weld symbol for Tee7 weld
Type: Graphical
Returned Properties: Throat size
Weld Type: TeeWeld7
880
Weld Labels
Symbol
Joint
Structure_Weld_TeeK
Description: Weld symbol for K tee weld
Type: Graphical
Returned Properties: Global direction of weld: Aft, Fwd, Stbd, Port, Low, Up
Weld Type: TeeWeldK
Symbol
Joint
Structure_Weld_TeeV
Description: Weld symbol for V tee weld
Type: Graphical
Returned Properties: Global direction of weld: Aft, Fwd, Stbd, Port, Low, Up
Weld Type: TeeWeldV
881
Weld Labels
Symbol
Joint
Structure_Weld_TeeX
Description: Weld symbol for X tee weld
Type: Graphical
Returned Properties: Global direction of weld: Aft, Fwd, Stbd, Port, Low, Up
Weld Type: TeeWeldX
Symbol
Joint
Structure_Weld_TeeY
Description: Weld symbol for Y tee weld
Type: Graphical
Returned Properties: Global direction of weld: Aft, Fwd, Stbd, Port, Low, Up
Weld Type: TeeWeldY
882
Weld Labels
Symbol
Joint
ViewTypeDirectionAndScale
Description: Example of Format used for labels on instanciated objects
Type: COM
Is Recursive: No
Conditional Formatting: No
Design Time Prog ID:
Run Time Prog ID: SP3DLabelsFormat.FormatLabel
Returned Properties: BaselineElevation
Tag2
Tag1
Caption
Tag
ViewCS
Scale
Direction
Type
ViewName
SQL Query:
WeldSymbol
Description: Example of Format used for labels on instanciated objects
Type: COM
Is Recursive: No
Conditional Formatting: No
Design Time Prog ID:
Run Time Prog ID: SP3DLabelsFormat.FormatLabel
Returned Properties: WeldSymbol
SQL Query:
883
Weld Labels
884
SECTION 9
Dimension Rules
In general, dimension rules control the placement of dimensions while dimension styles control
the appearance, including the units, of dimensions in orthographic drawings. However,
dimension styles and dimension rules interact in complex ways. There are two methods you can
use to get dimensions to appear in drawings. Automatic dimensioning and manual dimensioning
place dimensions in native format drawings.
For automatic dimensioning, the view style controls whether or not dimensions are placed. For
manual dimensioning, you edit an existing drawing and place dimensions manually.
The Save As command saves drawings from the database to files and presents
additional considerations about dimensions. The files created by the Save As command can be
native format or a foreign format such as MicroStation or AutoCAD. With the Save As
command, the software attempts to replicate dimensions as they are shown within a drawing.
Assigning dimension units is different for each method. For more information, see:
Automatic Dimensioning
Manual Dimensioning
Save As MicroStation or AutoCAD Format
Isometric drawings use the isometric options settings within their style to determine the
dimension appearance, placement, and units.
See Also
Define View Style Command (Tools Menu) (on page 45)
View Style Rules (on page 87)
Isometric Drawing Styles
Working with SmartPlant 3D Drawings
ALR_CA_PenetrationPlate
ALR_CA_PenetrationPlate
Civil Plan_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Civil Plan_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Civil Plan_Columns_Anchor_Vertical
Civil Plan_Columns_Anchor_Vertical
Civil Plan_Columns_Horizontal
Civil Plan_Columns_Horizontal
885
Dimension Rules
886
Civil Plan_Columns_Horizontal_M
Civil Plan_Columns_Horizontal_M
Civil Plan_Columns_Vertical
Civil Plan_Columns_Vertical
Civil Plan_Columns_Vertical_M
Civil Plan_Columns_Vertical_M
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_CableTray_Horizontal
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_CableTray_Horizontal
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_CableTray_Horizontal_M
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_CableTray_Horizontal_M
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_CableTray_Vertical
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_CableTray_Vertical
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_CableTray_Vertical_M
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_CableTray_Vertical_M
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_Columns_Horizontal
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_Columns_Horizontal
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_Columns_Horizontal_M
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_Columns_Horizontal_M
Dimension Rules
Dimension Rule (.xml)
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Beams_Anchor_Vertical
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Beams_Anchor_Vertical
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Columns_Anchor_Vertical
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Columns_Anchor_Vertical
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Columns_Horizontal_M
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Columns_Vertical_M
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Columns_Vertical_M
Electrical CableTray
Section_CableTray_Anchor_Horizontal
Electrical CableTray
Section_CableTray_Anchor_Horizontal
Electrical CableTray
Section_CableTray_Anchor_Vertical
Electrical CableTray
Section_CableTray_Anchor_Vertical
Electrical CableTray
Section_CableTray_Horizontal
Electrical CableTray
Section_CableTray_Horizontal
Electrical CableTray
Section_CableTray_Horizontal_M
Electrical CableTray
Section_CableTray_Horizontal_M
Electrical CableTray
Section_CableTray_Vertical
Electrical CableTray
Section_CableTray_Vertical
Electrical CableTray
Section_CableTray_Vertical_M
Electrical CableTray
Section_CableTray_Vertical_M
Electrical CableTray
Section_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Electrical CableTray
Section_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Electrical CableTray
Section_Columns_Horizontal
Electrical CableTray
Section_Columns_Horizontal
887
Dimension Rules
Dimension Rule (.xml)
Electrical CableTray
Section_Columns_Horizontal_M
Electrical CableTray
Section_Columns_Horizontal_M
Electrical
Elevation_CableTray_Anchor_Horizontal
Electrical
Elevation_CableTray_Anchor_Horizontal
Electrical
Elevation_CableTray_Anchor_Vertical
Electrical
Elevation_CableTray_Anchor_Vertical
Electrical Elevation_CableTray_Horizontal
Electrical Elevation_CableTray_Horizontal
Electrical Elevation_CableTray_Horizontal_M
Electrical Elevation_CableTray_Horizontal_M
Electrical Elevation_CableTray_Vertical
Electrical Elevation_CableTray_Vertical
Electrical
Elevation_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Electrical
Elevation_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Electrical Elevation_Columns_Horizontal
Electrical Elevation_Columns_Horizontal
888
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_CableTray_Horizontal
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_CableTray_Horizontal
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_CableTray_Horizontal_M
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_CableTray_Horizontal_M
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_CableTray_Vertical
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_CableTray_Vertical
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_CableTray_Vertical_M
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_CableTray_Vertical_M
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_Columns_Horizontal
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_Columns_Horizontal
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_Columns_Horizontal_M
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_Columns_Horizontal_M
Dimension Rules
Dimension Rule (.xml)
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Columns_Anchor_Vertical
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Columns_Anchor_Vertical
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Columns_Horizontal_M
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Columns_Vertical_M
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Columns_Vertical_M
Electrical Equipment
Section_CableTray_Horizontal
Electrical Equipment
Section_CableTray_Horizontal
Electrical Equipment
Section_CableTray_Horizontal_M
Electrical Equipment
Section_CableTray_Horizontal_M
Electrical Equipment
Section_CableTray_Vertical
Electrical Equipment
Section_CableTray_Vertical
Electrical Equipment
Section_CableTray_Vertical_M
Electrical Equipment
Section_CableTray_Vertical_M
Electrical Equipment
Section_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Electrical Equipment
Section_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Electrical Equipment
Section_Columns_Horizontal
Electrical Equipment
Section_Columns_Horizontal
Electrical Equipment
Section_Columns_Horizontal_M
Electrical Equipment
Section_Columns_Horizontal_M
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Beams_Anchor_Vertical
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Beams_Anchor_Vertical
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Columns_Anchor_Vertical
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Columns_Anchor_Vertical
889
Dimension Rules
Dimension Rule (.xml)
Equipment
Elevation_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Equipment
Elevation_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Equipment Elevation_Columns_Horizontal
Equipment Elevation_Columns_Horizontal
Equipment Elevation_Columns_Horizontal_M
Equipment Elevation_Columns_Horizontal_M
Equipment
Elevation_Equipment_Anchor_Horizontal
Equipment
Elevation_Equipment_Anchor_Horizontal
Equipment
Elevation_Equipment_Anchor_Vertical
Equipment
Elevation_Equipment_Anchor_Vertical
Equipment Elevation_Equipment_Horizontal
Equipment Elevation_Equipment_Horizontal
890
Equipment Elevation_Equipment_Vertical
Equipment Elevation_Equipment_Vertical
Equipment Elevation_Equipment_Vertical_M
Equipment Elevation_Equipment_Vertical_M
Equipment Elevation_Grid
Line_Anchor_Vertical
Equipment Elevation_Grid
Line_Anchor_Vertical
Equipment Plan_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Equipment Plan_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Equipment Plan_Columns_Anchor_Vertical
Equipment Plan_Columns_Anchor_Vertical
Equipment Plan_Columns_Horizontal
Equipment Plan_Columns_Horizontal
Equipment Plan_Columns_Horizontal_M
Equipment Plan_Columns_Horizontal_M
Equipment Plan_Columns_Vertical
Equipment Plan_Columns_Vertical
Equipment Plan_Columns_Vertical_M
Equipment Plan_Columns_Vertical_M
Equipment Plan_Process
Equipment_Horizontal
Equipment Plan_Process
Equipment_Horizontal
Equipment Plan_Process
Equipment_Horizontal_M
Equipment Plan_Process
Equipment_Horizontal_M
Equipment Plan_Process
Equipment_Vertical_M
Equipment Plan_Process
Equipment_Vertical_M
Equipment
Section_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Equipment
Section_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Equipment Section_Columns_Horizontal
Equipment Section_Columns_Horizontal
Equipment Section_Columns_Horizontal_M
Equipment Section_Columns_Horizontal_M
Equipment
Section_Equipment_Anchor_Horizontal
Equipment
Section_Equipment_Anchor_Horizontal
Dimension Rules
Dimension Rule (.xml)
Equipment
Section_Equipment_Anchor_Vertical
Equipment
Section_Equipment_Anchor_Vertical
Equipment Section_Equipment_Horizontal
Equipment Section_Equipment_Horizontal
Equipment Section_Equipment_Horizontal_M
Equipment Section_Equipment_Horizontal_M
Equipment Section_Equipment_Vertical
Equipment Section_Equipment_Vertical
Equipment Section_Equipment_Vertical_M
Equipment Section_Equipment_Vertical_M
HgrSup End_Support Assembly Vertical Style2 HgrSup End_Support Assembly Vertical Style2
HgrSup End_Support Assembly Vertical
HVAC Elevation_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
HVAC Elevation_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
HVAC Elevation_Columns_Horizontal
HVAC Elevation_Columns_Horizontal
HVAC Elevation_Columns_Horizontal_M
HVAC Elevation_Columns_Horizontal_M
HVAC Elevation_Ducts_Anchor_Horizontal
HVAC Elevation_Ducts_Anchor_Horizontal
HVAC Elevation_Ducts_Anchor_Vertical
HVAC Elevation_Ducts_Anchor_Vertical
891
Dimension Rules
892
HVAC Elevation_Ducts_Horizontal
HVAC Elevation_Ducts_Horizontal
HVAC Elevation_Ducts_Horizontal_M
HVAC Elevation_Ducts_Horizontal_M
HVAC Elevation_Ducts_Vertical
HVAC Elevation_Ducts_Vertical
HVAC Elevation_Ducts_Vertical_M
HVAC Elevation_Ducts_Vertical_M
HVAC Plan_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
HVAC Plan_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
HVAC Plan_Columns_Anchor_Vertical
HVAC Plan_Columns_Anchor_Vertical
HVAC Plan_Columns_Horizontal
HVAC Plan_Columns_Horizontal
HVAC Plan_Columns_Horizontal_M
HVAC Plan_Columns_Horizontal_M
HVAC Plan_Columns_Vertical
HVAC Plan_Columns_Vertical
HVAC Plan_Columns_Vertical_M
HVAC Plan_Columns_Vertical_M
HVAC Plan_Ducts_Horizontal
HVAC Plan_Ducts_Horizontal
HVAC Plan_Ducts_Horizontal_M
HVAC Plan_Ducts_Horizontal_M
HVAC Plan_Ducts_Vertical
HVAC Plan_Ducts_Vertical
HVAC Plan_Ducts_Vertical_M
HVAC Plan_Ducts_Vertical_M
HVAC Section_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
HVAC Section_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
HVAC Section_Columns_Horizontal
HVAC Section_Columns_Horizontal
HVAC Section_Columns_Horizontal_M
HVAC Section_Columns_Horizontal_M
HVAC Section_Ducts_Horizontal
HVAC Section_Ducts_Horizontal
HVAC Section_Ducts_Horizontal_M
HVAC Section_Ducts_Horizontal_M
HVAC Section_Ducts_Vertical
HVAC Section_Ducts_Vertical
HVAC Section_Ducts_Vertical_M
HVAC Section_Ducts_Vertical_M
Instrument
Elevation_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Instrument
Elevation_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Instrument Elevation_Columns_Horizontal
Instrument Elevation_Columns_Horizontal
Instrument Elevation_Columns_Horizontal_M
Instrument Elevation_Columns_Horizontal_M
Instrument Elevation_Grid
Line_Anchor_Vertical
Instrument Elevation_Grid
Line_Anchor_Vertical
Instrument
Elevation_Instruments_Anchor_Horizontal
Instrument
Elevation_Instruments_Anchor_Horizontal
Instrument
Elevation_Instruments_Anchor_Vertical
Instrument
Elevation_Instruments_Anchor_Vertical
Instrument Elevation_Instruments_Horizontal
Instrument Elevation_Instruments_Horizontal
Dimension Rules
Dimension Rule (.xml)
Instrument
Elevation_Instruments_Horizontal_M
Instrument
Elevation_Instruments_Horizontal_M
Instrument Elevation_Instruments_Vertical
Instrument Elevation_Instruments_Vertical
Instrument Elevation_Instruments_Vertical_M
Instrument Elevation_Instruments_Vertical_M
Instrument Plan_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Instrument Plan_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Instrument Plan_Columns_Anchor_Vertical
Instrument Plan_Columns_Anchor_Vertical
Instrument Plan_Columns_Horizontal
Instrument Plan_Columns_Horizontal
Instrument Plan_Columns_Horizontal_M
Instrument Plan_Columns_Horizontal_M
Instrument Plan_Columns_Vertical
Instrument Plan_Columns_Vertical
Instrument Plan_Columns_Vertical_M
Instrument Plan_Columns_Vertical_M
Instrument Plan_Instruments_Horizontal
Instrument Plan_Instruments_Horizontal
Instrument Plan_Instruments_Horizontal_M
Instrument Plan_Instruments_Horizontal_M
Instrument Plan_Instruments_Vertical
Instrument Plan_Instruments_Vertical
Instrument Plan_Instruments_Vertical_M
Instrument Plan_Instruments_Vertical_M
Instrument
Section_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Instrument
Section_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Instrument Section_Columns_Horizontal
Instrument Section_Columns_Horizontal
Instrument Section_Columns_Horizontal_M
Instrument Section_Columns_Horizontal_M
Instrument
Section_Instruments_Anchor_Horizontal
Instrument
Section_Instruments_Anchor_Horizontal
Instrument
Section_Instruments_Anchor_Vertical
Instrument
Section_Instruments_Anchor_Vertical
Instrument Section_Instruments_Horizontal
Instrument Section_Instruments_Horizontal
Instrument Section_Instruments_Horizontal_M
Instrument Section_Instruments_Horizontal_M
Instrument Section_Instruments_Vertical
Instrument Section_Instruments_Vertical
Instrument Section_Instruments_Vertical_M
Instrument Section_Instruments_Vertical_M
Instrumentation
Elevation_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Instrumentation
Elevation_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Instrumentation Elevation_Grid
Line_Anchor_Vertical
Instrumentation
Elevation_Instruments_Anchor_Horizontal
Instrumentation
Elevation_Instruments_Anchor_Horizontal
893
Dimension Rules
Dimension Rule (.xml)
Instrumentation
Elevation_Instruments_Anchor_Vertical
Instrumentation
Elevation_Instruments_Anchor_Vertical
Instrumentation
Elevation_Instruments_Horizontal
Instrumentation
Elevation_Instruments_Horizontal
894
Instrumentation
Plan_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Instrumentation
Plan_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Instrumentation
Plan_Columns_Anchor_Vertical
Instrumentation
Plan_Columns_Anchor_Vertical
Instrumentation Plan_Columns_Horizontal
Instrumentation Plan_Columns_Horizontal
Instrumentation Plan_Columns_Vertical
Instrumentation Plan_Columns_Vertical
Instrumentation Plan_Instruments_Horizontal
Instrumentation Plan_Instruments_Horizontal
Instrumentation Plan_Instruments_Vertical
Instrumentation Plan_Instruments_Vertical
Linear_A_HV
Linear_A_HV
Linear_CA_A_PipeSegs
Linear_CA_A_PipeSegs
Linear_CA_H_VLE
Linear_CA_H_VLE
Linear_CA_HV
Linear_CA_HV
Linear_CA_HV_TowardClosestMargin
Linear_CA_HV_TowardClosestMargin
Linear_CA_V_HLE
Linear_CA_V_HLE
Linear_M_HV
Linear_M_HV
Piping Elevation_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Piping Elevation_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Piping Elevation_Columns_Horizontal
Piping Elevation_Columns_Horizontal
Piping Elevation_Columns_Horizontal_M
Piping Elevation_Columns_Horizontal_M
Piping
Elevation_Equipment_Anchor_Horizontal
Piping
Elevation_Equipment_Anchor_Horizontal
Piping Elevation_Equipment_Anchor_Vertical
Piping Elevation_Equipment_Anchor_Vertical
Piping Elevation_Pipes_Horizontal
Piping Elevation_Pipes_Horizontal
Piping Elevation_Pipes_Horizontal_M
Piping Elevation_Pipes_Horizontal_M
Piping Elevation_Pipes_Vertical
Piping Elevation_Pipes_Vertical
Piping Elevation_Pipes_Vertical_M
Piping Elevation_Pipes_Vertical_M
Piping Plan_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Piping Plan_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Piping Plan_Columns_Anchor_Vertical
Piping Plan_Columns_Anchor_Vertical
Piping Plan_Columns_Horizontal
Piping Plan_Columns_Horizontal
Dimension Rules
Dimension Rule (.xml)
Piping Plan_Columns_Horizontal_M
Piping Plan_Columns_Horizontal_M
Piping Plan_Columns_Vertical
Piping Plan_Columns_Vertical
Piping Plan_Columns_Vertical_M
Piping Plan_Columns_Vertical_M
Piping Plan_Equipment_Anchor_Horizontal
Piping Plan_Equipment_Anchor_Horizontal
Piping Plan_Equipment_Anchor_Vertical
Piping Plan_Equipment_Anchor_Vertical
Piping Plan_Pipes_Horizontal
Piping Plan_Pipes_Horizontal
Piping Plan_Pipes_Horizontal_M
Piping Plan_Pipes_Horizontal_M
Piping Plan_Pipes_Vertical
Piping Plan_Pipes_Vertical
Piping Plan_Pipes_Vertical_M
Piping Plan_Pipes_Vertical_M
Piping Section_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Piping Section_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Piping Section_Columns_Horizontal
Piping Section_Columns_Horizontal
Piping Section_Columns_Horizontal_M
Piping Section_Columns_Horizontal_M
Piping Section_Equipment_Anchor_Horizontal
Piping Section_Equipment_Anchor_Horizontal
Piping Section_Equipment_Anchor_Vertical
Piping Section_Equipment_Anchor_Vertical
Piping Section_Pipes_Horizontal
Piping Section_Pipes_Horizontal
Piping Section_Pipes_Horizontal_M
Piping Section_Pipes_Horizontal_M
Piping Section_Pipes_Vertical
Piping Section_Pipes_Vertical
Piping Section_Pipes_Vertical_M
Piping Section_Pipes_Vertical_M
Structural Elevation_Beams_Anchor_Vertical
Structural Elevation_Beams_Anchor_Vertical
Structural
Elevation_Braces_Anchor_Horizontal
Structural
Elevation_Braces_Anchor_Horizontal
Structural Elevation_Braces_Horizontal
Structural Elevation_Braces_Horizontal
Structural
Elevation_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Structural
Elevation_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Structural Elevation_Columns_Horizontal
Structural Elevation_Columns_Horizontal
Structural Elevation_Columns_Horizontal_M
Structural Elevation_Columns_Horizontal_M
Structural Elevation_GridLine_Vertical
Structural Elevation_GridLine_Vertical
Structural Framing
Elevation_Beams_Anchor_Vertical
Structural Framing
Elevation_Beams_Anchor_Vertical
Structural
Structural
Framing_Elevation_Braces_Anchor_Horizontal Framing_Elevation_Braces_Anchor_Horizontal
895
Dimension Rules
Dimension Rule (.xml)
Structural
Framing_Elevation_Braces_Horizontal
Structural
Framing_Elevation_Braces_Horizontal
Structural
Framing_Elevation_Braces_Horizontal_M
Structural
Framing_Elevation_Braces_Horizontal_M
Structural
Structural
Framing_Elevation_Columns_Anchor_Horizont Framing_Elevation_Columns_Anchor_Horizont
al
al
Structural
Framing_Elevation_Columns_Horizontal
Structural
Framing_Elevation_Columns_Horizontal
Structural
Framing_Elevation_Columns_Horizontal_M
Structural
Framing_Elevation_Columns_Horizontal_M
896
Structural Framing
Plan_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Structural Framing
Plan_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Structural Framing
Plan_Columns_Anchor_Vertical
Structural Framing
Plan_Columns_Anchor_Vertical
Structural Framing
Plan_Columns_Horizontal_M
Structural Framing
Plan_Columns_Horizontal_M
Structural Framing
Plan_Equipment_Anchor_Horizontal
Structural Framing
Plan_Equipment_Anchor_Horizontal
Dimension Rules
Dimension Rule (.xml)
Structural Framing
Plan_Equipment_Anchor_Vertical
Structural Framing
Plan_Equipment_Anchor_Vertical
Structural Framing
Plan_Equipment_Horizontal_M
Structural Framing
Plan_Equipment_Vertical_M
Structural Framing
Plan_Equipment_Vertical_M
Structural Framing
Section_Columns_Horizontal
Structural Framing
Section_Columns_Horizontal
Structural Framing
Section_Columns_Horizontal_M
Structural Framing
Section_Columns_Horizontal_M
Structural Section_Columns_Horizontal
Structural Section_Columns_Horizontal
Structural Section_Columns_Horizontal_M
Structural Section_Columns_Horizontal_M
Dimension Rules
The following marine structure label rules are delivered in the SharedContent share in the
[Product Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Rules\DimensionRules
folder:
Label Rule
(.xml)
IS_ProfileSketch_ProfileLength
IS_ProfileSketch_ProfileLength (see
"Dimension Templates" on page 927)
IS_ProfileSketch_FeatureDistance
IS_ProfileSketch_FeatureDistance (see
"Dimension Templates" on page 927)
IS_ProfileSketch_TopFlangeLength
IS_ProfileSketch_TopFlangeLength (see
"Dimension Templates" on page 927)
897
Dimension Rules
The overallOffset option determines the offset for the overall dimension from the dimension
chain.
<overallOffset>0.005</overallOffset>
The granularity option determines how many attempts are made to place a dimension in
clear space. The setting options are 0 for Coarse, 1 for Medium, and 2 for Fine.
<granularity>0</granularity>
The perimeterOffset option determines the offset that margin dimensions should be offset
from the matchline. The DrawingGAMarginOnly module must be used for the geometric
analyzer. For more information on the DrawingGAMarginOnly module, see
DrawingGAMarginOnly (on page 1050).
<perimeterOffset>0.055</perimeterOffset>
The priority option allows you to place a priority on particular rules in order to resolve
conflicts among multiple rules. The lower the value, the higher the priority. For example, 1 is
a higher priority than 3. Also, the label and dimension priorities are considered globally,
which means you can give preference to dimensions over labels, and so on.
<priority>1</priority>
The horiz option determines whether horizontal dimensions are placed. A value of -1 will
place horizontal dimensions, while 0 will not.
898
Dimension Rules
<horiz>-1</horiz>
The vert option determines whether vertical dimensions are placed. A value of -1 will place
vertical dimensions, while 0 will not.
<vert>-1</vert>
If the value for keepTopOrBottomDup is 0, then only the top-most point of an aligned set of
points is considered for dimensioning. If the value is set to -1, then only the bottom-most
point of an aligned set of points is considered for dimensioning.
Similarly, if the value for keepLeftOrRightDup is set to 0, then only the left-most point in a
horizontally aligned set of points is considered in dimensioning. If the value is set to -1, then
only the right-most point in horizontally aligned set of points is considered for dimensioning.
<keepTopOrBottomDup>-1</keepTopOrBottomDup>
<keepLeftOrRightDup>-1</keepLeftOrRightDup>
The align option determines whether similar linear distance dimension chains should
attempt alignment with each other if their projection angles match. A value of -1 will align the
dimensions, while 0 will not. The value must be 0 for absolute positioned dimensions.
899
Dimension Rules
<align>0</align>
900
The preserveTextOrientation value determines whether or not text is aligned or moved out
from the dimension line. The text obeys the text orientation setting in the dimension style
settings of the label template XML file if the preserveTextOrientation value is set to -1. The
text orientation value in the label template XML is Horizontal, Vertical, Parallel, or
Perpendicular. If the preserveTextOrientation value is set to 0, the dimension text is either
rotated appropriately to match the dimension line, or it is moved out from the line if there is
not enough clear space.
<preserveTextOrientation>-1</preserveTextOrientation>
The range value determines whether a separate transparent view volume is placed on the
outer region of the SmartFrame, similar to a picture frame. A range is placed if the value is
set to -1. If the range value is set to 0, a range is not placed.
<range>-1</range>
The rangeOffset value is only valid when the range value is set to -1, otherwise it is
ignored. When the range value is on, the rangeOffset value determines the size of the
range from each side of the SmartFrame. A rangeOffset value of 0.03 places a view volume
that extends from the edge of the SmartFrame sides into the rest of the SmartFrame by 3
centimeters. The space measured by the rangeOffset value is measured in paper space,
not model space.
<rangeOffset>0.03</rangeOffset>
The internalDimension value determines whether or not dimensions are placed inside the
internal dimension range (see graphic above). If the internalDimension value is set to -1, all
dimensions that are inside of the internal dimension range are placed within the internal
dimension range, and not outside the view. When using the internalDimension parameter,
you can specify any positioning module to use with the dimensions.
<internalDimension>-1</internalDimension>
The externalDimension value determines whether or not dimensions are placed inside the
external dimension range (see graphic above). If the externalDimension value is set to -1,
all dimensions that are inside of the external dimension range are placed within the external
Dimension Rules
dimension range area, and not outside the view. When using the externalDimension
parameter, you must use the DrawingDimMarginPos positioning module.
<externalDimension>-1</externalDimension>
The minimumDimension value determines a minimum dimension distance. If a dimension
is less than the specified distance, it is not placed in the drawing. If a dimension is less than
the specified distance, and is part of a dimension chain, it is absorbed into the larger
dimension. The surrounding dimension that absorbs the smaller dimension is determined by
the direction of the dimension. For vertical dimensions, the small dimension is absorbed by
the larger dimension below it. For horizontal dimensions, the small dimension is absorbed by
the larger dimension to the left.
<minimumDimension>0.3</minimumDimension>
Below is an example of a minimumDimension value of 0:
901
Dimension Rules
Below is an example of a minimumDimension value of 0.3:
The trimWitness value determines whether or not a dimension witness line extends into the
drawing view to the dimensioned object or stops at the drawing view. If the trimWitness
value is set to -1, the dimension witness lines are trimmed. If the value is set to 0, the
dimension witness lines continue into the drawing view to the dimensioned objects.
The range, rangeOffset, internalDimension and externalDimension values must
be activated (-1) or defined in order for the trimWitness function to work.
<trimWitness>-1</trimWitness>
Below is an example of a trimWitness value of 0:
902
Dimension Rules
Below is an example of a trimWitness value of -1:
The orientation setting determines what portions of the drawing contain dimension lines. A
value of 0 automatically places the dimension on the side of the view closest to the labeled
object. The closest side of the view is determined by the object axis direction. For example,
an equipment piece with an axis that goes north and south is labeled on either the north or
south side of the view - whichever side is closest. This is the default setting.
For horizontal dimensions, a value of 1 places the dimensions at the top of the view, while a
value of 2 places the dimensions at the bottom of the view. For vertical dimensions, a value
of 3 places the dimensions to the left side of the view, while a value of 4 places the
dimensions to the right side of the view. You must modify both the horizontal and vertical
dimension templates to position all dimensions to only two sides of the drawing view.
The orientation setting only works on non-linear objects, such as equipment objects.
<orientation>2</orientation>
903
Dimension Rules
Below is an example of the orientation tag set to 2 in the horizontal dimension template and
3 in the vertical dimension template:
904
Dimension Style
Civil Plan_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
ANSI
ANSI
Electrical Elevation_CableTray_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
ANSI
ANSI
ANSI
Dimension Rules
Dimension Template Name
Dimension Style
ANSI
ANSI
ANSI
ANSI
Equipment Elevation_Equipment_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
Equipment Elevation_Equipment_Anchor_Vertical
ANSI
Equipment Elevation_Equipment_Vertical
ANSI
Equipment Elevation_Equipment_Vertical_M
ISO
Equipment Plan_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
Equipment Section_Equipment_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
HVAC Elevation_Ducts_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
HVAC Elevation_Ducts_Anchor_Vertical
ANSI
ANSI
HVAC Plan_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
HVAC Plan_Columns_Anchor_Vertical
ANSI
HVAC Plan_Equipment_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
ANSI
Instrument Elevation_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
Instrument Elevation_Instruments_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
Instrument Plan_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
Instrument Section_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
Instrument Section_Instruments_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
Instrumentation Elevation_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
Instrumentation Elevation_Columns_Horizontal
ANSI
ANSI
Instrumentation Elevation_Instruments_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
Instrumentation Elevation_Instruments_Anchor_Vertical
ANSI
Instrumentation Elevation_Instruments_Horizontal
ANSI
Instrumentation Elevation_Instruments_Vertical
ANSI
Instrumentation Plan_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
Instrumentation Plan_Columns_Anchor_Vertical
ANSI
Instrumentation Plan_Columns_Horizontal
ANSI
905
Dimension Rules
Dimension Template Name
Dimension Style
Instrumentation Plan_Columns_Vertical
ANSI
Instrumentation Plan_Instruments_Horizontal
ANSI
Instrumentation Plan_Instruments_Vertical
ANSI
Piping Elevation_Equipment_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
Piping Plan_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
Piping Plan_Equipment_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
Piping Section_Equipment_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
Structural Elevation_Braces_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
ANSI
ANSI
ANSI
ANSI
ANSI
906
Dimension Style
Civil Plan_Columns_Anchor_Vertical
ANSI
ANSI
ANSI
ANSI
ISO
Electrical Elevation_CableTray_Anchor_Vertical
ANSI
ANSI
ANSI
ANSI
Dimension Rules
Dimension Template Name
Dimension Style
ANSI
Equipment Elevation_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
Equipment Plan_Columns_Anchor_Vertical
ANSI
Equipment Section_Equipment_Anchor_Vertical
ANSI
HVAC Plan_Equipment_Anchor_Vertical
ANSI
ANSI
Instrument Plan_Columns_Anchor_Vertical
ANSI
ANSI
Piping Elevation_Equipment_Anchor_Vertical
ANSI
Piping Plan_Columns_Anchor_Vertical
ANSI
Piping Plan_Equipment_Anchor_Vertical
ANSI
Piping Section_Equipment_Anchor_Vertical
ANSI
Structural Elevation_Beams_Anchor_Vertical
ANSI
Structural Elevation_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
ANSI
ANSI
ANSI
ANSI
907
Dimension Rules
Dimension Anchor
HgrSup End_Support
Assembly
KeyPoint_Horizontal
HgrSup End_Support
Assembly
KeyPoint_Vertical
HgrSup End_Support
Assembly
KeyPoint_Horizontal
HgrSup End_Support
Assembly
KeyPoint_Vertical
908
Dimension Rules
Positioning Module: DrawingDimMarginPos (on page 1107)
Dimension Style: ISO
Dimension Template Name
Dimension Anchor
HgrSup End_Support
Assembly
KeyPoint_Horizontal
HgrSup End_Support
Assembly
KeyPoint_Vertical
HgrSup Side_Support
Assembly
KeyPoint_Horizontal
HgrSup Side_Support
Assembly
KeyPoint_Vertical
909
Dimension Rules
Dimension Template Name
HgrSup End_Support Assembly Vertical
HgrSup Side_Support Assembly Vertical
Dimension Style
ANSI
ISO
ANSI
ISO
910
Dimension Rules
Dimension Template Name
Dimension Style
ANSI
ISO
ANSI
ISO
ANSI
Dimension
Style
Civil Plan_Columns_Vertical
ANSI
Civil Plan_Columns_Vertical_M
ISO
ANSI
ISO
ANSI
ISO
Electrical Elevation_CableTray_Vertical
ANSI
Electrical Elevation_Grid
Line_Anchor_Vertical
ANSI
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_Grid
Line_Anchor_Vertical
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_CableTray_Vertical_M
ISO
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_Grid
Line_Anchor_Vertical
ANSI
ISO
Dimension Anchor
911
Dimension Rules
912
Dimension
Style
Dimension Anchor
ANSI
Electrical Equipment
Section_Grid
Line_Anchor_Vertical
ISO
Electrical Equipment
Section_Grid
Line_Anchor_Vertical
Equipment Plan_Columns_Vertical
ANSI
Equipment Plan_Columns_Vertical_M
ISO
Equipment Section_Equipment_Vertical
ANSI
Equipment Section_Grid
Line_Anchor_Vertical,
Equipment
Section_Equipment_Anch
or_Vertical
Equipment Section_Equipment_Vertical_M
ISO
Equipment Section_Grid
Line_Anchor_Vertical,
Equipment
Section_Equipment_Anch
or_Vertical
HVAC Plan_Columns_Vertical
ANSI
HVAC Plan_COlumns_Vertical_M
ISO
HVAC Plan_Ducts_Vertical
ANSI
HVAC
Plan_Columns_Anchor_V
ertical, HVAC
Plan_Equipment_Anchor
_Vertical
HVAC Plan_Ducts_Vertical_M
ISO
HVAC
Plan_Columns_Anchor_V
ertical, HVAC
Plan_Equipment_Anchor
_Vertical
Instrument Elevation_Instruments_Vertical
ANSI
Instrument Elevation_Instruments_Vertical_M
ISO
Instrument Plan_Columns_Vertical
ANSI
Instrument Plan_Columns_Vertical_M
ISO
Instrument Plan_Instruments_Vertical
ANSI
Instrument
Plan_Columns_Anchor_V
ertical
Instrument Plan_Instruments_Vertical_M
ISO
Instrument
Plan_Columns_Anchor_V
ertical
Dimension Rules
Dimension Template Name
Dimension
Style
Instrument Section_Instruments_Vertical
ANSI
Instrument Section_Instruments_Vertical_M
ISO
Piping Plan_Columns_Vertical
ANSI
Piping Plan_Columns_Vertical_M
ISO
Piping Plan_Pipes_Vertical
ANSI
Piping
Plan_Columns_Anchor_V
ertical, Piping
Plan_Equipment_Anchor
_Vertical
Piping Plan_Pipes_Vertical_M
ISO
Piping
Plan_Columns_Anchor_V
ertical, Piping
Plan_Equipment_Anchor
_Vertical
ANSI
ANSI
ISO
ANSI
Structural Framing
Plan_Columns_Anchor_V
ertical, Structural Framing
Plan_Equipment_Anchor
_Vertical
ISO
Structural Framing
Plan_Columns_Anchor_V
ertical, Structural Framing
Plan_Equipment_Anchor
_Vertical
ANSI
Structural Framing
Plan_Columns_Anchor_H
orizontal, Structural
Framing
Plan_Equipment_Anchor
_Horizontal
ISO
Structural Framing
Plan_Columns_Anchor_H
orizontal, Structural
Framing
Plan_Equipment_Anchor
_Horizontal
ANSI
ISO
Dimension Anchor
913
Dimension Rules
Miscellaneous Dimensions
All dimension template files are in the [Reference Data Product
Folder]\CatalogData\SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Dimensions\Templates\[Label Template
Name].xml folder.
914
Dimension Rules
ANSI
ISO
ANSI
ISO
Miscellaneous Dimensions
For more information on the annotation modules used by the following dimension rules, see
Annotation Modules (on page 1011).
Name: ALR_CA_PenetrationPlate
Point Generator: PenPlatePointGenerator
Geometric Analyzer: DummyGeomAnalyzer
Annotation Control Generator: DrawingDimGenerator
Horizontal Content Module: DrawingDimContLinHNoReplace
Vertical Content Module: DrawingDimContLinVNoReplace
Dimension Style: ANSI
Positioning Module: DrawingDimAbsolutePos, DrawingQuadOne, DrawingQuadTwo,
DrawingQuadThree, DrawingQuadFour, DrawingAbsolute
Name: Electrical Raceway Plan_Cable Trays_Horizontal.xml
Point Generator: DrawingPGStructVert
Geometric Analyzer: DrawingGeometricAnalyzer
Annotation Control Generator: DrawingDimGenerator
Horizontal Content Module: DrawingDimContentLinearH
Vertical Content Module: DrawingDimContentLinearV
Dimension Anchor: All Columns
Dimension Style: ANSI
Positioning Module: DrawingDimHorizTopCS, DrawingDimHorizBottomCS,
DrawingDimAbsolutePos, DrawingDimVertRightCS, DrawingDimVertLeftCS
Name: Electrical Raceway Plan_Column_Horizontal-Vertical.xml
Point Generator: DrawingPGControlPoint
Geometric Analyzer: DrawingGeometricAnalyzer
Annotation Control Generator: DrawingDimGenerator
Horizontal Content Module: DrawingDimContentLinearH
Vertical Content Module: DrawingDimContentLinearV
Dimension Style: ANSI
915
Dimension Rules
Positioning Module: DrawingDimHorizTopCS, DrawingDimAbsolutePos,
DrawingDimVertLeftCS
Name: Linear_A_HV.xml
Point Generator: DrawingPGControlPoint
Geometric Analyzer: DrawingGeometricAnalyzer
Annotation Control Generator: DrawingDimGenerator
Horizontal Content Module: DrawingDimContLinHNoReplace
Vertical Content Module: DrawingDimContLinVNoReplace
Dimension Style: ANSI
Positioning Module: DrawingDimAbsolutePos, DrawingDimAbsolutePos
Name: Linear_CA_A_PipeSegs.xml
Point Generator: DrawingPGPipeSegments
Geometric Analyzer: DrawingGAPipeSegments
Annotation Control Generator: DrawingPipeSegmentsCG
Dimension Style: ANSI
Positioning Module: DrawingDimPipeSegPos
Name: Linear_CA_HV.xml
Point Generator: DrawingPGControlPoint
Geometric Analyzer: DrawingGeometricAnalyzer
Annotation Control Generator: DrawingDimGenerator
Horizontal Content Module: DrawingDimContLinHNoReplace
Vertical Content Module: DrawingDimContLinVNoReplace
Dimension Style: ANSI
Positioning Module: DrawingDimHorizTopCS, DrawingDimHorizBottomCS,
DrawingDimAbsolutePos, DrawingDimVertRightCS, DrawingDimVertLeftCS,
DrawingDimAbsolutePos
Name: Linear_CA_HV_TowardClosestMargin.xml
Point Generator: DrawingPGControlPoint
Geometric Analyzer: DrawingGAMarginOnly
Annotation Control Generator: DrawingDimGenerator
Horizontal Content Module: DrawingDimContLinHNoReplace
Vertical Content Module: DrawingDimContLinVNoReplace
Dimension Style: ANSI
Positioning Module: DrawingDimHorizBottomCS, DrawingDimAbsolutePos,
DrawingDimVertRightCS, DrawingDimVertLeftCS, DrawingDimAbsolutePos,
DrawingDimHorizTopCS, DrawingDimAbsolutePos
Name: Linear_CA_H_VLE.xml
Point Generator: DrawingPGStructVert
Geometric Analyzer: DrawingGeometricAnalyzer
Annotation Control Generator: DrawingDimGenerator
Horizontal Content Module: DrawingDimContLinHNoReplace
Vertical Content Module: DrawingDimContLinVNoReplace
Dimension Anchor: All Columns
Dimension Style: ANSI
Positioning Module: DrawingDimHorizTopCS, DrawingDimHorizBottomCS,
916
Dimension Rules
DrawingDimAbsolutePos, DrawingDimVertRightCS, DrawingDimVertLeftCS,
DrawingDimAbsolutePos
Name: Linear_CA_V_HLE.xml
Point Generator: DrawingPGStructHoriz
Geometric Analyzer: DrawingGeometricAnalyzer
Annotation Control Generator: DrawingDimGenerator
Horizontal Content Module: DrawingDimContLinHNoReplace
Vertical Content Module: DrawingDimContLinVNoReplace
Dimension Anchor: All Columns
Dimension Style: ANSI
Positioning Module: DrawingDimHorizTopCS, DrawingDimHorizBottomCS,
DrawingDimAbsolutePos, DrawingDimVertRightCS, DrawingDimVertLeftCS,
DrawingDimAbsolutePos
Name: Linear_M_HV.xml
Point Generator: DrawingPGControlPoint
Geometric Analyzer: DrawingGAMarginOnly
Annotation Control Generator: DrawingDimGenerator
Horizontal Content Module: DrawingDimContLinHNoReplace
Vertical Content Module: DrawingDimContLinVNoReplace
Dimension Style: ANSI
Positioning Module: DrawingDimMarginPos, DrawingDimMarginPos
Name: Matchline_Anchor_Horizontal.xml
Point Generator: DrawingPGObjectCorners
Geometric Analyzer: DummyGeomAnalyzer
Annotation Control Generator: DrawingDimGenerator
Horizontal Content Module: DrawingDimContLinHNoReplace
Dimension Style: ANSI
Positioning Module: DrawingDimMarginPos
Name: Matchline_Anchor_Vertical.xml
Point Generator: DrawingPGObjectCorners
Geometric Analyzer: DummyGeomAnalyzer
Annotation Control Generator: DrawingDimGenerator
Vertical Content Module: DrawingDimContLinVNoReplace
Dimension Style: ANSI
Positioning Module: DrawingDimMarginPos
917
Dimension Rules
ANSI
Equipment
Plan_Columns_Anchor_H
orizontal
ISO
Equipment
Plan_Columns_Anchor_H
orizontal
Dimension
Style
Dimension Anchor
Equipment Elevation_Equipment_Horizontal
ANSI
Equipment
Elevation_Columns_Anc
hor_Horizontal
Equipment Elevation_Equipment_Horizontal_M
ISO
Equipment
Elevation_Columns_Anc
hor_Horizontal
ANSI
Equipment
Plan_Columns_Anchor_
Horizontal
918
Equipment
Plan_Columns_Anchor_
Horizontal
Dimension Rules
Dimension Template Name
Dimension
Style
Dimension Anchor
ANSI
Equipment
Plan_Columns_Anchor_
Horizontal
ISO
Equipment
Plan_Columns_Anchor_
Horizontal
ANSI
Equipment
Plan_Columns_Anchor_
Horizontal
ISO
Equipment
Plan_Columns_Anchor_
Horizontal
ANSI
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_Grid
Line_Anchor_Vertical,
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_CableTray_Verti
cal,
Matchline_Anchor_Vertical
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_CableTray_Vertical_M
ISO
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_Grid
Line_Anchor_Vertical,
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_CableTray_Verti
cal,
Matchline_Anchor_Vertical
919
Dimension Rules
920
ANSI
Electrical CableTray
Section_Grid
Line_Anchor_Vertical,
Electrical CableTray
Section_CableTray_Vertic
al,
Matchline_Anchor_Vertical
ISO
Electrical CableTray
Section_Grid
Line_Anchor_Vertical,
Electrical CableTray
Section_CableTray_Vertic
al,
Matchline_Anchor_Vertical
HVAC Elevation_Ducts_Vertical
ANSI
HVAC Elevation_Grid
Line_Anchor_Vertical,
HVAC
Elevation_Ducts_Vertical,
Matchline_Anchor_Vertical
HVAC Elevation_Ducts_Vertical_M
ISO
HVAC Elevation_Grid
Line_Anchor_Vertical,
HVAC
Elevation_Ducts_Vertical,
Matchline_Anchor_Vertical
HVAC Section_Ducts_Vertical
ANSI
HVAC Section_Grid
Line_Anchor_Vertical,
HVAC
Section_Ducts_Vertical,
Matchline_Anchor_Vertical
HVAC Section_Ducts_Vertical_M
ANSI
Instrument Elevation_Instruments_Anchor_Vertical
ANSI
Instrument Section_Instruments_Anchor_Vertical
ANSI
Piping Elevation_Pipes_Vertical
ANSI
Piping Elevation_Grid
Line_Anchor_Vertical,
Piping
Elevation_Equipment_Anc
hor_Vertical
Piping Elevation_Pipes_Vertical_M
ISO
Piping Elevation_Grid
Line_Anchor_Vertical,
Piping
Elevation_Equipment_Anc
hor_Vertical
Dimension Rules
Dimension Template Name
Piping Section_Pipes_Vertical
ANSI
Piping Section_Grid
Line_Anchor_Vertical,
Piping
Section_Equipment_Anch
or_Vertical
Piping Section_Pipes_Vertical_M
ISO
Piping Section_Grid
Line_Anchor_Vertical,
Piping
Section_Equipment_Anch
or_Vertical
Civil Plan_Columns_Horizontal
ANSI
Civil Plan_Columns_Horizontal_M
ISO
ANSI
ISO
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_CableTray_Horizontal
ANSI
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_Columns_Anchor
_Horizontal
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_CableTray_Horizontal_M
ISO
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_Columns_Anchor
_Horizontal
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_Columns_Horizontal
ANSI
921
Dimension Rules
Dimension Template Name
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_Columns_Horizontal_M
ISO
Electrical CableTray
Plan_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
ANSI
ANSI
Electrical CableTray
Section_CableTray_Horizontal
ANSI
Electrical CableTray
Section_Columns_Anchor_H
orizontal
Electrical CableTray
Section_CableTray_Horizontal_M
ISO
Electrical CableTray
Section_Columns_Anchor_H
orizontal
Electrical CableTray
Section_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
922
Electrical CableTray
Section_Columns_Horizontal_M
ISO
Electrical Elevation_CableTray_Horizontal
ANSI
Electrical
Elevation_Columns_Anchor
_Horizontal
Electrical Elevation_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
Electrical
Elevation_Columns_Anchor
_Horizontal
Electrical Elevation_Columns_Horizontal
ANSI
Electrical
Elevation_Columns_Anchor
_Horizontal
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_CableTray_Horizontal
ANSI
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_CableTray_Horizontal
ANSI
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_CableTray_Horizontal_M
ISO
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_Columns_Horizontal
ANSI
Electrical Equipment
Elevation_Columns_Horizontal_M
ISO
ANSI
Dimension Rules
Dimension Template Name
Electrical Equipment
Plan_Columns_Horizontal_M
ISO
Electrical Equipment
Section_CableTray_Horizontal
ANSI
Electrical Equipment
Section_Columns_Anchor_H
orizontal
Electrical Equipment
Section_CableTray_Horizontal_M
ISO
Electrical Equipment
Section_Columns_Anchor_H
orizontal
ISO
Equipment Elevation_Columns_Horizontal
ANSI
Equipment Elevation_Columns_Horizontal_M
ISO
Equipment Plan_Columns_Horizontal
ANSI
Equipment Plan_Columns_Horizontal_M
ISO
Equipment Section_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
Equipment Section_Columns_Horizontal
ANSI
Equipment Section_Columns_Horizontal_M
ISO
Equipment Section_Equipment_Horizontal
ANSI
Equipment
Section_Columns_Anchor_H
orizontal, Equipment
Section_Equipment_Anchor
_Horizontal
Equipment Section_Equipment_Horizontal_M
ISO
Equipment
Section_Columns_Anchor_H
orizontal, Equipment
Section_Equipment_Anchor
_Horizontal
HVAC Elevation_Columns_Horizontal
ANSI
HVAC Elevation_Columns_Horizontal_M
ISO
HVAC Elevation_Ducts_Horizontal
ANSI
HVAC
Elevation_Columns_Anchor
_Horizontal, HVAC
Elevation_Equipment_Ancho
r_Horizontal
HVAC Elevation_Ducts_Horizontal_M
ISO
HVAC
Elevation_Columns_Anchor
_Horizontal, HVAC
Elevation_Equipment_Ancho
r_Horizontal
923
Dimension Rules
924
HVAC Plan_Columns_Horizontal
ANSI
HVAC Plan_Columns_Horizontal_M
ISO
HVAC Plan_Ducts_Horizontal
ANSI
HVAC
Plan_Columns_Anchor_Hori
zontal, HVAC
Plan_Equipment_Anchor_H
orizontal
HVAC Plan_Ducts_Horizontal_M
ISO
HVAC
Plan_Columns_Anchor_Hori
zontal, HVAC
Plan_Equipment_Anchor_H
orizontal
HVAC Section_Columns_Horizontal
ANSI
HVAC Section_Columns_Horizontal_M
ISO
HVAC Section_Ducts_Horizontal
ANSI
HVAC
Elevation_Columns_Anchor
_Horizontal, HVAC
Elevation_Equipment_Ancho
r_Horizontal
HVAC Section_Ducts_Horizontal_M
ISO
HVAC
Elevation_Columns_Anchor
_Horizontal, HVAC
Elevation_Equipment_Ancho
r_Horizontal
Instrument Elevation_Columns_Horizontal
ANSI
Instrument Elevation_Columns_Horizontal_M
ISO
Instrument Elevation_Instruments_Horizontal
ANSI
Instrument Elevation_Instruments_Horizontal_M
ISO
Instrument Plan_Columns_Horizontal
ANSI
Instrument Plan_Columns_Horizontal_M
ISO
Instrument Plan_Instruments_Horizontal
ANSI
Instrument
Plan_Columns_Anchor_Hori
zontal
Instrument Plan_Instruments_Horizontal_M
ISO
Instrument
Plan_Columns_Anchor_Hori
zontal
Instrument Section_Columns_Horizontal
ANSI
Instrument Section_Columns_Horizontal_M
ISO
Instrument Section_Instruments_Horizontal
ANSI
Dimension Rules
Dimension Template Name
Instrument Section_Instruments_Horizontal_M
ISO
Piping Elevation_Columns_Horizontal
ANSI
Piping Elevation_Columns_Horizontal_M
ISO
Piping Elevation_Pipes_Horizontal
ANSI
Piping
Elevation_Columns_Anchor
_Horizontal, Piping
Elevation_Equipment_Ancho
r_Horizontal
Piping Elevation_Pipes_Horizontal_M
ISO
Piping
Elevation_Columns_Anchor
_Horizontal, Piping
Elevation_Equipment_Ancho
r_Horizontal
Piping Plan_Columns_Horizontal
ANSI
Piping Plan_Columns_Horizontal_M
ISO
Piping Plan_Pipes_Horizontal
ANSI
Piping
Plan_Columns_Anchor_Hori
zontal, Piping
Plan_Equipment_Anchor_H
orizontal
Piping Plan_Pipes_Horizontal_M
ISO
Piping
Plan_Columns_Anchor_Hori
zontal, Piping
Plan_Equipment_Anchor_H
orizontal
Piping Section_Columns_Horizontal
ANSI
Piping Section_Columns_Horizontal_M
ISO
Piping Section_Pipes_Horizontal
ANSI
Piping
Section_Columns_Anchor_H
orizontal, Piping
Section_Equipment_Anchor
_Horizontal
Piping Section_Pipes_Horizontal_M
ISO
Piping
Section_Columns_Anchor_H
orizontal, Piping
Section_Equipment_Anchor
_Horizontal
Structural Elevation_Braces_Horizontal
ANSI
Structural Framing
Plan_Columns_Anchor_Hori
zontal, Structural Framing
Plan_Equipment_Anchor_H
orizontal
925
Dimension Rules
Dimension Template Name
Structural Elevation_Columns_Horizontal
ANSI
Structural Elevation_Columns_Horizontal_M
ISO
ANSI
Structural Framing
Elevation_Columns_Anchor
_Horizontal, Structural
Framing
Elevation_Equipment_Ancho
r_Horizontal
Structural Framing
Elevation_Braces_Horizontal_M
ISO
Structural Framing
Elevation_Columns_Anchor
_Horizontal, Structural
Framing
Elevation_Equipment_Ancho
r_Horizontal
926
ANSI
Structural Framing
Plan_Columns_Anchor_Hori
zontal, Structural Framing
Plan_Equipment_Anchor_H
orizontal
ISO
Structural Framing
Plan_Columns_Anchor_Hori
zontal, Structural Framing
Plan_Equipment_Anchor_H
orizontal
ANSI
Structural Framing
Plan_Columns_Anchor_Hori
zontal, Structural Framing
Plan_Equipment_Anchor_H
orizontal
ISO
Structural Framing
Plan_Columns_Anchor_Hori
zontal, Structural Framing
Plan_Equipment_Anchor_H
orizontal
ANSI
ISO
ANSI
Structural Framing
Section_Columns_Horizontal_M
ISO
Dimension Rules
Dimension Template Name
Structural Section_Columns_Horizontal
ANSI
Structural Section_Columns_Horizontal_M
ISO
927
Dimension Rules
Dimension Templates
The following marine structure label templates are delivered in the [Product Reference Data
Folder]\SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Dimensions\Templates folder:
928
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
Report Templates (.rtp)
used
Annotation Modules
used
IS_ProfileSketch
_FeatureDistance
None
IS_ProfileSketch
_ProfileLength
None
IS_ProfileSketch
_TopFlangeLength
None
StrMfg ProfileSketch
Feature_Linear
None
ISProfileSketchFeatureLinearDimPG (on
page 1034)
ISDimensionBetweenPointsGA (on page
1054)
DrawingDimGenerator (on page 1100)
ISProfileSketchFeatureLinearDimCM (on
page 1081)
DrawingDimAbsolutePos (on page 1106)
Dimension Rules
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
Report Templates (.rtp)
used
Annotation Modules
used
StrMfg ProfileSketch
Feature_Radial
None
ISProfileSketchFeatureRadialDimPG (on
page 1036)
ISDimensionBetweenPointsGA (on page
1054)
DrawingDimGenerator (on page 1100)
ISProfileSketchFeatureRadialDimCM (on
page 1082)
DrawingDimAbsolutePos (on page 1106)
StrMfg Sketch
Feature Locations
StrMfg Sketch
Feature Dimensions
StrMfg Sketch
Feature Contour
Dimensions
929
Dimension Rules
930
SECTION 10
In This Section
Civil Elevation ................................................................................ 932
Civil Overall Key Plan .................................................................... 932
Civil Plan ........................................................................................ 932
Civil Section ................................................................................... 932
Electrical Above Ground Plan ........................................................ 933
Electrical CableTray Elevation ....................................................... 933
Electrical CableTray Layout Plan .................................................. 933
Electrical CableTray Overall Key Plan ........................................... 933
Electrical CableTray Plan .............................................................. 934
Electrical CableTray Section.......................................................... 934
Electrical Equipment Elevation ...................................................... 934
Electrical Equipment Key Plan....................................................... 934
Electrical Equipment Overall Key Plan .......................................... 935
Electrical Equipment Section ......................................................... 935
Eelctrical Raceway Plan ................................................................ 935
Equipment Elevation ...................................................................... 935
Equipment Overall Key Plan .......................................................... 935
Equipment Plan ............................................................................. 936
Equipment Section......................................................................... 936
HngSup - CAD Detail ..................................................................... 936
HngSup - End ................................................................................ 936
HngSup - End Style2 ..................................................................... 937
HngSup - Key Plan ........................................................................ 937
HngSup - Side Style2 .................................................................... 937
HVAC Elevation ............................................................................. 937
HVAC Isometric ............................................................................. 938
HVAC Overall Key Plan ................................................................. 938
HVAC Plan ..................................................................................... 938
HVAC Section ................................................................................ 938
Instrument Elevation ...................................................................... 939
Instrument Overall Key Plan .......................................................... 939
Instrument Section ......................................................................... 939
Pipe Supports ................................................................................ 939
Piping Elevation ............................................................................. 940
Piping Fire Protection Plan ............................................................ 940
Piping Isometric Detail ................................................................... 940
Piping Overall Key Plan ................................................................. 940
Piping Safety Shower Plan ............................................................ 940
Piping Section ................................................................................ 941
Piping Utility Station Plan............................................................... 941
SM_Electrical_Cable_Tray_Elevation ........................................... 941
931
Civil Elevation
Filter Name
Custom Module
Custom Module
VolumeWireFrame (on
page 990)
Civil Plan
Filter Name
Custom Module
Civil Section
Filter Name
Custom Module
932
Custom Module
MakeDrawable (on
page 970)
Cabling
Custom Module
GridlinesDrawingWrapperEntity
(on page 969)
Custom Module
MakeDrawable (on
page 970)
Cabling
Custom Module
VolumeWireFrame (on
page 990)
933
Custom Module
MakeDrawable (on
page 970)
Cabling
Custom Module
GridlinesDrawingWrapperEntity (on
page 969)
Custom Module
GridlinesDrawingWrapperEntity
(on page 969)
Custom Module
Drawing Volumes
VolumeWireFrame (on
page 990)
934
Custom Module
VolumeWireFrame (on
page 990)
Custom Module
GridlinesDrawingWrapperEntity (on
page 969)
Custom Module
Cableways
MakeDrawable (on
page 970)
Equipment Elevation
Filter Name
Custom Module
GridlinesDrawingWrapperEntity (on
page 969)
Custom Module
VolumeWireFrame (on
page 990)
935
Equipment Plan
Filter Name
Custom Module
MakeDrawable (on
page 970)
Equipment Section
Filter Name
Custom Module
GridlinesDrawingWrapperEntity
(on page 969)
Custom Module
MakeDrawable (on
page 970)
HngSup - End
Filter Name
Custom Module
Support Assembly
MakeDrawable (on
page 970)
ReplaceWPoint (on
page 984)
936
Custom Module
Support Assembly
MakeDrawable (on
page 970)
Custom Module
Support Assembly
ReplaceWPoint (on
page 984)
Custom Module
Support Assembly
MakeDrawable (on
page 970)
HVAC Elevation
Filter Name
Custom Module
GridlinesDrawingWrapperEntity
(on page 969)
Duct Supports
937
HVAC Isometric
Filter Name
Custom Module
Duct Supports
MakeDrawable (on
page 970)
HVAC Runs
Custom Module
VolumeWireFrame (on
page 990)
HVAC Plan
Filter Name
Custom Module
HVAC Runs
MakeDrawable (on
page 970)
HVAC Section
Filter Name
Custom Module
GridlinesDrawingWrapperEntity (on
page 969)
Duct Supports
938
Instrument Elevation
Filter Name
Custom Module
Pipe Supports
GridlinesDrawingWrapperEntity
(on page 969)
Custom Module
VolumeWireFrame (on
page 990)
Instrument Section
Filter Name
Custom Module
Pipe Supports
GridlinesDrawingWrapperEntity (on
page 969)
Pipe Supports
Filter Name
Custom Module
ReplaceWPoint (on
page 984)
Support Assembly
MakeDrawable (on
page 970)
939
Piping Elevation
Filter Name
Custom Module
GridlinesDrawingWrapperEntity
(on page 969)
Custom Module
MakeDrawable (on
page 970)
Custom Module
ElbowToArc (on
page 960)
Custom Module
VolumeWireFrame (on
page 990)
Custom Module
MakeDrawable (on
page 970)
940
Piping Section
Filter Name
Custom Module
GridlinesDrawingWrapperEntity
(on page 969)
Custom Module
MakeDrawable (on
page 970)
SM_Electrical_Cable_Tray_Elevation
Filter Name
Custom Module
MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
Cableway
MakeDrawable
PlaneGeometryDrawingWrapperEntit
y (on page 973)
See Also
MakeDrawable (on page 970)
SM_Electrical_Cable_Tray_Plan
Filter Name
Custom Module
MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
Cableway
MakeDrawable
941
SM_Electrical_Cable_Tray_Section
Filter Name
Custom Module
MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
Cableway
MakeDrawable
See Also
MakeDrawable (on page 970)
SM_Equipment_Plan
Filter Name
Custom Module
MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
See Also
MakeDrawable (on page 970)
SM_Equipment_Section
Filter Name
Custom Module
MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
Grid Plane
PlaneGeometryDrawingWrapperEntity
(on page 973)
See Also
MakeDrawable (on page 970)
942
SM_HVAC_Elevation
Filter Name
Custom Module
MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
HVAC Runs
MakeDrawable
PlaneGeometryDrawingWrapperEntit
y (on page 973)
See Also
MakeDrawable (on page 970)
SM_HVAC_Plan
Filter Name
Custom Module
MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
HVAC Runs
MakeDrawable
See Also
MakeDrawable (on page 970)
SM_HVAC_Section
Filter Name
Custom Module
MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
HVAC Runs
MakeDrawable
PlaneGeometryDrawingWrapperEntity
(on page 973)
943
SM_Lighting_Plan
Filter Name
Custom Module
MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
See Also
MakeDrawable (on page 970)
SM_Piping_Elevation
Filter Name
Custom Module
MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
Piping Runs
MakeDrawable
PlaneGeometryDrawingWrapperEntity
(on page 973)
See Also
MakeDrawable (on page 970)
SM_Piping_Plan
Filter Name
Custom Module
MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
Piping Runs
MakeDrawable
See Also
MakeDrawable (on page 970)
944
SM_Piping_Section
Filter Name
Custom Module
MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
Piping Runs
MakeDrawable
See Also
MakeDrawable (on page 970)
Custom Module
GridlinesDrawingWrapperEntity
(on page 969)
Custom Module
Openings
MakeDrawable (on
page 970)
Slabs
VolumeWireFrame (on
page 990)
MakeDrawable (on
page 970)
945
Custom Module
GridlinesDrawingWrapperEntity
(on page 969)
946
SECTION 11
See Also
Using Custom Graphic Modules and Subfilters in Drawings (on page 949)
Custom Graphic Rule Dialog Box (on page 54)
View Frame Rule Dialog Box (on page 106)
Graphic Rules (on page 88)
Graphic Rules in Marine Structure Drawings (on page 277)
In This Section
Using Custom Graphic Modules and Subfilters in Drawings ......... 949
CappedNormalPipe ....................................................................... 958
BeamPartDrawingWrapperEntity ................................................... 958
DesignEquipmentPartSeparator .................................................... 959
ElbowtoArc ..................................................................................... 960
ElbowtoSingleArc........................................................................... 960
EnumerateEquipmentGraphicChildren .......................................... 961
EnumerateHgrSupGraphicChildren ............................................... 963
EquipmentNozzleSeparator ........................................................... 964
Exclude .......................................................................................... 965
Exclude with Not Drawn Rule ........................................................ 966
GenericLineWrapperEntity............................................................. 968
GetActual3DGeometry................................................................... 969
GridlinesDrawingWrapperEntity .................................................... 969
MakeDrawable ............................................................................... 970
MemberCenterLineWrapperEntity ................................................. 971
MakeDrawableSimple .................................................................... 971
OpeningDrawingWrapperEntity ..................................................... 971
PipeTurnFeattoArc......................................................................... 972
PlaneGeometryDrawingWrapperEntity.......................................... 973
PlateContourDrawingWrapperEntity .............................................. 973
ProfileKnuckleAsCurve .................................................................. 974
PlateOuterContourDrawingWrapperEntity..................................... 975
PlatePartDrawingWrapperEntity .................................................... 975
PlateSystemDrawingWrapperEntity .............................................. 976
PortsSeparator ............................................................................... 977
ProfileCSDrawingWrapperEntity ................................................... 978
ProfilePartDrawingWrapperEntity .................................................. 979
ProfileSystemCSDrawingWrapperEntity ....................................... 980
ProfileSystemDrawingWrapperEntity ............................................ 981
947
948
Subfilters
Subfilters are included with a few of the delivered custom graphic rule modules. The subfilters
allow you to customize the graphic representation of objects at a granular level. You can apply a
subfilter by first specifying a normal filter in the Define View Style dialog box. After specifying a
filter, you use the following syntax to define a subfilter: <Filter Name>::<Subfilter Name>.
Subfilters are not compatible with all custom graphic rule modules.
See Also
Custom Graphic Modules (on page 947)
Custom Graphic Rule Dialog Box (on page 54)
View Frame Rule Dialog Box (on page 106)
Graphic Rules (on page 88)
949
950
7.
8.
9.
10.
951
After creating and updating a drawing that uses the Piping Normal Resymbolize view style, the
drawing output is similar to the graphic below.
See Also
Using Custom Graphic Modules and Subfilters in Drawings (on page 949)
View Style Rules (on page 87)
Define View Style Command (Tools Menu) (on page 45)
Custom Graphic Rule Dialog Box (on page 54)
Custom Graphic Modules (on page 947)
952
To create a view style that resymbolizes pipes of a particular diameter into single lines, follow
the four procedures provided below.
953
954
955
956
Isometric
Elbows are resymbolized into a pair of discs connected by an arc. In plan views, a pipe with a
normal orientation is represented as a flat disc (a circle) with the top pipe extending into the
middle of the disc. See the example below.
See Also
Using Custom Graphic Modules and Subfilters in Drawings (on page 949)
View Style Rules (on page 87)
Define View Style Command (Tools Menu) (on page 45)
Custom Graphic Rule Dialog Box (on page 54)
Custom Graphic Modules (on page 947)
957
CappedNormalPipe
The custom graphic rule CappedNormalPipe.dll replaces the straight pipes positioned "normal
to the view" with a cylindrical cap in the center of the length of the pipe. You would use this
graphic rule if the open (unclipped) ends of the pipe should be replaced with a symbol.
To use this graphic rule, define a view style that uses Piping Components as the filter and, in the
Graphic Preparation Rules, apply CappedNormalPipe.dll.
See Also
Custom Graphic Rule Dialog Box (on page 54)
View Frame Rule Dialog Box (on page 106)
Graphic Rules (on page 88)
Custom Graphic Modules (on page 947)
BeamPartDrawingWrapperEntity
The BeamPartDrawingWrapperEntity.dll graphic module replaces beams with single lines at
the beam centerlines.
See Also
Custom Graphic Modules (on page 947)
Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page 115)
Graphic Rules in Marine Structure Drawings (on page 277)
958
DesignEquipmentPartSeparator
The custom graphic rule DesignEquipmentPartSeparator.dll separates design equipment into
body (first shape placed), shapes, nozzles, and parts (child components). You can use this
graphic rule to label and symbolize nozzles on design equipment.
To use this graphic rule, define a view style that uses Design Equipment as the filter and, in the
Graphic Preparation Rules, apply the DesignEquipmentPartsSeparator.dll. After this is done,
you could add a row to the view style to filter specifically for Pipe Nozzles.
The graphic below shows the difference between the default view style and one using the
graphic rule:
For a graphic rule that performs the same operation for general equipment, use
EquipmentNozzleSeparator (on page 964).
Subfilters
To change the graphic representation of shapes, nozzles, or parts when the
DesignEquipmentPartSeparator custom graphic rule is applied, you can apply subfilters to the
individual parts.
Shapes - Use this subfilter to apply a graphic rule (line style, color, etc.) to the shapes of
process equipment. Use this syntax: <Filter Name>::Shapes.
Nozzles - Use this subfilter to apply a graphic rule (line style, color, etc.) to the nozzles on
process equipment. Use this syntax: <Filter Name>::Nozzles.
Parts - Use this subfilter to apply a graphic rule (line style, color, etc.) to the parts on process
equipment. Use this syntax: <Filter Name>::Parts.
See Also
Custom Graphic Rule Dialog Box (on page 54)
View Frame Rule Dialog Box (on page 106)
Graphic Rules (on page 88)
Custom Graphic Modules (on page 947)
959
ElbowtoArc
The custom graphic rule ElbowtoArc.dll replaces 3D elbows with arcs for the body and discs
for the two ports. You use this graphic rule when piping elbows should be represented as a
single line, but the ends of the piping need to be shown.
To use this graphic rule, define a view style that uses Piping Components as the filter and, in the
Graphic Preparation Rules, apply the ElbowtoArc.dll.
Subfilters
To change the graphic representation of the arcs and discs when the ElbowtoArc custom
graphic rule is applied, you can apply subfilters to the arc and discs.
Arc - Use this subfilter to apply a graphic rule (line style, color, etc.) to the arcs in a drawing.
Use this syntax: <Piping Parts filter>::Arc.
Discs - Use this subfilter to apply a graphic rule (line style, color, etc.) to the discs in a drawing.
Use this syntax: <Piping Parts filter>::Discs.
The graphic below shows how the graphic rule impacts the drawing:
See Also
Custom Graphic Rule Dialog Box (on page 54)
View Frame Rule Dialog Box (on page 106)
Graphic Rules (on page 88)
Custom Graphic Modules (on page 947)
ElbowtoSingleArc
The custom graphic rule ElbowtoSingleArc.dll replaces 3D elbows with arcs. You use this
graphic rule when piping elbows should be represented as a single line.
To use this graphic rule, define a view style that uses Piping Components as the filter and, in the
Graphic Preparation Rules, apply the ElbowtoSingleArc.dll.
960
See Also
Custom Graphic Rule Dialog Box (on page 54)
View Frame Rule Dialog Box (on page 106)
Graphic Rules (on page 88)
Custom Graphic Modules (on page 947)
EnumerateEquipmentGraphicChildren
The custom graphic rule EnumerateEquipmentGraphicChildren.dll includes all of the children
of the Equipment System in the drawing. This graphic rule applies to Equipment objects.
To use this graphic rule, you create a view style and apply a Graphic Preparation Rule against
Equipment objects. On the View Style Properties dialog box, select More in the Graphic
Preparation Rule dropdown to display the Select Custom Rule dialog box. Click New to create
a new EnumerateEquipmentGraphicChildren rule.
961
The graphics output by the view style in the drawing depend on the filters you specify and the
graphic rules applied.
Subfilters
To change the graphic representation of individual objects that make up a piece of equipment
when the EnumerateEquipmentGraphicChildren custom graphic rule is applied, you can
apply subfilters to the individual parts.
ForeignChildren - Use this subfilter to apply a graphic rule (line style, color, etc.) to foreign
children in equipment. Use this syntax: <Filter Name>::ForeignChildren.
Equipment - Use this subfilter to apply a graphic rule (line style, color, etc.) to equipment. Use
this syntax: <Filter Name>::Equipment.
Shapes - Use this subfilter to apply a graphic rule (line style, color, etc.) to shapes. Use this
syntax: <Filter Name>::Shapes.
FoundationPorts - Use this subfilter to apply a graphic rule (line style, color, etc.) to equipment
foundation ports. Use this syntax: <Filter Name>::FoundationPorts.
PipeNozzles - Use this subfilter to apply a graphic rule (line style, color, etc.) to equipment pipe
nozzles. Use this syntax: <Filter Name>::PipeNozzles.
ConduitNozzles - Use this subfilter to apply a graphic rule (line style, color, etc.) to equipment
conduit nozzles. Use this syntax: <Filter Name>::ConduitNozzles.
HvacNozzles - Use this subfilter to apply a graphic rule (line style, color, etc.) to equipment
HVAC nozzles. Use this syntax: <Filter Name>::HvacNozzles.
CableNozzles - Use this subfilter to apply a graphic rule (line style, color, etc.) to equipment
cable nozzles. Use this syntax: <Filter Name>::CableNozzles.
962
See Also
Custom Graphic Rule Dialog Box (on page 54)
View Frame Rule Dialog Box (on page 106)
Graphic Rules (on page 88)
Custom Graphic Modules (on page 947)
EnumerateHgrSupGraphicChildren
The custom graphic rule EnumerateHgrSupGraphicChildren.dll includes all of the children of
the Supports System in the drawing. This graphic rule applies to Support objects.
To use this graphic rule, you create a view style and apply a Graphic Preparation Rule against
Support objects. On the View Style Properties dialog box, select More in the Graphic
Preparation Rule dropdown to display the Select Custom Rule dialog box. Click New to create
a new EnumerateHgrSupGraphicChildren rule.
Then, in the Tests section of the View Style Properties dialog box, apply filter rows for the
objects required in the drawing. For example, you could filter for Pipe Supports, with an
additional Piping filter to include piping attached to the supports:
963
The graphics output by the view style in the drawing depend on the filters you specify and the
graphic rules applied.
See Also
Custom Graphic Rule Dialog Box (on page 54)
View Frame Rule Dialog Box (on page 106)
Graphic Rules (on page 88)
Custom Graphic Modules (on page 947)
EquipmentNozzleSeparator
The custom graphic rule EquipmentNozzleSeparator.dll separates equipment into body (first
shape placed), shapes, nozzles, and parts (child components). You can use this graphic rule to
label and symbolize nozzles on equipment.
To use this graphic rule, define a view style that uses Equipment as the filter and, in the Graphic
Preparation Rules, apply the EquipmentNozzleSeparator.dll. After this is done, you could add
a row to the view style to filter specifically for Pipe Nozzles.
The graphic below shows the difference between the default view style and one using the
graphic rule:
964
Subfilters
To change the graphic representation of the body or nozzles of equipment when the
EquipmentNozzleSeparator custom graphic rule is applied, you can apply subfilters to the
individual parts.
Body - Use this subfilter to apply a graphic rule (line style, color, etc.) to the body of equipment.
Use this syntax: <Filter Name>::Body.
Nozzles - Use this subfilter to apply a graphic rule (line style, color, etc.) to equipment nozzles.
Use this syntax: <Filter Name>::Nozzles.
See Also
Custom Graphic Rule Dialog Box (on page 54)
View Frame Rule Dialog Box (on page 106)
Graphic Rules (on page 88)
Custom Graphic Modules (on page 947)
Exclude
The custom graphic rule Exclude.dll excludes objects to which it is applied from view style
processing. The example below shows how you can use the Exclude.dll in a view style.
The example uses the following volume of data:
In the example view style definition, the Piping Components are excluded from the drawing by
creating a Graphic Preparation Rule that calls Exclude.dll.
965
The output of this drawing excludes the elbows and in-line piping components:
See Also
Custom Graphic Rule Dialog Box (on page 54)
View Frame Rule Dialog Box (on page 106)
Graphic Rules (on page 88)
Custom Graphic Modules (on page 947)
966
In the View Style Properties dialog box below, Piping is selected as the filter, but another filter
specifies Not Drawn for Piping Components.
The Not Drawn graphic rule is a rule that states nothing that applies to this rule is drawn using
this view style. On the Graphic Rule - VHL dialog box, you would set all the values accordingly.
967
However, you can use the Exclude.dll custom graphic rule to exclude the Piping Component
objects. On the Custom Graphic Rule dialog box, you could create a custom graphic
preparation rule called Exclude components.
When using the Exclude.dll to customize the view style, the output appears as follows:
Notice that the elbows turning away from the view are drawn using the Exclude.dll and not
drawn by the Not Drawn graphic rule because they were hidden.
See Also
Custom Graphic Rule Dialog Box (on page 54)
View Frame Rule Dialog Box (on page 106)
Graphic Rules (on page 88)
Custom Graphic Modules (on page 947)
968
GenericLineWrapperEntity
The GenericLineWrapperEntity.dll graphic module replaces linear objects in the graphic view,
such members, with single lines. If possible, the centerline of the object is used.
This module works similarly to the Replace Objects with Line graphic rule (on page 280).
See Also
Custom Graphic Modules (on page 947)
Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page 115)
Graphic Rules in Marine Structure Drawings (on page 277)
GetActual3DGeometry
The custom graphic rule GetActual3DGeometry.dll returns the actual geometry of an object;
that is, it refers to the original model object for all geometry. For example, use this graphic rule
to disable the default representation of certain objects, such as welds. By default, welds are
represented as a single line. The GetAcutal3DGeometry custom graphic rule graphically
represents the welds as they appear in the model.
See Also
Custom Graphic Rule Dialog Box (on page 54)
View Frame Rule Dialog Box (on page 106)
Graphic Rules (on page 88)
Custom Graphic Modules (on page 947)
GridlinesDrawingWrapperEntity
The custom graphic rule GridlinesDrawingWrapperEntity.dll draws "vertical gridlines" at the
intersection of X planes and Y planes (on the X-Z and Y-Z axes). This graphic rule applies to
grid planes in the model. You can use this graphic rule in elevation and isometric views when
drawings need to show vertical lines at grid intersections.
For an example workflow using this graphic rule, see Apply Grid Labels to Elevation and Section
Views (on page 60).
See Also
Custom Graphic Rule Dialog Box (on page 54)
View Frame Rule Dialog Box (on page 106)
Graphic Rules (on page 88)
Custom Graphic Modules (on page 947)
969
MakeDrawable
The custom graphic rule MakeDrawable.dll makes objects that are not displayable in 3D (and
therefore not drawable in 2D) drawable. This graphic rule applies to all graphical objects. Use
this graphic rule when you need to label or display objects such as features, runs, systems, or
pipe support assemblies.
To use this graphic rule, define a view style that filters for objects that are to be made drawable
and, in the Graphic Preparation Rules, apply the MakeDrawable.dll. In the following example,
the view style filters for Piping Runs and Support Assemblies:
The drawing below shows how the view style impacts the drawing:
The MakeDrawable.dll custom graphic rule tells the software to go through the entire
business object tree, setting all graphics to drawable. You may decide to use the
MakeDrawableSimple.dll to save time when working with compound graphics. With the
MakeDrawableSimple.dll, the software only sets the top level business object to drawable. For
more information, see MakeDrawableSimple (on page 971).
See Also
Custom Graphic Rule Dialog Box (on page 54)
View Frame Rule Dialog Box (on page 106)
Graphic Rules (on page 88)
Custom Graphic Modules (on page 947)
970
MemberCenterLineWrapperEntity
The MemberCenterLineWrapperEntity.dll graphic module replaces linear objects in the
graphic view, such as members, with single lines at the object centerline.
See Also
Custom Graphic Modules (on page 947)
Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page 115)
Graphic Rules in Marine Structure Drawings (on page 277)
MakeDrawableSimple
The custom graphic rule MakeDrawableSimple.dll provides a way to label an entire assembly
instead of the individual assembly components. You can use this graphic rule in the place of the
MakeDrawable.dll to simplify the labeling in a drawing. For example, you could use
MakeDrawableSimple when the entire support assembly in the drawing needs to be labeled.
Without applying the graphic rule, only the individual components can be labeled.
With the MakeDrawableSimple.dll, the software only sets the top level business object to
drawable. The MakeDrawable.dll custom graphic rule tells the software to go through the entire
business object tree, setting all graphics to drawable. Using the MakeDrawableSimple.dll can
save time when working with compound graphics.
See Also
Custom Graphic Rule Dialog Box (on page 54)
View Frame Rule Dialog Box (on page 106)
Graphic Rules (on page 88)
Custom Graphic Modules (on page 947)
971
OpeningDrawingWrapperEntity
The OpeningDrawingWrapperEntity.dll graphic module sends the geometry of plate system
openings to the drawing view.
For example, in the model, openings are on the plate:
See Also
Custom Graphic Modules (on page 947)
Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page 115)
Graphic Rules in Marine Structure Drawings (on page 277)
972
PipeTurnFeattoArc
The custom graphic rule PipeTurnFeattoArc.dll makes the piping turn features drawable and
replaces them with a single arc. You can use this graphic rule when pipe bends should be
shown as single lines in a drawing.
To use this graphic rule, define a view style that filters for Piping Turn Features and apply the
PipeTurnFeattoArc.dll.
The graphic below shows how the graphic rule impacts the drawing graphics:
See Also
Custom Graphic Rule Dialog Box (on page 54)
View Frame Rule Dialog Box (on page 106)
Graphic Rules (on page 88)
Custom Graphic Modules (on page 947)
PlaneGeometryDrawingWrapperEntity
The custom graphic rule PlaneGeometryDrawingWrapperEntity.dll draws plane geometry
onto a drawing; that is, it generates a finite plane and passes it on to the drawing generator. For
example, use this graphic rule to create a plan or elevation grid plane on a drawing in order to
label it.
See Also
Custom Graphic Rule Dialog Box (on page 54)
View Frame Rule Dialog Box (on page 106)
Graphic Rules (on page 88)
973
PlateContourDrawingWrapperEntity
The PlateContourDrawingWrapperEntity.dll graphic module extracts plate part outer and
inner edges on the plate thickness side and sends the geometry to the drawing view.
For example, in the model, the plate parts are in cyan:
On the drawing view, the outer edges of the three plate parts and the inner edges of the
openings are drawn:
See Also
Custom Graphic Modules (on page 947)
Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page 115)
Graphic Rules in Marine Structure Drawings (on page 277)
ProfileKnuckleAsCurve
The ProfileKnuckleAsCurve.dll graphic module sends knuckle line geometry to the drawing
view as a curve (usually a line).
See Also
Custom Graphic Modules (on page 947)
Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page 115)
Graphic Rules in Marine Structure Drawings (on page 277)
974
PlateOuterContourDrawingWrapperEntity
The PlateOuterContourDrawingWrapperEntity.dll graphic module extracts plate part outer
edges and sends the geometry to the drawing view.
For example, in the model, the plate parts are in cyan:
On the drawing view, the outer edges of the three plate parts are drawn, but the inner edges of
the openings are not drawn:
This module is frequently used with the OpeningDrawingWrapperEntity (on page 971)
module when different properties for opening geometry are needed.
See Also
Custom Graphic Modules (on page 947)
Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page 115)
Graphic Rules in Marine Structure Drawings (on page 277)
975
PlatePartDrawingWrapperEntity
The PlatePartDrawingWrapperEntity.dll graphic module extracts plate part outer and inner
edges on the molded side of the plate and sends the geometry to the drawing view.
For example, in the model, the plate parts are in cyan:
On the drawing view, the outer edges of the three plate parts and the inner edges of the
openings are drawn:
See Also
Custom Graphic Modules (on page 947)
Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page 115)
Graphic Rules in Marine Structure Drawings (on page 277)
976
PlateSystemDrawingWrapperEntity
The PlateSystemDrawingWrapperEntity.dll graphic module extracts plate system boundaries
and sends the geometry to the drawing view.
For example, in the model, the plate system is in cyan:
This module is frequently used with the OpeningDrawingWrapperEntity (on page 971)
module when opening geometry also needs to be drawn.
Use a plate part graphic module, such as PlateOuterContourDrawingWrapperEntity (on
page 975), to draw the boundaries of individual plate parts.
See Also
Custom Graphic Modules (on page 947)
Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page 115)
Graphic Rules in Marine Structure Drawings (on page 277)
977
PortsSeparator
The custom graphic rule PortsSeparator.dll separates piping component ports from the
components and makes the ports drawable. This graphic rule applies to piping components in
the model. You can use this graphic rule when the open end of an elbow should be replaced by
a symbol in a drawing.
To use this graphic rule, create a view style that filters for piping components and apply, as a
Graphic Preparation Rule, the PortsSeparator.dll. To apply a symbol graphic to the ports,
create another row in the view style grid to filter for Ports and apply the appropriate symbol
graphic rule.
Subfilters
To change the graphic representation of piping parts and ports, when the PortsSeparator
custom graphic rule is applied, you can apply subfilters to the individual parts.
Part - Use this subfilter to apply a graphic rule (line style, color, etc.) to the piping parts. Use this
syntax: <Filter Name>::Part.
Ports - Use this subfilter to apply a graphic rule (line style, color, etc.) to the piping ports. Use
this syntax: <Filter Name>::Ports.
See Also
Custom Graphic Rule Dialog Box (on page 54)
View Frame Rule Dialog Box (on page 106)
Graphic Rules (on page 88)
Custom Graphic Modules (on page 947)
978
ProfileCSDrawingWrapperEntity
The ProfileCSDrawingWrapperEntity.dll graphic module extracts the profile part cross-section
and sends the geometry to the drawing view.
For example, in the model, the profile is in green below the plate:
On the drawing view, the cross-section of the profile part is drawn at the starting point of the
profile landing curve:
See Also
Custom Graphic Modules (on page 947)
Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page 115)
Graphic Rules in Marine Structure Drawings (on page 277)
979
ProfilePartDrawingWrapperEntity
The ProfilePartDrawingWrapperEntity.dll graphic module extracts the profile part landing
curve and sends the geometry to the drawing view.
For example, in the model, the profile is in green below the plate:
On the drawing view, the landing curve of the profile part is drawn:
See Also
Custom Graphic Modules (on page 947)
Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page 115)
Graphic Rules in Marine Structure Drawings (on page 277)
980
ProfileSystemCSDrawingWrapperEntity
The ProfileSystemCSDrawingWrapperEntity.dll graphic module extracts the profile system
cross-section and sends the geometry to the drawing view.
For example, in the model, the profile is in green below the plate:
On the drawing view, the cross-section of the profile system is drawn at the starting point of the
profile landing curve:
See Also
Custom Graphic Modules (on page 947)
Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page 115)
Graphic Rules in Marine Structure Drawings (on page 277)
981
ProfileSystemDrawingWrapperEntity
The ProfileSystemWrapperEntity.dll graphic module extracts the profile system landing curve
and sends the geometry to the drawing view.
For example, in the model, the profile is in green below the plate:
On the drawing view, the landing curve of the profile system is drawn:
See Also
Custom Graphic Modules (on page 947)
Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page 115)
Graphic Rules in Marine Structure Drawings (on page 277)
ReplaceSlopedPipeOnHgr
The custom graphic rule ReplaceSlopedPipeOnHgr.dll looks at pipes being collected by the
view style and checks to see if they are connected to the hanger being drawn. If the pipe is
connected to the hanger, and if the pipe tangent at the connection point is within 45 degrees of
the viewing angle, the pipe is replaced with a point (the connection point), and appears in the
drawing as normal to the view. All other objects collected by the view style are ignored by the
graphic rule. This graphic rule only applies to drawing created using a Drawings by Query
component.
To use this graphic rule, you should apply a Custom Preparation Rule to the view style that
collects pipes and applies the ReplaceSlopedPipeOnHgr.dll. For example, in the following
982
You can modify the graphic preparation rule by selecting More in the Graphic Preparation
Rule dropdown. The Select Custom Rule dialog box appears. Select the graphic rule to be
modified, then click Properties. On the Custom Graphic Rule dialog box, specify a filter to
collect the objects to be modified (for example, Pipelines) and select the
ReplaceSlopedPipeOnHgr.dll from the Custom Module dropdown field.
When you create a hanger drawing using this view style, any sloped pipe connected to the
drawn hanger is replaced in the drawing by a point symbol (the connection point).
See Also
Custom Graphic Rule Dialog Box (on page 54)
View Frame Rule Dialog Box (on page 106)
Graphic Rules (on page 88)
Custom Graphic Modules (on page 947)
View Style Properties Dialog Box (on page 48)
983
ReplaceWPoint
The custom graphic rule ReplaceWPoint.dll replaces the 3D geometry of the specified object
with a tiny sphere at the center of the range of the object. You can apply this graphic rule to any
graphical object. For example, you could use this graphic rule when you need to label an object
but do not want the object to participate in the VHL and potentially hide other objects behind it.
To use this graphic rule, create a view style that filters for the objects to be replaced with the
point symbol and apply, as a Graphic Preparation Rule, the ReplaceWPoint.dll.
Piping Plan
See Also
Custom Graphic Rule Dialog Box (on page 54)
View Frame Rule Dialog Box (on page 106)
Graphic Rules (on page 88)
Custom Graphic Modules (on page 947)
984
RteComponentsCtrLine
The custom graphic rule RteComponentsCtrLine.dll shows centerlines for pipe components in
addition to pipes. You can use this graphic rule in piping plan, piping elevation, and piping
section when drawings need to show centerlines for piping components. For example, you can
use this graphic rule when you need to place a centerline of an elbow or tee.
To use this graphic rule, define a view style using Piping Components filter, and apply
RteComponentsCtrLine.dll. The graphic below shows how the graphic rule impacts the drawing:
Piping Plan
See Also
Custom Graphic Modules (on page 947)
985
SeamDrawingWrapperEntity
The SeamDrawingWrapperEntity.dll graphic module sends seam geometry to the drawing
view.
For example, in the model, the seams are in white on the plate:
See Also
Custom Graphic Modules (on page 947)
Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page 115)
Graphic Rules in Marine Structure Drawings (on page 277)
986
SimpleVolumeToX
The custom graphic rule SimpleVolumeToX.dll places an X symbol in empty volumes. You can
use this graphic rule only for plan and section views. The X symbol is not displayed in the
isometric view.
See Also
Custom Graphic Rule Dialog Box (on page 54)
Graphic Rules (on page 88)
Custom Graphic Modules (on page 947)
SlopedPipeWArcSymbol
The custom graphic rule SlopedPipeWArcSymbol.dll replaces a straight pipe with its
centerline and a series of arcs representing the slope. You can apply this graphic rule to sloped
straight pipe.
You would use this graphic rule when sloped pipe should be represented on a plan drawing.
Looking North
987
StructOpenToX
The custom graphic rule StructOpenToX.dll resymbolizes the depressions (non-through
openings) in a structure object with an X filler. This DLL works for all rectangular and most
L-shaped depressions.
You can use the delivered Openings filter when creating the Graphic Preparation Rule that
uses the StructOpenToX.dll.
When the drawings are created, the openings are resymbolized with the X filler.
988
You should apply the StructOpeningToX.dll custom graphic rule to the Openings objects in
the model.
When the plan drawing is updated with the view style, the depression symbols are shown in red:
Subfilters
To change the graphic representation of opening contours and depression symbols when the
StructOpenToX custom graphic rule is applied, you can apply subfilters to the individual parts.
Contour - Use this subfilter to apply a graphic rule (line style, color, etc.) to the contour of an
opening. Use this syntax: <Filter Name>::Contour.
Symbol - Use this subfilter to apply a graphic rule (line style, color, etc.) to the depression
symbol of an opening. Use this syntax: <Filter Name>::Symbol.
989
TrimPipeSurface
The custom graphic rule TrimPipeSurface.dll draws both the pipe and its centerline in the
drawing. This graphic rule applies to pipes.
To use this graphic rule, create a view style that filters for pipes and apply, as a Graphic
Preparation Rule, the TrimPipeSurface.dll.
Do not use this rule with orthographic drawings or when exporting to DGN files. This
approach only works in a 2D environment where the slicing plane is oriented parallel with the
view plane.
See Also
Custom Graphic Rule Dialog Box (on page 54)
View Frame Rule Dialog Box (on page 106)
Graphic Rules (on page 88)
Custom Graphic Modules (on page 947)
VolumeWireFrame
The custom graphic rule VolumeWireFrame.dll replaces an object with its wireframe
representation for VHL. You can apply this graphic rule to any graphical object. You could use
this graphic rule when you need to show outlines of certain objects and want to keep the objects'
surface from hiding other objects.
To use this graphic rule, create a view style that filters for the objects for which you want the
wireframe representation and apply, as a Graphic Preparation Rule, the VolumeWireFrame.dll.
The graphic below shows how the wireframe representation works in the drawing:
990
WeldToLine
The custom graphic rule WeldToLine.dll replaces welds with centerline representations. You
can use this custom graphic rule to reduce the time required to process a drawing.
See Also
Custom Graphic Rule Dialog Box (on page 54)
View Frame Rule Dialog Box (on page 106)
Graphic Rules (on page 88)
Custom Graphic Modules (on page 947)
991
992
SECTION 12
In the End Cut XML files, different 2D symbols are placed at the start and end of the profile. The
drawing code calculates where the start and end positions are. In the XML, you specify the
symbol to use for the Start and End positions.
993
If the condition can be made generic for the marine structure drawing, fewer sections are
required in the XML code. Any can be used to handle generic cases. For example, if all welded
UA profiles receive the same symbol on the drawing, set WebCutType to Any.
You can use annotation parameters to further control end cut symbol placement. You do not
have to modify annotation parameters, but they can be customized if needed. The annotation
parameters include: SCALE_FACTOR, ANCHOR, TARGET, LOCATION, ORIENTATION,
DIRECTION, DIRECTION, CURVE_RATIO, X_OFFSET, and Y_OFFSET.
See Also
Symbol Definition for Marine Structure Drawings (on page 749)
In This Section
End Cut and Slot Embedded Symbol Rules .................................. 995
End Cut Embedded Symbols......................................................... 995
Slot Embedded Symbols ............................................................... 1002
Marking Line Embedded Symbols ................................................. 1006
Feature Embedded Symbols ......................................................... 1008
Catalog Symbols ............................................................................ 1009
994
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
Report Templates (.rtp)
used
Annotation Modules
used
ProfilePartEndCut
ProfilePartEndCut
_ByCrossSection
ProfilePartEndCut
_ByEndCutType
For more information, see End Cut Embedded Symbols (on page 995).
Slot Rules
The following slot embedded symbol rules are delivered in the [Reference Data Product
Folder]\SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates\EmbeddedSymbols\Scantlings\Slot
Rules folder:
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
Report Templates (.rtp)
used
Annotation Modules
used
DefaultSlot
For more information, see Slot Embedded Symbols (on page 1002).
995
Webcut,
Top Flangecut,
and Bottom
Flangecut
Filters
Profile Symbol
Side
File
BUT
W
T_XType C
TSType Welded
Cutback
WebCut_C3Right
WebCut_C3Left
Any
Start
EndCut_2_Open_Off_S.sy
m
End
EndCut_2_Open_Off_E.sy
m
BUT
W
T_XType C
TSType Welded
Cutback
WebCut_W1Right
WebCut_W1Left
Start
EndCut_2_Open_Off_S.sy
m
End
EndCut_2_Open_Off_E.sy
m
UA
EA
B
BUTL2
BUTL3
W
C
Welded
Cutback
WebCut_C3Right
WebCut_C3Left
Start
EndCut_1_Open_Off_S.sy
m
End
EndCut_1_Open_Off_E.sy
m
UA
EA
W
C
Welded
Cutback
WebCut_C2Left
Start
EndCut_1_Open_Off_S.sy
m
End
EndCut_1_Open_Off_E.sy
m
W
C
Welded
Cutback
WebCut_C3RBulb
WebCut_C2Left
Start
EndCut_1_Open_Off_S.sy
m
End
EndCut_1_Open_Off_E.sy
m
W
Welded
WebCut_W1Right
WebCut_W1Left
Start
EndCut_1_Open_Off_S.sy
m
End
EndCut_1_Open_Off_E.sy
m
Section
Type
BUTL2
BUTL3
996
Endcut
Type
Any
Any
Any
Any
Any
Symbol
Graphic
Endcut
Type
BUT
Welded
T_XType
TSType
BUT
W
T_XType Welded
TSType
BUTL2
BUTL3
UA
EA
FB
UA
EA
Welded
Welded
Welded
W
Welded
Webcut
Type
Webcut,
Top Flangecut,
and Bottom
Flangecut
Filters
Profile Symbol
Side
File
CopeBUTRight
Any
CopeBUTLeft
WebCutT_W1Right
WebCutT_W1Left
Start
EndCut_2_Closed_S.sym
End
EndCut_2_Closed_E.sym
Any
Start
EndCut_2_Closed_S.sym
End
EndCut_2_Closed_E.sym
Start
EndCut_1_Closed_S.sym
End
EndCut_1_Closed_E.sym
Cope_AngleRight
CopeBulb
Any
Any
CopeBUTRight
Any
CopeBUTLeft
WebCutT_W1Right
WebCutT_W1Left
Start
EndCut_1_Closed_S.sym
End
EndCut_1_Closed_E.sym
Cope_AngleRight
Start
EndCut_1_Closed_S.sym
End
EndCut_1_Closed_E.sym
Start
EndCut_1_Closed_S.sym
Any
Any
Any
Symbol
Graphic
997
Endcut
Type
Webcut
Type
Webcut,
Top Flangecut,
and Bottom
Flangecut
Filters
B
BUTL2
BUTL3
FB
BUT
C
T_XType Cutback
TSType
UA
EA
B
BUTL2
BUTL3
FB
C
Cutback
BUT
Snip
T_XType
TSType
998
Any
Any
Any
BUT
S
T_XType FV
TSType F
Snip
Any
Snip
Snip
Any
Any
Any
Any
Any
Profile Symbol
Side
File
End
EndCut_1_Closed_E.sym
Start
EndCut_2_Open_S.sym
End
EndCut_2_Open_E.sym
Start
EndCut_1_Open_S.sym
End
EndCut_1_Open_E.sym
Start
EndCut_2_Open_Off_Vert
_S.sym
End
EndCut_2_Open_Off_Vert
_E.sym
Start
EndCut_2_Open_Off_Vert
_S.sym
End
EndCut_2_Open_Off_Vert
_E.sym
Start
EndCut_1_Open_Off_Vert
_S.sym
End
EndCut_1_Open_Off_Vert
_E.sym
Symbol
Graphic
Endcut
Type
Webcut
Type
Webcut,
Top Flangecut,
and Bottom
Flangecut
Filters
Profile Symbol
Side
File
UA
EA
BUTL2
BUTL3
Snip
SnipWithFlange
Any
Start
EndCut_1_Open_Off_Vert
_S.sym
End
EndCut_1_Open_Off_Vert
_E.sym
UA
EA
B
BUTL2
BUTL3
S
FV
Snip
Start
EndCut_1_Open_Off_Vert
_S.sym
End
EndCut_1_Open_Off_Vert
_E.sym
UA
Start
EndCut_1_Open_S.sym
End
EndCut_1_Open_E.sym
Start
EndCut_2_Open_S.sym
End
EndCut_2_Open_
Start
EndCut_2_Open_S.sym
End
EndCut_2_Open_E.sym
Start
EndCut_1_Open_Vert_S.s
ym
FB
FB
FB
Snip
S
Snip
FV
Any
Any
Snip
Any
Any
Any
Any
Any
Any
Any
Symbol
Graphic
999
FB
FB(ER)
FB(ER)
Any
Endcut
Type
F
Any
Snip
Welded
Welded
Webcut
Type
Any
FreeEndWebCut
_F1_ER
SnipTopCorner
Left_ER
SnipTopCorner
Right_ER
SnipTopCornerLeft
Webcut,
Top Flangecut,
and Bottom
Flangecut
Filters
Any
Any
Any
Any
Profile Symbol
Side
File
End
EndCut_1_Open_Vert_E.s
ym
Start
EndCut_1_Open_S.sym
End
EndCut_1_Open_E.sym
Start
EndCut_Default_S.sym
End
EndCut_Default_E.sym
Start
EndCut_Default_S.sym
End
EndCut_Default_E.sym
Start
EndCut_2_Closed_S.sym
End
EndCut_2_Closed_E.sym
Start
EndCut_2_Closed_S.sym
End
EndCut_2_Closed_E.sym
Symbol
Graphic
SnipTopCornerRight
WebCutI_C3Left
WebCutI_C3Right
CopeTopCornerSnipe
WebAndFlangeWelded
WebCut_C2Spline
Clip
Any
1000
W
Welded
Any
Any
Endcut
Type
Webcut
Type
Webcut,
Top Flangecut,
and Bottom
Flangecut
Filters
Profile Symbol
Side
File
Any
Cutback
StraightSnip
Any
Start
EndCut_2_Open_S.sym
End
EndCut_2_Open_E.sym
Start
EndCut_2_Open_S.sym
End
EndCut_2_Open_E.sym
Start
EndCut_2_Open_Off_Vert
_S.sym
End
EndCut_2_Open_Off_Vert
_E.sym
Start
EndCut_2_Open_Off_Vert
_S.sym
End
EndCut_2_Open_Off_Vert
_E.sym
Start
EndCut_Default_S.sym
End
EndCut_Default_E.sym
Any
EndCut_None.sym
Any
Any
C
Cutback
Snip
Any
SnipNoNose
Any
Any
SnopNoNoseRadius
Symbol
Graphic
ShipBeyondBoundary
Any
Any
None
S
FV
Snip
Any
Any
Any
Any
Any
Any
Any
Any
1001
1002
Section
Type
Plate
Tightness
Seam
Filter
Symbol
File
FB
True
Any
Non-Tight
Any
SystemSlotFC.sym
FB
False
Any
Non-Tight
Any
SystemSlotFA.sym
EA
True
Any
Non-Tight
Any
SystemSlotAC.sym
EA
False
Any
Non-Tight
Any
SystemSlotAA.sym
UA
True
Any
Non-Tight
Any
SystemSlotAC.sym
UA
False
Any
Non-Tight
Any
SystemSlotAA.sym
BUTL3
True
Any
Non-Tight
Any
SystemSlotAC.sym
Symbol
Graphic
Plate
Tightness
Seam
Filter
Symbol
File
BUTL3
False
Any
Non-Tight
Any
SystemSlotLA.sym
T_XTYP
E
True
Any
Non-Tight
Any
SystemSlotTA.sym
T_XTYP
E
False
Any
Non-Tight
Any
SystemSlotTA.sym
TSTYPE
True
Any
Non-Tight
Any
SystemSlotTA.sym
TSTYPE
False
Any
Non-Tight
Any
SystemSlotTA.sym
BUT
True
Any
Non-Tight
Any
SystemSlotTA.sym
BUT
False
Any
Non-Tight
Any
SystemSlotTA.sym
BUTL2
True
Any
Non-Tight
Any
SystemSlotTA.sym
BUTL2
False
Any
Non-Tight
Any
SystemSlotTA.sym
Symbol
Graphic
1003
1004
Section
Type
Plate
Tightness
Seam
Filter
Symbol
File
True
Any
Non-Tight
Any
SystemSlotBC.sym
False
Any
Non-Tight
Any
SystemSlotBA.sym
C_SS
True
Any
Non-Tight
Any
SystemSlotAA.sym
C_SS
False
Any
Non-Tight
Any
SystemSlotAA.sym
CSTYPE True
Any
Non-Tight
Any
SystemSlotAA.sym
CSTYPE False
Any
Non-Tight
Any
SystemSlotAA.sym
True
Any
Non-Tight
Any
SystemSlotTA.sym
False
Any
Non-Tight
Any
SystemSlotTA.sym
ISTYPE
True
Any
Non-Tight
Any
SystemSlotTA.sym
Symbol
Graphic
Plate
Tightness
Seam
Filter
Symbol
File
ISTYPE
False
Any
Non-Tight
Any
SystemSlotTA.sym
Any
Any
Any
Non-Tight
Any
Default_CV_T.sym
FB
False
Visible
Tight
Any
SystemSlotF_CV_T.sym
FB
False
Hidden Tight
Any
SystemSlotF_CH_T.sym
FB
True
Visible
Tight
Any
SystemSlotF_CV_T.sym
FB
True
Hidden Tight
Any
SystemSlotF_CH_T.sym
Any
Any
Visible
Tight
Any
Default_CV_T.sym
Any
Any
Hidden Tight
Any
Default_CH_T.sym
Symbol
Graphic
See Also
Marine Structure Drawings Reference Data (on page 139)
Rules in Marine Structure Drawings (on page 251)
1005
1006
Fitting Mark
Right
FittingMarkRight.sym
Fitting Mark
Left
FittingMarkLeft.sym
Fitting Mark
Neutral
FittingMark.sym
KnuckleMark
Neutral
KnuckleMark.sym
KnuckleMark
Left
KnuckleMarkLeft.sym
KnuckleMark
Right
KnuckleMarkRight.sym
Symbol Graphic
Left
RendMarkLeft.sym
RendMark
Right
RendMarkRight.sym
ReferencePlaneMa Neutral
rk
ReferencePlaneMark.sym
ReferencePlaneMa Left
rk
ReferencePlaneMarkLeft.sym
ReferencePlaneMa Right
rk
ReferencePlaneMarkRight.sym
SeamMark
SeamMark.sym
Neutral
Symbol Graphic
1007
Neutral
AraMarginMark.sym
DefaultMark
Neutral
DefaultMark.sym
Symbol Graphic
See Also
Marine Structure Drawings Reference Data (on page 139)
Rules in Marine Structure Drawings (on page 251)
1008
EdgeFeature
EdgeFeature.sym
WaterStop
WaterStop.sym
DefaultFeatur
e
DefaultFeature.sym
Symbol Graphic
See Also
Marine Structure Drawings Reference Data (on page 139)
Rules in Marine Structure Drawings (on page 251)
1009
Catalog Symbols
The following catalog symbols are delivered in the [Reference Data Product
Folder]\SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Symbols folder:
Symbol name (.sym)
SM_FluorescentFixture.sym
SM_Lighting Plan_Fluorescent.xml
SM_FlushMount.sym
SM_Lighting Plan_Flushmount.xml
SM_JunctionBox.sym
SM_Lighting Plan_JunctionBox.xml
Symbol Graphic
For more information, see Embedded Symbol Rules (on page 993).
1010
SECTION 13
Annotation Modules
Annotation modules are used within label rules to analyze, place, and position text labels,
symbol labels, and dimensions. They are called by label templates or reports.
Annotation modules can be listed in any order in a label template, but the software processes
the modules in the following order:
A point generator gathers data from the geometry (either the 2D geometry drawn in a view,
or the associated 3D geometry in the model), and places points on the geometry.
No annotations are created.
For more information, see Point Generators (on page 1012).
A geometric analyzer evaluates the points placed by the point generator. Points can be
grouped or deleted as needed.
No annotations are created.
For more information, see Geometric Analyzers (on page 1044).
A positioning module determines the position of a label or dimension and places it on the
drawing view.
Clear space around the annotations is considered in placement.
Annotations are ready for placement on the drawing view, and are now in the correct
positions.
For more information, see Positioning Modules (on page 1101).
A dimension content module runs again to place dimensions on the drawing view.
A leader module creates a leader for a label (when needed) and places labels on the
drawing view.
Annotations are now on the drawing view.
For more information, see Content Modules (on page 1059) and Leader Modules (on page
1126).
1011
Annotation Modules
In This Section
Point Generators ............................................................................ 1012
Geometric Analyzers ..................................................................... 1044
Content Modules ............................................................................ 1059
Control Generators ........................................................................ 1099
Positioning Modules....................................................................... 1101
Leader Modules ............................................................................. 1126
Point Generators
Point generator modules are used in Drawings label templates to place a point (or points) on
objects that need labels or dimensions. The point can be generated on the object origin, control
point, or other absolute positions. Point generators also place points for dimensions to use.
See Also
Annotation Modules (on page 1011)
Topics
DefaultLabelPointGenerator .......................................................... 1013
DrawingMatchlinePG ..................................................................... 1013
DrawingPGByNote ......................................................................... 1015
DrawingPGControlPoint................................................................. 1016
DrawingPGCPThenNone............................................................... 1016
DrawingPGCuttingPlane ................................................................ 1017
DrawingPGKeyPlanControlPoint ................................................... 1018
DrawingPGLinear .......................................................................... 1019
DrawingPGLocalCS ....................................................................... 1020
DrawingPGNozzleandBrace .......................................................... 1020
DrawingPGObjectCorners ............................................................. 1021
DrawingPGPipeSegments ............................................................. 1021
DrawingPGStructHoriz................................................................... 1021
DrawingPGStructVert .................................................................... 1022
DrawingPGWelds .......................................................................... 1023
DrawingPointGenerator ................................................................. 1025
InsideOrAlongCurve2D .................................................................. 1025
ISAbsolutePointLabelPG ............................................................... 1028
ISDwgPointsAlongCurve2D ........................................................... 1028
ISDimensionBtwPointsPG ............................................................. 1030
ISDwgPointsForView ..................................................................... 1033
ISMidPointLabelPG ....................................................................... 1033
ISPinJigPointsOnNearestPin ......................................................... 1033
ISProfileSketchFeatureLinearDimPG ............................................ 1034
ISProfileSketchFeatureRadialDimPG ............................................ 1036
ISRulesetPointGenerator ............................................................... 1038
PenPlatePointGenerator ................................................................ 1039
SM3DDwgRemarkingGirthLengthPG ............................................ 1039
SMDwgPinjigCornersDistancePG ................................................. 1040
SMDwgPointsByType .................................................................... 1040
SMDwgProfileWeldsPG ................................................................. 1041
1012
Annotation Modules
SMPointsByAssociateObjectsID .................................................... 1041
SMProfileSketchBevelShapeLabelsPG ......................................... 1042
StrMfgTemplateOffsetPG .............................................................. 1043
StrMfgTemplateSetOffsetPG ......................................................... 1043
DefaultLabelPointGenerator
Generates a point in the middle of the 2D range of an object. Used for name labels on
Equipment and other non-linear objects.
Customization
None
Example
The annotation output is created by a content module, not this module. The example
shows how this module affects the output.
DrawingMatchlinePG
Generates at least 4 points at the edge of a view in order to place a Matchline label. More points
are generated if there are multiple edges that border other drawings.
Gap tolerance
Determines the maximum distance, in meters, that a neighboring view's volume can be from the
drawing view's volume and still receive a matchline label. It is used to eliminate candidates that
are too far away from the drawing view volume.
Adjacent overlap
Eliminates candidates that are too far left or right from center for horizontal matchline labels, or
too far up or down from center for vertical matchline labels. It is a multiplier that is applied to the
sides of the drawings view volume. Smaller adjacent overlap values will result in more matchline
labels.
1013
Annotation Modules
Together, the gap tolerance and the adjacent overlap define an acceptable volume range, or
include range. When any point of a neighboring view volume lies within the include range, a
matchline label appears.
Using gap tolerance and adjacent overlap together is not necessary. The use of both of
these values is optional.
The points are not placed according to where the edge matches, but are placed in equal
distance offsets for each side if multiple edges match.
Customization
None
1014
Annotation Modules
Examples
Matchline bordering another drawing:
The annotation output is created by a content module, not this module. The example
shows how this module affects the output.
DrawingPGByNote
Generates a point using the position of a dimensioned note. Currently only applies to
dimensions. Allows a dimension to be placed from one point of an object to another point on the
same object.
Customization
None
1015
Annotation Modules
DrawingPGControlPoint
Places a label on an object's Control Point, or the object's origin if there is no Control Point. For
equipment, the origin of the object will be labeled. In some cases, this module can also be used
to place dimensions on equipment.
Customization
None
Example
The annotation output is created by a content module, not this module. The example
shows how this module affects the output.
DrawingPGCPThenNone
Places a label on an object's Control Point. If a Control Point does not exist, no label is placed.
Customization
None
1016
Annotation Modules
Example
The annotation output is created by a content module, not this module. The example
shows how this module affects the output.
DrawingPGCuttingPlane
Generates the points used to place a cutting plane. The template used should have startPoint
and endPoint set to 0 or -1 (where -1 is true).
Customization
Yes
1017
Annotation Modules
Example
The annotation output is created by a content module, not this module. The example
shows how this module affects the output.
DrawingPGKeyPlanControlPoint
Generates a point at the location of the latest Key Plan Callout control point subtype. Only
control points placed as Support as parent or Support component as parent are considered. If
there are no control points with the Key Plan Callout subtype, a point is generated at the
support origin.
Customization
None
1018
Annotation Modules
Example
The annotation output is created by a content module, not this module. The example
shows how this module affects the output.
DrawingPGLinear
Generates a label at both ends of a pipe segment, structure member, or grid line.
Customization
None
Example
The annotation output is created by a content module, not this module. The example
shows how this module affects the output.
1019
Annotation Modules
DrawingPGLocalCS
Places a label on an object's coordinate system origin.
Customization
None
Example
The annotation output is created by a content module, not this module. The example
shows how this module affects the output.
DrawingPGNozzleandBrace
Generates a point using the position of pipe nozzles and related shape objects. Allows a label to
be placed on a nozzle object. This point generator must be used with the DrawingCentroid (on
page 1105) positioning module.
Customization
None
1020
Annotation Modules
DrawingPGObjectCorners
Places points at the four corners of an object's range in order to anchor matchlines to other
dimensioned objects.
Customization
None
DrawingPGPipeSegments
This module has been replaced by the DrawingPGLinear module. For more information, see
DrawingPGLinear (on page 1019).
DrawingPGStructHoriz
Places a point at the center of structure components. Uses these points to place a horizontal
dimension between two (or more) structure components.
Customization
None
1021
Annotation Modules
Example
The annotation output is created by a content module, not this module. The example
shows how this module affects the output.
DrawingPGStructVert
Places a point at the center of structure components. Uses these points to place a vertical
dimension between two (or more) structure components.
Customization
None
Example
1022
Annotation Modules
The annotation output is created by a content module, not this module. The example
shows how this module affects the output.
DrawingPGWelds
Sets the control points used to place a weld symbol on an object, and the position along the
curve at the control point. This module is used with the DrawingGAWelds (on page 1052)
geometric analyzer.
Customization
location id
0
Center
Middle
Inmost
At first end
1023
Annotation Modules
4
At second end
Right
Left
Top
Bottom
Box center
10
Default location
12
At curve ratio
Default target
1024
All curves
Annotation Modules
2
Longest curve
curveRatio - Point along the 2D curve when location id 12 is used, specified as a ratio along
the length of the curve. The value must be between 0.0 and 1.0.
DrawingPointGenerator
Places a dimension at the center of the 3D range of an object.
Customization
None
InsideOrAlongCurve2D
Places a point along a 2D curve.
The 2D curve must have one or more curves.
Customization
location id
1025
Annotation Modules
1026
Center
Middle
Inmost
At first end
At second end
Right
Left
Top
Bottom
Box center
10
Default location
Annotation Modules
12
At curve ratio
Default target
All curves
Longest curve
curveRatio - Point along the 2D curve when location id 12 is used, specified as a ratio along
the length of the curve. The value must be between 0.0 and 1.0.
1027
Annotation Modules
ISAbsolutePointLabelPG
Places a point on each end of straight features and members.
Customization
None
ISDwgPointsAlongCurve2D
Places one or more points along the 2D curve representing a 3D object.
The 2D curve of the 3D object must have one or more curves.
Customization
location id
1028
Center
Middle
Annotation Modules
2
Inmost
At first end
At second end
Right
Left
Top
Bottom
Box center
10
Default location
12
At curve ratio
1029
Annotation Modules
0
Default target
All curves
Longest curve
curveRatio - Point along the 2D curve when location id 12 is used, specified as a ratio along
the length of the curve. The value must be between 0.0 and 1.0.
ISDimensionBtwPointsPG
Places a pair of points to be used for a dimension.
This module is intended for use with the web length on profile sketch drawings.
Customization
location id
1030
Annotation Modules
0
Center
Middle
Inmost
At first end
At second end
Right
Left
Top
Bottom
Box center
10
Default location
1031
Annotation Modules
12
At curve ratio
Default target
All curves
Longest curve
curveRatio - Point along the 2D curve when location id 12 is used, specified as a ratio along
the length of the curve. The value must be between 0.0 and 1.0.
1032
Annotation Modules
ISDwgPointsForView
Places points to be used for a view labels.
Customization
None
ISMidPointLabelPG
Places a label point on the 2D curves representing a 3D object at one of the following locations:
The control point of the object.
The origin of the object if there is no control point.
The center of the range box of the object if there is no control point or origin.
Customization
None
ISPinJigPointsOnNearestPin
Places points on the 2D object representing a pin jig at the control point, origin, and center of the
range box.
Customization
None
1033
Annotation Modules
ISProfileSketchFeatureLinearDimPG
Places a pair of points to be used for a linear dimension.
This module is intended for use with feature symbols on profile sketch drawings.
Customization
location id
1034
Center
Middle
Inmost
At first end
At second end
Annotation Modules
5
Right
Left
Top
Bottom
Box center
10
Default location
12
At curve ratio
Default target
All curves
1035
Annotation Modules
2
Longest curve
curveRatio - Point along the 2D curve when location id 12 is used, specified as a ratio along
the length of the curve. The value must be between 0.0 and 1.0.
ISProfileSketchFeatureRadialDimPG
Places a pair of points to be used for a radial dimension.
This module is intended for use with feature symbols on profile sketch drawings.
Customization
location id
1036
Center
Middle
Annotation Modules
2
Inmost
At first end
At second end
Right
Left
Top
Bottom
Box center
10
Default location
12
At curve ratio
1037
Annotation Modules
0
Default target
All curves
Longest curve
curveRatio - Point along the 2D curve when location id 12 is used, specified as a ratio along
the length of the curve. The value must be between 0.0 and 1.0.
ISRulesetPointGenerator
Places a label point on the 2D curves representing a 3D object at one of the following locations:
The control point of the object.
The origin of the object if there is no control point.
The center of the range box of the object if there is no control point or origin.
Customization
None
1038
Annotation Modules
PenPlatePointGenerator
Custom point generator used by ISO process to dimension a penetration plate. This label
module also performs the functions of a geometric analyzer and must be used with
DummyGeomAnalyzer. For more information, see DummyGeomAnalyzer (on page 1054).
Customization
None
Example
The annotation output is created by a content module, not this module. The example
shows how this module affects the output.
SM3DDwgRemarkingGirthLengthPG
Places points on a remarking line curve along the horizontal and/or vertical girth length at the
midpoint of two intersection points.
Customization
Horizontal - Adds points for the horizontal girth length. Use 1 for on and 0 for off.
Vertical - Adds points for the vertical girth length. Use 1 for on and 0 for off.
1039
Annotation Modules
SMDwgPinjigCornersDistancePG
Custom point generator that collects the corner points on a pin jig contour remarking line and
places points to dimension the distance between these corner points.
Customization
None
Example
The annotation output is created by a content module, not this module. The example
shows how this module affects the output.
SMDwgPointsByType
Places one or more points at the center of the 2D object representing a 3D object.
Customization
ObjectType - Point, Circle, Rectangle, Line, LineString, or Ellipse
Example: A non-target seam that intersects a target plate in two locations (such as a transverse
hull seam intersecting a deck) will get a point at each intersection.
1040
Annotation Modules
SMDwgProfileWeldsPG
Places points on the 2D curves representing a 3D profile, for use in placing weld labels.
Customization
location id
1
Middle
Top
Bottom
SMPointsByAssociateObjectsID
Places an annotation point for each 2D point in the group and orients the label with respect to
any other object in the drawing. In the following example, the label will be oriented tangential to
the TemplateBtmCrv.
1041
Annotation Modules
Customization
Specify the subcurve to be used for orienting the label through the Attribute targetName.
Example
StrMfg Templateset Midline Symbol
A reference curve that intersects a template will get a point at the intersection. This point is
associated with the reference curve and has template OID (Object ID) as its ID.
The annotation output is created by a content module, not this module. The example
shows how this module affects the output.
SMProfileSketchBevelShapeLabelsPG
Generates a point for each label on the bevel shape.
Customization
None
1042
Annotation Modules
StrMfgTemplateOffsetPG
Places points on the 2D object representing a template at the control point, origin, and center of
the range box.
Customization
interval - Set an interval value (in meters) for placing the template points.
StrMfgTemplateSetOffsetPG
Places points on the 2D object representing a template set at the control point, origin, and
center of the range box.
Customization
interval - Set an interval value (in meters) for placing the template set points.
1043
Annotation Modules
Geometric Analyzers
Geometric Analyzer modules are used in Drawings label templates to analyze points generated
by a point generator module. The geometric analyzer then deletes unneeded points and/or
groups points together according to the specific algorithm it uses. For more information on point
generators, see Point Generators (on page 1012).
See Also
Annotation Modules (on page 1011)
Topics
DefaultLabelGeometricAnalyzer .................................................... 1044
DrawingGAByOppositePoints ........................................................ 1045
DrawingGAEndOfSegment ............................................................ 1045
DrawingGALabelInline ................................................................... 1047
DrawingGALongestSegment ......................................................... 1048
DrawingGAMarginOnly .................................................................. 1050
DrawingGAPipeSegments ............................................................. 1051
DrawingGAWelds .......................................................................... 1052
DrawingGeometricAnalyzer ........................................................... 1053
DummyGeomAnalyzer................................................................... 1054
ISDimensionBetweenPointsGA ..................................................... 1054
ISGAEliminateMostCommonLabels .............................................. 1055
ISGAEliminateOverlappingLabels ................................................. 1056
ISRulesetLabelAnalyzer ................................................................ 1056
SMDwgGroupByAxisGA ................................................................ 1057
SMDwgConvertToCoordDimGA .................................................... 1057
SMDGAEliminateLabelsWithMissingParents ................................ 1058
DefaultLabelGeometricAnalyzer
Used to place a label on the origin or control point of an object. This module does not perform
any grouping. Currently used by most non-linear labels.
Customization
None
1044
Annotation Modules
Example
The annotation output is created by a content module, not this module. The example
shows how this module affects the output.
DrawingGAByOppositePoints
Groups points that are generated by a linear point generator together based on the original
object that produced them.
Customization
None
DrawingGAEndOfSegment
Used by linear objects in order to separate segment ends so that each vertical or horizontal
segment and both clipped sides will be labeled.
Customization
None
1045
Annotation Modules
Example
The annotation output is created by a content module, not this module. The example
shows how this module affects the output.
See Also
Edit a label rule to use the Equivalence Label (on page 1046)
1046
You should make a copy of the label XML file before editing the original file.
You can place labels on pipelines with multiple segments while using a view style that
includes the DrawingGALongestSegment geometric analyzer module.
To use the equivalenceLabel tag, set the point generator must to DrawingPGLinear. For
more information, see DrawingPGLinear (on page 1019).
Annotation Modules
DrawingGALabelInline
Places a coordinate label between objects in a view. The coordinate line is placed on the origin
or control point given by the point generator. This module also places the line between the
objects. A placeLines value of 0 does not place a coordinate line, while a value of -1 does place
a coordinate line. For more information on other settings available for this module, see Label
Templates XML Overview (on page 772).
Customization
placeLines, keepTopOrBottomDup, keepLeftOrRightDup, cpLabelType
Examples
Drawing View:
1047
Annotation Modules
Detailed view of the above drawing:
The annotation output is created by a content module, not this module. The example
shows how this module affects the output.
DrawingGALongestSegment
Places a label on the longest segment of a linear object.
Customization
Yes
1048
Annotation Modules
Example
The longest segment of pipe is labeled.
The annotation output is created by a content module, not this module. The example
shows how this module affects the output.
See Also
Edit a label rule to allow non-orthogonal label directions (on page 1049)
Edit a label rule to use the Equivalence Label (on page 1046)
1049
Annotation Modules
3. Insert the following line between the <geometricAnalyzerSettings> and
</geometricAnalyzerSettings> tags:
<allowNonOrthogonalDirections>-1</allowNonOrthogonalDirections>
4. Save the file and exit.
You should make a copy of the label XML file before editing the original file.
You can place labels on non-orthogonal objects while using a view style that includes the
DrawingGALongestSegment geometric analyzer module.
You should make a copy of the label XML file before editing the original file.
You can place labels on pipelines with multiple segments while using a view style that
includes the DrawingGALongestSegment geometric analyzer module.
To use the equivalenceLabel tag, set the point generator must to DrawingPGLinear. For
more information, see DrawingPGLinear (on page 1019).
DrawingGAMarginOnly
Chains a group of dimensions into the appropriate margins based on where the dimensions are
placed.
Customization
Yes
1050
Annotation Modules
Example
The dimensions will find clear space when a line segment is too small for the dimension to fit
inline. First, the dimension will be rotated 90 degrees in order to provide more clear space. If
there is still not enough space, the dimension will be jogged to clear space.
The annotation output is created by a content module, not this module. The example
shows how this module affects the output.
DrawingGAPipeSegments
Groups dimensions for pipe segments of any angle into chained families. The dimensions are
placed within the drawing view.
Customization
Yes
Examples
1051
Annotation Modules
The annotation output is created by a content module, not this module. The example
shows how this module affects the output.
DrawingGAWelds
Sets a weld attribute on the points or deletes points placed by the point generator. This module
is used with the DrawingPGWelds (on page 1023) point generator.
Customization
None
1052
Annotation Modules
DrawingGeometricAnalyzer
Groups dimensions together within a view based on proximity.
Customization
Yes
Example
1053
Annotation Modules
The annotation output is created by a content module, not this module. The example
shows how this module affects the output.
DummyGeomAnalyzer
Dummy module used for dimension anchoring and penetration plate dimensions. All geometric
analyzing tasks are performed by the point generator being used with the dummy module. This
module must be used with the PenPlatePointGenerator (on page 1039).
Customization
None
ISDimensionBetweenPointsGA
Groups consecutive key points of dimensions. The dimensions are placed within the drawing
view.
Customization
None
Examples
1054
Annotation Modules
The annotation output is created by a content module, not this module. The example
shows how this module affects the output.
ISGAEliminateMostCommonLabels
Identifies the most common label (typical labels) from the drawing view and places it as part of
the view label.
This is done to prevent the duplication of labels in the drawing view.
Customization
equivalenceLabel, equivalenceProperty
Examples
Before using the ISGAEliminateMostCommonLabels geometric analyzer:
1055
Annotation Modules
After using the ISGAEliminateMostCommonLabels Geometric Analyzer:
The annotation output is created by a content module, not this module. The example
shows how this module affects the output.
ISGAEliminateOverlappingLabels
Eliminates the duplication of annotations when two geometric objects overlap.
Customization
None
ISRulesetLabelAnalyzer
Determines the labels needed for a point and gets the text for the label based on the type of
geometry used to generate the point.
Customization
None
1056
Annotation Modules
SMDwgGroupByAxisGA
Finds the reference plane that is coincident with the geometry of the object to be labeled. When
this module is used with the SMDwgositionByCurve2DAtAxis (see
"SMDwgPositionByCurve2DAtAxis" on page 1122) positioning module, the reference plane label
is placed on the appropriate grid axis.
Customization
None
SMDwgConvertToCoordDimGA
Groups key points for dimensions to coordinate system reference planes into consecutive key
points of the dimensions.
Customization
Based on the point name specified, the respective key points are grouped.
Examples
This geometric analyzer converts the points to a single set of consecutive key points.
1057
Annotation Modules
The distance measured is cumulative and the dimension line is continuous. The end point of the
first dimension becomes the start point of next dimension.
The annotation output is created by a content module, not this module. The example
shows how this module affects the output.
SMDGAEliminateLabelsWithMissingParents
If all parents of a label are not drawn, then the label is not drawn.
Applies only to seam labels. Shows a seam when both adjacent target plate parts have
been drawn. Other seams are omitted. When a single plate is drawn without any adjacent
plates, no seam symbols are drawn.
Customization
None
Examples
Seam example:
In the first example, plate 1 is drawn. The seam labels at adjacent plates are drawn (green
lines).
In the second example, plate 1 is not drawn. The seam labels at adjacent plates are not drawn
(blue lines).
1058
Annotation Modules
The annotation output is created by a content module, not this module. The example
shows how this module affects the output.
Content Modules
Content modules are used in Drawings label templates to generate labels or dimensions based
on criteria of the 3D objects represented in the drawing views. These modules generally run a
report of a label in order to pass the results on to another module. The content modules are
highly customizable because they are essentially report labels. Content modules for dimensions
also place dimensions on the drawing view.
See Also
Annotation Modules (on page 1011)
Topics
DrawingCuttingPlanesContent ...................................................... 1060
DrawingDimContAngNoReplace ................................................... 1060
DrawingDimContentAngular .......................................................... 1061
DrawingDimContentLinearH .......................................................... 1061
DrawingDimContentLinearV .......................................................... 1061
DrawingDimContentRadial ............................................................ 1062
DrawingDimContLinHNoReplace .................................................. 1062
DrawingDimContLinVNoReplace .................................................. 1063
DrawingDimContRadNoReplace ................................................... 1063
DrawingFlowDirectionContent ....................................................... 1063
DrawingLabelHelper ...................................................................... 1064
DrawingMatchlineContent.............................................................. 1066
DrawingNArrowContent ................................................................. 1066
DrawingNoContent ........................................................................ 1067
DrawingOrientToY0Content........................................................... 1067
DrawingPipeSegsDimContent ....................................................... 1068
DrawingPipeSegsDimContNoReplace .......................................... 1068
DrawingReferenceLabelContent ................................................... 1068
DrawingWeldSymbols.................................................................... 1069
DwgScantlingWeld......................................................................... 1070
ISDimensionContentOverride ........................................................ 1071
ISDwgEndCutRuleServer .............................................................. 1071
ISDwgProfileEndCutSymbol .......................................................... 1072
ISDwgSlotRuleServer .................................................................... 1074
ISKnuckleAngleSymbolContent ..................................................... 1074
ISKnucklePointSymbolContent ...................................................... 1075
ISKnuckleSlopingDirectionSymbolContent.................................... 1075
ISMfgMarginSymbolContent .......................................................... 1077
ISPlateAngleSymbolContent ......................................................... 1077
ISPlateThicknessSymbolContent .................................................. 1078
ISProfileAngleSymbolContent ....................................................... 1079
ISProfilePartThicknessSymbolContent.......................................... 1080
ISProfileSketchFeatureLinearDimCM ............................................ 1081
ISProfileSketchFeatureRadialDimCM ........................................... 1082
1059
Annotation Modules
ISProfileSysThicknessSymbolContent .......................................... 1082
ISRulesetLabelContent .................................................................. 1083
ISSeamSymbolContent ................................................................. 1083
ISShipDirectionSymbolContent ..................................................... 1084
ProfileSketchMarkingLineSymbol .................................................. 1085
SM3D ProfileSketchFeatureSymbol .............................................. 1086
SlotSymbols ................................................................................... 1087
SM3DDwgRemarkingGirthLengthCM ............................................ 1088
SMDrawingDimContentLinear ....................................................... 1089
SMProfileSketchBevelShapeLabelsCM ........................................ 1089
SMProfileSketchBevelSymbolCM ................................................. 1090
SMDwgMfgPinHeightLabelContent ............................................... 1091
SMDwgMfgProfileMarginSymContent ........................................... 1091
SMDwgPlateGridNameLabelContent ............................................ 1092
SMDwgScantlingNSorFSContent .................................................. 1092
SMDwgScantlingNSorFSDirectionContent.................................... 1093
SMRulerAxisSymbolContent ......................................................... 1093
SMTemplatesetFullScaleDirSymbolContent ................................. 1094
SP3DDrawingLabelQuery.............................................................. 1095
StructuralWidgetLabelContent ....................................................... 1095
SMProfileSeamSymbolContent ..................................................... 1096
ThicknessSymContent ................................................................... 1096
SMPSWebThicknessContent ........................................................ 1098
DrawingCuttingPlanesContent
Outputs cutting plane information based on the view direction of the section view. Inherits
functionality from DrawingLabelHelper (on page 1064).
Customization
None
Example
DrawingDimContAngNoReplace
Places an angular dimension. Dimension is based on paper-space in the SmartFrame. This
module is only used by the penetration plate dimensioning in Piping Isometric Drawings.
1060
Annotation Modules
Usage in Label Template XML
<label>
<content>
<contentModule value="DrawingDimContAngNoReplace"/>
</content>
</label>
Customization
None
DrawingDimContentAngular
Places an angular dimension. Dimension is based on 3D model angle instead of what is
generated in the SmartFrame.
Customization
None
DrawingDimContentLinearH
Places a horizontal dimension and replaces the value of the dimension with the distance
between two dimensioning points in the 3D model.
Customization
None
1061
Annotation Modules
DrawingDimContentLinearV
Places a vertical dimension and replaces the value of the dimension with the distance between
two dimensioning points in the 3D model.
Customization
None
DrawingDimContentRadial
Places a radial dimension using the actual 3D model radius. This module is only used by the
penetration plate dimensioning function in Piping Isometric Drawings.
Customization
None
DrawingDimContLinHNoReplace
Places a horizontal dimension that is based on paper-space in the SmartFrame.
Customization
None
1062
Annotation Modules
DrawingDimContLinVNoReplace
Places a horizontal dimension that is based on paper-space in the SmartFrame.
Customization
None
DrawingDimContRadNoReplace
Places a radial dimension using the 2D paper-space model radius in the SmartFrame.
Customization
None
DrawingFlowDirectionContent
Places flow arrows on pipe runs and orients them based on the flow arrow setting.
1063
Annotation Modules
Customization
unidirectionalSymbol, bidirectionalSymbol, noFlowSymbol
Example
DrawingLabelHelper
Outputs data in a textbox that is taken from a specified report label.
The ID attributeName must match the name in the Value field of the Text Box Properties
dialog box for the Label Template SYM file you are modifying. For more information on
modifying Label Templates, see Create a Compound Label with a Combined Symbol (on
page 735).
The report template must be located in the same directory as the label template XML.
Customization
attributeName
1064
Annotation Modules
Examples
Sample Output:
1065
Annotation Modules
DrawingMatchlineContent
Generates Matchline content. This content module is dependent on the DrawingMatchlinePG
point generator. For more information, see DrawingMatchlinePG (on page 1013).
The ID attributeName must match the name in the Value field of the Text Box Properties
dialog box for the Label Template SYM file you are modifying. For more information on
modifying Label Templates, see Create a Compound Label with a Combined Symbol (on
page 735).
The report template must be located in the same directory as the label template XML.
Customization
attributeName, useView
DrawingNArrowContent
Determines direction of true North for the North Arrow symbol.
Customization
None
1066
Annotation Modules
Example
DrawingNoContent
Returns no content.
Customization
None
DrawingOrientToY0Content
Orients label content to the Y0 grid of the coordinate system. This module is used by the
OffCenterline label and inherits its functionality from the DrawingLabelHelper. For more
information, see DrawingLabelHelper (on page 1064).
Customization
None
1067
Annotation Modules
DrawingPipeSegsDimContent
Places a linear dimension at any angle using the 3D model distance between the dimensioning
points. Distance is perpendicular to axes of pipe segments.
Customization
None
DrawingPipeSegsDimContNoReplace
Places a linear dimension at any angle using the 2D paper-space distance between the
dimensioning points. Distance is perpendicular to axes of pipe segments.
Customization
None
DrawingReferenceLabelContent
Uses data from reports to label objects in drawings. Typically, the value passed from reports to
drawings is an item number, but data from any field in the report can be passed in. Two
conditions exist in order for this content module to work properly: 1) The drawing view must be
linked to a report, and 2) the item being labeled in the view style must be in the report. If
condition one is not true, an error is logged in the SP3D Error Log. If condition two is not true, a
question mark (?) is displayed.
1068
Annotation Modules
Usage in Label Template XML
<label>
<content>
<contentModule value="DrawingReferenceLabelContent"/>
<ID attributeName="ItemTag">ItemTag.rtp</ID>
</content>
</label>
The ID attributeName must match the name in the Value field of the Text Box Properties
dialog box for the Label Template SYM file you are modifying. For more information on
modifying Label Templates, see Create a Compound Label with a Combined Symbol (on
page 735).
The report template must be located in the same directory as the label template XML.
Customization
attributeName
DrawingWeldSymbols
Determines what weld symbols to place on a drawing
The ID attributeName must match the name in the Value field of the Text Box Properties
dialog box for the Label Template SYM file you are modifying. For more information on
modifying Label Templates, see Create a Compound Label with a Combined Symbol (on
page 735).
The report template must be located in the same directory as the label template XML.
Customization
attributeName
1069
Annotation Modules
DwgScantlingWeld
Creates a weld symbol. Selects a weld symbol file based on weld type.
Customization
symbolInfo - Contains options for the weld symbol.
symbolInfo is typically specified multiple times for different weld types.
weldInfo - Contains options for the weld using the end cut symbol.
weldType - Specify a weld type as defined in the Catalog, such as ButtWeld1, ButtWeld2, and
TeeWeld1.
symbol - Specify the weld symbol file (.sym). If a path for a file is not given, the file is located in
the same folder as the label template XML file.
Examples
Each weldType can place a different weld symbol.
1 - Tee weld
2 - Butt weld
1070
Annotation Modules
ISDimensionContentOverride
Places a horizontal dimension between two points on a non-scale drawing, such as a profile
sketch drawing. The distance between the points is determined from the model, and a string
with that value overrides the incorrect value of the not-to-scale dimension. This module is
typically used with the ISDimensionBtwPointsPG (on page 1030) point generator and the
ISDimensionBetweenPointsGA (on page 1054) geometric analyzer.
Vertical dimensions are not supported.
Customization
None
Example
ISDwgEndCutRuleServer
Receives profile and end cut geometry from an end cut content module, and returns the
appropriate end cut symbol.
Used with a delivered content module, such as ISDwgProfileEndCutSymbol (on page
1072), and as an interface with third-party software.
1071
Annotation Modules
</content>
</label>
Customization
None
ISDwgProfileEndCutSymbol
Creates a profile end cut symbol. Selects an end cut symbol file based on profile cross-section,
end cut type, location of the endcut on the profile, and end cut filter.
Used with the external rule server ISDwgEndCutRuleServer (on page 1071).
1072
Annotation Modules
<![CDATA[Any]]>
</TopFlangeCutFilter>
<BottomFlangeCutFilter>
<![CDATA[Any]]>
</BottomFlangeCutFilter>
</profileInfo>
<symbol>EndCut_1_Open_Off_S.sym</symbol>
</symbolInfo>
</contentModuleSettings>
</content>
</label>
Customization
symbolInfo - Contains options for the end cut symbol.
symbolInfo is typically specified multiple times for different profile and end cut
combinations.
profileInfo - Contains options for the profile using the end cut symbol.
SectionType - Specify a profile section type defined in the Catalog, such as B, BUL2, EA, FB,
T, or UA. For more information, see 2D Symbols Reference Data Guide.
EndCutType - Specify an end cut type as defined in the Catalog, such as W, C, F, S, FV, R, or
RV. For more information, see 2D Symbols Reference Data Guide.
WebCutType - Specify a web cut type as defined in the Catalog, such as WebCut_C3Right,
WebCut_F1B, or WebCut_S1. For more information, see 2D Symbols Reference Data Guide.
ProfileSide - Specify the end of the profile, relative to the drawing view. Use Start or End. Start
is the bottom and/or left-most end. End is the top and/or right-most end. Different symbols are
typically specified for Start and End when the symbols are unsymmetrical.
1 - Start
2 - End
1073
Annotation Modules
Example
Each combination of options in symbolInfo can place a different end cut symbol. Three types
are shown in the example.
ISDwgSlotRuleServer
Receives profile and slot geometry from a slot content module, and returns the appropriate slot
symbol.
Used with a delivered content module, such as SlotSymbols (on page 1087), and as an
interface with third-party software.
Customization
None
ISKnuckleAngleSymbolContent
Creates a symbol containing the knuckle angle value obtained from the embedded report.
1074
Annotation Modules
Customization
attributeName - Specify an attribute name and the report file (.rtp) that queries the model for
needed values. The values are added to a symbol file (.sym) used by the report. If a path for a
file is not given, the report file is located in the same folder as the label template XML file.
Example
ISKnucklePointSymbolContent
Creates a knuckle point symbol on a plate.
Customization
symbolInfo - Contains options for the knuckle point symbol.
symbol - Specify the knuckle point symbol file (.sym). If a path for a file is not given, the file is
located in the same folder as the label template XML file.
Examples
ISKnuckleSlopingDirectionSymbolContent
Creates a knuckle slope symbol on a plate, based on the direction of the slope.
1075
Annotation Modules
<symbol>
Scantling Knuckle Plate Sloping Symbol.sym
</symbol>
</symbolInfo>
<symbolInfo>
<knuckleInfo>
<SurfaceA_Topology>2</SurfaceA_Topology>
<SurfaceB_Topology>2</SurfaceB_Topology>
</knuckleInfo>
<symbol>
Scantling Knuckle Plate Sloping Bothsides Symbol.sym
</symbol>
</symbolInfo>
</contentModuleSettings>
</content>
</label>
Customization
symbolInfo - Contains options for the knuckle slope symbol.
symbolInfo is typically specified multiple times for different surface topology
combinations.
knuckleInfo - Contains properties for the knuckle surfaces
SurfaceA_Topology, SurfaceB_Topology - Specify whether each surface of the knuckle has a
slope with respect to the plane of the drawing view. Select 1 for no slope, 2 for slope.
symbol - Specify the knuckle slope symbol file (.sym). If a path for a file is not given, the file is
located in the same folder as the label template XML file.
Examples
Sloped on one side:
1076
Annotation Modules
ISMfgMarginSymbolContent
Creates a symbol containing the plate margin value obtained from the embedded report.
Customization
attributeName - Specify an attribute name and the report file (.rtp) that queries the model for
needed values. The values are added to a symbol file (.sym) used by the report. If a path for a
file is not given, the report file is located in the same folder as the label template XML file.
Example
ISPlateAngleSymbolContent
Creates a symbol containing the plate angle value obtained from the embedded report.
Customization
attributeName - Specify an attribute name and the report file (.rtp) that queries the model for
needed values. The values are added to a symbol file (.sym) used by the report. If a path for a
file is not given, the report file is located in the same folder as the label template XML file.
Example
1077
Annotation Modules
ISPlateThicknessSymbolContent
Creates a plate thickness direction symbol for a non-target plate.
Customization
symbolInfo - Contains options for the thickness symbol.
plateInfo - Contains options for the plate using the thickness symbol.
ThicknessDirection - Specify the thickness direction. Select Up, Down, Centered, or Any. Up
is determined by the positive axes of the drawing view, as defined by the orientation rule of the
view. For more information, see Orientation Rules in Marine Structure Drawings (on page 259).
symbol - Specify the thickness symbol file (.sym). If a path for a file is not given, the file is
located in the same folder as the label template XML file.
symbolInfo is typically specified multiple times for different thickness directions.
1078
Annotation Modules
Example
ISProfileAngleSymbolContent
Creates a symbol containing the profile mounting angle value obtained from the embedded
report.
Customization
attributeName - Specify a symbol file (.sym) and the report file (.rtp) containing values to be
added to the symbol. The format is:
<ID attributeName="symbol file name (without .sym extension)">report file name.rtp</ID>
If a path for a file is not given, the file is located in the same folder as the label template XML
file.
Example
1079
Annotation Modules
ISProfilePartThicknessSymbolContent
Creates a profile thickness direction symbol for a profile part based on profile cross-section,
thickness direction, and flange direction.
Customization
symbolInfo - Contains options for the thickness symbol.
profileInfo - Contains options for the profile using the thickness symbol.
crossSectionType - Specify a profile section type defined in the Catalog. Select BulbFlat,
EqualAngle, UnequalAngle, FlatBar, IBar, TeeBar, Channel, RoundTube, RectangleTube,
or Any. For more information, see 2D Symbols Reference Data Guide.
thicknessDirection - Specify the thickness direction. Select Up, Down, Centered, or Any.
flangeDirection - Specify the flange direction. Select Up, Down, or Any.
symbol - Specify the thickness symbol file (.sym). If a path for a file is not given, the file is
located in the same folder as the label template XML file.
1080
symbolInfo is typically specified multiple times for different profile and thickness direction
combinations.
Annotation Modules
Up is determined by the positive axes of the drawing view, as defined by the orientation rule
of the view. For more information, see Orientation Rules in Marine Structure Drawings (on
page 259).
Example
ISProfileSketchFeatureLinearDimCM
Places a horizontal dimension on a profile feature, such as an edge or corner feature, on a
profile sketch drawing. Points for the dimension are created by
ISProfileSketchFeatureLinearDimPG (on page 1034).
Customization
None
1081
Annotation Modules
ISProfileSketchFeatureRadialDimCM
Places a radial dimension on a profile feature, such as an edge or corner feature, on a profile
sketch drawing. Points for the dimension are created by ISProfileSketchFeatureRadialDimPG
(on page 1036).
Customization
None
ISProfileSysThicknessSymbolContent
Creates a profile thickness direction symbol for a profile system based on thickness direction.
Customization
symbolInfo - Contains options for the thickness symbol.
profileInfo - Contains options for the profile using the thickness symbol.
thicknessDirection - Specify the thickness direction. Select Up, Down, Centered, or Any.
symbol - Specify the thickness symbol file (.sym). If a path for a file is not given, the file is
located in the same folder as the label template XML file.
1082
Annotation Modules
Up is determined by the positive axes of the drawing view, as defined by the orientation rule
of the view. For more information, see Orientation Rules in Marine Structure Drawings (on
page 259).
ISRulesetLabelContent
Creates a textbox symbol containing a value obtained from the embedded report.
Customization
attributeName - Specify an attribute name and the report file (.rtp) that queries the model for
needed values. The values are added to a symbol file (.sym) used by the report. If a path for a
file is not given, the report file is located in the same folder as the label template XML file.
ISSeamSymbolContent
Creates a seam symbol on a plate. Selects a seam symbol file based on seam type.
Customization
symbolInfo - Contains options for the seam symbol.
symbolInfo is typically specified multiple times for different seam types.
seamInfo - Contains options for the seam.
SeamType - Specify a seam type. Select Design, Intersection, Straking, Planning, or Any.
1083
Annotation Modules
symbol - Specify the seam symbol file (.sym). If a path for a file is not given, the file is located in
the same folder as the label template XML file.
Examples
1- Design seam symbol on a target plate
2 - Design seam symbol on a non-target plate
ISShipDirectionSymbolContent
Creates a ship direction symbol for a specified view direction. A symbol is selected based on the
ship direction matching a selected view direction.
Customization
directionValue - Specify the view direction. Use Up, Down, Left, or Right
1084
Annotation Modules
1 - Up
2 - Down
3 - Left
4 - Right
directionSymbols - Specify the symbol (.sym) file to use for each ship direction. Specify
symbols for port, starboard, aft, forward, up, and down. If a path for a file is not given, the
file is located in the same folder as the label template XML file.
View direction is the direction in paper space (that is, on the drawing sheet).
Ship direction is determined within the view based on the location and direction of the view
relative to the model.
Examples
Ship direction is up for a directionValue of Up. The up option of directionSymbols is used:
1085
Annotation Modules
ProfileSketchMarkingLineSymbol
Places appropriate marking symbol for a given type of marking line.
Customization
symbolInfo, MarkInfo, MarkingLineType, symbol
SM3D ProfileSketchFeatureSymbol
Places feature symbols for defined feature types.
1086
Annotation Modules
<FeatureInfo>
<FeatureType>Any</FeatureType>
</FeatureInfo>
<symbol>DefaultFeature.sym</symbol>
</symbolInfo>
</contentModuleSettings>
</content>
</label>
Customization
symbolInfo, FeatureInfo, symbol
Example
SlotSymbols
Creates a profile slot symbol. Selects a slot symbol file based on slot type, collar side, and plate
tightness.
Used with the external rule server ISDwgSlotRuleServer (on page 1074).
Typically used only with classification drawings containing light (non-detailed) parts.
1087
Annotation Modules
<SlotType>SlotFA</SlotType>
<CollarSide>Hidden</CollarSide>
<PlateTightness>Tight</PlateTightness>
</slotInfo>
<symbol>SystemSlotF_CH_T.sym</symbol>
</symbolInfo>
</contentModuleSettings>
</content>
</label>
Customization
symbolInfo - Contains options for the slot symbol.
slotInfo - Contains options for the slot using the slot symbol.
SlotType - Specify a slot type defined in the Catalog, such as SlotAA, SlotAC, or Slot AI. For
more information, see 2D Symbols Reference Data Guide.
CollarSide - Specify the side of the penetrated plate on which the collar is mounted, as the
collar appears in the drawing view. Select Hidden, Visible, or Any.
PlateTightness - Specify the tightness of the penetrated plate. Select Tight, Non-Tight, or
Any.
symbol - Specify the slot symbol file (.sym). If a path for a file is not given, the file is located in
the same folder as the label template XML file. For more information, see Slot Embedded
Symbols (on page 1002).
Example
1088
Annotation Modules
SM3DDwgRemarkingGirthLengthCM
Creates a label containing the girth length of a curve.
Customization
None
SMDrawingDimContentLinear
Places a linear dimension parallel to an imaginary line drawn between two dimensioning points,
and replaces the value of the dimension with the distance between two dimensioning points in
the 3D model.
Customization
None
Example
SMProfileSketchBevelShapeLabelsCM
Outputs the labels in the shape of a bevel.
1089
Annotation Modules
Usage in Label Template XML
<label>
<content>
<contentModule value = "SMProfileSketchBevelShapeLabelsCM"/>
</content>
</label>
Customization
None
Example
SMProfileSketchBevelSymbolCM
Outputs the bevel symbol with labels on the profile sketch.
Customization
None
Example
1090
Annotation Modules
SMDwgMfgPinHeightLabelContent
Creates labels containing the pin height obtained from the embedded report.
Customization
eliminateHeight - Eliminates labels with a value less than or equal to the given height
(millimeters) value.
attributeName - Specify an attribute name and the report file (.rtp) that queries the model for
needed values. The values are added to a symbol file (.sym) used by the report. If a path for a
file is not given, the report file is located in the same folder as the label template XML file.
SMDwgMfgProfileMarginSymContent
Creates a symbol containing the manufacturing profile margin obtained from the embedded
report.
Customization
attributeName - Specify an attribute name and the report file (.rtp) that queries the model for
needed values. The values are added to a symbol file (.sym) used by the report. If a path for a
file is not given, the report file is located in the same folder as the label template XML file.
1091
Annotation Modules
SMDwgPlateGridNameLabelContent
Creates labels for plate grid names.
Customization
None
SMDwgScantlingNSorFSContent
Creates symbols to designate near side and far side of a plate.
Near side of a plate is the side with the most profile stiffeners.
Customization
directionSymbols - Contains options for the symbols.
near, far - Specify the symbol file (.sym) for each side. If a path for a file is not given, the file is
located in the same folder as the label template XML file.
1092
Annotation Modules
SMDwgScantlingNSorFSDirectionContent
Creates ship direction symbols based on whether the near side or the far side of a plate is
displayed.
Near side of a plate is the side with the most profile stiffeners.
Customization
directionSymbols - Contains options for the direction symbols.
port, starboard, aft, forward, up, down- Specify the symbol file (.sym) for each direction. If a
path for a file is not given, the file is located in the same folder as the label template XML file.
SMRulerAxisSymbolContent
Creates a reference axis line with a tick mark at each reference plane. This module is used with
the SMDwgPositionAxis (on page 1122) positioning module.
1093
Annotation Modules
<style>Normal</style>
</tickMarkInfo>
</left>
</axisInfo>
</contentModuleSettings>
</content>
</label>
Customization
axisInfo - Contains options for axis graphics.
tickMarkInfo - Contains options for tick mark graphics.
marginDefinition - Relationship of the axis to the view margin. Use 0 for margin at the view
frame. Use 1 for margin at the drawing area. 0 is the default value.
bottom or top - Within axisInfo, where the horizontal axis is drawn relative to the drawing view.
left or right - Within axisInfo, where the vertical axis is drawn relative to the drawing view.
offset - Distance of the axis from the marginDefinition.
style - Line style for the axis or tick mark.
plusX, minusX - Length of tick marks from the axis.
Example
SMTemplatesetFullScaleDirSymbolContent
Creates a looking direction symbol for the view.
1094
Annotation Modules
<port>port.sym<port>
<starboard>starboard.sym</starboard>
<aft>aft.sym</aft>
<forward>forward.sym</forward>
<up>up.sym</up>
<down>down.sym</down>
</directionSymbols>
</contentModuleSettings>
</content>
</label>
Customization
port - Specify the port direction symbol file (.sym).
starboard - Specify the starboard direction symbol file (.sym).
aft - Specify the aft direction symbol file (.sym).
forward - Specify the forward direction symbol file (.sym).
up - Specify the up direction symbol file (.sym).
down - Specify the down direction symbol file (.sym).
If a path for a file is not given, the file is located in the same folder as the label template
XML file.
Example
SP3DDrawingLabelQuery
Generates nozzle angle content. This content module is dependent on the
DrawingPGNozzleandBrace point generator. For more information, see
DrawingPGNozzleandBrace (on page 1020).
Customization
None
StructuralWidgetLabelContent
Generates structural widgets that can be moved.
Customization
None
1095
Annotation Modules
SMProfileSeamSymbolContent
Creates a seam symbol on a profile. Selects a seam symbol file based on seam type.
Customization
symbolInfo - Contains options for the seam symbol.
symbolInfo is typically specified multiple times for different seam types.
seamInfo - Contains options for the seam.
SeamType - Specify a seam type. Select Design, Intersection, Straking, Planning, or Any.
symbol - Specify the seam symbol file (.sym). If a path for a file is not given, the file is located in
the same folder as the label template XML file.
ThicknessSymContent
Creates profile thickness direction symbols for:
Non-target plate parts.
Profile parts based on profile cross-section, thickness direction, and flange direction.
1096
Annotation Modules
</objectInfo>
<symbol>..\ISO Profile Bulb flat-section Thickness
Up Flange Up.sym</symbol>
</symbolInfo>
<symbolInfo>
<objectInfo>
<thicknessDirection>Up</thicknessDirection>
<crossSectionType>N/A</crossSectionType>
<flangeDirection>N/A</flangeDirection>
</objectInfo>
<symbol>..\ISO Plate Thickness Direction Up.sym</symbol>
</symbolInfo>
</contentModuleSettings>
</content>
</label>
Customization
symbolInfo - Contains options for the thickness symbol.
objectInfo - Contains options for the plate or profile using the thickness symbol.
crossSectionType - Specify a profile section type defined in the Catalog. Select BulbFlat,
EqualAngle, UnequalAngle, FlatBar, IBar, TeeBar, Channel, RoundTube, RectangleTube,
or Any. Select N/A for plates. For more information, see 2D Symbols Reference Data Guide.
thicknessDirection - Specify the thickness direction. Select Up, Down, Centered, or Any.
flangeDirection - Specify the flange direction for a profile. Select Up, Down, or Any for profiles.
Select N/A for plates.
symbol - Specify the thickness symbol file (.sym). If a path for a file is not given, the file is
located in the same folder as the label template XML file.
symbolInfo is typically specified multiple times for different plate thickness directions and
different profile/thickness direction combinations.
Up is determined by the positive axes of the drawing view, as defined by the orientation rule
of the view. For more information, see Orientation Rules in Marine Structure Drawings (on
page 259).
1097
Annotation Modules
Example
SMPSWebThicknessContent
Creates a web thickness direction symbol and places this on the top and bottom flanges of a
Built Up profile.
Customization
directionSymbols - Specify the symbol (.sym) file to use for each web thickness. Specify
symbols for thickness up and down directions. If a path for a file is not given, the file is located in
the same folder as the label template XML file.
1098
Annotation Modules
Examples
The Up option of directionSymbols specifies the thickness up direction.
Up is determined by the positive axes of the drawing view, as defined by the orientation
rule of the view. For more information, see Orientation Rules in Marine Structure Drawings (on
page 259).
Control Generators
Control generator modules are used in Drawings label templates to generate text boxes for
labels.
See Also
Annotation Modules (on page 1011)
Topics
DefaultLabelControlGenerator ....................................................... 1100
DrawingDimGenerator ................................................................... 1100
DrawingPipeSegmentsCG ............................................................. 1100
1099
Annotation Modules
DefaultLabelControlGenerator
Currently used by all label templates. Generates a label control for each label that is used to run
the positioning modules.
Customization
None
DrawingDimGenerator
Generates linear, angular, and radial dimension content in horizontal and vertical directions.
Used by most dimension templates.
Customization
None
DrawingPipeSegmentsCG
Control generator used for pipe segments. Generates linear dimension content at any angle.
Customization
None
1100
Annotation Modules
Positioning Modules
Positioning modules are used n Drawings label templates to position annotations either in clear
space or in a position absolutely relative to the object being labeled. There are no restrictions on
the number of positioning modules being used with a label or dimension. The positioning module
returns a valid position, an absolute position, or no valid position to the system. The system
consults the next positioning module if there are no valid positions.
See Also
Annotation Modules (on page 1011)
Topics
posModulesSet .............................................................................. 1102
DrawingAbsolute ............................................................................ 1103
DrawingCenterThenAbove ............................................................ 1103
DrawingCenterThenAboveCL ........................................................ 1104
DrawingCenterThenRotate ............................................................ 1104
DrawingCentroid ............................................................................ 1105
DrawingCoordLblPosMod .............................................................. 1105
DrawingDimAbsolutePos ............................................................... 1106
DrawingDimHorizBottomCS .......................................................... 1106
DrawingDimHorizTopCS................................................................ 1106
DrawingDimMarginPos .................................................................. 1107
DrawingDimPipeSegPos ............................................................... 1107
DrawingDimVertLeftCS.................................................................. 1107
DrawingDimVertRightCS ............................................................... 1108
DrawingGridLblHoriz...................................................................... 1108
DrawingGridLblMarginOnly............................................................ 1109
DrawingGridLblMgnAbsPos........................................................... 1109
DrawingGridLblVert ....................................................................... 1110
DrawingMatchlinePositioning......................................................... 1110
DrawingQuadFour ......................................................................... 1111
DrawingQuadOne .......................................................................... 1111
DrawingQuadThree ....................................................................... 1112
DrawingQuadTwo .......................................................................... 1112
DrawingVectorAbsolute ................................................................. 1113
DwgClippedPositioning .................................................................. 1113
DwgLblEndOfSegmentPos ............................................................ 1113
DwgLinearAbsPos ......................................................................... 1114
DwgLinearPositioning .................................................................... 1114
DwgMatchlineWithDim................................................................... 1115
ISDwgPositionByCurve2D ............................................................. 1115
ISDwgAbsolutePositionByCurve2D ............................................... 1118
ISDwgPositionByCurve2DAtMargin .............................................. 1120
SMDwgPositionAxis....................................................................... 1122
SMDwgPositionByCurve2DAtAxis ................................................. 1122
SMDwgPositionGridLblMarginOnly ............................................... 1125
1101
Annotation Modules
posModulesSet
Provides keypoint settings used by positioning modules.
Customization
connectPoint - Position of the leader termination if the label has a leader.
positioningPoint - Position of the label relative to the control point on the geometry.
Keypoints
1102
Top Left
Top Middle
Top Right
Middle Left
Middle Middle
Middle Right
Bottom Left
Bottom Middle
Bottom Right
Annotation Modules
DrawingAbsolute
Positions label at an absolute horizontal, vertical, or angular position. The position in coordinate
labels can flip the horizontal, vertical, or angle can be flipped depending on the view direction.
Customization
hOffset, vOffset, angle
DrawingCenterThenAbove
Places a label either in the center of the linear segment or above the linear segment. The
orientation of the label and the definition of "above" is determined by the direction of the linear
segment. DwgLinearAbsPos or DrawingMarginOnly should always follow this module in the
posModules section of the XML.
Customization
None
1103
Annotation Modules
DrawingCenterThenAboveCL
Places a label either above or on center of center line on a linear segment. "Above" is
determined by the direction of the line. If no clear space is found, the label is placed on the
longest visible segment of the center line of the linear segment. Used by Piping
Plan_FlowArrow_Longest Segment.xml.
Example
DrawingCenterThenRotate
Positions label in the center of the range of an object and rotates the label 90 degrees if there is
not enough clear space in the first position. The position in coordinate labels can flip the
horizontal, vertical, or angle can be flipped depending on the view direction.
Customization
hOffset, vOffset
1104
Annotation Modules
DrawingCentroid
Positions labels based on the white space located from the center of the related object and
vector. If objects have the same relation object and vector, they are grouped together. This
positioning module must be used with the DrawingPGNozzleandBrace (on page 1020) point
generator module.
Customization
rOffset, labelType, rotation, fromMatchline
DrawingCoordLblPosMod
Orients coordinate labels based on the "up" direction of the drawing view. DrawingAbsolute or
DrawingMarginOnly should always follow this module in the posModules section of the XML.
This positioning module supports plan views only.
Customization
orientation
1105
Annotation Modules
DrawingDimAbsolutePos
Positions dimensions at an absolute location.
Customization
hOffset, vOffset
DrawingDimHorizBottomCS
Places horizontal dimensions below the points being dimensioned on the drawing sheet.
Customization
None
DrawingDimHorizTopCS
Places a horizontal dimension above the points being dimensioned on the drawing sheet.
Customization
None
1106
Annotation Modules
DrawingDimMarginPos
Places dimensions in the margin outside of the drawing view.
Customization
None
DrawingDimPipeSegPos
Positions dimensions at any angle inside the view.
Customization
minOffset, maxOffset
DrawingDimVertLeftCS
Places vertical dimensions to the left of the points being dimensioned in the drawing sheet.
Customization
None
1107
Annotation Modules
DrawingDimVertRightCS
Positions vertical dimensions to the right of the points being dimensioned on the drawing sheet.
Customization
None
DrawingGridLblHoriz
Positions horizontal grid labels to the left or right of a drawing view. The Orientation tag under
labelSettings determines whether the labels are positioned on the left or right side. A value of 3
positions the labels on the left side, while a value of 4 positions the labels on the right side.
DrawingGridLblMarginOnly and DrawingGridLblMgnAbsPos must follow this positioning module
in the posModules section.
Customization
Orientation
1108
Annotation Modules
DrawingGridLblMarginOnly
Positions grid labels that are placed in the margin. Places grid labels at a perimeter offset value
in the margin determined by the orientation tag. A value of 1 places the label in the top margin, 2
in the bottom margin, 3 in the left margin, and 4 in the right margin. DrawingGridLblMgnAbsPos
must follow this positioning module in the posModules section.
Customization
Orientation
DrawingGridLblMgnAbsPos
Places a grid label at an absolute position in the margin determined by the orientation tag in the
XML file. A value of 1 places the label in the top margin, while 2 places a label in the bottom
margin, 3 places the label in the left margin, and 4 places the label in the right margin.
Customization
orientation
1109
Annotation Modules
DrawingGridLblVert
Positions vertical grid labels above or below a drawing view. The Orientation tag under
labelSettings determines whether the labels are positioned above or below the view. A value of
1 positions the labels above the drawing view, while a value of 2 positions the label below the
drawing view. DrawingGridLblMarginOnly and DrawingGridLblMgnAbsPos must follow this
positioning module in the posModules section.
Customization
None
DrawingMatchlinePositioning
Positions matchline labels in the margin.
Customization
None
1110
Annotation Modules
DrawingQuadFour
Positions label in the fourth quadrant (upper-left) based on the positioning point. This module is
used with DrawingQuadOne, DrawingQuadTwo, and DrawingQuadThree. These modules do
not have to follow a certain order.
Customization
hOffset, vOffset
Additional customization is available in the labelSettings section of the XML file. For
more information, see SP3D Labels Overview OVR.
DrawingQuadOne
Positions labels in the first quadrant (upper-right) based on the positioning point. This module is
used with DrawingQuadTwo, DrawingQuadThree, and DrawingQuadFour. These modules do
not have to follow a certain order.
Customization
hOffset, vOffset
Additional customization is available in the labelSettings section of the XML file. For
more information, see SP3D Labels Overview OVR.
1111
Annotation Modules
DrawingQuadThree
Positions labels in the third quadrant (lower-left) based on the positioning point. This module is
used with DrawingQuadOne, DrawingQuadTwo, and DrawingQuadFour. These modules do not
have to follow a certain order.
Customization
hOffset, vOffset
Additional customization is available in the labelSettings section of the XML file. For
more information, see SP3D Labels Overview OVR.
DrawingQuadTwo
Positions labels in the second quadrant (lower-right) based on the positioning point. This module
is used with DrawingQuadOne, DrawingQuadThree, and DrawingQuadFour. These modules do
not have to follow a certain order.
Customization
hOffset, vOffset
Additional customization is available in the labelSettings section of the XML file. For
more information, see SP3D Labels Overview OVR.
1112
Annotation Modules
DrawingVectorAbsolute
Places label along a vector from the center of the view with a 4 cm offset.
Customization
None
DwgClippedPositioning
Positions labels of clipped objects in the adjacent margin.
Customization
None
DwgLblEndOfSegmentPos
Positions labels on the ends of linear segments. Uses information from DrawingPGLinear (on
page 1019) to determine the ends of linear segments. For more information, see
DrawingPGLinear (on page 1019).
Customization
minOffset, maxOffset
1113
Annotation Modules
Example
The annotation output is created by a content module, not this module. The example
shows how this module affects the output.
DwgLinearAbsPos
Positions label at an absolute offset from a linear object. The percentageOffset value
determines where the label is placed on the linear object. A value of 0 places the label at the
beginning of the object, or the bottom-left. A value of 1 places the label at the end of the object,
or the top-right. A value of 0.5 places the label at the half-way point of the object. The
offsetFromMember value determines the distance between the label and object. A positive
value places the label above or left of the object, while a negative value places the label below
or right of the object.
Customization
percentageOffset, offsetFromMember
DwgLinearPositioning
Aligns the label to the longest line in the 2D representation of an object.
Customization
None
1114
Annotation Modules
DwgMatchlineWithDim
Positions labels and dimensions outside of the drawing matchline based on user-defined offsets.
Customization
dimension, dimStyle, dimTextOutside, dimTextRotateClearance, orientation, justification
ISDwgPositionByCurve2D
Positions a label along the 2D curve, using clearspace to avoid overlap with other labels. The
orientation of the label is set from the point, relative to the 2D curve, and is controlled by the
angle parameter.
The 2D curve of the 3D object must have one or more curves.
Customization
startCurveRatio, endCurveRatio These values specify the start and end points on the 2D
curve between which the search for clearspace positioning is performed. The values are
specified as a ratio along the length of the curve. The endCurveRatio must be greater than
startCurveRatio. Both startCurveRatio and endCurveRatio must be between 0.0 and 1.0.
angle - Orientation of the label
1115
Annotation Modules
0
Tangent
Tangent to a curve
Normal Out
Normal In
Horizontal
Vertical
Default
Orientation
1116
Treat As
Label
Annotation Modules
1
Treat As
Symbol
searchMode - Starting point for the clearspace search along the curve
0
From Center
Low To High
High To Low
Example
Angle is 0, anchor is 0 (using connectPoint 4 in posModulesSet), startCurveRatio is 0.0,
endCurveRatio is 1.0, searchMode is 0
The annotation output is created by a content module, not this module. The example
shows how this module affects the output.
1117
Annotation Modules
ISDwgAbsolutePositionByCurve2D
Places a label at an absolute position along the 2D curve. This is similar to the
ISDwgPositionByCurve2D (on page 1115) positioning module, but does not use clearspace. The
absolute position is the point created by the point generator used in the label template. The
orientation of the label is set from the point, relative to the 2D curve, and is controlled by the
angle parameter.
This module can be used as the last positioning module in a label template. It will position
the label when other clearspace positioning modules cannot find a location.
Customization
angle - Orientation of the label
1118
Tangent
Tangent to a curve
Normal Out
Normal In
Annotation Modules
3
Horizontal
Vertical
Default
Orientation
Treat As
Label
Treat As
Symbol
Example
Angle is 0 and anchor is 0 (using connectPoint 4 in posModulesSet)
The annotation output is created by a content module, not this module. The example
shows how this module affects the output.
1119
Annotation Modules
ISDwgPositionByCurve2DAtMargin
Positions a label for a 2D curve at the view margin relative to the position of the curve.
The 2D geometry of the 3D object must have one or more curves.
Customization
top, bottom, left, right - Sides of the view that can be used to locate the label. Labels can only
be located in the margins of the specified sides. Use 1 to allow a label in the margin. Use 0 if no
label in the margin is needed.
angle - Orientation of the label
1120
Tangent
Normal Out
Annotation Modules
2
Normal In
Horizontal
Vertical
Default
Orientation
Treat as
Label
Treat as
Symbol
Uses a keypoint on
the bounding box of
the label, as specified
by the connectPoint
option in
posModulesSet (on
page 1102).
1121
Annotation Modules
Example
The label is placed in the view margin instead of on the profile geometry.
The annotation output is created by a content module, not this module. The example
shows how this module affects the output.
SMDwgPositionAxis
Positions the reference plane axis line. This module is used with the
SMRulerAxisSymbolContent (on page 1093) content module.
Customization
None
SMDwgPositionByCurve2DAtAxis
Positions a label for a 2D curve based on a related reference plane. For example, if a non-target
plate is coplanar with a reference plane, the label for that plate can be positioned with respect to
the reference plane instead of the 2D curve for the plate.
1122
This module is used with the SMDwgGroupByAxisGA (on page 1057) geometric analyzer.
The 2D geometry of the 3D object must have one or more curves.
If no reference plane is identified for an object, then no label is positioned by this module.
Annotation Modules
Usage in Label Template XML
<posSettings>
<posModulesSets>
<posModulesSet>
<connectPoint>4</connectPoint>
<positioningPoint>4</positioningPoint>
<posModules>
<posModule value="SMDwgPositionByCurve2DAtAxis">
<axisInfo>Grid Axis</axisInfo>
<top>
<offsetX>0.0</offsetX>
<offsetY>0.01</offsetY>
<angle>4</angle>
<anchor>0</anchor>
<connectPoint>3</connectPoint>
</top>
<bottom>
<offsetX>0.0</offsetX>
<offsetY>0.01</offsetY>
<angle>4</angle>
<anchor>0</anchor>
<connectPoint>3</connectPoint>
</bottom>
<left>
<offsetX>0.01</offsetX>
<offsetY>0.0</offsetY>
<angle>3</angle>
<anchor>0</anchor>
<connectPoint>5</connectPoint>
</left>
<right>
<offsetX>0.01</offsetX>
<offsetY>0.0</offsetY>
<angle>3</angle>
<anchor>0</anchor>
<connectPoint>3</connectPoint>
</right>
</posModule>
</posModules>
</posModulesSet>
</posModulesSets>
</posSettings>
Customization
axisinfo - Name of the label template .xml file that creates the reference planes.
top, bottom, left, right - Sides of the axis that can be used to locate the label. Labels can only
be located on the specified sides.
offsetX, offsetY - Offset settings within each of the sides.
angle - Orientation of the label
3
Horizontal
1123
Annotation Modules
4
Vertical
Treat as
Label
Treat as
Symbol
Use
Connect
Point
Uses a keypoint on
the bounding box of
the label, as specified
by the connectPoint
option in
posModulesSet (on
page 1102).
connectPoint- The keypoint on the text bounding box, used with the anchor option.
1124
Annotation Modules
Example
The thickness symbol is placed on the reference plane instead of the profile geometry.
The annotation output is created by a content module, not this module. The example
shows how this module affects the output.
SMDwgPositionGridLblMarginOnly
Positions grid labels that are placed in the margin. Places grid labels at a perimeter offset value
in the margin determined by the orientation tag. A value of 1 places the label in the top margin, 2
in the bottom margin, 3 in the left margin, and 4 in the right margin. DrawingGridLblMgnAbsPos
(on page 1109) must follow this positioning module in the posModules section.
Customization
Orientation
1125
Annotation Modules
Leader Modules
Leader modules are used in Drawings label templates to determine where to position label
leaders on drawings. The leader module is responsible for determining the points for the leader
beginning and end. The leader module also determines the dimensions style of the leader line
(from styles.sha) and whether or not a jog is placed in the leader line. As a result of the leader
positioning, alabel is also positioned and placed on the drawing view.
See Also
Annotation Modules (on page 1011)
Topics
DrawingCoordLeaderControl ......................................................... 1126
DrawingLinearLeader .................................................................... 1127
DwgLeaderControl ......................................................................... 1127
DwgMarginLeaderControl .............................................................. 1128
ISDwgMarginLeader ...................................................................... 1130
DwgStackLabelLeader................................................................... 1131
DrawingCoordLeaderControl
Places a leader line under the coordinate label. The style tag determines which dimension style
to use from styles.sha, while the breakline tag determines whether or not to place a job in the
leader. A value of -1 is true and places a jog in the leader, while a value of 0 does not place a
jog.
Customization
style, breakline
1126
Annotation Modules
DrawingLinearLeader
Places a leader with 3 segments used with grid lines and other linear objects. The style tag
determines which dimension style to use from styles.sha, while the breakline tag determines
whether or not to place a jog in the leader. A value of -1 is true and places a jog in the leader,
while a value of 0 does not place a jog. The jogSegmentOffset value is the linear offset of the
middle of the leader. The jogLength value is the length of the leader segment connected to the
label.
Customization
style, breakline, jogSegmentOffset, jogLength
DwgLeaderControl
Places a leader line between the label and the drawing object. The style tag determines which
dimension style to use from styles.sha, while the breakline tag determines whether or not to
place a job in the leader. A value of -1 is true and places a jog in the leader, while a value of 0
does not place a jog.
Customization
style, breakline
Example
1127
Annotation Modules
DwgMarginLeaderControl
Places a three-segment leader used with grid lines and other linear objects. For labels that are
located outside of the view, a leader is placed between the matchline and the jog segment.
Customization
leaderOffset - The offset between the matchline and leader. By default, this value is 0.035 m.
style - Defines the dimension style to use from styles.sha.
breakline - Defines whether or not to place a jog in the leader. A value of -1 is true and places
jog in the leader, while a value of 0 does not place a jog.
When using leaderOffset, this value must be 0.
jogSegmentOffset - The linear offset of the middle of the leader.
jogLength - The length of the leader segment connected to the label.
Examples
1128
Annotation Modules
In the following example, leaderOffset is not enabled.
1129
Annotation Modules
In the following example, leaderOffset is enabled with the default value.
ISDwgMarginLeader
Places a leader line for margin labeling. The leader is places between the label and the drawing
object. Uses control points from the point generator module to place the terminator of the leader.
1130
Annotation Modules
Customization
style - Leader style, as defined in the SharedContent share in [Reference Data Product
Folder]\SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\templates\Styles.sha
witness - Witness style. The witness line is between the leader and the label.
breakline - Use -1 to place a leader jog when the leader passes over a leader for another
annotation. Use 0 to place the leader without a jog.
jogSegmentOffset - Linear offset length of the middle of a jog segment.
jogLength - Length of the segment of the leader that is connected to the label when the leader
has a jog.
DwgStackLabelLeader
Places a single-segment leader line between the label and drawing object. If more than one
label exists for the object, the labels are stacked next to each other along the same axis of the
leader line.You must use the DrawingCentroid (on page 1105) positioning module with this
leader module.
Customization
style, breakline
Example
1131
Annotation Modules
1132
Index
1
1. Hull Lines (Hull Lines - Body Plan View)
147
2
2. Hull Lines (Hull Lines - Body Plan View)
148
3
3. Hull Lines (Hull Lines - Body Plan View)
149
3D Model By Query 32
3D Model Data 32
A
Actions Tab (Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog
Box) 109
Add A Drawing Volume Part Class 705
Add a Report Template 723
Add an Add-on View Style to an Existing
Ruleset View Style 120
Add Flow Arrows to Orthographic Drawings
77
Add-on Ruleset View Styles 247
AddOns Tab (Edit Ruleset View Style
Dialog Box) 119
AddOns Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box)
116
Annotation Modules 1011
Apply a Clipped Solid Fill Style to a Drawing
69
Apply a Visible Fill Style to a Drawing 66
Apply an Add-On to a Source Action 117
Apply Grid Labels to Elevation and Section
Views 60
Apply Invisible Option to an Orthographic
View Style 73
Apply Symbology to Graphic Object
Aspects 76
Apply Transparency to an Orthographic
View Style 72
Apply Transparency to Members in a
Ruleset View Style 114
Area Tab (Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog
Box) 118
Assembly Drawing Rule Set 192
B
Base Control Source
(MfgTemplateRuleSet.DefaultRuleSet)
212
Beam Part Source
(ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default) 229
BeamPartDrawingWrapperEntity 958
Beams in Elevation View Styles 419, 494,
565, 613
Beams in Isometric View Styles 385, 426
Beams in Plan View Styles 393, 430, 449,
509, 543, 575, 589, 641
Beams in Structural Elevation View Styles
673
Beams in Structural Plan View Styles 687
Belongs to Query Custom Test 236
Bevel Orientation Custom Test 246
Bevel Source
(MfgProfileRuleSet.DefaultRuleSet) 205
Block Action
Get Parts in Range of the Block 169
Block Filters 284
Block Source
(ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default) 223
Bounded Custom Test 237
Braces in Isometric View Styles 425
Braces in Plan View Styles 394, 435, 506,
533, 576, 625
Braces in Structural Elevation View Styles
674
Braces in Structural Plan View Styles 688
Bulkload Drawings Scales to Codelists
705
Bulkload Files 289, 704, 711
C
Cable Tray Supports in Isometric View
Styles 424
Cable Tray Supports in Plan View Styles
450
Cable Trays in Electrical Plan View Styles
433, 448
Cable Trays in Elevation View Styles 416,
554
1133
Index
Cable Trays in Isometric View Styles 423
Cable Trays in Plan View Styles 408, 473,
483, 590
Cableway in Isometric View Styles 572
Cableway Parts in Electrical Plan View
Styles 447
Cableway Parts in Elevation View Styles
415
Cableway Parts in Isometric View Styles
423
Cableways in Plan View Styles 407
CappedNormalPipe 958
Catalog Drawing Filters 283
Catalog Filters Used by Marine Structure
Drawings and Reports 283
Catalog Object Filters 284
Catalog Report Filters 289
Catalog Symbols 1010
Change the End Cut Embedded Symbol
Rule for a Source Action 117
Choose Symbol Dialog Box 101
Chord Line Source
(MfgPinJigSideView.Default) 218
Civil Elevation 932
Civil Isometric View Style 381
Civil Key Plan View Style 391
Civil Overall Key Plan 932
Civil Overall Key Plan View Style 392
Civil Plan 932
Civil Plan View Style 397
Civil Section 932
Civil View Styles 381
Clipped Labels 790
Clipping HVAC and Electrical Objects 409,
545
Clipping in Piping View Styles 585, 650
Clipping Pipes in Non-Piping View Styles
476, 591
Collation Rules in Marine Structure
Drawings 255
CollationRule Sheet 292
Columns in Elevation View Styles 413,
492, 560, 609
Columns in Isometric View Styles 383,
425
Columns in Piping View Styles 642
Columns in Plan Drawing View Styles 394,
430, 436, 506, 576, 638
Columns in Plan View Styles 400, 449,
509, 538, 580
Columns in Structural Elevation View Styles
671
1134
Index
Create a View Style with Resymbolized
Normal Pipes 950
Create a View Style with Single Line Pipes
953
Create an Orthographic Drawing View Style
56
Create Border and Layout Templates 137
Create Line Styles to Use in Drawing View
Styles 58
Create or Edit a Graphic Preparation Rule
59
CtrlPtCoordSym_None_A_NL 812
CtrlPtECoord_None_CA_L 812
CtrlPtNCoord_None_CA_L 813
CtrlPtOnlyCoordSym_None_A_NL 813
CtrlPtOnlyECoord_None_CA_L 813
CtrlPtOnlyNCoord_None_CA_L 813
Custom Graphic Modules 947
Custom Graphic Rule Dialog Box 54
Custom Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box)
116
Custom Tests Dialog Box 113
D
DefaultLabelControlGenerator 1100
DefaultLabelGeometricAnalyzer 1044
DefaultLabelPointGenerator 1013
Define a Layout Style 130
Define Layout Style Command 128
Define Layout Style Dialog Box 129
Define View Style Command (Tools Menu)
45
Define View Style Dialog Box 47
Delete a source on the Actions tab 114
DesignEquipmentPartSeparator 959
DetailSimpleReference 827
Dimension Rules 104, 885, 897
Dimension Rules XML 885
Dimension Templates 928
Dimension Templates XML 898
Dimension Templates XML Overview 898
Document and Sheet Naming Rules in
Marine Structure Drawings 269
Documentation Comments 19
Draw 2D Graphics Graphic Rule 282
Draw Detail Custom Test 245
Drawing Rules for View Styles 699
Drawing View Style Creation Process 389,
441, 534, 586, 618, 678, 695
Drawing Volume Properties Sheet 704
DrawingAbsolute 1103
DrawingCenterThenAbove 1103
DrawingCenterThenAboveCL 1104
DrawingCenterThenRotate 1104
DrawingCentroid 1105
DrawingCoordLblPosMod 1105
DrawingCoordLeaderControl 1126
DrawingCuttingPlanesContent 1060
DrawingDimAbsolutePos 1106
DrawingDimContAngNoReplace 1060
DrawingDimContentAngular 1061
DrawingDimContentLinearH 1061
DrawingDimContentLinearV 1062
DrawingDimContentRadial 1062
DrawingDimContLinHNoReplace 1062
DrawingDimContLinVNoReplace 1063
DrawingDimContRadNoReplace 1063
DrawingDimGenerator 1100
DrawingDimHorizBottomCS 1106
DrawingDimHorizTopCS 1106
DrawingDimMarginPos 1107
DrawingDimPipeSegPos 1107
DrawingDimVertLeftCS 1107
DrawingDimVertRightCS 1108
DrawingFlowDirectionContent 1063
DrawingGAByOppositePoints 1045
DrawingGAEndOfSegment 1045
DrawingGALabelInline 1047
DrawingGALongestSegment 1048
DrawingGAMarginOnly 1050
DrawingGAPipeSegments 1051
DrawingGAWelds 1052
DrawingGeometricAnalyzer 1053
DrawingGridLblHoriz 1108
DrawingGridLblMarginOnly 1109
DrawingGridLblMgnAbsPos 1109
DrawingGridLblVert 1110
DrawingIssueReason_Codelist Workbook
708
DrawingLabelHelper 1064
DrawingLinearLeader 1127
DrawingMatchlineContent 1066
DrawingMatchlinePG 1013
DrawingMatchlinePositioning 1110
DrawingNArrowContent 1066
DrawingNoContent 1067
DrawingOrientToY0Content 1067
DrawingPGByNote 1015
DrawingPGControlPoint 1016
DrawingPGCPThenNone 1016
DrawingPGCuttingPlane 1017
DrawingPGKeyPlanControlPoint 1018
DrawingPGLinear 1019
DrawingPGLocalCS 1020
DrawingPGNozzleandBrace 1020
DrawingPGObjectCorners 1021
1135
Index
DrawingPGPipeSegments 1021
DrawingPGStructHoriz 1021
DrawingPGStructVert 1022
DrawingPGWelds 1023
DrawingPipeSegmentsCG 1100
DrawingPipeSegsDimContent 1068
DrawingPipeSegsDimContNoReplace
1068
DrawingPointGenerator 1025
DrawingQuadFour 1111
DrawingQuadOne 1111
DrawingQuadThree 1112
DrawingQuadTwo 1112
DrawingReferenceLabelContent 1068
Drawings by Query Manager 37
Drawings-ExtendCustomAttributes
Workbook 707
DrawingVectorAbsolute 1113
DrawingWeldSymbols 1069
Ducts in HVAC View Styles (Normal
Orientation 541
Ducts in HVAC View Styles (Parallel
Orientation) 539
DummyGeomAnalyzer 1054
DwgClippedPositioning 1113
DwgLblEndOfSegmentPos 1113
DwgLeaderControl 1127
DwgLinearAbsPos 1114
DwgLinearPositioning 1114
DwgMarginLeaderControl 1128
DwgMatchlineWithDim 1115
DwgScantlingWeld 1070
DwgStackLabelLeader 1131
E
Edge Feature Source
(MfgProfileRuleSet.DefaultRuleSet) 204
Edit a label rule to allow non-orthogonal
label directions 1049
Edit a Label Rule to use the Equivalence
Label 1046, 1050
Edit a Layout Template 135
Edit Action Description Dialog Box 111
Edit an Isometric Backing Sheet 719
Edit Border Template Command (Tools
Menu) 130
Edit Layout Template Command 133
Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box 108
Eelctrical Raceway Plan 935
ElbowtoArc 960
ElbowtoSingleArc 960
Electrical Above Ground Plan 933
1136
Index
Equipment Elevation View Style 488
Equipment Foundations in Isometric View
Styles 426, 499, 629
Equipment Foundations in Plan View Styles
400, 692
Equipment in Elevation View Styles 421,
561, 610
Equipment in Equipment Elevation View
Styles 493
Equipment in Equipment View Styles 511
Equipment in Isometric View Styles 499,
568, 629
Equipment in Piping View Styles 643
Equipment in Plan View Styles 395, 431,
436, 446, 505, 534, 577, 584, 626, 636
Equipment in Structural Plan View Styles
692
Equipment Isometric View Style 497
Equipment Key Plan View Style 502
Equipment Overall Key Plan 935
Equipment Overall Key Plan View Style
503
Equipment Packages 326
Equipment Plan 936
Equipment Plan View Style 506
Equipment Section 936
Equipment Section View Style 515
Equipment View Styles 488
EquipmentNozzleSeparator 964
Examples of Actions in Scantling Drawing
View Styles 168
Exclude 965
Exclude with Not Drawn Rule 967
Exporting 3D Model Graphics to
MicroStation 34
F
Feature Embedded Symbols 1009
Feature Source
(ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default) 234
Footing Piers in Isometric View Styles 384
Footings in Elevation View Styles 497
Footings in Isometric View Styles 427,
500, 633
Footings in Plan View Styles 512
Footings in Structural Elevation View Styles
676
Footings in Structural Plan View Styles
691
G
General Marine Label Rules 829
H
Handrails in Elevation View Styles 417,
494, 563, 613
Handrails in Plan Drawings 543
Hanger and Support Piping Properties 827
Hangers and Supports Dimensions 907
HngSup - CAD Detail 936
HngSup - Cad Details View Style 521
HngSup - End 936
HngSup - End Style2 937
HngSup - End Style2 View Style 523
HngSup - End View Style 521
HngSup - ISO View Style 524
1137
Index
HngSup - Key Plan 937
HngSup - Key Plan Label 815
HngSup - Key Plan View Style 525
HngSup - Side Style2 937
HngSup - Side Style2 View Style 526
HngSup - Side View Style 525
HngSup End_KeyPlan_Coordinate Label
814
HngSup
End_KeyPlan_Coordinate_KPLabel
Label 814
HngSup View Styles 521
HngSup3View Package 358
Horizontal and Vertical Cable Trays 910
Horizontal Structure Dimensions 911
Hose Racks in Isometric View Styles 385
Hose Racks in Plan View Styles 398, 513
How Actions are Applied to a View 111,
169
Hull Lines - Body Plan View 144
Hull Lines and Manufacturing Label Rules
832
Hull Lines Drawings Rule Set 193
Hull Lines Source
(HullLinesRuleSets.DefaultRuleset) 194
HVAC Components in HVAC View Styles
541
HVAC Elevation 937
HVAC Elevation View Style 528
HVAC Isometric 938
HVAC Isometric View Style 529
HVAC Key Plan View Style 530
HVAC Overall Key Plan 938
HVAC Overall Key Plan View Style 531
HVAC Packages 337
HVAC Parts in HVAC View Styles 542
HVAC Plan 938
HVAC Plan View Style 537
HVAC Section 938
HVAC Section View Style 546
HVAC View Styles 528
I
Imperial_Electrical CableTray Drawings
Package 299
Imperial_Electrical CableTray Elevation
Package 300
Imperial_Electrical CableTray Isometric
Package 301
Imperial_Electrical CableTray Layout Plan
Package 302
Imperial_Electrical CableTray Overall Key
Plan Package 303
1138
Index
Imperial_Structural Drawings Package
371
Imperial_Structural Framing Elevation
Package 372
Imperial_Structural Framing Isometric
Package 372
Imperial_Structural Framing Plan Package
373
Imperial_Structural Framing Section
Package 374
Import a Border File and Create a Drawing
Area 132
Import an Existing MicroStation DGN
Border 718
InsideOrAlongCurve2D 1025
Instrument Elevation 939
Instrument Elevation View Style 551
Instrument Isometric View Style 567
Instrument Key Plan View Style 573
Instrument Overall Key Plan 939
Instrument Overall Key Plan View Style
574
Instrument Packages 347
Instrument Plan View Style 578
Instrument Section 939
Instrument Section View Style 596
Instrument View Styles 551
ISAbsolutePointLabelPG 1028
ISDimensionBetweenPointsGA 1054
ISDimensionBtwPointsPG 1030
ISDimensionContentOverride 1071
ISDwgAbsolutePositionByCurve2D 1118
ISDwgEndCutRuleServer 1071
ISDwgMarginLeader 1130
ISDwgPointsAlongCurve2D 1028
ISDwgPointsForView 1033
ISDwgPositionByCurve2D 1115
ISDwgPositionByCurve2DAtMargin 1120
ISDwgProfileEndCutSymbol 1072
ISDwgSlotRuleServer 1074
ISGAEliminateMostCommonLabels 1055
ISGAEliminateOverlappingLabels 1056
ISKnuckleAngleSymbolContent 1074
ISKnucklePointSymbolContent 1075
ISKnuckleSlopingDirectionSymbolContent
1075
ISMfgMarginSymbolContent 1077
ISMidPointLabelPG 1033
Iso PenSpool Package 357
Iso Pipeline Manager Package 358
Iso Pipeline Package 357
Iso Spool Manager Package 358
Iso Spool Package 358
K
Key Plan Drawing Requirements 699
Key Plan Style Dialog Box 125
Key Plan View Styles 698
Knuckle Action
Label Knuckles 189
L
Label Definition for Marine Structure
Drawings 745
Label Editor 727
Label Rules 102, 725
Label Rules in Marine Structure Drawings
829
Label Rules in Offshore Drawings 862
Label Rules XML 751
Label Templates
A - G 835
H - L 839
Mfg - R 840
Scantling 842
Ship Structure Plate 847
StrMfg - W 850
Label Templates in Marine Structure
Drawings 835
Label Templates XML 772
Label Templates XML Overview 772
Labels Tab (Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog
Box) 122
1139
Index
Ladders in Elevation View Styles 420,
496, 565, 614
Ladders in Plan View Styles 478, 514,
582, 646, 693
Ladders in Structural Elevation View Styles
677
Layout Style Dialog Box 129
Layout Style Rules in Marine Structure
Drawings 251
Layout Style Rules in Orthographic
Drawings 701
Leader Modules 1126
Level Custom Test 240
Lighting Fixtures in Plan View Styles 514
Lights in Plan View Styles 480
Line Styles in Marine Structure Drawings
269
Locations of Drawings and Reports Data
30
Longest Segment Labels 810
M
MakeDrawable 970
MakeDrawableSimple 971
Manufacturing Filters 288
Manufacturing PinJig Drawing Rule Set
201
Manufacturing PinJig Side View Rule Set
216
Manufacturing Profile Sketch Rule Set 202
Manufacturing Sketch Rule Set 206
Manufacturing Template Drawing Rule Sets
210
Manufacturing Templateset Full Scale
Drawing Rule Set 213
Marine Structure Drawing Labels, Symbols,
and Dimensions 743
Marine Structure Drawing Packages 140
Marine Structure Drawing Reports 294
Marine Structure Drawing View Style Rule
Sets 191
Marine Structure Drawing View Styles 142
Marine Structure Drawings Reference Data
139
Marking Line Embedded Symbols 1006
Marking Lines Source
(MfgProfileRuleSet.DefaultRuleSet) 204
Matchline Rules 107
Member Part Source
(ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default) 228
MemberCenterLineWrapperEntity 971
Members in Isometric View Styles 501,
631
1140
Index
Metric_Piping Drawings Package 366
Metric_Piping Elevation Package 367
Metric_Piping Isometric Package 368
Metric_Piping Overall Key Plan Package
368
Metric_Piping Plan Package 369
Metric_Piping Section Package 370
Metric_Structural Drawings Package 375
Metric_Structural Framing Elevation
Package 375
Metric_Structural Framing Isometric
Package 376
Metric_Structural Framing Plan Package
377
Metric_Structural Framing Section Package
378
Mfg PinJig SideView 149
Mfg Profile Sketch 151
Mfg TemplateSet - Full Scale 152
Mfg Templateset (Full Scale) Package 141
Miscellaneous Dimensions 914
Miscellaneous Labels 812
Modify an Existing Border File 716
Modify Default Isometric Paths 714
Modify Label Symbol File 731
Modify Label XML File 732
Modify the Dimension Template Layer 86
Modify the Label Template Layer 87
Motors in Plan View Styles 443
N
Name Labels (DrawingAbsolute) 818
Name Labels (DwgLinearAbsPos) 820
Name Labels (Name-Elevation-Width) 822
Name Tab (Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog
Box) 109
Name_None_AV_NL 816
Name_None_CPM_JL 817
Name_None_M_JL 817
Naming Rules Worksheet 289
North Arrow Label Rules 834
North Arrow Rules 108
North Arrow Templates 855
North-East Coordinate Labels 770
Nozzle Orientation Labels 823
Nozzle View Styles 599
O
Opening Action
Label with Typicals 190
Opening Source
(ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default) 235
OpeningDrawingWrapperEntity 972
Openings in Plan View Styles 690
Orientation Custom Test 241
Orientation Rules in Marine Structure
Drawings 259
OrientationRule Sheet 291
Orthographic (by Query) Packages 358
Orthographic and Key Plan View Styles
380
Orthographic Drawing by Query
Components 379
Orthographic Drawing Packages 298
Orthographic Drawings by Query WRAP
38
Orthographic Drawings Reference Data
297
Orthographic Drawings View Styles 380
P
Panels and Cabinets in Plan View Styles
514
Parent Plate Custom Test 241
Part Filters 286
PartOccTestCOMLabelFormat 828
PenPlatePointGenerator 1039
Pier and Slab Footings in Isometric View
Styles 383
Pipe Nozzles in Plan View Styles 602
Pipe Support Drawings Package 360
Pipe Supports 939
Pipe Supports - Components View Style
603
Pipe Supports - Piping View Style 603
Pipe Supports - Structure View Style 604
Pipe Supports in Elevation View Styles
558
Pipe Supports in Isometric View Styles
572
Pipe Supports in Plan View Styles 476,
594
Pipe Supports View Styles 602
PipeMfgMapSymbol Sheet 713
PipeMfgRules Sheet 712
PipeMfgSpoolRule Sheet 712
Pipes in Piping Elevation View Styles 615
Pipes in Piping View Styles 647
Pipes in Plan View Styles (Normal
Orientation) 594
PipeTurnFeattoArc 973
Piping Elevation 940
Piping Elevation Style2 View Style 620
Piping Elevation View Style 605
Piping Fire Protection Plan 940
1141
Index
Piping Fire Protection Plan View Style 622
Piping in Drawing View Styles 475, 624
Piping Instruments in Elevation View Styles
558
Piping Instruments in Isometric View Styles
571
Piping Instruments in Plan View Styles
472, 595
Piping Isometric Detail 940
Piping Isometric Detail View Style 633
Piping Isometric Drawing by Query
Packages 711
Piping Isometric Drawings by Query 39
Piping Isometric Drawings Reference Data
709
Piping Isometric Drawings Surface-mounted
Components 715
Piping Isometric Key View Style 634
Piping Isometric View Style 627
Piping Key Plan View Style 634
Piping Overall Key Plan 940
Piping Overall Key Plan View Style 635
Piping Packages 361
Piping Parts in Elevation View Styles 560
Piping Parts in Isometric View Styles 571
Piping Parts in Piping Elevation View Styles
616
Piping Parts in Piping Isometric View Styles
632
Piping Parts in Piping View Styles 649
Piping Parts in Plan View Styles 474, 596
Piping Plan Style2 View Style 652
Piping Plan View Style 638
Piping Plan_M View Style 653
Piping Safety Shower Plan 940
Piping Safety Shower Plan View Style 656
Piping Section 941
Piping Section Style2 View Style 661
Piping Section View Style 658
Piping Utility Station Plan 941
Piping Utility Station Plan View Style 662
Piping View Styles 605
Place a Manual North Arrow on a Drawing
78
Place an Automatic Piping Isometric
Drawings Surface-mounted Components
Label 715
Plan Volumes in View Styles 395, 436,
504, 532, 578, 637
PlaneGeometryDrawingWrapperEntity 973
Planning Joint and Reference Curve Filters
289
1142
Index
ProfileSystemCSDrawingWrapperEntity
981
ProfileSystemDrawingWrapperEntity 982
Q
Query Tab (Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog
Box) 118
R
Reference Curve Action
Draw and Label Reference Curves 188
Reference Curve Source
(ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default) 232
Reference Curve Source
(MfgTemplatesetFullScale.DefaultRuleset
) 215
Reference Labels 825
Replace Objects with Line Graphic Rule
281
ReplaceSlopedPipeOnHgr 982
ReplaceWPoint 984
Report Sheet 722
Reports Reference Data 721
Reports Sheet (Marine Structure Drawings)
292
R-Hierarchy Sheet 723
R-Hierarchy Sheet (Marine Structure
Drawings) 293
RteComponentsCtrLine 985
Rules in Marine Structure Drawings 251
Ruleset Custom Tests 236
Ruleset Sheet 291
S
Scantling Drawing Rule Sets 219
Scantling Label Rules 830
Scantling Profile Weld_IButt 865
Scantling Profile Weld_IVButt 866
Scantling Profile Weld_IXButt 866
Scantling Profile Weld_VButt 866
Scantling Profile Weld_XButt 867
Scantling Profile Weld_XButtSM 867
Scantling Profile Weld_YButt 867
Scantling Shell Profile Weld Label 865
Scantlings - Production - Major Views 154
Scantlings - Production - Shell Expansion
155
Scantlings - Production - Shell Profiles
157
Seam Action
1143
Index
SM_Electrical_Cable_Tray_Plan 941
SM_Electrical_Cable_Tray_Plan View Style
483
SM_Electrical_Cable_Tray_Section 942
SM_Electrical_Cable_Tray_Section View
Style 485
SM_Equipment_Plan 942
SM_Equipment_Plan View Style 518
SM_Equipment_Section 942
SM_Equipment_Section View Style 519
SM_HVAC_Elevation 943
SM_HVAC_Elevation View Style 520, 550
SM_HVAC_Plan 943
SM_HVAC_Plan View Style 548
SM_HVAC_Section 943
SM_HVAC_Section View Style 549
SM_Lighting_Plan 944
SM_Lighting_Plan View Style 487
SM_Piping_Elevation 944
SM_Piping_Elevation View Style 667
SM_Piping_Plan 944
SM_Piping_Plan View Style 665
SM_Piping_Section 945
SM_Piping_Section View Style 666
SM3D ProfileSketchFeatureSymbol 1086
SM3DDwgRemarkingGirthLengthCM 1089
SM3DDwgRemarkingGirthLengthPG 1039
SmartMarine 3D and Oracle 23
SmartMarine 3D Custom Graphic Rules
931
SmartMarine 3D Documentation Set 15
SMDGAEliminateLabelsWithMissingParent
s 1058
SMDrawingDimContentLinear 1089
SMDwgConvertToCoordDimGA 1057
SMDwgGroupByAxisGA 1057
SMDwgMfgPinHeightLabelContent 1091
SMDwgMfgProfileMarginSymContent
1091
SMDwgPinjigCornersDistancePG 1040
SMDwgPlateGridNameLabelContent 1092
SMDwgPointsByType 1040
SMDwgPositionAxis 1122
SMDwgPositionByCurve2DAtAxis 1122
SMDwgPositionGridLblMarginOnly 1125
SMDwgProfileWeldsPG 1041
SMDwgScantlingNSorFSContent 1092
SMDwgScantlingNSorFSDirectionContent
1093
SMPointsByAssociateObjectsID 1041
SMProfileSeamSymbolContent 1096
SMProfileSketchBevelShapeLabelsCM
1089
1144
SMProfileSketchBevelShapeLabelsPG
1042
SMProfileSketchBevelSymbolCM 1090
SMPSWebThicknessContent 1098
SMRulerAxisSymbolContent 1093
SMTemplatesetFullScaleDirSymbolContent
1094
SP3DCoordinate_BottomLeft_CA_JL 819
SP3DCoordinate_TopRight_CA_JL 820
SP3DDrawingLabelQuery 1095
Spreadsheet Reports 41
Stairs in Elevation View Styles 419, 495,
566, 608, 617
Stairs in Plan View Styles 477, 515, 543,
582, 650, 693
Stairs in Structural Elevation View Styles
677
Steel Order 166
Steel Order - Detail Views 163
Steel Order - Section Views 165
Steel Order (Reference Plane) View Style
161
Steel Order Templates 858
Stiffened Plates Custom Test 245
StrMfgTemplateOffsetPG 1043
StrMfgTemplateSetOffsetPG 1043
StructOpenToX 988
Structural Framing Elevation 945
Structural Framing Elevation View Style
669
Structural Framing Isometric View Style
680
Structural Framing Key Plan View Style
682
Structural Framing Packages 371
Structural Framing Plan 945
Structural Framing Plan View Styles 683
Structural Framing Section 946
Structural Framing Section View Style 694
StructuralWidgetLabelContent 1095
Structure in Isometric View Styles 570
Structure in Plan View Styles 480
Structure Margin Dimensions 918
Structure_Weld 868
Structure_Weld_Fillet 875
Structure_Weld_IButt 876
Structure_Weld_IVButt 876
Structure_Weld_IXButt 876
Structure_Weld_Tee1 878
Structure_Weld_Tee2 878
Structure_Weld_Tee3 879
Structure_Weld_Tee4 879
Structure_Weld_Tee5 879
Index
Structure_Weld_Tee6 880
Structure_Weld_Tee7 880
Structure_Weld_TeeK 881
Structure_Weld_TeeV 881
Structure_Weld_TeeX 882
Structure_Weld_TeeY 882
Structure_Weld_VButt 877
Structure_Weld_XButt 877
Structure_Weld_YButt 877
Symbol Definition for Marine Structure
Drawings 749
Symbols in Orthographic Drawings 740
System Filters 287
System-FluidCode-Seq-Insul_None_CPM_
JL 817
T
Template Mid Line Source
(MfgTemplatesetFullScale.DefaultRuleset
) 214
Template Source
(MfgTemplateRuleSet.DefaultRuleSet)
211
Template Source
(MfgTemplatesetFullScale.DefaultRuleset
) 214
The Management Console, Folders, and
Components 27
ThicknessSymContent 1096
Tools Menu 45
Trenches in Isometric View Styles 388
Trenches in Plan View Styles 399, 444,
515, 625
TrimPipeSurface 990
W
Web Orientation Custom Test 244
Weld Labels 865
WeldLabel 875
WeldSymbol 883
WeldToLine 991
What's New in Drawings and Reports
Reference Data 25
Widget Tab (Graphic Rule - Line with
Widget Dialog Box) 98
U
Use Bubble Labels in Drawings 84
Use the Make Clipped Solid Monolithic
Option 81
Using Custom Graphic Modules and
Subfilters in Drawings 949
V
Vertical Routable Dimensions 919
Vertical Structure Dimensions 921
View Frame Rule Dialog Box 106
View Label Rules in Drawings 827
View Label Rules in Marine Structure
Drawings 276
View Naming Rules in Marine Structure
Drawings 274
1145